pbh10kmarch312010.htm
UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,
D.C. 20549
FORM
10-K
|
x
|
ANNUAL
REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
2010
|
|
o
|
TRANSITION
REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM ______ TO
______
|
Commission
File Number: 001-32433
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
|
(Exact
name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
Delaware
(State
or other jurisdiction of
incorporation
or organization)
|
|
|
|
20-1297589
(I.R.S.
Employer Identification No.)
|
90
North Broadway
Irvington,
New York 10533
(914)
524-6810
|
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title
of each class:
|
|
Name
of each exchange on which registered:
|
Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share
|
|
New
York Stock Exchange
|
|
|
|
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
|
Indicate
by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate
by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate
by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days. Yes þ
No o
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on
its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of
this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that
the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ¨
No ¨
Indicate
by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.
þ
Indicate
by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting
company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated
filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act. (Check one):
Large
accelerated filer
|
o
|
Accelerated
filer
|
þ
|
Non-accelerated
filer
|
o
|
Smaller
reporting company
|
o
|
Indicate
by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule
12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ
The
aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by
non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was
last sold as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently
completed second fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2009 was $352.2
million.
As of
June 4, 2010, the Registrant had 50,049,150 shares of common stock
outstanding.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions
of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders (the “2010 Proxy Statement”) presently scheduled for August 3, 2010
are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K
to the extent described herein.
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
Part
I
|
|
|
Item
1.
|
Business
|
1
|
Item
1A.
|
Risk
Factors
|
15
|
Item
1B.
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments
|
25
|
Item
2.
|
Properties
|
25
|
Item
3.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
25
|
Item
4.
|
[Removed
and Reserved]
|
25
|
|
|
|
Part
II
|
|
|
Item
5.
|
Market
for Registrants' Common Equity, Related Stockholder
Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
26
|
Item
6.
|
Selected Financial
Data
|
28
|
Item
7.
|
Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and
Results of Operations
|
29
|
Item
7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
50
|
Item
8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
50
|
Item
9.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
and
Financial Disclosure
|
50
|
Item
9A.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
51
|
Item
9B.
|
Other
Information
|
51
|
|
|
|
Part
III
|
|
|
Item
10.
|
Directors,
Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
|
52
|
Item
11.
|
Executive
Compensation
|
52
|
Item
12.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
and
Related Stockholder Matters
|
52
|
Item
13.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
|
52
|
Item
14.
|
Principal
Accounting Fees and Services
|
52
|
|
|
|
Part
IV
|
|
|
Item
15.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
TRADEMARKS
AND TRADE NAMES
|
|
|
Trademarks
and trade names used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property
of Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. or its subsidiaries, as the case may
be. We have italicized our trademarks or trade names when they
appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
Overview
Unless
otherwise indicated by the context, all references in this Annual Report on Form
10-K to “we”, “us”, “our”, “Company” or “Prestige” refer to Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Similarly, reference to a year
(e.g. “2010”) refers to our fiscal year ended March 31 of that
year.
We sell
well-recognized, brand name over-the-counter healthcare, household cleaning and
personal care products in a global marketplace. We use the strength
of our brands, our established retail distribution network, a low-cost operating
model and our experienced management team to our competitive advantage to
compete in these categories and, as a result, grow our sales and
profits. Our ultimate success is dependent on our ability
to:
·
|
Develop
effective sales, advertising and marketing
programs,
|
·
|
Grow
our existing product lines,
|
·
|
Develop
innovative new products,
|
·
|
Respond
to the technological advances and product introductions of our
competitors, and
|
·
|
Develop
a larger presence in international
markets.
|
Our major
brands, set forth in the table below, have strong levels of consumer awareness
and retail distribution across all major channels. These brands
accounted for approximately 97.1%, 97.0% and 96.7% of our net revenues for 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
Major Brands
|
|
Market
Position (1)
|
|
Market Segment (2)
|
|
Market
Share (3)
(%)
|
|
ACV(4)
(%)
|
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chloraseptic®
|
|
#1
|
|
Sore
Throat Liquids/Lozenges
|
|
38.6
|
|
94
|
Clear
Eyes®
|
|
#2
|
|
Eye
Allergy/Redness Relief
|
|
16.0
|
|
88
|
Compound
W®
|
|
#2
|
|
Wart
Removal
|
|
32.9
|
|
90
|
Wartner®
|
|
#3
|
|
Wart
Removal
|
|
4.8
|
|
23
|
The
Doctor’s® NightGuard™
|
|
#2
|
|
Bruxism
(Teeth Grinding)
|
|
32.0
|
|
41
|
The
Doctor’s® Brushpicks®
|
|
#2
|
|
Interdental
Picks
|
|
22.0
|
|
58
|
Little
Remedies®
|
|
#5
|
|
Pediatric
Healthcare
|
|
2.8
|
|
84
|
Murine®
|
|
#3
|
|
Personal
Ear Care
|
|
12.3
|
|
73
|
New-Skin®
|
|
#1
|
|
Liquid
Bandages
|
|
54.4
|
|
84
|
Dermoplast®
|
|
#3
|
|
Pain
Relief Sprays
|
|
15.2
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Household
Cleaning:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comet®
|
|
#2
|
|
Abrasive
Tub and Tile Cleaner
|
|
33.6
|
|
99
|
Chore
Boy®
|
|
#1
|
|
Soap
Free Metal Scrubbers
|
|
29.8
|
|
37
|
Spic
and Span®
|
|
#6
|
|
Dilutable
All Purpose Cleaner
|
|
3.0
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personal
Care:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cutex®
|
|
#1
|
|
Nail
Polish Remover
|
|
24.2
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
The
data included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K with regard to the market
share and ranking for our brands has been prepared by the Company, based
in part on data generated by the independent market research firm,
Symphony IRI Group, Inc., formerly known as Information Resources, Inc.
(“Information Resources”). Information Resources reports retail
sales data in the food, drug and mass merchandise
markets. However, Information Resources’ data does not include
Wal-Mart point of sale data, as Wal-Mart ceased providing sales data to
the industry in 2001. Although Wal-Mart represents a
significant portion of the mass merchandise market for us, as well as our
competitors, we believe that Wal-Mart’s exclusion from the Information
Resources data analyzed by the Company above does not significantly change
our market share or ranking relative to our competitors.
|
(2)
|
“Market
segment” has been defined by the Company based on its product offerings
and the categories in which it competes.
|
(3)
|
“Market
share” is based on sales dollars in the United States, as calculated by
Information Resources for the 52 weeks ended March 21,
2010.
|
(4)
|
“ACV”
refers to the All Commodity Volume Food Drug Mass Index, as calculated by
Information Resources for the 52 weeks ended March 21,
2010. ACV measures the weighted sales volume of stores that
sell a particular product out of all the stores that sell products in that
market segment generally. For example, if a product is sold by
50% of the stores that sell products in that market segment, but those
stores account for 85% of the sales volume in that market segment, that
product would have an ACV of 85%. We believe that a high ACV
evidences a product’s attractiveness to consumers, as major national and
regional retailers will carry products that are attractive to their
customers. Lower ACV measures would indicate that a product is
not as available to consumers because the major retailers generally would
not carry products for which consumer demand may not be as
high. For these reasons, we believe that ACV is an important
measure for investors to gauge consumer awareness of the Company’s product
offerings and of the importance of those products to major
retailers.
|
Our
products are sold through multiple channels, including mass merchandisers, drug,
grocery, dollar and club stores, which reduces our exposure to any single
distribution channel.
While we
perform the production planning and oversee the quality control aspects of the
manufacturing, warehousing and distribution of our products, we outsource the
operating elements of these functions to entities that offer expertise in these
areas and cost efficiencies due to economies of scale. Our operating
model allows us to focus on our marketing programs and product development and
innovation, which we believe enables us to achieve attractive margins while
minimizing capital expenditures and working capital requirements.
We have
developed our brand portfolio through the acquisition of strong and
well-recognized brands from larger consumer products and pharmaceutical
companies, as well as other brands from smaller private
companies. While the brands we have purchased from larger consumer
products and pharmaceutical companies have long histories of support and brand
development, we believe that at the time we acquired them they were considered
“non-core” by their previous owners. Consequently, they did not
benefit from the focus of senior level personnel or strong marketing
support. We also believe that the brands we have purchased from
smaller private companies were constrained by the limited financial resources of
their prior owners. After adding a brand to our portfolio, we seek to
increase its sales, market share and distribution in both new and existing
channels through our established retail distribution network. We
pursue this growth through increased advertising and promotion, new sales and
marketing strategies, improved packaging and formulations and innovative new
products. Our business, business model and the following competitive
strengths and growth strategy, however, face various risks that are described in
“Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form
10-K.
Competitive
Strengths
Diversified
Portfolio of Well-Recognized and Established Consumer Brands
We own
and market well-recognized consumer brands, many of which were established over
60 years ago. Our diverse portfolio of products provides us with
multiple sources of growth and minimizes our reliance on any one product or
category. We provide significant marketing support to our key brands
that is designed to enhance our sales growth and our long-term
profitability. The markets in which we sell our products, however,
are highly competitive and include numerous national and global manufacturers,
distributors, marketers and retailers. Many of these competitors have
greater research and development and financial resources than us and may be able
to spend more aggressively on advertising and marketing and research and
development, which may have an adverse effect on our competitive
position.
Strong
Competitor in Attractive Categories
We
compete in product categories that address recurring consumer
needs. We believe we are well positioned in these categories due to
the long history and consumer awareness of our brands, our strong market
positions and our low-cost operating model. However, a significant
increase in the number of product introductions or increased advertising,
marketing and trade support by our competitors in these markets could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results from
operations.
Proven
Ability to Develop and Introduce New Products
We focus
our marketing and product development efforts on the identification of
underserved consumer needs, the design of products that directly address those
needs and the ability to extend our highly recognizable brand names to other
products. Demonstrative of this philosophy, in 2010 we introduced,
under our Little
Remedies pediatric product line, two new products called Sore Throat
Relief and Mucus Relief and restaged our entire Chloraseptic lozenge product
line with a new soothing liquid center formula. In addition, our
Clear Eyes product line
added the benefit claim of up to 8 hour soothing comfort on the
packaging. In 2009, we introduced Chloraseptic Allergen Block
and Little Allergies
Allergen Block, patented topical gels that help block allergens on contact at
the nose to help prevent allergic symptoms, such as runny nose, sneezing and
nasal congestion. These product introductions followed 2008 when we
introduced Comet Mildew
SprayGel, a high viscosity mildew stain remover spray. During 2008,
we also restaged Clear
Eyes for Dry Eyes ACR Relief as Clear Eyes for Itchy Eyes to
address the needs of allergy sufferers. Although line extensions and
new product introductions are important to the overall growth of a brand, our
efforts may reduce sales of existing products within that brand. In
addition, certain of our product introductions may not be successful and may be
discontinued.
Efficient
Operating Model
To gain
operating efficiencies, we directly manage the production planning and quality
control aspects of the manufacturing, warehousing and distribution of our
products, while we outsource the operating elements of these functions to
well-established third-party providers. This approach allows us to
benefit from their core competencies and maintain a highly variable cost
structure, with low overhead, limited working capital requirements and minimal
investment in capital expenditures as evidenced by the following:
|
Gross
Profit
%
|
G&A
%
To
Total Revenues
|
CapEx
%
To
Total Revenues
|
2010
|
52.1
|
11.3
|
0.2
|
2009
|
52.4
|
10.5
|
0.2
|
2008
|
51.8
|
10.0
|
0.2
|
On
October 29, 2009, we divested our three shampoo brands- Denorex, Prell and Zincon. (See Note 2 to our
consolidated financial statements.) As a result of the divestiture, the
shampoo brands are presented as discontinued operations in the Consolidated
Financial Statements for all periods presented. Unless otherwise noted, the
Annual Report on Form 10-K relates only to results from continuing
operations.
In 2010,
our gross profit decreased 30 basis points due to unfavorable product mix and
transition costs associated with transferring manufacturing in one of our
household product lines to a new supplier. In 2009, our gross
profit increased 60 basis points due to our ongoing efforts to reduce our supply
chain costs, a favorable sales mix, and the absence of the voluntary
withdrawal costs incurred in 2008. During 2008, our gross profit was
adversely affected by the inventory costs associated with the voluntary
withdrawal from the marketplace of two medicated pediatric cough and cold
products marketed under the
Little Remedies brand as part of an industry-wide withdrawal of certain
medicated pediatric cough and cold products. General and
Administrative costs, as a percentage of total revenues, increased 80 basis
points in 2010 versus 2009 as a result of the severance and related expenses
associated with the August 2009 reduction in force and the CEO transition in
September 2009, and an increase in incentive compensation as a result of our
achieving 2010 performance targets. In 2009, our general and
administrative expenses increased as a percentage of total revenues as a result
of the $11.9 million or 3.8% reduction of total revenues for 2009 versus
2008. Our operating model, however, requires us to depend on
third-party providers for manufacturing and logistics services. The
inability or unwillingness of our third-party providers to supply or ship our
products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results from operations.
Management
Team with Proven Ability to Acquire, Integrate and Grow Brands
Our
business has grown through acquisition, integration and expansion of the many
brands we have purchased. Our management team has significant
experience in consumer product marketing, sales, legal and regulatory
compliance, product development and customer service. Unlike many
larger consumer products companies which we believe often entrust their smaller
brands to successive junior employees, we dedicate experienced managers to
specific brands. Since the Company has approximately 87 employees, we
seek more experienced personnel to bear the substantial responsibility of brand
management and effectuate our growth strategy. These managers nurture
the brands as they grow and evolve.
Growth
Strategy
In order
to continue to enhance our brands and drive growth we focus our growth strategy
on our core competencies:
·
|
Effective
Marketing and Advertising,
|
·
|
Extraordinary
Customer Service, and
|
·
|
Innovation
and Product Development.
|
We
execute this strategy through:
· |
|
Investments
in Advertising and Promotion
|
We invest
in advertising and promotion to drive the growth of our key
brands. Our marketing strategy is focused primarily on
consumer-oriented programs that include media advertising, targeted coupon
programs and in-store advertising. While the absolute level of
marketing expenditures differs by brand and category, we have often increased
the amount of investment in our brands after acquiring them. For
example, in 2010 and 2009, we spent heavily to support the launch of our
innovative Allergen Block products introduced under the Chloraseptic and Little Remedies
brands. In 2008, a very active year, we advertised and promoted the
introduction of Comet
Mildew SprayGel and Murine
Earigate. Given the competition in our industry and the
contraction of the U.S. economy, there is a risk that our marketing efforts may
not result in increased sales and profitability. Additionally, no
assurance can be given that we can maintain these increased sales and
profitability levels once attained.
·
|
|
Growing
our Categories and Market Share with Innovative New
Products
|
One of
our strategies is to broaden the categories in which we participate and increase
our share within those categories through ongoing product
innovation. In 2010, we introduced Little Remedies Sore Throat
Relief and Mucus Relief and restaged the Chloraseptic solid lozenge
product line to a soothing liquid center lozenge. In addition, our
Clear Eyes product line
added the benefit claim of up to 8 hours of soothing comfort to the
packaging. In 2009, we introduced the Chloraseptic and Little Allergies Allergen
Block products which occupy unique positions in the allergy relief
category. In 2008, we launched Comet Mildew SprayGel, an
innovative new product to address specific needs and capitalize on the consumer
awareness of the Comet
brand. While there is always a risk that sales of
existing products may be reduced by new product introductions, our goal is to
grow the overall sales of our brands.
·
|
|
Increasing
Distribution Across Multiple
Channels
|
Our broad
distribution base ensures that our products are well positioned across all
available channels and that we are able to participate in changing consumer
retail trends. To ensure continued sales growth, we have altered our
focus and have expanded our reliance on a direct sales while reducing our
reliance on brokers. This philosophy allows us to
better:
· Know our
customer,
· Service
our customer, and
· Support
our customer.
While we
make great efforts to both maintain our customer base and grow in new markets,
there is a risk that we may not be able to maintain or enhance our relationships
across distribution channels, which could adversely impact our sales, business,
financial condition and results from operations.
· |
|
Growing
Our International Business
|
International
sales beyond the borders of North America represented 4.2%, 3.6% and 4.1% of
revenues in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. We have designed and
developed both product and packaging for specific international markets and
expect that our international revenues will grow as a percentage of total
revenues. In addition to Clear Eyes, Murine and Chloraseptic, which are
currently sold internationally, we license The Procter & Gamble Company
(“Procter & Gamble”) to market the Comet brand in Eastern
Europe. Since a number of our other brands have previously been sold
internationally, we seek to expand the number of brands sold through our
existing international distribution network and continue to identify additional
distribution partners for further expansion into other international
markets.
· |
|
Pursuing
Strategic Acquisitions
|
Our
management team intends that acquisitions be a part of our overall strategy of
growing revenue. We have a history of growth through acquisition (see
Our History and Accomplishments below) with the last purchase being the 2007
acquisition of the
Wartner brand of over-the-counter wart treatment
products. While we believe that there will continue to be a pipeline
of acquisition candidates for us to investigate, strategic fit and relative cost
are of the utmost importance in our decision to pursue such
opportunities. We believe our business model allows us to integrate
any future acquisitions in an efficient manner, while also providing
opportunities to realize significant cost savings. However, there is
a risk that our operating results could be adversely affected in the event we do
not realize all of the anticipated operating synergies and cost savings from
future acquisitions, we do not successfully integrate such acquisitions or we
pay too much for these acquisitions. In 2010, we
refinanced our long-term debt and significantly improved our liquidity position,
debt maturities and covenants, all of which better position us to pursue
acquisition targets.
Market
Position
During
2010, approximately 77.0% of our net revenues were from brands with a number one
or number two market position, compared with approximately 83.3% and 80.9%
during 2009 and 2008, respectively. Such brands include Chloraseptic, Clear Eyes, Chore Boy, Comet, Compound W, Cutex, The Doctor’s and New-Skin.
See the
“Business” section on page 1 of this document for information regarding market
share and ACV calculations.
Our
History and Accomplishments
We were
originally formed in 1996 as a joint venture of Medtech Labs and The Shansby
Group (a private equity firm), to acquire certain over-the-counter drug brands
from American Home Products. Since 2001, our portfolio of brand name
products has expanded from over-the-counter healthcare to include household
cleaning and personal care products. We have added brands to our
portfolio principally by acquiring strong and well-recognized brands from larger
consumer products and pharmaceutical companies. In February 2004,
GTCR Golder Rauner II, LLC (“GTCR”), a private equity firm, acquired our
business from the owners of Medtech Labs and The Shansby Group. In
addition, we acquired the Spic
and Span business in March 2004.
In April
2004, we acquired Bonita Bay Holdings, Inc., the parent holding company of
Prestige Brands International, Inc., which conducted its business under the
“Prestige” name. After we completed the Bonita Bay acquisition,
we began to conduct our business under the “Prestige” name as
well. The Bonita Bay brand portfolio included Chloraseptic, Comet, Clear
Eyes and
Murine.
In
October 2004, we acquired the
Little Remedies brand of pediatric over-the-counter healthcare products
through our purchase of Vetco, Inc. Products offered under the Little Remedies brand
include Little Noses®
nasal products, Little Tummys®
digestive health products, Little Colds® cough/cold
remedies and Little
Remedies New Parents Survival Kits. The Little Remedies products
deliver relief from common childhood ailments without unnecessary additives such
as saccharin, alcohol, artificial flavors, coloring dyes or harmful
preservatives.
In
February 2005, we raised $448.0 million through an initial public offering of
28.0 million shares of common stock. We used the net proceeds of the
offering ($416.8 million), plus $3.0 million from our revolving credit facility
and $8.8 million of cash on hand to (i) repay $100.0 million of our existing
senior indebtedness, (ii) redeem $84.0 million in aggregate principal amount of
our existing 9 1/4% senior subordinated notes, (iii) repurchase an aggregate of
4.7 million shares of our common stock held by the investment funds affiliated
with GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine, LLC (“TWC/Crescent”) for $30.2 million,
and (iv) redeem all outstanding senior preferred units and class B preferred
units of one of our subsidiaries for $199.8 million.
In
October 2005, we acquired the Chore Boy brand of metal
cleaning pads, scrubbing sponges, and non-metal soap pads. The brand
has over 84 years of history in the scouring pad and cleaning accessories
categories.
In
November 2005, we acquired Dental Concepts LLC (“Dental Concepts”), a marketer
of therapeutic oral care products sold under The Doctor’s
brand. The business is driven primarily by two niche segments,
bruxism (nighttime teeth grinding) and interdental cleaning. Products
marketed under The
Doctor’s brand include
The Doctor’s NightGuard Dental Protector, the first Food and Drug
Administration (“FDA”) cleared over-the-counter treatment for bruxism, and The Doctor’s BrushPicks,
disposable interdental toothpicks.
In
September 2006, we acquired Wartner USA B.V. (“Wartner”), the owner of the Wartner brand of
over-the-counter wart treatment products. The Company expects that
the Wartner brand,
which is the number three brand in the United States over-the-counter wart
treatment category, will continue to enhance the Company’s market position in
the category, complementing
Compound W.
On
October 28, 2009, we sold our three shampoo brands - Prell Shampoo, Denorex Dandruff Shampoo and
Zincon Dandruff Shampoo
from the Personal Care segment. The terms of the sale included an
upfront payment of $8.0 million in cash, with a subsequent payment of $1.0
million due on October 28, 2010. We used the proceeds from the sale
to reduce outstanding bank indebtedness.
Although
we did not make any strategic acquisitions in 2008, 2009 or 2010, in March 2010
we refinanced our outstanding long-term indebtedness through entry into a $150
million senior term loan facility due April 1, 2016, and the issuance of $150
million in senior notes with an 8.25% interest rate due
2018. Proceeds from the new indebtedness were used to retire our
senior term loan facility due April 1, 2011 and 9.25% senior subordinated notes
due April 15, 2012. Additionally, our new credit agreement included a
$30 million revolving credit facility due April 1, 2015. The
refinancing and new credit facility improved the Company’s liquidity, extended
maturities and improved covenant ratios, all of which better position us to
pursue strategic acquisitions.
Products
We
conduct our operations through three principal business segments:
·
|
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare,
|
·
|
Household
Cleaning, and
|
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare Segment
Our
portfolio of Over-the-Counter Healthcare products consists primarily of Clear Eyes, Murine, Chloraseptic,
Compound W,
Wartner, the Little
Remedies line of pediatric healthcare products, The Doctor’s brand of oral
care products and first aid products such as New-Skin and Dermoplast. Our
other brands in this category include Percogesic®, Freezone®, Mosco®, Outgro®,
Sleep-Eze® and Compoz®. In
2010, the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment accounted for 59.8% of our net
revenues compared to 58.4% and 58.3% in 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Clear
Eyes
Clear Eyes, with an ACV of
88.0%, has been marketed as an effective eye care product that helps take
redness away and helps moisturize the eye. Clear Eyes is among the
leading brands in the over-the-counter personal eye care
category. The 0.5 oz. size of Clear Eyes
redness relief eye drops is the number two selling product in the eye allergy
redness relief category and
Clear Eyes is the number two brand in that category with 16.0% market
share.
Murine
Murine products consist of
lubricating, soothing eye drops and ear wax removal aids. Murine has been on store
shelves for over 100 years and is the number three brand in the over-the-counter
ear care category with a market share of 12.3%.
Chloraseptic
Chloraseptic was originally
developed by a dentist in 1957 to relieve sore throats and mouth pain. Chloraseptic’s
6 oz. cherry liquid sore throat spray is the number one selling product in
the sore throat liquids/sprays segment. The Chloraseptic brand has an
ACV of 93.9% and is number one in sore throat liquids/sprays with a 49.8% market
share.
Compound
W
Compound W has a long
heritage; its wart removal products having been introduced almost 50 years
ago. Compound
W products are specially designed to provide relief from common and
plantar warts and are sold in multiple forms of treatment depending on the
consumer’s need, including Fast-Acting Liquid, Fast-Acting Gel, One Step Pads
for Kids, One Step Pads for Adults and Freeze Off ®, a cryogenic-based wart
removal system. We believe that Compound W is one of the
most trusted names in wart removal.
Compound W is the number two
wart removal brand in the United States with a 32.9% market share and an ACV of
89.8%.
Wartner
Wartner is the number three
brand in the United States in the wart removal category with a 4.8% share of the
cryogenic segment and an ACV of 23.2%.
The
Doctor’s
The Doctor’s is a line of
products designed to help consumers that are highly motivated to maintain good
oral hygiene in between dental office visits. The product line was
part of the 2006 acquisition of Dental Concepts. The market is driven
primarily by two niche segments, bruxism (nighttime teeth grinding) and
interdental cleaning. The Doctor’s NightGuard
dental protector was the first FDA cleared over-the-counter treatment for
bruxism.
Little
Remedies
Little Remedies is a full
line of pediatric over-the-counter products that contain no alcohol, saccharin,
artificial flavors or coloring dyes including: (i) Little Noses, a product line
consisting of an assortment of saline products, including a Saline Mist spray,
(ii) Little Colds, a
product line consisting of a multi-symptom cold relief formula, sore throat
relief products, a cough relief formula, a decongestant and a combined
decongestant plus cough relief formula, (iii) Little Tummys, a product
line consisting of gas relief drops, laxative drops, as well as gripe water, an
herbal supplement used to ease discomfort often associated with colic and
hiccups, and (iv) Little
Teethers, a product line offering teething relief.
New-Skin
New-Skin, believed to have
originated over 100 years ago, consists of liquid bandages that are designed to
replace traditional bandages in an effective and easy to use form for the
protection of small cuts and scrapes. New-Skin competes in
the liquid bandage segment of the first aid bandage category where it has a
54.4% market share and a 84.0% ACV.
Dermoplast
Dermoplast is an aerosol
spray anesthetic for minor topical pain that was traditionally a “hospital-only”
brand dispensed to mothers after giving birth. The primary use in
hospitals is for post-episiotomy pain, post-partum hemorrhoid pain, and for the
relief of female genital itching.
With the
introduction of retail versions of the product, Dermoplast offers sanitary,
convenient first-aid relief for pain and itching from minor skin irritations,
including sunburn, insect bites, minor cuts, scrapes and burns to a much larger
audience.
Household
Cleaning Segment
Our
portfolio of household cleaning brands includes the Comet, Chore Boy and Spic and Span
brands. During 2010, the Household Cleaning segment accounted for
36.6% of our revenues, compared with 38.3% and 38.4% in 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Comet
Comet was originally
introduced in 1956 and is one of the most widely recognized household cleaning
brands, with an ACV of 98.5%. Comet competes in the
abrasive and non-abrasive tub and tile cleaner sub-category of the household
cleaning category that includes abrasive powders, creams, liquids and
non-abrasive sprays. Comet products include
several varieties of cleaning powders, spray and cream, both abrasive and
non-abrasive.
Chore
Boy
Chore Boy scrubbing pads and
sponges were initially launched in the 1920's. Over the years the
line has grown to include metal and non-metal scrubbers that are used for a
variety of household cleaning tasks. Chore Boy products are
currently sold in food and drug stores, mass merchandisers, and in hardware and
convenience stores.
Spic
and Span
Spic and Span was introduced
in 1925 and is marketed as the complete home cleaner with three product lines
consisting of (i) dilutables, (ii) an anti-bacterial hard surface spray for
counter tops and (iii) glass cleaners. Each of these products can be
used for multi-room and multi-surface cleaning.
Personal
Care Segment
Our major
personal care brand is
Cutex nail products. The Personal Care segment accounted for
3.6% of our revenues in 2010 compared with 3.3% in 2009 and 2008.
Cutex
Cutex is the leading branded
nail polish remover, with a 24.2% share of market. Cutex, with an ACV of 76.6%,
has products in two main categories: (i) liquids and (ii) convenience
implements, including pads, pump action bottles, and manicure correction
pens.
Cutex’s main competition comes from a number of private label brands,
which collectively have a 58.7% market share.
For
additional information concerning our business segments, please refer to Part
II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operation and Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Marketing
and Sales
Our
marketing strategy is based upon the acquisition and the rejuvenation of
established consumer brands that possess what we believe to be significant brand
value and unrealized potential. Our marketing objective is to
increase sales and market share by developing innovative new products and line
extensions and executing professionally designed, creative and cost-effective
advertising and promotional programs. After we acquire a brand, we
implement a brand building strategy that uses the brand’s existing consumer
awareness to maximize sales of current products and provides a vehicle to drive
growth through product innovation. This brand building process
involves the evaluation of the existing brand name, the development and
introduction of innovative new products and the execution of professionally
designed support programs. Recognizing that financial resources are
limited, we allocate our resources to focus on those brands that we believe have
the greatest opportunities for growth and financial success. Brand
priorities vary from year-to-year and generally revolve around new product
introductions.
Customers
Our
senior management team and dedicated sales force strive to maintain
long-standing relationships with our top 50 domestic customers, which accounted
for approximately 79.8% of our combined gross sales for 2010 and 80.9% and 80.0%
for 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our sales management team has grown
to 18 people in order to focus on our key customer relationships. We
also contract with third-party sales management enterprises that interface
directly with our remaining customers and report directly to members of our
sales management team.
We enjoy
broad distribution across each of the major retail channels, including mass
merchandisers, drug, food, dollar and club stores. The following
table sets forth the percentage of gross sales across our five major
distribution channels during the three-year period ended March 31,
2010:
|
|
Percentage
of
Gross Sales(1)
|
|
|
Channel
of Distribution
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Mass
|
|
|
33.5%
|
|
|
|
35.0%
|
|
|
32.6%
|
|
Food
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
24.3
|
|
Drug
|
|
|
25.5
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
|
27.7
|
|
Dollar
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
Club
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
Other
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
(1) Includes
estimates for some of our wholesale customers that service more than one
distribution channel.
Due to
the diversity of our product line, we believe that each of these channels is
important to our business and we continue to seek opportunities for growth in
each channel.
Our
principal customer relationships include Wal-Mart, Walgreens, CVS, Target and
Dollar Tree. Sales to our top five and ten customers accounted for
45.5% and 57.5% of total gross sales, respectively, in 2010 compared with
approximately 47.3% and 58.7%, respectively, in 2009 and approximately 45.5% and
56.7%, respectively, in 2008. No single customer other than Wal-Mart
accounted for more than 10% of our gross sales in any of those years and none of
our other top five customers accounted for less than 3% of our gross sales in
any of those years.
Our
strong customer relationships and product recognition provide us with a number
of important benefits including (i) minimization of slotting fees, (ii)
maximization of new product introductions, (iii) maximization of shelf space
prominence and (iv) minimization of cash collection days. We believe
that management’s emphasis on strong customer relationships, speed and
flexibility and leading sales technology capabilities, combined with consistent
marketing support programs and ongoing product innovation, will continue to
maximize our competitiveness in the increasingly complex retail
environment.
The
following table sets forth a list of our primary distribution channels and our
principal customers for each channel:
Distribution
Channel
|
|
Customers
|
|
Distribution
Channel
|
|
Customers
|
Mass
|
|
Kmart
|
|
Drug
|
|
CVS
|
|
|
Meijer
|
|
|
|
Rite
Aid
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
|
Walgreens
|
|
|
Wal-Mart
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar
|
|
Dollar
General
|
Food
|
|
Ahold
|
|
|
|
Dollar
Tree
|
|
|
Kroger
|
|
|
|
Family
Dollar
|
|
|
Publix
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Safeway
|
|
Club
|
|
BJ’s
Wholesale Club
|
|
|
Supervalu
|
|
|
|
Costco
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sam’s
Club
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outsourcing
and Manufacturing
In order
to maximize our competitiveness and efficiently allocate our resources,
third-party manufacturers fulfill all of our manufacturing needs. We
have found that contract manufacturing maximizes our flexibility and
responsiveness to industry and consumer trends while minimizing the need for
capital expenditures. We select contract manufacturers based on their
core competencies and our perception of the best overall value, including
factors such as (i) depth of services, (ii) professionalism and integrity of the
management team, (iii) manufacturing flexibility, (iv) regulatory compliance and
(v) competitive pricing. We also conduct thorough reviews of each
potential manufacturer’s facilities, quality standards, capacity and financial
stability. We generally purchase only finished products from our
manufacturers.
Our
primary contract manufacturers provide comprehensive services from product
development through the manufacturing of finished goods. They are
responsible for such matters as (i) production planning, (ii) product research
and development, (iii) procurement, (iv) production, (v) quality testing, and
(vi) almost all capital expenditures. In most instances, we provide
our contract manufacturers with guidance in the areas of (i) product
development, (ii) performance criteria, (iii) regulatory guidance, (iv) sourcing
of packaging materials and (v) monthly master production
schedules. This management approach results in minimal capital
expenditures and maximizes our cash flow, which is reinvested to support our
marketing initiatives, used to fund brand acquisitions or to repay outstanding
indebtedness.
At March
31, 2010, we had relationships with over 40 third-party
manufacturers. Of those, we had long-term contracts with 20
manufacturers that produced items that accounted for approximately 68.7% of our
gross sales for 2010 compared to 18 manufacturers with long-term contracts that
produced approximately 64.0% of gross sales in 2009. The fact that we
do not have long-term contracts with certain manufacturers means that they could
cease manufacturing these products at any time and for any reason, or initiate
arbitrary and costly price increases which could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results from operations.
At March
31, 2010, suppliers for our key brands included (i) Fitzpatrick Bros. Inc., (ii)
Procter & Gamble, (iii) Access Business Group, (iv) Aspen Pharmacare and (v)
Altaire Pharmaceuticals, Inc. We enter into manufacturing agreements
for a majority of our products by sales volume, each of which vary based on the
capabilities of the third-party manufacturer and the products being
supplied. These agreements explicitly outline the manufacturer’s
obligations and product specifications with respect to the brand or brands being
produced. The purchase price of products under these agreements is
subject to change pursuant to the terms of these agreements due to fluctuations
in raw material, packaging and labor costs. All of our other products
are manufactured on a purchase order basis which is generally based on batch
sizes and results in no long-term obligations or commitments.
Warehousing
and Distribution
We
receive orders from retailers and/or brokers primarily by electronic data
interchange, which automatically enters each order into our computer systems and
then routes the order to our distribution center. The distribution
center will, in turn, send a confirmation that the order was received, fill the
order and ship the order to the customer, while sending a shipment confirmation
to us. Upon receipt of the confirmation, we send an invoice to the
customer.
We manage
product distribution in the mainland United States primarily through one
facility located in St. Louis, owned and operated by The Jacobson Companies
(“Jacobson”). Jacobson provides warehouse services, including without
limitation, storage, handling and shipping with respect to our full line of
products, as well as transportation services, including without limitation, (i)
complete management services, (ii) claims administration, (iii) proof of
delivery, (iv) procurement, (v) report generation, and (vi) automation and
freight payment services with respect to our full line of products.
If
Jacobson abruptly stopped providing warehousing or transportation services to
us, our business operations could suffer a temporary disruption while new
service providers are engaged. We believe this process could be
completed quickly and any temporary disruption resulting therefrom would not be
likely to have a significant effect on our operating results and financial
condition. However, a serious disruption, such as a flood or fire, to
our distribution center could damage our inventory and could materially impair
our ability to distribute our products to customers in a timely manner or at a
reasonable cost. We could incur significantly higher costs and
experience longer lead times associated with the distribution of our products to
our customers during the time required to reopen or replace our distribution
center. As a result, any such serious or prolonged disruption could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
from operations.
Competition
The
business of selling brand name consumer products in the over-the-counter
healthcare, household cleaning and personal care categories is highly
competitive. These markets include numerous national and global
manufacturers, distributors, marketers and retailers that actively compete for
consumers’ business both in the United States and abroad. Many of
these competitors are larger and have substantially greater research and
development and financial resources than we do. Consequently, they
may have the ability to spend more aggressively on advertising and marketing and
research and development, and to respond more effectively to changing business
and economic conditions. If this were to occur, our sales, operating
results and profitability could be adversely affected. In addition,
we are experiencing increased competition from so called “private label”
products introduced by major retail chains. While we believe that our
branded products provide superior quality and benefits, we are unable to predict
whether consumers will continue to purchase “private label” products at
increasing rates after the conclusion of the current economic
downturn.
Our
principal competitors vary by industry category. Competitors in the
over-the-counter healthcare category include Johnson & Johnson, maker
of Visine®, which
competes with our Clear
Eyes and Murine
brands; McNeil-PPC, maker of
Tylenol® Sore Throat, Procter & Gamble, maker of Vicks®, and Combe
Incorporated, maker of
Cepacol®, each of which compete with our
Chloraseptic brand. Other competitors in the
over-the-counter healthcare category include Schering-Plough, maker of Dr. Scholl’s®, which
competes with our Compound
W and Wartner
brands; GlaxoSmithKline, maker of Debrox®, which competes with
our Murine ear care
brand; Sunstar America, Inc., maker of GUM® line of oral care
products; as well as DenTek® Oral Care, Inc., which markets a dental protector
for nighttime teeth grinding and interdental toothpicks, which compete with The Doctor’sNightGuard Dental Protector
and The Doctor’s Brushpicks,
respectively.
Competitors
in the household cleaning category include Henkel AG & Co., maker of Soft Scrub®,
Colgate-Palmolive Company, maker of Ajax Cleanser, and The Clorox Company, maker
of Tilex®, each of
which competes with our
Comet brand. Additionally, Clorox’s Pine Sol® and Procter &
Gamble’s Mr. Clean®
compete with our Spic and
Span brand while 3M Company, maker of Scotch-Brite®,
O-Cel-O® and Dobie® brands, and
Clorox’s SOS®, compete
with our Chore Boy
brand.
Competitors
in the personal care category include Coty, Inc., maker of Sally Hansen®, which
competes with our Cutex
brand.
We
compete on the basis of numerous factors, including brand recognition, product
quality, performance, price and product availability at the retail
level. Advertising, promotion, merchandising and packaging, the
timing of new product introductions and line extensions also have a significant
impact on customers’ buying decisions and, as a result, on our
sales. The structure and quality of our sales force, as well as
sell-through of our products, affects in-store position, wall display space and
inventory levels in retail outlets. If we are unable to maintain the
inventory levels and in-store positioning of our products in retail stores, our
sales and operating results will be adversely affected. Our markets
are also highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, which may rapidly
capture a significant share of the market. An increase in the amount
of product introductions and the levels of advertising spending by our
competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results from operations.
Regulation
Product
Regulation
The
formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, importation, sale
and storage of our products are subject to extensive regulation by various
federal agencies, including the FDA, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the
Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”), the Environmental Protection Agency
(“EPA”), and by various agencies of the states, localities and foreign countries
in which our products are manufactured, distributed and sold. Our
Regulatory Team is guided by a senior member of management and staffed by
individuals with appropriate legal and regulatory experience. Our
Regulatory and Operations teams work closely with our third-party manufacturers
on quality related matters while we monitor their compliance with FDA
regulations and perform periodic audits to ensure such
compliance. This continual evaluation process ensures that our
manufacturing processes and products are of the highest quality and in
compliance with all known regulatory requirements. When and if the
FDA chooses to audit a particular manufacturing facility, we are required to be
notified immediately and updated on the progress of the audit as it
proceeds. If we or our manufacturers fail to comply with applicable
regulations, we could become subject to significant claims or penalties or be
required to discontinue the sale of the non-compliant product, which could have
a material adverse effect our business, financial condition and results from
operations. In addition, the adoption of new regulations or changes
in the interpretations of existing regulations may result in significant
additional compliance costs or discontinuation of product sales and may also
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
from operations.
All of
our over-the-counter drug products are regulated pursuant to the FDA’s monograph
system. The monographs set out the active ingredients and labeling
indications that are permitted for certain broad categories of over-the-counter
drug products. When the FDA has finalized a particular monograph, it
has concluded that a properly labeled product formulation is generally
recognized as safe and effective and not misbranded. A tentative
final monograph indicates that the FDA has not made a final determination about
products in a category to establish safety and efficacy for a product and its
uses. However, unless there is a serious safety or efficacy issue,
the FDA typically will exercise enforcement discretion and permit companies to
sell products conforming to a tentative final monograph until the final
monograph is published. Products that comply with either final or
tentative final monograph standards do not require pre-market approval from the
FDA.
Certain
of the Company’s over-the-counter healthcare products are medical devices which
are regulated by the FDA through a system which usually involves pre-market
clearance. During the review process, the FDA makes an affirmative
determination as to the sufficiency of the label directions, cautions and
warnings for the medical devices in question.
In
accordance with the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDC Act”) and FDA
regulations, the Company and its drug and device manufacturers must also comply
with the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMPs”). The
FDA inspects our facilities and those of our third-party manufacturers
periodically to determine that both the Company and our third-party
manufacturers are complying with cGMPs.
A number
of our products are regulated by the CPSC under the Federal Hazardous Substances
Act (the “FHSA”), the Poison Prevention Packaging Act of 1970 (the “PPPA”) and
the Consumer Products Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (the “CPSIA”).
Certain of our household products are considered to be hazardous substances
under the FHSA and therefore require specific cautionary warnings to be included
in their labeling for such products to be legally marketed. In addition, a
small number of our products are subject to regulation under the PPPA and can
only be legally marketed if they are dispensed in child-resistant packaging or
labeled for use in households where there are no children. The CPSIA
requires us to make available to our customers certificates stating that we are
in compliance with any applicable regulation administered by the CPSC.
Certain
of our household cleaning products are considered pesticides under the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (“FIFRA”). Generally
speaking, any substance intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or
mitigating any pest is considered to be a pesticide under FIFRA. We
market and distribute certain household products under our Comet and Spic and Span brands which
make antibacterial and/or disinfectant claims. Due to the
antibacterial and/or disinfectant claims on certain of the Comet and Spic and Span products, such
products are considered to be pesticides under FIFRA and are required to be
registered with the EPA and contain certain disclosures on the product
labels. In addition, the contract manufacturers from which we source
these products must be registered with the EPA. Our Comet and Spic and Span products that
make antibacterial and/or disinfectant claims are also subject to state
regulations and the rules and regulations of the various jurisdictions where
these products are sold.
Other
Regulations
We are
also subject to a variety of other regulations in various foreign markets,
including regulations pertaining to import/export regulations and antitrust
issues. To the extent we decide to commence or expand operations in
additional countries, we may be required to obtain an approval, license or
certification from the country’s ministry of health or comparable
agency. We must also comply with product labeling and packaging
regulations that may vary from country-to-country. Government
regulations in both our domestic and international markets can delay or prevent
the introduction, or require the reformulation or withdrawal, of some of our
products. Our failure to comply with these regulations can result in
a product being removed from sale in a particular market, either temporarily or
permanently. In addition, we are subject to FTC and state
regulations, as well as foreign regulations, relating to our product claims and
advertising. If we fail to comply with these regulations, we could be
subject to enforcement actions and the imposition of penalties which could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results from
operations.
Intellectual
Property
We own a
number of trademark registrations and applications in the United States, Canada
and other foreign countries. The following are some of the most
important registered trademarks we own in the United States and/or Canada: Chloraseptic, Chore Boy,
Clear Eyes, Cinch, Comet, Compound W, Freeze Off, Cutex, The Doctor’s
Brushpicks, The Doctor’s NightGuard, Dermoplast, Little Remedies, Longlast®,
Momentum®, Murine, New-Skin, Percogesic®, Spic and Span and
Wartner.
Our
trademarks and trade names are how we convey that the products we sell are
“brand name” products. Our ownership of these trademarks and trade
names is very important to our business as it allows us to compete based on the
value and goodwill associated with these marks. We may also license
others to use these marks. Additionally, we own or license patents on
innovative and proprietary technology. Such patents evidence the
unique nature of our products, provide us with exclusivity and afford us
protection from the encroachment of others. None of our patents that
we own or license, however, is material to us on a consolidated basis. Enforcing
our rights, or the rights of any of our licensors, represented by these
trademarks, trade names and patents is critical to our business, but is
expensive. If we are not able to effectively enforce our rights,
others may be able to dilute our trademarks, trade names and patents and
diminish the value associated with our brands and technologies, which could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results from
operations.
We do not
own all of the intellectual property rights applicable to our
products. In those cases where our third-party manufacturers own
patents that protect our products, we are dependent on them as a source of
supply for our products. Unless other non-infringing technologies are
available, we must continue to purchase patented products from our suppliers who
sell patented products to us. In addition, we rely on our suppliers
for their enforcement of their intellectual property rights against infringing
products.
We have
licensed to Procter & Gamble the right to use the Comet, Spic and Span
and Chlorinol®
trademarks in the commercial/institutional/industrial segment in the United
States and Canada until 2019. We have also licensed to Procter &
Gamble the Comet
and Chlorinol brands in
Russia and specified Eastern European countries until 2015.
The first
quarter of our fiscal year typically has the lowest level of revenue due to the
seasonal nature of certain of our brands relative to the summer and winter
months. In addition, the first quarter is the least profitable
quarter due to the increased advertising and promotional spending to support
those brands with a summer selling season, such as Clear Eyes products, Compound W, Wartner and New-Skin. The
increased level of advertising and promotional campaigns in the third quarter
influence sales of
Chloraseptic and Little
Remedies cough/cold products during the fourth quarter cough/cold winter
months. Additionally, the fourth quarter typically has the lowest
level of advertising and promotional spending as a percent of
revenue.
Employees
We
employed 87 full time individuals and two part time individuals at March 31,
2010. None of our employees is a party to a collective bargaining
agreement. Management believes that its relations with its employees
are good.
Backlog
Orders
The
Company had no backlog orders at March 31, 2009 or 2010.
Available
Information
Our
Internet address is www.prestigebrandsinc.com. We make available free
of charge on or through our Internet website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to
those reports, and the Proxy Statement for our annual stockholders’ meetings, as
soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with,
or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
“SEC”). The information found on our website shall not be deemed
incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference
this Annual Report on Form 10-K into any filing under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and shall not otherwise be deemed filed
under such Acts. Information on our Internet website does not
constitute a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated
herein by reference.
The
public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s
Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The
public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by
calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site
(http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements,
and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the
SEC.
We have
adopted a Code of Conduct Policy, Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Employees,
Complaint Procedures for Accounting and Auditing Matters, Corporate Governance
Guidelines, Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy, and Charters for our Audit,
Compensation and Nominating and Governance Committees, as well as a Related
Persons Transaction Policy and Stock Ownership Guidelines. We will
provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of the foregoing
materials. Any requests for the foregoing documents from us should be
made in writing to:
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
90 North
Broadway
Irvington,
New York 10533
Attention:
Secretary
We intend
to disclose future amendments to the provisions of the foregoing documents,
policies and guidelines and waivers therefrom, if any, on our Internet website
and/or through the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC to the
extent required under the Exchange Act.
The
high level of competition in our industry, much of which comes from competitors
with greater resources, could adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results from operations.
The
business of selling brand name consumer products in the over-the-counter
healthcare, household cleaning and personal care categories is highly
competitive. These markets include numerous manufacturers,
distributors, marketers and retailers that actively compete for consumers’
business both in the United States and abroad. Many of these
competitors are larger and have substantially greater resources than we do, and
may therefore have the ability to spend more aggressively on research and
development, advertising and marketing, and to respond more effectively to
changing business and economic conditions. If this were to occur, it
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results from operations.
Certain
of our product lines that account for a large percentage of our sales have a
small market share relative to our competitors. For example,
while Clear Eyes has a
number two market share position of 16.0% within the allergy/redness eye drop
segment, its top competitor,
Visine®, has a market share of 34.7% in the same segment. In
contrast, certain of our brands with number two market positions have a similar
market share relative to our competitors. For example, Compound W has a number two
market position of 32.9% and its top competitor, Dr. Scholl’s, has
a market position of 42.5% in the same category. Also, while Cutex is the number one
brand name nail polish remover with a market share of 24.2%, non-branded,
private label nail polish removers account, in the aggregate, for 58.7% of the
market. Finally, while our New-Skin liquid bandage
product has a number one market position of 54.4%, the size of the liquid
bandage market is relatively small, particularly when compared to the much
larger bandage category. See “Part I, Item 1. Business” section on
page 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding market share
calculations.
We
compete for customers’ attention based on a number of factors, including brand
recognition, product quality, performance, price and product availability at the
retail level. Advertising, promotion, merchandising and packaging,
the timing of new product introductions and line extensions also have a
significant impact on consumer buying decisions and, as a result, on our
sales. The structure and quality of our sales force, as well as
sell-through of our products affect in-store position, wall display space and
inventory levels in retail stores. If we are unable to maintain our
current distribution network, inventory levels and in-store positioning of our
products at our customers, our sales and operating results will be adversely
affected. Our markets also are highly sensitive to the introduction
of new products, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the
market. An increase in the number of product innovations by our
competitors or the failure of a new product launch by the Company could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results from
operations.
In
addition, competitors may attempt to gain market share by offering products at
prices at or below those typically offered by us. Competitive pricing
may require us to reduce prices which may result in lost sales or a reduction of
our profit margins. Future price adjustments, product changes or new
product introductions by our competitors or our inability to react with price
adjustments, product changes or new product introductions of our own could
result in a loss of market share which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results from operations.
We
depend on a limited number of customers with whom we have no long-term
agreements for a large portion of our gross sales and the loss of one or more of
these customers could reduce our gross sales and have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
For 2010,
our top five and ten customers accounted for approximately 45.7% and 58.4%,
respectively, of our sales, compared with approximately 48.2% and 60.1% and
46.2% and 57.2% during 2009 and 2008, respectively. Wal-Mart, which
itself accounted for approximately 24.6%, 25.9% and 23.1% of our sales in 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively, is our only customer that accounted for 10% or more
of our sales. We expect that for future periods, our top five and ten
customers, including Wal-Mart, will, in the aggregate, continue to account for a
large portion of our sales. The loss of one or more of our top
customers, any significant decrease in sales to these customers, or a
significant decrease in our retail display space in any of these customers’
stores, could reduce our sales and have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results from operations.
In
addition, our business is based primarily upon individual sales
orders. We typically do not enter into long-term contracts with our
customers. Accordingly, our customers could cease buying products
from us at any time and for any reason. The fact that we do not have
long-term contracts with our customers means that we have no recourse in the
event a customer no longer wants to purchase products from us. If a
significant number of our smaller customers, or any of our significant
customers, elect not to purchase products from us, our business, financial
condition and results from operations could be adversely affected.
Our
business has been and could continue to be adversely affected by a prolonged
recession in the United States.
The
economic uncertainty surrounding the current United States recession has
affected and could continue to materially affect our business because such
economic challenges could adversely affect consumers, our customers and
suppliers. Specifically:
·
|
Consumer
spending may continue to be curtailed resulting in downward pressure on
our sales,
|
·
|
Our
customers may continue to rationalize the number of products that reach
store shelves resulting in a reduction of the number of products that are
carried at retail, particularly those that are not number one or two in
their category,
|
·
|
Our
customers may continue to reduce overall inventory levels to strengthen
their working capital positions which could result in additional sales
reductions for us during those periods that our customers implement such
strategies,
|
·
|
Our
customers may continue to increase the number and breadth of products that
are sold via their “private label” to the detriment of our branded
products,
|
·
|
Our
customers may continue to rationalize store count, closing additional
marginally performing stores resulting in sales reductions, potential
working capital reductions, and an inability to repay amounts owed to us,
and
|
·
|
Our
suppliers may suffer from sales reductions which could diminish their
working capital and impede their ability to provide product to us in a
timely manner.
|
We
depend on third-party manufacturers to produce the products we
sell. If we are unable to maintain these manufacturing relationships
or fail to enter into additional relationships, as necessary, we may be unable
to meet customer demand and our sales and profitability could suffer as a
result.
All of
our products are produced by third-party manufacturers. Our ability
to retain our current manufacturing relationships and engage in and successfully
transition to new relationships is critical to our ability to deliver quality
products to our customers in a timely manner. Without adequate
supplies of quality merchandise, sales would decrease materially and our
business would suffer. In the event that our primary third-party
manufacturers are unable or unwilling to ship products to us in a timely manner,
we would have to rely on secondary manufacturing relationships or identify and
qualify new manufacturing relationships. We might not be able to
identify or qualify such manufacturers for existing or new products in a timely
manner and such manufacturers may not allocate sufficient capacity to us in
order that we may meet our commitments to customers. In addition,
identifying alternative manufacturers without adequate lead times can compromise
required product validation and stability protocol, which may involve additional
manufacturing expense, delay in production or product disadvantage in the
marketplace. The consequences of not securing adequate and timely
supplies of merchandise would negatively impact inventory levels, sales and
gross margins, and could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results from operations.
These
manufacturers may also increase the cost of the products we purchase which could
adversely affect our margins in the event we are unable to pass along these
increased costs to our customers. A situation such as this could also
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
from operations.
At March
31, 2010, we had relationships with over 40 third-party
manufacturers. Of those, we had long-term contracts with 20
manufacturers that produced items that accounted for approximately 68.7% of our
gross sales for 2010 compared to 18 manufacturers with long-term contracts that
produced approximately 64.0% of gross sales in 2009. The fact that we
do not have long-term contracts with certain manufacturers means that they could
cease manufacturing these products at any time and for any reason, or initiate
arbitrary and costly price increases which could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results from operations.
Price
increases for raw materials, energy and transportation costs could have an
adverse impact on our margins.
Increases
in commodity and energy costs in the markets for resins, package materials and
diesel fuel could have a significant impact on our 2011 results from
operations. Consequently, if the Company is unable to increase the
price for its products or continue to achieve cost savings in a rising cost
environment, such cost increases could have a material adverse effect on our
results from operations.
Disruption
in our St. Louis distribution center may prevent us from meeting customer demand
and our sales and profitability may suffer as a result.
We manage
our product distribution in the continental United States through one primary
distribution center in St. Louis, Missouri. A serious disruption,
such as a flood or fire, to our primary distribution center could damage our
inventory and could materially impair our ability to distribute our products to
customers in a timely manner or at a reasonable cost. We could incur
significantly higher costs and experience longer lead times during the time
required to reopen or replace our primary distribution center. As a
result, any serious disruption could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results from operations.
Achievement
of our strategic objectives requires the acquisition, or potentially the
disposition, of certain brands or product lines. Efforts to effect
and integrate such acquisitions or dispositions may divert our managerial
resources away from our business operations.
The
majority of our growth has been driven by acquiring other brands and
companies. At any given time, we may be engaged in discussions with
respect to possible acquisitions that are intended to enhance our product
portfolio, enable us to realize cost savings and further diversify our category,
customer and channel focus. Our ability to successfully grow through
acquisitions depends on our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and
integrate suitable acquisition candidates and to obtain any necessary
financing. These efforts could divert the attention of our management
and key personnel from our business operations. If we complete
acquisitions, we may also experience:
·
|
Difficulties
achieving, or an inability to achieve, our expected
returns,
|
·
|
Difficulties
in integrating any acquired companies, personnel and products into our
existing business,
|
·
|
Delays
in realizing the benefits of the acquired company or
products,
|
·
|
Higher
costs of integration than we
anticipated,
|
·
|
Difficulties
in retaining key employees of the acquired business who are necessary to
manage the business,
|
·
|
Difficulties
in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies
throughout our acquired companies,
or
|
·
|
Adverse
customer or shareholder reaction to the
acquisition.
|
In
addition, any acquisition could adversely affect our operating results as a
result of higher interest costs from the acquisition related debt and higher
amortization expenses related to the acquired intangible assets. The
diversion of management’s attention to pursue acquisitions, or our failure to
successfully integrate acquired companies into our business, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results from
operations.
In the
event that we decide to sell a brand or product line, we may encounter
difficulty finding, or be unable to find, a buyer on acceptable terms in a
timely manner. This could cause a delay in our efforts to achieve our
strategic objectives.
Our risks associated with doing
business internationally increase as we expand our international
footprint.
During
2010, 2009 and 2008, approximately 4.2%, 3.6% and 4.1%, respectively, of our
total revenues were attributable to our international business. We
generally rely on brokers and distributors for the sale of our products in
foreign countries. In addition to the risks associated with political
instability, changes in the outlook for economic prosperity in these countries
could adversely affect the sales of our products in these
countries. Other risks of doing business internationally
include:
·
|
Changes
in the legislative or regulatory requirements of the countries or regions
where we do business,
|
·
|
Currency
controls which restrict or prohibit the payment of funds or the
repatriation of earnings to the United
States,
|
·
|
Fluctuating
foreign exchange rates could result in unfavorable increases in the price
of our products or cause increases in the cost of certain products
purchased from our foreign third-party
manufacturers,
|
·
|
Regulatory
oversight and its impact on our ability to get products registered for
sale in certain markets,
|
·
|
Potential
trade restrictions and exchange
controls,
|
·
|
Inability
to protect our intellectual property rights in these markets,
and
|
·
|
Increased
costs of compliance with general business and tax regulations in these
countries or regions.
|
Regulatory
matters governing our industry could have a significant negative effect on our
sales and operating costs.
In both
our United States and foreign markets, we are affected by extensive laws,
governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and
similar constraints. Such laws, regulations and other constraints
exist at the federal, state or local levels in the United States and at
analogous levels of government in foreign jurisdictions.
The
formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, importation, sale
and storage of our products are subject to extensive regulation by various
federal agencies, including (i) the FDA, (ii) the FTC, (iii) the CPSC, (iv) the
EPA, and by (v) various agencies of the states, localities and foreign countries
in which our products are manufactured, distributed, stored and
sold. If we or our third-party manufacturers fail to comply with
those regulations, we could become subject to enforcement actions, significant
penalties or claims, which could materially adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results from operations. In addition, the
adoption of new regulations or changes in the interpretations of existing
regulations may result in significant compliance costs or the cessation of
product sales and may adversely affect the marketing of our products, resulting
in a significant loss of revenues which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results from operations.
The FDC
Act and FDA regulations require that the manufacturing processes of our
third-party manufacturers must also comply with the
FDA’s cGMPs. The FDA inspects our facilities and those of our
third-party manufacturers periodically to determine if we and our third-party
manufacturers are complying with cGMPs. A history of past compliance
is not a guarantee that future cGMPs will not mandate other compliance steps and
associated expense.
If we or
our third-party manufacturers fail to comply with federal, state, local or
foreign regulations, we could be required to:
·
|
Suspend
manufacturing operations,
|
·
|
Modify
product formulations or processes,
|
·
|
Suspend
the sale of products with non-complying
specifications,
|
·
|
Initiate
product recalls, or
|
·
|
Change
product labeling, packaging or advertising or take other corrective
action.
|
Any of
the foregoing actions could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results from operations.
In
addition, our failure to comply with FTC or any other federal and state
regulations, or with similar regulations in foreign markets, that cover our
product claims and advertising, including direct claims and advertising by us,
may result in enforcement actions and imposition of penalties or otherwise
materially adversely affect the distribution and sale of our products, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results from operations.
Product
liability claims and related negative publicity could adversely affect our sales
and operating results.
We may be
required to pay for losses or injuries purportedly caused by our
products. From time-to-time we have been and may again be subjected
to various product liability claims. Claims could be based on
allegations that, among other things, our products contain contaminants, include
inadequate instructions or warnings regarding their use or inadequate warnings
concerning side effects and interactions with other substances. Any
product liability claims may result in negative publicity that may adversely
affect our sales and operating results. Also, if one of our products
is found to be defective we may be required to recall it. This may
result in substantial costs and negative publicity which may adversely affect
our sales and operating results. Although we maintain, and require
our suppliers and third-party manufacturers to maintain, product liability
insurance coverage, potential product liability claims may exceed the amount of
insurance coverage or potential product liability claims may be excluded under
the terms of the policy, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results from operations. In
addition, in the future we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage
or we may be required to pay higher premiums and accept higher deductibles in
order to secure adequate insurance coverage.
If
we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights our ability to compete
effectively in the market for our products could be negatively
impacted.
The
market for our products depends to a significant extent upon the goodwill
associated with our trademarks, trade names and patents. Our
trademarks and trade names convey that the products we sell are “brand name”
products. We believe consumers ascribe value to our brands, some of
which are over 100 years old. We own or license the material
trademark, trade names and patents used in connection with the packaging,
marketing and sale of our products. These rights prevent our
competitors or new entrants to the market from using our valuable brand names
and technologies. Therefore, trademark, trade name and patent
protection is critical to our business. Although most of our material
intellectual property is registered in the United States and in applicable
foreign countries, we may not be successful in asserting
protection. If we were to lose the exclusive right to use one or more
of our intellectual property rights, the loss of such exclusive right could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results from
operations.
Other
parties may infringe on our intellectual property rights and may thereby dilute
the value of our brands in the marketplace. Brand dilution or the
introduction of competitive brands could cause confusion in the marketplace and
adversely affect the value that consumers associate with our brands, and thereby
negatively impact our sales. Any such infringement of our
intellectual property rights would also likely result in a commitment of our
time and resources, financial or otherwise, to protect these rights through
litigation or other means. In addition, third parties may assert
claims against our intellectual property rights and we may not be able to
successfully resolve those claims causing us to lose our ability to use our
intellectual property that is the subject of those claims. Such loss
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results from operations. Furthermore, from time-to-time, we may be
involved in litigation in which we are enforcing or defending our intellectual
property rights which could require us to incur substantial fees and expenses
and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results from operations.
We license certain of our trademarks to third party licensees, who
are bound by their respective license agreement to protect our trademarks from
infringement and adhere to defined quality requirements. If one of the
third party licensees of our trademarks fails to adhere to the contractually
defined quality requirements, our results could be negatively impacted if one of
our brands suffers a substantial impairment to its reputation due to real or
perceived quality issues. Further, if one of the third party licensees
fails to protect the licensed trademark from infringement, we might be required
to take action.
Virtually
all of our assets consist of goodwill and intangibles.
As our
financial statements indicate, virtually all of our assets consist of goodwill
and intangibles, principally the trademarks, trade names and patents that we
have acquired. We recorded charges in 2010 and 2009 for impairment of
those assets and in the event that the value of those assets become further
impaired or our business is materially adversely affected in any way, we would
not have tangible assets that could be sold to repay our
liabilities. As a result, our creditors and investors may not be able
to recoup the amount of the indebtedness that they have extended to us or the
amount they have invested in us.
We
depend on third parties for intellectual property relating to some of the
products we sell, and our inability to maintain or enter into future license
agreements may result in our failure to meet customer demand, which would
adversely affect our operating results.
We have
licenses or manufacturing agreements with third parties that own intellectual
property (e.g., formulae, copyrights, trademarks, trade dress, patents and other
technology) used in the manufacture and sale of certain of our
products. In the event that any such license or manufacturing
agreement expires or is otherwise terminated, we will lose the right to use the
intellectual property covered by such license or agreement and will have to
develop or obtain rights to use other intellectual
property. Similarly, our rights could be reduced if the applicable
licensor or third-party manufacturer fails to maintain or protect the licensed
intellectual property because, in such event, our competitors could obtain the
right to use the intellectual property without restriction. If this
were to occur, we might not be able to develop or obtain replacement
intellectual property in a timely or cost effective
manner. Additionally, any modified products may not be well-received
by customers. The consequences of losing the right to use or having
reduced rights to such intellectual property could negatively impact our sales
due to our failure to meet consumer demand for the affected products or require
us to incur costs for development of new or different intellectual property,
either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results from operations. In addition, development of
replacement products may be time-consuming and ultimately may not be
feasible.
We
depend on our key personnel and the loss of the services provided by any of our
executive officers or other key employees could harm our business and results of
operations.
Our
success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our
senior management, many of whom would be difficult to replace. These
employees may voluntarily terminate their employment with us at any
time. We may not be able to successfully retain existing personnel or
identify, hire and integrate new personnel. While we believe we have
developed depth and experience among our key personnel, our business may be
adversely affected if one or more of these key individuals were to
leave. We do not maintain any key-man or similar insurance policies
covering any of our senior management or key personnel.
Our indebtedness
could adversely affect our financial condition and the significant amount of
cash we need to service our debt will not be available to reinvest in our
business.
At March
31, 2010, our total indebtedness, including current maturities, is approximately
$328.1 million.
Our indebtedness
could:
·
|
Increase
our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry
conditions,
|
·
|
Limit
our ability to engage in strategic
acquisitions,
|
·
|
Require
us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations
toward repayment of our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of
our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions
and investments and other general corporate
purposes,
|
·
|
Limit
our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business
and the markets in which we
operate,
|
·
|
Place
us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have
less debt, and
|
·
|
Limit,
among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds on favorable
terms or at all.
|
The terms
of the indenture governing the 8.25% senior notes and the credit agreement
governing the senior credit facility allow us to issue and incur additional debt
upon satisfaction of conditions set forth in the respective
agreements. If new debt is added to current debt levels, the related
risks described above could increase.
At March
31, 2010, we had $30.0 million of borrowing capacity available under the
Revolving Credit Facility to support our operating activities. We also have the
ability to borrow up to an additional $200.0 million for acquisitions pursuant
to our senior credit facility.
Our
operating flexibility is limited in significant respects by the restrictive
covenants in our senior credit facility and the indenture governing our senior
notes.
Our
senior credit facility and the indenture governing our senior notes impose
restrictions that could impede our ability to enter into certain corporate
transactions, as well as increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and
industry conditions by limiting our flexibility in planning for, and reacting
to, changes in our business and industry. These restrictions limit
our ability to, among other things:
·
|
Borrow
money or issue guarantees,
|
·
|
Pay
dividends, repurchase stock from or make other restricted payments to
stockholders,
|
·
|
Make
investments or acquisitions,
|
·
|
Use
assets as security in other
transactions,
|
·
|
Sell
assets or merge with or into other
companies,
|
·
|
Enter
into transactions with affiliates,
|
·
|
Sell
stock in our subsidiaries, and
|
·
|
Direct
our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to our
Company.
|
Our
ability to engage in these types of transactions is generally limited by the
terms of the senior credit facility and the indenture governing the senior
notes, even if we believe that a specific transaction would positively
contribute to our future growth, operating results or
profitability. However, if we are able to enter into these types of
transactions under the terms of the senior credit facility and the indenture, or
if we obtain a waiver with respect to any specific transaction, that transaction
may cause our indebtedness to increase, may not result in the benefits we
anticipate or may cause us to incur greater costs or suffer greater disruptions
in our business than we anticipate, and could therefore, have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results from
operations.
In
addition, the senior credit facility requires us to maintain certain leverage
and interest coverage ratios and not to exceed annual capital expenditures of
$3.0 million. Although we believe we can continue to meet and/or
maintain the financial covenants contained in our credit agreement, our ability
to do so may be affected by events outside our control. Covenants in
our senior credit facility also require us to use 100% of the proceeds we
receive from debt issuances to repay outstanding borrowings under our senior
credit facility. Any failure by us to comply with the terms and
conditions of the credit agreement and the indenture governing the senior notes
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results from operations.
The
senior credit facility and the indenture governing the senior notes contain
cross-default provisions that could result in the acceleration of all of our
indebtedness.
The
senior credit facility and the indenture governing the senior notes contain
provisions that allow the respective creditors to declare all outstanding
borrowings under one agreement to be immediately due and payable as a result of
a default under the other agreement. Consequently, under the senior
credit facility, failure to make a payment required by the indenture governing
the senior notes, among other things, may lead to an event of default
under the senior credit facility. Similarly, an event of default or
failure to make a required payment at maturity under the senior credit facility,
among other things, may lead to an event of default under the indenture
governing the senior notes. If the debt under the senior credit
facility and indenture governing the senior notes were to both be accelerated,
the aggregate amount immediately due and payable as of March 31, 2010 would have
been approximately $328.1 million. We presently do not have
sufficient liquidity to repay these borrowings in the event they were to be
accelerated, and we may not have sufficient liquidity in the future to do
so. Additionally, we may not be able to borrow money from other
lenders to enable us to refinance the indebtedness. At March 31,
2010, the book value of our current assets was $112.2
million. Although the book value of our total assets was $791.4
million, approximately $670.7 million was in the form of intangible assets,
including goodwill of $111.5 million, a significant portion of which is illiquid
and may not be available to satisfy our creditors in the event our debt is
accelerated.
Any
failure to comply with the restrictions of the senior credit facility, the
indenture governing the senior notes or any other subsequent financing
agreements may result in an event of default. Such default may allow
the creditors to accelerate the related debt, as well as any other debt to which
the cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions apply. In
addition, the lenders may be able to terminate any commitments they had made to
supply us with additional funding. As a result, any default by us
under our credit agreement, indenture governing the senior notes or any other
financing agreement, could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results from operations.
Litigation
may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our
business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, customers,
consumers, suppliers, stockholders or others through private actions, class
actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other
litigation. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action
lawsuits and regulatory actions, is difficult to assess or
quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of
very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss
relating to such lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of
time. The cost to defend current and future litigation may be
significant. There may also be adverse publicity associated with
litigation that could decrease customer acceptance of our products, regardless
of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found
liable. Conversely, we may be required to initiate litigation against
others to protect the value of our intellectual property and the goodwill
associated therewith or enforce an agreement or contract that has been
breached. These matters are extremely time consuming and expensive,
but absolutely necessary to maintain enterprise value, protect our assets and
realize the benefits of the agreements and contracts that we have negotiated and
safeguard our future. As a result, litigation may adversely affect
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The
trading price of our common stock may be volatile.
The
trading price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations
in response to several factors, some of which are beyond our control, including
(i) general stock market volatility, (ii) variations in our quarterly operating
results, (iii) our leveraged
financial
position, (iv) potential sales of additional shares of our common stock, (v)
perceptions associated with the identification of material weaknesses in
internal control over financial reporting, (vi) general trends in the consumer
products industry, (vii) changes by securities analysts in their estimates or
investment ratings, (viii) the relative illiquidity of our common stock, (ix)
voluntary withdrawal or recall of products, (x) news regarding litigation in
which we are or become involved, and (xi) general marketplace conditions brought
on by economic recession.
We
have no current intention of paying dividends to holders of our common
stock.
We
presently intend to retain our earnings, if any, for use in our operations, to
facilitate strategic acquisitions, or to repay our outstanding indebtedness and
have no current intention of paying dividends to holders of our common
stock. In addition, our debt instruments limit our ability to declare
and pay cash dividends on our common stock. As a result, your only
opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our common stock will be
if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at
a profit.
Our
annual and quarterly results from operations may fluctuate significantly and
could fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors due to a
number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, resulting in a decline
in the price of our securities.
Our
annual and quarterly results from operations may fluctuate significantly because
of several factors, including:
·
|
Increases
and decreases in average quarterly revenues and
profitability,
|
·
|
The
rate at which we make acquisitions or develop new products and
successfully market them,
|
·
|
Our
inability to increase the sales of our existing products and expand their
distribution,
|
·
|
Adverse
regulatory or market events in our international
markets,
|
·
|
Changes
in consumer preferences, spending habits and competitive conditions,
including the effects of competitors’ operational, promotional or
expansion activities,
|
·
|
Seasonality
of our products,
|
·
|
Fluctuations
in commodity prices, product costs, utilities and energy costs, prevailing
wage rates, insurance costs and other
costs,
|
·
|
Our
ability to recruit, train and retain qualified employees, and the costs
associated with those activities,
|
·
|
Changes
in advertising and promotional activities and expansion to new
markets,
|
·
|
Negative
publicity relating to us and the products we
sell,
|
·
|
Unanticipated
increases in infrastructure costs,
|
·
|
Impairment
of goodwill or long-lived assets,
|
·
|
Changes
in interest rates, and
|
·
|
Changes
in accounting, tax, regulatory or other rules applicable to our
business.
|
Our
quarterly operating results and revenues may fluctuate as a result of any of
these or other factors. Accordingly, results for any one quarter are not
necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any other quarter or for
any year, and revenues for any particular future period may
decrease. In the future, operating results may fall below the
expectations of securities analysts and investors. In that event, the
market price of our outstanding securities could be adversely
impacted.
We
can be adversely affected by the implementation of new, or changes in the
interpretation of existing, accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America (“GAAP”).
Our
financial reporting complies with GAAP which is subject to change over
time. If new rules or interpretations of existing rules require us to
change our financial reporting, our financial condition and results from
operations could be adversely affected.
Identification
of a material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting may
adversely affect our financial results.
We are
subject to the ongoing internal control provisions of Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the regulations promulgated
thereunder. Those provisions provide for the identification and
reporting of material weaknesses in our system of internal controls over
financial reporting. If such a material weakness is identified, it
could indicate a lack of controls adequate to generate accurate financial
statements. We routinely assess our internal controls over financial
reporting, but we cannot assure you that we will be able to timely remediate any
material weaknesses that may be identified in future periods, or maintain all of
the controls necessary for continued compliance. Likewise, we cannot
assure you that we will be able to retain sufficient skilled finance and
accounting personnel, especially in light of the increased demand for such
personnel among publicly-traded companies.
Provisions
in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may
discourage potential acquirers of our company, which could adversely affect the
value of our securities.
Our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, provides that our
board of directors is authorized to issue from time to time, without further
stockholder approval, up to 5.0 million shares of preferred stock in one or more
series of preferred stock issuances. Our board of directors may
establish the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock
and determine, as applicable, the voting and other powers, designations,
preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions for such
series of preferred stock. The shares of preferred stock could have
preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation
rights. We may issue additional preferred stock in ways which may
delay, defer or prevent a change in control of the Company without further
action by our stockholders. The shares of preferred stock may be
issued with voting rights that may adversely affect the voting power of the
holders of our common stock by increasing the number of outstanding shares
having voting rights, and by the creation of class or series voting
rights.
Our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, contains
additional provisions that may have the effect of making it more difficult for a
third party to acquire or attempt to acquire control of our
company. In addition, we are subject to certain provisions of
Delaware law that limit, in some cases, our ability to engage in certain
business combinations with significant stockholders.
These
provisions, either alone, or in combination with each other, give our current
directors and executive officers the ability to significantly influence the
outcome of a proposed acquisition of the Company. These provisions
would apply even if an acquisition or other significant corporate transaction
was considered beneficial by some of our stockholders. If a change in
control or change in management is delayed or prevented by these provisions, the
market price of our outstanding securities could be adversely
impacted.
ITEM
1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
None.
Our
corporate headquarters are located in Irvington, New York, a suburb of New York
City. Primary functions undertaken at the Irvington facility include
senior management, marketing, sales, operations, quality control and regulatory
affairs, finance and legal. The lease on our Irvington facility
expires on April 30, 2014. We also have an administrative center in
Jackson, Wyoming. Primary functions undertaken at the Jackson
facility include back office functions, such as invoicing, credit and
collection, general ledger and customer service. The lease on the
Jackson facility expires on December 31, 2010; however, we have the option to
renew this lease on an annual basis. We conduct business regarding
all of our business segments at each of the Irvington, New York and Jackson,
Wyoming facilities.
ITEM
3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
DenTek
Oral Care, Inc. Litigation
Reference
is made to the DenTek Oral Care Inc. (“DenTek”) litigation disclosure contained
in (i) Part I, Item 3 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 2009 filed with the Commission on June 15, 2009, and (ii)
Part II, Item 1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly
period ended December 31, 2009 and filed with the Commission on February 9,
2010, both of which are incorporated herein by this reference.
On March
25, 2010, Medtech Products Inc. (“Medtech”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company and plaintiff in the pending law suit against DenTek and others in the
U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, settled all of the
claims and counterclaims involving DenTek in the law suit on terms mutually
agreeable to Medtech and DenTek. No payment by Medtech or the Company is
required as part of the settlement.
San Francisco Technology
Inc. Litigation
On April
5, 2010, Medtech was served with a Complaint filed by San Francisco Technology
Inc. (“SFT”) in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California,
San Jose Division. In the Complaint, SFT asserted a qui tam action against
Medtech alleging false patent markings with the intent to deceive the
public regarding Medtech’s two Dermoplast®
products. Medtech has filed a Motion to Dismiss or Stay and a Motion
to Sever and Transfer Venue to the Southern District of New York and is awaiting
decisions on the pending Motions. Medtech intends to vigorously
defend against the Complaint.
In
addition to the matters described above, the Company is involved from time to
time in other routine legal matters and other claims incidental to its
business. The Company reviews outstanding claims and proceedings
internally and with external counsel as necessary to assess probability and
amount of potential loss. These assessments are re-evaluated at each
reporting period and as new information becomes available to determine whether a
reserve should be established or if any existing reserve should be
adjusted. The actual cost of resolving a claim or proceeding
ultimately may be substantially different than the amount of the recorded
reserve. In addition, because it is not permissible under GAAP to
establish a litigation reserve until the loss is both probable and estimable, in
some cases there may be insufficient time to establish a reserve prior to the
actual incurrence of the loss (upon verdict and judgment at trial, for example,
or in the case of a quickly negotiated settlement). The Company
believes the resolution of routine matters and other incidental claims, taking
into account reserves and insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on
its business, financial condition or results from operations.
ITEM
4.
|
[REMOVED
AND RESERVED]
|
ITEM 5.
|
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Part III,
Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by this
reference.
Market
Information
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.’s common stock is listed on The New York Stock Exchange
(“NYSE”) under the symbol “PBH.” The high and low closing prices of
the Company’s common stock as reported by the NYSE for the Company’s two most
recently completed fiscal years on a quarterly basis and the current year
through June 9, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
Year
Ending March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April
1, 2010 - June 9, 2010
|
|
$
|
9.99
|
|
|
$
|
7.23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter
Ended:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June
30, 2009
|
|
$
|
7.24
|
|
|
$
|
5.19
|
|
September
30, 2009
|
|
|
8.19
|
|
|
|
5.75
|
|
December
31, 2009
|
|
|
8.03
|
|
|
|
6.70
|
|
March
31, 2010
|
|
|
9.06
|
|
|
|
7.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter
Ended:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June
30, 2008
|
|
$
|
11.93
|
|
|
$
|
8.08
|
|
September
30, 2008
|
|
|
11.54
|
|
|
|
8.60
|
|
December
31, 2008
|
|
|
10.55
|
|
|
|
6.00
|
|
March
31, 2009
|
|
|
10.12
|
|
|
|
4.08
|
|
Unregistered
Sales of Equity Securities and Use of
Proceeds
|
There
were no equity securities sold by the Company during the quarter ended March 31,
2010 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.
The were
no purchases of shares of the Company’s common stock made during the quarter
ended March 31, 2010, by or on behalf of the Company or any “affiliated
purchaser,” as defined by Rule 10b-18(a)(3) of the Exchange Act.
Holders
As of
June 1, 2010, there were 34 holders of record of our common
stock. The number of record holders does not include beneficial
owners whose shares are held in the names of banks, brokers, nominees or other
fiduciaries.
Dividend
Policy
We have
not in the past paid, and do not expect for the foreseeable future, to pay
dividends on our common stock. Instead, we anticipate that all of our
earnings in the foreseeable future will be used in our operations, to facilitate
strategic acquisitions, or to pay down our outstanding
indebtedness. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at
the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other
factors, our results from operations, financial condition, capital requirements
and contractual restrictions, including restrictions under our senior credit
facility and the indenture governing our 8.25% senior notes, and any other
considerations our board of directors deems relevant.
PERFORMANCE
GRAPH
The
following graph (“Performance Graph”) compares our cumulative total stockholder
return since March 31, 2005, with the cumulative total stockholder return for
our Old Peer Group Index, New Peer Group Index and the Russell 2000 Index (in
which the Company is included). The Performance Graph assumes that
the value of the investment in the Company’s common stock and each index was
$100.00 on March 31, 2005. The Performance Graph was also prepared
based on the assumption that all dividends paid, if any, were
reinvested. The Old Peer Group Index and the New Peer Group Index
were established by the Company in connection with its research and development
of an executive compensation program. Based on the Company’s use of
the peer group for benchmarking purposes, the Company believes the peer group
should be included in the Performance Graph.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March
31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
$
|
68.95
|
|
|
$
|
67.14
|
|
|
$
|
46.35
|
|
|
$
|
29.35
|
|
|
$
|
50.99
|
|
Russell
2000 Index
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
125.85
|
|
|
|
133.28
|
|
|
|
115.95
|
|
|
|
72.47
|
|
|
|
117.95
|
|
Old
Peer Group Index (1), (2)
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
100.90
|
|
|
|
118.04
|
|
|
|
110.16
|
|
|
|
66.82
|
|
|
|
120.09
|
|
New
Peer Group Index (1), (3)
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
104.49
|
|
|
|
115.03
|
|
|
|
102.50
|
|
|
|
57.48
|
|
|
|
102.01
|
|
(1) |
Each Peer Group
Index is a self-constructed peer group consisting of companies in the
consumer products industry with comparable revenues and market
capitalization, from which the Company has been excluded. Each
Peer Group Index was constructed in connection with the Company’s
benchmark analysis of executive compensation. |
|
|
(2) |
The
Old Peer Group Index is comprised of the following companies: (i) Chattem
Inc., (ii) Elizabeth Arden, Inc., (iii) Hain Celestial
Group, Inc., (iv) Helen of Troy Limited, (v) Inter Parfums, Inc., (vi)
Lifetime Brands, Inc., (vii) Maidenform Brands, Inc.
and (viii) WD-40 Company. |
|
|
(3) |
The
New Peer Group Index is comprised of: (i) Elizabeth Arden, Inc., (ii) Hain
Celestial Group, Inc., (iii) Helen of Troy, Ltd., (iv)
Inter Parfums, Inc., (v) Lifetime Brands, Inc., (vi) Maidenform Brands,
Inc., (vii) Smart Balance, Inc., (viii) WD-40 Company,
and (ix) Zep, Inc. |
|
|
The
Performance Graph shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general
statement incorporating by reference this Annual Report on Form 10-K into any
filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except
to the extent that we specifically incorporate this information by reference,
and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such Acts.
ITEM
6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
(In
thousands, except per share data) |
|
Year
Ended March 31, |
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Income
Statement Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
revenues
|
|
$
|
302,023
|
|
|
$
|
303,147
|
|
|
$
|
315,107
|
|
|
$
|
306,127
|
|
|
$
|
282,577
|
|
|
Cost of sales
(1)
|
|
|
144,587
|
|
|
|
144,196
|
|
|
|
151,811
|
|
|
|
146,570
|
|
|
|
132,218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
profit
|
|
|
157,436
|
|
|
|
158,951
|
|
|
|
163,296
|
|
|
|
159,557
|
|
|
|
150,359
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advertising
and promotion expenses
|
|
|
31,236
|
|
|
|
37,777
|
|
|
|
34,243
|
|
|
|
31,500
|
|
|
|
31,278
|
|
|
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
10,552
|
|
|
|
9,423
|
|
|
|
9,219
|
|
|
|
8,589
|
|
|
|
8,053
|
|
|
General
and administrative
|
|
|
34,195
|
|
|
|
31,888
|
|
|
|
31,414
|
|
|
|
28,417
|
|
|
|
21,137
|
|
|
Impairment
of goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
2,751
|
|
|
|
249,285
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
1,892
|
|
|
Interest
expense, net
|
|
|
22,935
|
|
|
|
28,436
|
|
|
|
37,393
|
|
|
|
39,536
|
|
|
|
36,387
|
|
|
Other
(income) expense
|
|
|
2,656
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(187)
|
|
|
|
(30)
|
|
|
|
(41)
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
53,111
|
|
|
|
(197,858)
|
|
|
|
51,214
|
|
|
|
51,545
|
|
|
|
51,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
(benefit) for income taxes
|
|
|
21,849
|
|
|
|
(9,905)
|
|
|
|
19,168
|
|
|
|
17,841
|
|
|
|
23,114
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
31,262
|
|
|
|
(187,953)
|
|
|
|
32,046
|
|
|
|
33,704
|
|
|
|
28,539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued
Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
|
1,177
|
|
|
|
1,873
|
|
|
|
2,375
|
|
|
|
(2,262)
|
|
|
Gain
on sale of discontinued operations, net of income tax
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
preferred dividends
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
Net
income (loss) available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
32,115
|
|
|
$
|
(186,776)
|
|
|
$
|
33,919
|
|
|
$
|
36,079
|
|
|
$
|
26,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.63
|
|
|
$
|
(3.76)
|
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
Net
income (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
$
|
(3.74)
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.73
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.62
|
|
|
$
|
(3.76)
|
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
Net
income (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
$
|
(3.74)
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.72
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
50,013
|
|
|
|
49,935
|
|
|
|
49,751
|
|
|
|
49,460
|
|
|
|
48,908
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
50,085
|
|
|
|
49,935
|
|
|
|
50,039
|
|
|
|
50,020
|
|
|
|
50,008
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, |
|
|
Other
Financial Data
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Capital
expenditures
|
|
$
|
673
|
|
|
$
|
481
|
|
|
$
|
488
|
|
|
$
|
540
|
|
|
$
|
519
|
|
|
Cash
provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
activities
|
|
|
59,427
|
|
|
|
66,679
|
|
|
|
44,989
|
|
|
|
71,899
|
|
|
|
53,861
|
|
|
Investing
activities
|
|
|
7,320
|
|
|
|
(4,672
|
) |
|
|
(537
|
) |
|
|
(31,051
|
) |
|
|
(54,163
|
) |
|
Financing
activities
|
|
|
(60,831
|
) |
|
|
(32,904
|
)
|
|
|
(52,132
|
)
|
|
|
(35,290
|
)
|
|
|
3,168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March
31, |
|
|
Balance
Sheet Data
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
41,097
|
|
|
$
|
35,181
|
|
|
$
|
6,078
|
|
|
$
|
13,758
|
|
|
$
|
8,200
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
|
791,412
|
|
|
|
801,381
|
|
|
|
1,049,156
|
|
|
|
1,063,416
|
|
|
|
1,038,645
|
|
|
Total
long-term debt, including current maturities
|
|
|
328,087
|
|
|
|
378,337
|
|
|
|
411,225
|
|
|
|
463,350
|
|
|
|
498,630
|
|
|
Stockholders’
equity
|
|
|
329,059
|
|
|
|
294,385
|
|
|
|
479,073
|
|
|
|
445,334
|
|
|
|
409,407
|
|
|
(1)
|
For
2006 and 2007, cost of sales included $248,000 and $276,000, respectively,
of charges related to the step-up of
inventory.
|
ITEM
7.
|
MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATION
|
The
following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should
be read together with the “Selected Financial Data” and the consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis may contain
forward-looking statements that involve certain risks, assumptions and
uncertainties. Future results could differ materially from the
discussion that follows for many reasons, including the factors described in
Item 1A., “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as those
described in future reports filed with the SEC.
General
We are
engaged in the marketing, sales and distribution of brand name over-the-counter
healthcare, household cleaning and personal care products to mass merchandisers,
drug stores, supermarkets and club stores primarily in the United States and
Canada. We continue to use the strength of our brands, our
established retail distribution network, a low-cost operating model and our
experienced management team as a competitive advantage to grow our presence in
these categories and, as a result, grow our sales and profits.
We have
grown our brand portfolio by acquiring strong and well-recognized brands from
larger consumer products and pharmaceutical companies, as well as other brands
from smaller private companies. While the brands we have purchased
from larger consumer products and pharmaceutical companies have long histories
of support and brand development, we believe that at the time we acquired them
they were considered “non-core” by their previous owners and did not benefit
from the focus of senior level management or strong marketing
support. We believe that the brands we have purchased from smaller
private companies have been constrained by the limited resources of their prior
owners. After acquiring a brand, we seek to increase its sales,
market share and distribution in both existing and new channels. We
pursue this growth through increased spending on advertising and promotion, new
marketing strategies, improved packaging and formulations and innovative new
products.
Discontinued Operations and
Sale of Certain Assets
In
October 2009, the Company sold certain assets related to the shampoo brands
previously included in its Personal Care products segment to an unrelated third
party. In accordance with the Discontinued Operations Topic of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification
(“ASC”), the Company reclassified the related assets as held for sale in the
consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2009 and reclassified the related
operating results as discontinued in the consolidated financial statements and
related notes for all periods presented. The Company recognized a
gain of $253,000 on a pre-tax basis and $157,000 net of tax effects on the sale
in the quarter ended December 31, 2009.
The
following table presents the assets related to the discontinued operations as of
March 31, 2009 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
$ |
1,038 |
|
Intangible
assets
|
|
|
8,472 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets held for sale
|
|
$ |
9,510 |
|
The
following table summarizes the results of discontinued operations (in
thousands):
|
|
Year
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Components
of Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
5,053 |
|
|
$ |
9,568 |
|
|
$ |
11,496 |
|
Income
before income taxes
|
|
|
1,121 |
|
|
|
1,896 |
|
|
|
2,994 |
|
The total
sale price for the assets was $9 million, subject to adjustments for inventory,
with $8 million received upon closing, and the remaining $1 million to be
received on the first anniversary of the closing.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
|
The
Company’s significant accounting policies are described in the notes to the
audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form
10-K. While all significant accounting policies are important to our
consolidated financial statements, certain of these policies may be viewed as
being critical. Such policies are those that are both most important
to the portrayal of our financial condition and results from operations and
require our most difficult, subjective and complex estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses or
the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. These
estimates are based upon our historical experience and on various other
assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the
circumstances. Actual results may differ materially from these
estimates under different conditions. The most critical accounting
policies are as follows:
Revenue
Recognition
We
recognize revenue when the following revenue recognition criteria are met: (i)
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) the product has been shipped
and the customer takes ownership and assumes the risk of loss; (iii) the selling
price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collection of the resulting receivable
is reasonably assured. We have determined that the transfer of risk
of loss generally occurs when product is received by the customer, and,
accordingly recognize revenue at that time. Provision is made for
estimated discounts related to customer payment terms and estimated product
returns at the time of sale based on our historical experience.
As is
customary in the consumer products industry, we participate in the promotional
programs of our customers to enhance the sale of our products. The
cost of these promotional programs is recorded as advertising and promotional
expenses or as a reduction of sales. Such costs vary from
period-to-period based on the actual number of units sold during a finite period
of time. We estimate the cost of such promotional programs at their
inception based on historical experience and current market conditions and
reduce sales by such estimates. These promotional programs consist of
direct to consumer incentives such as coupons and temporary price reductions, as
well as incentives to our customers, such as slotting fees and cooperative
advertising. Direct reimbursements of advertising costs are reflected
as a reduction of advertising costs in the periods in which the reimbursement
criteria are achieved. We do not provide incentives to customers for
the acquisition of product in excess of normal inventory quantities since such
incentives increase the potential for future returns, as well as reduce sales in
the subsequent fiscal periods.
Estimates
of costs of promotional programs are based on (i) historical sales experience,
(ii) the current offering, (iii) forecasted data, (iv) current market
conditions, and (v) communication with customer purchasing/marketing
personnel. At the completion of the promotional program, the
estimated amounts are adjusted to actual results. Our related
promotional expense for the year ended March 31, 2010 was $18.3 million. We
participated in 5,570 promotional campaigns, resulting in an average cost of
$3,300 per campaign. Of such amount, only 738 payments were in excess
of $5,000. We believe that the estimation methodologies employed,
combined with the nature of the promotional campaigns, make the likelihood
remote that our obligation would be misstated by a material
amount. However, for illustrative purposes, had we underestimated the
promotional program rate by 10% for the year ended March 31, 2010, our sales and
operating income would have been adversely affected by approximately $1.8
million. Net income would have been adversely affected by
approximately $1.1 million.
We also
periodically run coupon programs in Sunday newspaper inserts or as on-package
instant redeemable coupons. We utilize a national clearing house to
process coupons redeemed by customers. At the time a coupon is
distributed, a provision is made based upon historical redemption rates for that
particular product, information provided as a result of the clearing house’s
experience with coupons of similar dollar value, the length of time the coupon
is valid, and the seasonality of the coupon drop, among other
factors. During 2010, we had 25 coupon events. The amount
recorded against revenues and accrued for these events during the year was $1.3
million. Cash settlement of coupon redemptions during the year was $1.3
million.
Allowances
for Product Returns
Due to
the nature of the consumer products industry, we are required to estimate future
product returns. Accordingly, we record an estimate of product
returns concurrent with the recording of sales. Such estimates are
made after analyzing (i) historical return rates, (ii) current economic trends,
(iii) changes in customer demand, (iv) product acceptance, (v) seasonality of
our product offerings, and (vi) the impact of changes in product formulation,
packaging and advertising.
We
construct our returns analysis by looking at the previous year’s return history
for each brand. Subsequently, each month, we estimate our current
return rate based upon an average of the previous six months’ return rate and
review that calculated rate for reasonableness giving consideration to the other
factors described above. Our historical return rate has been
relatively stable; for example, for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008, returns represented 3.9%, 3.8% and 4.4%, respectively, of gross
sales. The 2008 rate of 4.4% included costs associated with the
voluntary withdrawal from the marketplace of Little Remedies medicated
pediatric cough and cold products in October 2007. Had the voluntary withdrawal
not occurred, the actual returns rate would have been 3.9%. At March
31, 2010 and 2009, the allowance for sales returns was $5.9 million and $2.2
million, respectively. The 2010 increase in the allowance for sales returns was
primarily due to slow moving retail inventory of our Allergen Block
product.
While we
utilize the methodology described above to estimate product returns, actual
results may differ materially from our estimates, causing our future financial
results to be adversely affected. Among the factors that could cause
a material change in the estimated return rate would be significant unexpected
returns with respect to a product or products that comprise a significant
portion of our revenues in a manner similar to the Little Remedies voluntary
withdrawal discussed above. Based upon the methodology described
above and our actual returns’ experience, management believes the likelihood of
such an event remains remote. As noted, over the last three years our
actual product return rate has stayed within a range of 3.8% to 4.4% of gross
sales. An increase of 0.1% in our estimated return rate as a
percentage of gross sales would have adversely affected our reported sales and
operating income for the year ended March 31, 2010 by approximately
$358,000. Net income would have been adversely affected by
approximately $222,000.
Allowances
for Obsolete and Damaged Inventory
We value
our inventory at the lower of cost or market value. Accordingly, we
reduce our inventories for the diminution of value resulting from product
obsolescence, damage or other issues affecting marketability equal to the
difference between the cost of the inventory and its estimated market
value. Factors utilized in the determination of estimated market
value include (i) current sales data and historical return rates, (ii) estimates
of future demand, (iii) competitive pricing pressures, (iv) new product
introductions, (v) product expiration dates, and (vi) component and packaging
obsolescence.
Many of
our products are subject to expiration dating. As a general rule our
customers will not accept goods with expiration dating of less than 12 months
from the date of delivery. To monitor this risk, management utilizes
a detailed compilation of inventory with expiration dating between zero and 15
months and reserves for 100% of the cost of any item with expiration dating of
12 months or less. At March 31, 2010 and 2009, the allowance for
obsolete and slow moving inventory was $2.0 million and $1.4 million,
respectively, representing 6.4% and 5.1%, respectively, of total
inventory. The year-over-year percentage increase was the result of
an increase of $598,000 in slow moving inventory at March 31, 2010 compared to
March 31, 2009. Inventory obsolescence costs charged to operations
for 2010, 2009, and 2008 were $1.7 million, $2.2 million and $1.4 million,
respectively, or 0.6%, 0.7% and 0.4%, respectively, of net sales. A
1.0% increase in our allowance for obsolescence at March 31, 2010 would have
adversely affected our reported operating income and net income for the year
ended March 31, 2010 by approximately $312,000 and $194,000,
respectively.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
In the
ordinary course of business, we grant non-interest bearing trade credit to our
customers on normal credit terms. We maintain an allowance for
doubtful accounts receivable which is based upon our historical collection
experience and expected collectibility of the accounts receivable. In
an effort to reduce our credit risk, we (i) establish credit limits for all of
our customer relationships, (ii) perform ongoing credit evaluations of our
customers’ financial condition, (iii) monitor the payment history and aging of
our customers’ receivables, and (iv) monitor open orders against an individual
customer’s outstanding receivable balance.
We
establish specific reserves for those accounts which file for bankruptcy, have
no payment activity for 180 days or have reported major negative changes to
their financial condition. The allowance for bad debts amounted to
0.7% and 0.3% of accounts receivable at March 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. Bad debt expense for 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $200,000,
$130,000, and $124,000, respectively, representing 0.1% of net sales for 2010
and 0.0% of net sales for 2009 and 2008.
While
management believes that it is diligent in its evaluation of the adequacy of the
allowance for doubtful accounts, an unexpected event, such as the bankruptcy
filing of a major customer, could have an adverse effect on our future financial
results. A 0.1% increase in our bad debt expense as a percentage of
sales in 2010 would have resulted in a decrease in reported operating income of
approximately $302,000, and a decrease in our reported net income of
approximately $188,000.
Valuation
of Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Goodwill
and intangible assets amounted to $670.7 and $683.4 million at March 31, 2010
and 2009, respectively. At March 31, 2010, goodwill and intangible
assets were apportioned among our three operating segments as
follows:
|
|
Over-the-
Counter
Healthcare
|
|
|
Household
Cleaning
|
|
|
Personal
Care
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
104,100
|
|
|
$
|
7,389
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
111,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indefinite
lived
|
|
|
334,750
|
|
|
|
119,821
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
454,571
|
|
Finite
lived
|
|
|
65,961
|
|
|
|
33,143
|
|
|
|
5,554
|
|
|
|
104,658
|
|
|
|
|
400,711
|
|
|
|
152,964
|
|
|
|
5,554
|
|
|
|
559,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
504,811
|
|
|
$
|
160,353
|
|
|
$
|
5,554
|
|
|
$
|
670,718
|
|
Our Clear Eyes, New-Skin,
Chloraseptic, Compound
W and Wartner
brands comprise the majority of the value of the intangible assets within the
Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment. The Comet, Spic and Span
and Chore Boy brands
comprise substantially all of the intangible asset value within the Household
Cleaning segment. Cutex
comprises substantially all of the intangible asset value within the Personal
Care segment.
Goodwill
and intangible assets comprise substantially all of our
assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a purchase business
combination. Intangible assets generally represent our trademarks,
brand names and patents. When we acquire a brand, we are required to
make judgments regarding the value assigned to the associated intangible assets,
as well as their respective useful lives. Management considers many
factors, both prior to and after, the acquisition of an intangible asset in
determining the value, as well as the useful life, assigned to each intangible
asset that the Company acquires or continues to own and promote. The
most significant factors are:
A brand
that has been in existence for a long period of time (e.g., 25, 50 or 100 years)
generally warrants a higher valuation and longer life (sometimes indefinite)
than a brand that has been in existence for a very short period of
time. A brand that has been in existence for an extended period of
time generally has been the subject of considerable investment by its previous
owner(s) to support product innovation and advertising and
promotion.
Consumer
products that rank number one or two in their respective market generally have
greater name recognition and are known as quality product offerings, which
warrant a higher valuation and longer life than products that lag in the
marketplace.
·
|
Recent
and Projected Sales Growth
|
Recent
sales results present a snapshot as to how the brand has performed in the most
recent time periods and represent another factor in the determination of brand
value. In addition, projected sales growth provides information about
the strength and potential longevity of the brand. A brand that has
both strong current and projected sales generally warrants a higher valuation
and a longer life than a brand that has weak or declining
sales. Similarly, consideration is given to the potential investment,
in the form of advertising and promotion, which is required to reinvigorate a
brand that has fallen from favor.
·
|
History
of and Potential for Product
Extensions
|
Consideration
also is given to the product innovation that has occurred during the brand’s
history and the potential for continued product innovation that will determine
the brand’s future. Brands that can be continually enhanced by new
product offerings generally warrant a higher valuation and longer life than a
brand that has always “followed the leader”.
After
consideration of the factors described above, as well as current economic
conditions and changing consumer behavior, management prepares a determination
of the intangible’s value and useful life based on its
analysis. Under accounting guidelines goodwill is not amortized, but
must be tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if an event or
circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of
the reporting unit below the carrying amount. In a similar manner,
indefinite-lived assets are no longer amortized. They are also
subject to an annual impairment test, or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. Additionally,
at each reporting period an evaluation must be made to determine whether events
and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful
life. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their
respective estimated useful lives and must also be tested for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of
the asset may not be recoverable and exceeds its fair value.
On an
annual basis, during the fourth fiscal quarter, or more frequently if conditions
indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recovered, management
performs a review of both the values and useful lives assigned to goodwill and
intangible assets and tests for impairment.
We report
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets in three operating segments;
Over-the-Counter Healthcare, Household Cleaning, and Personal
Care. We identify our reporting units in accordance with the FASB
Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 280-10, which is at the brand level,
and one level below the operating segment level. The carrying value and fair
value for intangible assets and goodwill for a reporting unit are calculated
based on key assumptions and valuation methodologies previously
discussed. As a result, any material changes to these assumptions
could require us to record additional impairment in the future.
Goodwill
(In
thousands)
Operating
Segment
|
|
March
31, 2010
|
|
|
Percent
by which
Fair
Value Exceeded
Carrying
Value in
Annual
Test
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare
|
|
$
|
104,100
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
|
Household
Cleaning
|
|
|
7,389
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
Personal
Care
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
111,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
March 31, 2010, the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment had four reporting units
with goodwill and their aggregate fair value exceeded the carrying value by
26.9%. No individual reporting unit’s fair value in the
Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment exceeded its carrying value by less than 5%.
The Household Cleaning segment had one operating unit and the fair value
exceeded its carrying value by 8.6%.
As part
of our annual test for impairment of goodwill, management estimates the
discounted cash flows of each reporting unit, which is at the brand level, and
one level below the operating segment level, to estimate their respective fair
values. In performing this analysis, management considers the same
types of information as listed above in regards to finite-lived intangible
assets. In the event that the carrying amount of the reporting unit
exceeds the fair value, management would then be required to allocate the
estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if
the unit was acquired in a business combination, thereby revaluing the carrying
amount of goodwill. In a manner similar to indefinite-lived assets,
future events, such as competition, technological advances and reductions in
advertising support for our trademarks and trade names could cause subsequent
evaluations to utilize different assumptions.
Indefinite-Lived Intangible
Assets
(In
thousands)
Operating
Segment
|
|
March
31, 2010
|
|
|
Percent
by which
Fair
Value Exceeded Carrying Value in Annual Test
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare
|
|
$
|
334,750
|
|
|
|
63.7
|
|
|
Household
Cleaning
|
|
|
119,821
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
Personal
Care
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
454,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
March 31, 2010, the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment had five reporting units
with indefinite-lived classification and their aggregate fair value exceeded the
carrying value by 63.7%. No individual reporting unit’s fair value in
the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment exceeded its carrying value by less than
9%. The Household Cleaning segment had one reporting unit and the
fair value exceeded its carrying value by 20.2%.
In a
manner similar to finite-lived intangible assets, at each reporting period,
management analyzes current events and circumstances to determine whether the
indefinite life classification for a trademark or trade name continues to be
valid. Should circumstance warrant a finite life, the carrying value
of the intangible asset would then be amortized prospectively over the estimated
remaining useful life.
The
economic events experienced during the year ended March 31, 2009, as well as the
Company’s plans and projections for its brands, indicated that several of our
brands could no longer support indefinite useful lives. Each of these
brands incurred an impairment charge during the three month period ended March
31, 2009 and has been adversely affected by increased
competition. Consequently, at April 1, 2009, management reclassified
$45.6 million of previously indefinite-lived intangibles to intangibles with
definite lives. Management estimates the useful lives of these
intangibles to be 20 years.
The fair
values and the annual amortization charges of the reclassified intangibles are
as follows (in thousands):
|
|
Fair
Value
as
of
March
31,
2009
|
|
|
Annual
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Household
Trademarks
|
|
$ |
34,888 |
|
|
$ |
1,745 |
|
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare Trademark
|
|
|
10,717 |
|
|
|
536 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
45,605 |
|
|
$ |
2,281 |
|
Management
tests the indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment by comparing the
carrying value of the intangible asset to its estimated fair
value. Since quoted market prices are seldom available for trademarks
and trade names such as ours, we utilize present value techniques to estimate
fair value. Accordingly, management’s projections are utilized to
assimilate all of the facts, circumstances and expectations related to the
trademark or trade name and estimate the cash flows over its useful
life. In performing this analysis, management considers the same
types of information as listed above in regards to finite-lived intangible
assets. Once that analysis is completed, a discount rate is applied
to the cash flows to estimate fair value. Future events, such as
competition, technological advances and reductions in advertising support for
our trademarks and trade names could cause subsequent evaluations to utilize
different assumptions.
Finite-Lived Intangible
Assets
As
mentioned above, when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying
value of the assets may not be recoverable, management performs a review to
ascertain the impact of events and circumstances on the estimated useful lives
and carrying values of our trademarks and trade names. In connection
with this analysis, management:
·
|
Reviews
period-to-period sales and profitability by
brand,
|
·
|
Analyzes
industry trends and projects brand growth
rates,
|
·
|
Prepares
annual sales forecasts,
|
·
|
Evaluates
advertising effectiveness,
|
·
|
Analyzes
gross margins,
|
·
|
Reviews
contractual benefits or
limitations,
|
·
|
Monitors
competitors’ advertising spend and product
innovation,
|
·
|
Prepares
projections to measure brand viability over the estimated useful life of
the intangible asset, and
|
·
|
Considers
the regulatory environment, as well as industry
litigation.
|
Should
analysis of any of the aforementioned factors warrant a change in the estimated
useful life of the intangible asset, management will reduce the estimated useful
life and amortize the carrying value prospectively over the shorter remaining
useful life. Management’s projections are utilized to assimilate all
of the facts, circumstances and expectations related to the trademark or trade
name and estimate the cash flows over its useful life. In the event
that the long-term projections indicate that the carrying value is in excess of
the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the intangible
assets, management is required to record an impairment charge. Once
that analysis is completed, a discount rate is applied to the cash flows to
estimate fair value. The impairment charge is measured as the excess
of the carrying amount of the intangible asset over fair value as calculated
using the discounted cash flow analysis. Future events, such as
competition, technological advances and reductions in advertising support for
our trademarks and trade names could cause subsequent evaluations to utilize
different assumptions.
Impairment
Analysis
We
estimate the fair value of our intangible assets and goodwill using a discounted
cash flow method. This discounted cash flow methodology is a
widely-accepted valuation technique utilized by market participants in the
valuation process and has been applied consistently with prior
periods. In addition, we considered our market capitalization at
March 31, 2010, as compared to the aggregate fair values of our reporting units
to assess the reasonableness of our estimates pursuant to the discounted cash
flow methodology.
During
the three month period ended March 31, 2010, we recorded a $2.8 million non-cash
impairment charge of goodwill of a brand in the Personal Care segment. The
impairment was a result of distribution losses and increased competition from
private label store brands.
During
the three month period ended March 31, 2009, as a direct consequence of the
challenging economic environment, the dislocation of the debt and equity
markets, and contracting consumer demand for our branded products, we recorded a
non-cash charge in the amount of $249.3 million related to the impairment of
intangible assets and goodwill across the entire product line because the
carrying amount of these “branded” assets exceeded their respective fair
values. A summary of the impairment activity by segment for the year
ended March 31, 2009 is as follows:
|
|
Over-the-
Counter
Healthcare
|
|
|
Household
Cleaning
|
|
|
Personal
Care
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
125,527
|
|
|
$
|
65,160
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
190,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indefinite
lived
|
|
|
28,603
|
|
|
|
16,184
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
44,787
|
|
Finite
lived
|
|
|
12,420
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
1,391
|
|
|
|
13,811
|
|
|
|
|
41,023
|
|
|
|
16,184
|
|
|
|
1,391
|
|
|
|
58,598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
166,550
|
|
|
$
|
81,344
|
|
|
$
|
1,391
|
|
|
$
|
249,285
|
|
The
discount rate utilized in the analyses, as well as future cash flows may be
influenced by such factors as changes in interest rates and rates of
inflation. Additionally, should the related fair values of goodwill
and intangible assets continue to be adversely affected as a result of declining
sales or margins caused by competition, changing consumer preferences,
technological advances or reductions in advertising and promotional expenses,
the Company may be required to record additional impairment charges in the
future.
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Compensation and
Equity Topics of the FASB ASC requires us to measure the cost of services
to be rendered based on the grant-date fair value of the equity
award. Compensation expense is to be recognized over the period which
an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, generally
referred to as the requisite service period. Information utilized in
the determination of fair value includes the following:
·
|
Type
of instrument (i.e.: restricted shares vs. an option, warrant or
performance shares),
|
·
|
Strike
price of the instrument,
|
·
|
Market
price of our common stock on the date of
grant,
|
·
|
Duration
of the instrument, and
|
·
|
Volatility
of our common stock in the public
market.
|
Additionally,
management must estimate the expected attrition rate of the recipients to enable
it to estimate the amount of non-cash compensation expense to be recorded in our
financial statements. While management uses diligent analysis to
estimate the respective variables, a change in assumptions or market conditions,
as well as changes in the anticipated attrition rates, could have a significant
impact on the future amounts recorded as non-cash compensation
expense. We recorded net non-cash compensation expense of $2.1
million, $2.4 million and $1.1 million during 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. During 2010, performance goals related to certain
restricted stock grants were met and recorded accordingly. However,
during the year ended March 31, 2009, management was required to reverse
previously recorded stock-based compensation costs of $193,000 and
$705,000
related
to the May 2008 and 2007 grants, respectively, as it was determined that we
would not meet the performance goals associated with such grants of restricted
stock. During the year ended March 31, 2008, management for the same
reasons was required to reverse previously recorded stock-based compensation
costs of $538,000, $394,000 and $166,000 related to the October 2005, July 2006
and May 2007 grants, respectively. Assuming no changes in assumptions
and no new awards authorized by the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors, we will record non-cash compensation expense of approximately $2.2
million during 2011. We issued additional stock-based compensation
grants in April 2011, which will be accounted for in the first quarter of
2011.
Loss
Contingencies
Loss
contingencies are recorded as liabilities when it is probable that a liability
has been incurred and the amount of such loss is reasonably
estimable. Contingent losses are often resolved over longer periods
of time and involve many factors including:
·
|
Rules
and regulations promulgated by regulatory
agencies,
|
·
|
Sufficiency
of the evidence in support of our
position,
|
·
|
Anticipated
costs to support our position, and
|
·
|
Likelihood
of a positive outcome.
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In April
2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to provide clarification regarding
the classification requirements of a share-based payment award with an exercise
price denominated in the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of
the entity’s equity securities trade. The guidance states that such an award
should not be considered to contain a market, performance, or service condition
and should not be classified as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as an
equity classification. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal
years. The Company does not expect this guidance to have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In May
2009, the FASB issued guidance regarding subsequent events, which was
subsequently updated in February 2010. This guidance established general
standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the
balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available
to be issued. In particular, this guidance set forth the period after the
balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate
events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in
the financial statements, the circumstances under which an entity should
recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its
financial statements, and the disclosures that an entity should make about
events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. This guidance
was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim
periods ending after June 15, 2009, and was therefore adopted by the Company for
the second quarter 2009 reporting. The adoption did not have a significant
impact on the subsequent events that the Company reports, either through
recognition or disclosure, in the consolidated financial statements. In
February 2010, the FASB amended its guidance on subsequent events to remove the
requirement to disclose the date through which an entity has evaluated
subsequent events, alleviating conflicts with current SEC guidance. This
amendment was effective immediately and the Company therefore removed the
disclosure in this Annual Report.
In
January 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance requiring new disclosures
and clarifying some existing disclosure requirements about fair value
measurement. Under the new guidance, a reporting entity should (a)
disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1
and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers,
and (b) present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and
settlements in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant
unobservable inputs. This guidance is effective for interim and
annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the
disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll
forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those
disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010,
and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The new guidance
requires only enhanced disclosures and the Company does not expect this guidance
to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In
August 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to provide
clarification on measuring liabilities at fair value when a quoted price in an
active market is not available. In these circumstances, a valuation
technique should be applied that uses either the quote of the liability when
traded as an asset, the quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar
liabilities when traded as assets, or another valuation technique consistent
with existing fair value measurement guidance, such as an income approach or a
market approach. The new guidance also clarifies that when estimating the
fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a
separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a
restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. This guidance
became effective beginning with the third quarter of the Company’s 2010 fiscal
year; however, the adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact
on the Company’s financial position, results from operations or cash
flows.
In
June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to eliminate the
exception to consolidate a qualifying special-purpose entity, change the
approach to determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity
and require companies to more frequently re-assess whether they must consolidate
variable interest entities. Under the new guidance, the primary
beneficiary of a variable interest entity is identified qualitatively as the
enterprise that has both (a) the power to direct the activities of a
variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic
performance, and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that
could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity or the right to
receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the
variable interest entity. This guidance becomes effective for the
Company’s fiscal 2011 year-end and interim reporting periods. The Company
does not expect this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated
financial statements.
In June
2009, the FASB established the FASB ASC as the source of authoritative
accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied in the preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. The new guidance explicitly recognizes rules and
interpretive releases of the SEC under federal securities laws as authoritative
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
(“GAAP”) for SEC registrants. The new guidance became effective for
our financial statements issued for the three and six month periods ending on
September 30, 2009.
The
Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC was amended to require a company
with derivative instruments to disclose information to enable users of the
financial statements to understand (i) how and why the company uses derivative
instruments, (ii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are
accounted for, and (iii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items
affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash
flows. Accordingly, the new guidance now requires qualitative
disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative
disclosures about fair value amounts of and gains and losses on derivative
instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in
derivative agreements. The implementation of the new guidance at
January 1, 2009 required enhanced disclosures of derivative instruments and the
Company’s hedging activities and did not have any impact on the Company’s
financial position, results from operations or cash flows.
Management
has reviewed and continues to monitor the actions of the various financial and
regulatory reporting agencies and is currently not aware of any other
pronouncement that could have a material impact on the
Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash
flows.
Fiscal
2010 compared to Fiscal 2009
Revenues
|
|
2010
Revenues
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2009
Revenues
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Increase
(Decrease)
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTC
Healthcare
|
|
$
|
180,463
|
|
|
|
59.8
|
|
|
$
|
176,975
|
|
|
|
58.4
|
|
|
$
|
3,488
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Household
Cleaning
|
|
|
110,696
|
|
|
|
36.6
|
|
|
|
116,015
|
|
|
|
38.3
|
|
|
|
(5,319
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
Personal
Care
|
|
|
10,864
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
10,157
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
302,023
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
$
|
303,147
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
$
|
(1,124
|
) |
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
Revenues
for fiscal 2010 were $302.0 million, a decrease of $1.1 million, or 0.4%, versus
2009. Revenues for both the Over-the-Counter Healthcare and Personal
Care segments increased versus the comparable period. Revenues for the Household
Cleaning segment declined during the period. Revenues from customers
outside of North America, which represent 4.2% of total revenues, increased by
$1.9 million, or 17.5%, during 2010 versus 2009.
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare Segment
Revenues
for the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment increased $3.5 million, or 2.0%,
during 2010 versus 2009. Revenue increases for Clear Eyes, Chloraseptic, Compound W, Dermoplast, Little Remedies, Murine Tears
and The Doctor's
were partially offset by revenue decreases on Allergen Block, Murine Ear, and Wartner. Clear Eyes revenues increased
primarily due to the launch of a new line of Clear Eyes Tears products and
stronger shipments of the traditional and convenience size
items. Chloraseptic revenues
increased as the result of a stronger spring flu season driving consumer
consumption. Compound W
revenues increased due to increased consumer consumption, particularly behind
the non-cryogenic products. Dermoplast revenues increased
as a result of customers buying in advance of a scheduled price increase of our
institutional item. Little
Remedies revenues increased as the result of distribution gains and
increased consumer consumption of its non-medicated pediatric products. Murine Tears revenues
increased as the result of higher shipments to markets outside North America.
The Doctor's revenues
increased due to royalty revenue ($3.1 million) received as a result of a legal
settlement, and a favorable response due to an increase in advertising compared
to 2009. Allergen Block
revenues decreased as current year sales did not equal the pipeline orders that
existed in 2009 as a result of promotions during the introductory period for the
product and allowances for returns and markdowns for slow moving inventory at
retail. Murine
Ear's revenues decreased primarily as the result of slowing consumer
consumption, particularly on Earigate. Wartner's revenues decreased
as the result of lost distribution and softness in the cryogenic segment of the
wart treatment category.
In early
February 2010, the Company was notified that its largest customer intended to
discontinue the sale of The
Doctor’s NightGuard and The Doctor’s Brushpicks due
to that customer’s initiative to reduce the number of vendors in the Oral Care
category. Subsequent to that notification, the Company conducted a
formal review of the products’ performance with the customer in an effort to
reverse the customer’s decision. As a result of that review, the customer
decided to continue to sell The Doctor’s Nightguard in
approximately one-half of its stores. Both products are included in our
Over-the-Counter Healthcare Segment. Revenue and gross profit from The Doctor’s Nightguard
product during fiscal 2010 at this customer were approximately $3.7 million and
$2.7 million, respectively. Revenue and gross profit from The Doctor’s Brushpicks
product during fiscal 2010 were approximately $2.2 million and $1.4 million,
respectively.
Household
Cleaning Segment
Revenues
for the Household Cleaning segment decreased $5.3 million, or 4.6%, during 2010
versus 2009. Comet's
revenues decreased primarily due to softer consumer consumption of bathroom
spray. Chore Boy
revenues declined as a result of weaker consumer consumption and lost
distribution. Spic and
Span revenues were up slightly versus 2009 as a result of increased
shipments to the dollar store class of trade.
Personal
Care Segment
Revenues
for the Personal Care segment increased $707,000, or 7.0%, during 2010 versus
2009. The revenue increase was driven by Cutex and was due to
improving consumption in the nail polish remover category. Cutex, however, experienced
distribution losses late in 2010 due to increased pressure from private label
brands.
Gross
Profit
|
|
2010
Gross
Profit
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2009
Gross
Profit
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Increase
(Decrease)
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTC
Healthcare
|
|
$
|
114,414
|
|
|
|
63.4
|
|
|
$
|
113,516
|
|
|
|
64.1
|
|
|
$
|
898
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
Household
Cleaning
|
|
|
38,578
|
|
|
|
34.9
|
|
|
|
41,558
|
|
|
|
35.8
|
|
|
|
(2,980
|
)
|
|
|
(7.2
|
)
|
Personal
Care
|
|
|
4,444
|
|
|
|
40.9
|
|
|
|
3,877
|
|
|
|
38.2
|
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
157,436
|
|
|
|
52.1
|
|
|
$
|
158,951
|
|
|
|
52.4
|
|
|
$
|
(1,515
|
) |
|
|
(1.0
|
) |
Gross
profit during 2010 decreased $1.5 million, or 1.0%, versus 2009. As a percent of
total revenue, gross profit decreased from 52.4% in 2009 to 52.1% in 2010. The
decrease in gross profit as a percent of revenues was primarily due to higher
promotional allowances, unfavorable sales mix and supplier transitional costs,
partially offset by decreases in distribution costs.
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare Segment
Gross
profit for the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment increased $898,000, or 0.8%,
during 2010 versus 2009. As a percent of Over-the-Counter Healthcare
revenues, gross profit decreased from 64.1% during 2009 to 63.4% during 2010.
The decrease in gross profit percentage was primarily the result of higher
returns reserves, promotional allowances and product costs, partially offset by
increased royalty revenue and lower distribution costs. The increase in returns
reserves was for slow moving Allergen Block products. The
increase in promotional allowances was primarily the result of an increase in
trade promotion activity behind the Chloraseptic, Little Remedies and Allergen Block products. The
increase in product costs was primarily the result of a change in supplier for
certain Clear Eyes products. The increase
in royalty revenue was the result of royalties received as part of a legal
settlement related to our oral care business.
Household
Cleaning Segment
Gross
profit for the Household Cleaning segment decreased $3.0 million, or 7.2%,
during 2010 versus 2009. As a percent of Household Cleaning revenues,
gross profit decreased from 35.8% during 2009 to 34.9% during 2010. The decrease
in gross profit percentage was the result of higher promotional allowances across the segment and
costs associated with the transition to a new Comet powder supplier,
partially offset by decreased product costs for Chore Boy and Comet.
Personal
Care Segment
Gross
profit for the Personal Care segment increased $567,000, or 14.6%, during 2010
versus 2009. As a percent of Personal Care revenues, gross profit
increased from 38.2% during 2009 to 40.9% during 2010. The increase
in gross profit percentage was due to lower promotional allowances and
obsolescence costs for Cutex.
Contribution
Margin
|
|
2010
Contribution
Margin
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2009
Contribution
Margin
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Increase
(Decrease)
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTC
Healthcare
|
|
$
|
90,194
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
|
$
|
83,821
|
|
|
|
47.4
|
|
|
$
|
6,373
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
Household
Cleaning
|
|
|
31,919
|
|
|
|
28.8
|
|
|
|
33,933
|
|
|
|
29.2
|
|
|
|
(2,014
|
) |
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
Personal
Care
|
|
|
4,087
|
|
|
|
37.6
|
|
|
|
3,420
|
|
|
|
33.7
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
126,200
|
|
|
|
41.8
|
|
|
$
|
121,174
|
|
|
|
40.0
|
|
|
$
|
5,026
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Contribution
Margin, defined as gross profit less advertising and promotional expenses, for
2010 increased $5.0 million, or 4.1%, versus 2009. The contribution margin
increase was the result of a $6.5 million, or 17.3%, decrease in advertising and
promotional spending, partially offset by the decrease in gross profit as
previously discussed. The decrease in advertising and promotional
spending was primarily attributable to decreases in media support for both the
Over-the-Counter Healthcare and Household Cleaning segments, and market research
for the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment.
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare Segment
Contribution
margin for the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment increased $6.4 million, or
7.6%, during 2010 versus 2009. The contribution margin increase was
the result of the increase in gross margin as previously discussed and a $5.5
million, or 18.4%, decrease in advertising and promotional spending. The
decrease in advertising and promotional spending was primarily attributable to a
decrease in media support for the Allergen Block and Murine Earigate products,
partially offset by increased media support behind The Doctor’s
Nightguard.
Household
Cleaning Segment
Contribution
margin for the Household Cleaning segment decreased $2.0 million, or 5.9%, during 2010 versus
2009. The contribution margin decrease was the result of the decrease in gross
profit as previously discussed, partially offset by a decrease in media support
for Comet Mildew Spray
Gel.
Personal
Care Segment
Contribution
margin for the Personal Care segment increased $667,000, or 19.5%, during 2010
versus 2009. The contribution margin increase was the result of the
increase in gross profit as previously discussed and a modest reduction in trade
promotion and broker commissions for Cutex.
General
and Administrative
General
and administrative expenses were $34.2 million for
2010 versus $31.9 million for
2009. The increase in expense was due to a $2.5 million net
charge associated with the reduction in workforce and the CEO transition, which
took place in our second fiscal quarter, and increased employee incentive
compensation expenses, partially offset by a reduction in legal expenses and
favorable currency translation costs.
Depreciation
and Amortization
Depreciation
and amortization expense was $10.5 million for 2010 versus $9.4 million for
2009. Amortization was affected by the transfer of two trademarks in
the Household Cleaning segment and one trademark in the Over-the-Counter
Healthcare segment, aggregating $45.6 million, from indefinite-lived status to
intangibles with finite lives. Commencing April 1, 2009, these intangibles are
being amortized to operations over a 20 year estimated useful
life. This increase in amortization expense was partially offset by a
reduction in amortization resulting from a trademark that became fully amortized
at March 31, 2009, resulting in a net increase in depreciation and amortization
expense of $1.1 million for the period.
Impairment
of Intangible Assets and Goodwill
During
the fourth quarter of 2010, an impairment analysis of intangible assets and
goodwill was performed. As a result, a non-cash charge of $2.8 million was
recorded in 2010 related to the impairment of goodwill for one of the brands in
the Personal Care segment. The impairment charge related to goodwill was the
result of the carrying value exceeding the fair market value as a result of
distribution losses to private label brands. During 2009, a similar impairment
analysis of intangible assets and goodwill was performed. As a
result, non-cash charges were recorded in 2009 related to the impairment of
certain intangible assets and goodwill of $58.6 million and $190.7 million,
respectively. The impairment charges related to intangible assets and
goodwill were the result of their carrying value exceeding their fair market
value as a result of declining sales and current market
conditions. The impairment charges for Over-the-Counter, Household
and Personal Care segments were $166.6 million, $81.3 million and $1.4 million,
respectively. No impairment charges were recorded in
2008.
Interest
Expense
Net
interest expense was $22.9 million during 2010 versus $28.4 million during
2009. The reduction in interest expense was primarily the result of a
lower level of indebtedness combined with a reduction of interest rates on our
senior debt. The average cost of funds decreased from 7.2% for 2009
to 6.5% for 2010 while the average indebtedness decreased from $394.8 million
during 2009 to $353.2 million during 2010.
Loss
on Extinguishment of Debt
During
2010, the Company refinanced its long-term debt with a new senior credit
facility and senior notes. As a result of the refinancing, the
Company incurred $2.7 million of expense related to the extinguished
debt. The expense consisted of a $2.2 million non-cash charge and a
$500,000 premium paid to tender bonds.
Income
Taxes
The
provision for income taxes during 2010 was $21.8 million versus a benefit for
income taxes of $9.9 million in 2009. The effective tax rate was
41.1% during 2010 versus (5.0)% during 2009. The 2010 tax rate reflects the
impact of a non-deductible impairment charge to goodwill for one of the brands
in the Personal Care segment. In addition, the tax rate reflects the impact of a
$930,000 non-cash charge to deferred tax liability as a result of increasing the
Company’s future effective tax rate from 37.9% to 38.2%. The increase
in the future effective tax rate is a result of the divestiture of the shampoo
business which increases the overall effective state tax rate on continuing
operations. The new effective rate is applicable for tax years
starting after March 31, 2010. The 2009 tax rate includes a tax
benefit of $29.4 million related to the impairment charges of intangible assets
and goodwill recorded during the period.
Fiscal
2009 compared to Fiscal 2008
Revenues
|
|
2009
Revenues
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2008
Revenues
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Increase
(Decrease)
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTC
Healthcare
|
|
$
|
176,975
|
|
|
|
58.4
|
|
|
$
|
183,692
|
|
|
|
58.3
|
|
|
$
|
(6,717
|
) |
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
Household
Cleaning
|
|
|
116,015
|
|
|
|
38.3
|
|
|
|
121,127
|
|
|
|
38.4
|
|
|
|
(5,112
|
) |
|
|
(4.2
|
) |
Personal
Care
|
|
|
10,157
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
10,288
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
303,147
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
$
|
315,107
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
$
|
(11,960
|
)
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
Revenues
decreased across all reporting segments during fiscal 2009 by an aggregate $12.0
million, or 3.8% compared to 2008. Revenues from customers outside of
North America, which represents 3.6% of total revenues, decreased 16.6% in 2009
compared to 2008.
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare Segment
Revenues
of the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment decreased $6.7 million, or 3.7%,
during 2009 versus 2008. Revenue from the launch of the new Allergen
Block products, marketed under the Chloraseptic and Little Allergies
trademarks, and revenue increases for Clear Eyes, Little Remedies
and New-Skin were more
than offset by revenue decreases on our wart care brands, as well as the Murine Ear, The Doctor’s and Dermoplast
brands.
Allergen Block is a
new, innovative and non-medicated allergy product targeted toward allergy
sufferers looking for an alternative to medicated products. Clear Eyes revenue increased
as a result of increased consumer consumption while Little Remedies revenue
increased as a result of the introduction of the Saline Nasal Mist spray, as
well as distribution gains and increased consumer consumption of its
non-medicated pediatric products. New-Skin revenue increased
as a result of new distribution and pipeline shipments of a new Poison Ivy skin
treatment product. Revenues for the wart care brands, Compound W and Wartner, decreased primarily
due to a price reduction taken on the cryogenic products. This
pricing reduction, along with a down-sizing of Compound W Freeze-off, was
in response to price reductions taken by a major competitor in the
category. Murine
Ear’s revenue decreased as a result of slowing consumer
consumption. Increased competition in the bruxism category resulted
in lower sales of The Doctor’s
NightGuard Dental Protector while Dermoplast revenue decreased
due to timing of shipments of the institutional spray item and discontinuation
of a skin treatment product which had limited distribution.
Household
Cleaning Segment
Revenues
for the Household Cleaning segment decreased $5.1 million, or 4.2%, during 2009
versus 2008. Revenues for the Comet brand increased
slightly during the period primarily as a result of increased sales of Comet Mildew
SprayGel. Comet’s revenue increase was
offset by lower revenues from the other two brands in this segment –Spic and Span and Chore Boy. The
decline in Spic and
Span’s revenue reflected a decline in consumer consumption while Chore Boy sales declined as
a result of weaker consumption and lower shipments to small grocery wholesale
accounts.
Personal
Care Segment
Revenues
of the Personal Care segment decreased $131,000, or 1.3%, during 2009 versus
2008. Increased revenues for Cutex were offset by
declines on all other brands in this segment. The increase in revenue
for Cutex was the
result of improving consumer consumption. The decreases in revenues
for the other smaller brands in this segment resulted from lower consumption and
distribution losses.
Gross
Profit
|
|
2009
Gross
Profit
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2008
Gross
Profit
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Increase
(Decrease)
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTC
Healthcare
|
|
$
|
113,516
|
|
|
|
64.1
|
|
|
$
|
114,348
|
|
|
|
62.2
|
|
|
$
|
(832
|
) |
|
|
(0.7
|
) |
Household
Cleaning
|
|
|
41,558
|
|
|
|
35.8
|
|
|
|
45,668
|
|
|
|
37.7
|
|
|
|
(4,110
|
)
|
|
|
(9.0
|
) |
Personal
Care
|
|
|
3,877
|
|
|
|
38.2
|
|
|
|
3,280
|
|
|
|
31.9
|
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
|
18.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
158,951
|
|
|
|
52.4
|
|
|
$
|
163,296
|
|
|
|
51.8
|
|
|
$
|
(4,345
|
) |
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
Gross
profit for 2009 decreased by $4.3 million, or 2.7%, versus 2008. As a
percent of total revenue, gross profit increased from 51.8% in 2008 to 52.4% in
2009. The increase in gross profit as a percent of revenues was the
result of favorable sales mix, the absence of costs related to the voluntary
recall of pediatric cough/cold products, price increases taken on select items,
and the benefits of our cost reduction program that was initiated in 2008,
partially offset by an increase in promotional allowances and unfavorable
foreign currency exchange rates.
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare Segment
Gross
profit for the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment decreased $832,000, or 0.7%,
during 2009 versus 2008. As a percent of Over-the-Counter Healthcare
revenue, gross profit increased from 62.2% during 2008 to 64.1% during
2009. The increase in gross profit as a percent of revenues was the
result of favorable sales mix toward higher gross margin brands, selling price
increases implemented at the end of March 2008, the absence of costs related to
the 2008 Little
Remedies voluntary recall of medicated pediatric cough/cold products and
cost reductions, partially offset by higher promotional allowances.
Household
Cleaning Segment
Gross
profit for the Household Cleaning segment decreased by $4.1 million, or 9.0%,
during 2009 versus 2008. As a percent of Household Cleaning revenue,
gross profit decreased from 37.7% during 2008 to 35.8% during
2009. The decrease in gross profit percentage was a result of an
increase in promotional allowances and higher product costs related to Comet and Spic and Span.
Personal
Care Segment
Gross
profit for the Personal Care segment increased $597,000, or 18.2%, during 2009
versus 2008. As a percent of Personal Care revenue, gross profit
increased from 31.9% during 2008 to 38.2% during 2009. The increase
in gross profit percentage was due to product cost savings and lower inventory
obsolescence costs related to
Cutex.
Contribution
Margin
|
|
2009
Contribution
Margin
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2008
Contribution
Margin
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Increase
(Decrease)
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTC
Healthcare
|
|
$
|
83,821
|
|
|
|
47.4
|
|
|
$
|
88,160
|
|
|
|
48.0
|
|
|
$
|
(4,339
|
) |
|
|
(4.9
|
) |
Household
Cleaning
|
|
|
33,933
|
|
|
|
29.2
|
|
|
|
38,185
|
|
|
|
31.5
|
|
|
|
(4,252
|
)
|
|
|
(11.1
|
)
|
Personal
Care
|
|
|
3,420
|
|
|
|
33.7
|
|
|
|
2,708
|
|
|
|
26.3
|
|
|
|
712
|
|
|
|
26.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
121,174
|
|
|
|
40.0
|
|
|
$
|
129,053
|
|
|
|
41.0
|
|
|
$
|
(7,879
|
) |
|
|
(6.1
|
) |
Contribution
margin, defined as gross profit less advertising and promotional expenses,
decreased by $7.9 million, or 6.1%, for 2009 versus 2008. The
contribution margin decrease was the result of the decrease in gross profit as
previously discussed, and an increase of $3.5 million, or 10.3%, in advertising
and promotional spending. The increase in advertising and promotional
spending was primarily attributable to introductory media support behind the
launch of the two new Allergen
Block products in the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment.
Over-the-Counter
Healthcare Segment
Contribution
margin for the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment decreased $4.3 million, or
4.9% during 2009 versus 2008. The decrease in contribution margin was
the result of a decrease in gross profit as previously discussed, coupled with
an increase in advertising and promotional spending of $3.5 million, or
13.4%. An increase in television media support behind the launch of
Allergen Block was
offset by a decrease in media support for The Doctor’s NightGuard
Dental Protector and Chloraseptic
sore throat products.
Household
Cleaning Segment
Contribution
margin for the Household Cleaning segment decreased $4.3 million, or 11.1%,
during 2009 versus 2008. The contribution margin decrease was the
result of the decrease in gross profit as previously discussed, and an increase
in advertising and promotional spending of $142,000 or 1.9%. The
increase was the result of increased television media support behind Comet Mildew
SprayGel.
Personal
Care Segment
Contribution
margin for the Personal Care segment increased $712,000, or 26.3%, during 2009
versus 2008. The contribution margin increase was primarily the
result of the gross profit increase previously discussed and a $115,000, or
20.1%, decrease in advertising and promotional expenses.
General
and Administrative
General
and administrative expenses were $31.9 million for 2009 versus $31.4 million for
2008. The increase in G&A was primarily related to an increase in
stock-based compensation costs and unfavorable currency translation costs,
partially offset by a decrease in legal expenses and elimination of certain
employee incentive compensation expenses. The increase in stock-based
compensation resulted from the issuance of options to purchase common stock to
members of management in 2009. While the Company reversed
performance-based compensation in each of 2008 and 2009, the vesting of options
is not subject to performance measurements, being subject only to time
vesting. The increase in currency translation costs resulted from the
strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the United States
dollar. The decrease in legal expenses is due to the absence of
arbitration costs in 2009 versus 2008 and a decrease in legal costs related to
the defense of certain intellectual property.
Depreciation
and Amortization
Depreciation
and amortization expense was $9.4 million for 2009 versus $9.2 million for
2008. The slight increase in amortization of intangible assets is
related to licensing rights related to the Allergen Block
trademark.
Impairment
of Intangible Assets and Goodwill
During
2009, an impairment analysis of intangible assets and goodwill was
performed. As a result, non-cash charges were recorded in 2009
related to the impairment of certain intangible assets and goodwill of $58.6
million and $190.7 million, respectively. The impairment charges
related to intangible assets and goodwill were the result of their carrying
value exceeding their fair market value as a result of declining sales and
current market conditions. The impairment charges for
Over-the-Counter, Household and Personal Care segments were $166.6 million,
$81.3 million and $1.4 million respectively. No impairment charges
were recorded in 2008.
Interest
Expense
Net
interest expense was $28.4 million during 2009 versus $37.4 million in
2008. The reduction in interest expense was primarily the result of a
lower level of indebtedness combined with a reduction of interest rates on our
senior debt. The average cost of funds decreased from 8.6% for 2008
to 7.2% for 2009, while the average indebtedness decreased from $437.3 million
during 2008 to $394.8 million for 2009.
Income
Taxes
The
benefit for income taxes during 2009 was $9.9 million versus a provision for
income taxes of $19.2 million in 2008. The effective income tax rates
were (5.0%) and 37.4% for 2009 and 2008, respectively. The 2009 tax
rate includes a tax benefit of $29.4 million related the impairment charges of
intangible assets and goodwill recorded during the period.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Liquidity
We have
financed and expect to continue to finance our operations with a combination of
borrowings and funds generated from operations. Our principal uses of cash
are for operating expenses, debt service, brand acquisitions, working capital
and capital expenditures. During the year ended March 31, 2010, the
Company issued $150.0 million of 8.25% senior notes due 2018 and entered into a
senior secured term loan facility of $150.0 million maturing 2016. A portion of
the proceeds from the preceding transactions were used to purchase, redeem or
otherwise retire all of the previously issued senior subordinated notes and to
repay all amounts under our former credit facility and terminate the associated
credit agreement.
|
|
Year
Ended March 31,
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Net
cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
activities
|
|
$
|
59,427
|
|
|
$
|
66,679
|
|
|
$
|
44,989
|
|
Investing
activities
|
|
|
7,320
|
|
|
|
(4,672
|
)
|
|
|
(537
|
)
|
Financing
activities
|
|
|
(60,831
|
)
|
|
|
(32,904
|
)
|
|
|
(52,132
|
)
|
Fiscal
2010 compared to Fiscal 2009
Operating
Activities
Net cash
provided by operating activities was $59.4 million for 2010 compared to $66.7
million for 2009. The $7.3 million decrease in net cash provided by
operating activities was primarily the result of the following:
·
|
A
net cash outflow of $3.8 million related to working capital in 2010
compared to a net cash inflow of $7.9 million related to working capital
in 2009 resulted in a $11.7 million decrease in working capital, partially
offset by
|
·
|
A
net increase of $4.5 million in net income plus non-cash expenses in 2010
compared to 2009.
|
|
The
increase in working capital in 2010 was primarily the result of an increase in
inventory, due to supplier transitions, and an increase in prepaid
taxes.
Consistent
with 2009, our cash flow from operations exceeded net income due to the
substantial non-cash charges related to depreciation and amortization of
intangibles, increases in deferred income tax liabilities resulting from
differences in the amortization of intangible assets and goodwill for income tax
and financial reporting purposes, the amortization of certain deferred financing
costs, stock-based compensation costs, as well as the 2010 loss on
extinguishment of debt.
Investing
Activities
Net cash provided by
investing activities was $7.3 million for 2010 compared to net cash used for
investing activities of $4.7 million for 2009. The net cash
provided by investing activities during the year ended March 31, 2010 was
primarily due to the divestiture of the shampoo business partially offset by the
acquisition of property and equipment. Net cash used for investing
activities during the year ended March 31, 2009 was primarily due to the $4.2 million
settlement of a purchase price adjustment associated with the Wartner USA BV
acquisition in 2006. The remainder was for the acquisition of
property and equipment.
Financing
Activities
Net cash
used for financing activities was $60.8 million for 2010 compared to $32.9
million for 2009. During the year ended March 31, 2010, we repaid
$60.8 million of indebtedness with cash generated from operations and the
proceeds from the sale of the shampoo business. On March 24, 2010, we
used the proceeds from the issuance of new debt of $296.0 million less $6.6
million of deferred financing costs to retire all of the existing debt, with the
exception of $28.1 million which was subsequently retired in April,
2010. We recorded a loss on the extinguishment of debt in the amount
of $2.7 million. At March 31, 2010, our outstanding indebtedness was
$328.1 million compared to $378.3 million at March 31, 2009.
Fiscal
2009 compared to Fiscal 2008
Operating
Activities
Net cash
provided by operating activities was $66.7 million for 2009 compared to $45.0
million for 2008. The $21.7 million increase in net cash provided by
operating activities was primarily the result of the following:
·
|
A
decrease of net income, net of adjustments for the impact of the charge
for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets of $600,000 from
$33.9 million for 2008 to $33.3 million for
2009,
|
·
|
A
change in the components of operating assets and liabilities of $22.1
million as a result of net operating assets and liabilities decreasing by
$7.9 million in 2009 compared to an increase of $14.2 million in 2008,
and
|
·
|
An
increase in non-cash expenses of $731,000 from $15.2 million for 2008 to
$15.9 million for 2009.
|
As a
result of the late cough/cold season and the timing of our March 2008 price
increase, accounts receivable increased $9.1 million at March 31, 2008 versus
March 31, 2007, while at March 31, 2009, accounts receivable were $8.2 million
less than those reported at March 31, 2008.
Consistent
with 2008, our cash flow from operations exceeded net income due to the
substantial non-cash charges related to depreciation and amortization of
intangibles, increases in deferred income tax liabilities resulting from
differences in the amortization of intangible assets and goodwill for income tax
and financial reporting purposes, the amortization of certain deferred financing
costs and stock-based compensation, as well as the 2009 goodwill and intangible
impairments.
Investing
Activities
Net cash
used for investing activities was $4.7 million for 2009 compared to $537,000 for
2008. The net cash used for investing activities in 2009 was
primarily for the settlement of purchase price contingencies associated with the
2006 acquisition of Wartner USA, B.V., while during 2008, net cash used for
investing activities was for the acquisition of property and
equipment.
Financing
Activities
Net cash
used for financing activities was $32.9 million for 2009 compared to $52.1
million for 2008. Due to the expiration of our prior revolving line
of credit, general economic conditions and the state of the credit markets, we
limited our debt repayments during the latter half of 2009 to only scheduled
maturities until we accumulated an additional $30.0 million in operating
funds. During 2009, the Company repaid $29.3 million of indebtedness
in excess of normal maturities with cash generated from operations, while during
2008 such repayments amounted to $48.6 million. This reduced our
outstanding indebtedness to $378.3 million at March 31, 2009 from $463.3 million
at March 31, 2007.
Capital
Resources
In March
and April 2010, the Company retired its Senior Secured Term Loan facility with a
maturity date of April 6, 2011 and Senior Subordinated Notes that bore interest
at 9.25% with a maturity date of April 15, 2012, and replaced them with Senior
Secured Credit Facility with a maturity of April 1, 2016, a Senior Revolving
Credit facility with a maturity of April 1, 2015 and Senior Notes that bear
interest at 8.25% with a maturity of April 15, 2018. This debt
refinancing improved our liquidity position due to the ability to increase the
amount of the Senior Secured Credit Facility, obtaining a revolving line of
credit and extending the maturities of our indebtedness. The new debt
also better positions the Company to pursue acquisitions as part of its growth
strategy.
We
entered into a $150.0 million Senior Secured Credit Facility with a discount to
the lenders of $1.8 million and net proceeds of $148.2 million. The
Senior Notes were issued at a aggregate face value of $150.0 million with a
discount to bondholders of $2.2 million and net proceeds to us of $147.8
million. The discount was offered to improve the yield to maturity to
lenders reflective of market conditions at the time of the
offering. In addition to the discount, we incurred $7.3 million of
costs primarily related to bank arrangers fee and legal advisors of which $6.6
million was capitalized as deferred financing costs and $0.7 million
expensed. The deferred financing costs are being amortized over the
term of the loan and notes.
As of
March 31, 2010, we had an aggregate of $328.1 million of outstanding
indebtedness, which consisted of the following:
·
|
$150.0
million of borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit
Facility;
|
·
|
$28.1
million of 9.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012, which were redeemed
in full on April 15, 2010; and
|
·
|
$150.0
million of 8.25% Senior Notes due
2018.
|
The
Company had $30.0 million of borrowing capacity under the revolving credit
facility at such time, as well as $200.0 million under the Senior Credit
Facility.
All loans
under the Senior Secured Credit Facility bear interest at floating rates, based
on either the prime rate, or at our option, the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable
margin. The LIBOR rate option contains a floor rate of
1.5%. At March 31, 2010, an aggregate of $150.0 million was
outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facility at an interest rate of
4.75%.
We use
derivative financial instruments to mitigate the impact of changing interest
rates associated with our long-term debt obligations. Although we do
not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading purposes, all of our
derivatives are straightforward over-the-counter instruments with liquid
markets. The notional, or contractual, amount of our derivative
financial instruments is used to measure the amount of interest to be paid or
received and does not represent an actual liability. We account for
these financial instruments as cash flow hedges.
In March
2005, we purchased interest rate cap agreements with a total notional amount of
$180.0 million, the terms of which were as follows:
Notional
Amount
|
|
|
Interest
Rate
Cap
Percentage
|
|
Expiration
Date
|
(In
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
50.0
|
|
|
|
3.25
|
%
|
May
31,
2006
|
|
80.0
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
May
30,
2007
|
|
50.0
|
|
|
|
3.75
|
|
May
30,
2008
|
In
February 2008, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement in the notional
amount of $175.0 million, decreasing to $125.0 million at March 26, 2009 to
replace and supplement the interest rate cap agreement that expired on May 30,
2008. Under that swap agreement, we agreed to pay a fixed rate of
2.88% while receiving a variable rate based on LIBOR. The agreement
terminated and was settled in full on March 26, 2010. The fair value
of the interest rate swap agreement is included in either other assets or
current liabilities at the balance sheet date. At March 31, 2010, the
Company did not participate in an interest rate swap and at March 31, 2009 the
fair value of the interest rate swap was $2.2 million, which was included in
other current liabilities.
The
Senior Secured Credit Facility contains various financial covenants, including
provisions that require us to maintain certain leverage and interest coverage
ratios and not to exceed annual capital expenditures of $3.0
million. The Senior Secured Credit Facility, as well as the Indenture
governing the Senior Notes, contain provisions that accelerate our indebtedness
on certain changes in control and restrict us from undertaking specified
corporate actions, including asset dispositions, acquisitions, payment of
dividends and other specified payments, repurchasing our equity securities in
the public markets, incurrence of indebtedness, creation of liens, making loans
and investments and transactions with affiliates. Specifically, we
must:
|
·
|
Have
a leverage ratio of less than 4.30 to 1.0 for the quarter ended March 31,
2010, decreasing over time to 3.50 to 1.0 for the quarter ending March 31,
2014, and remaining level thereafter,
and
|
|
·
|
Have
an interest coverage ratio of greater than 2.75 to 1.0 for the quarter
ended March 31, 2010, increasing over time to 3.25 to 1.0 for the quarter
ending March 31, 2013, and remaining level
thereafter.
|
At March
31, 2010, we were in compliance with the applicable financial and restrictive
covenants under the Senior Credit Facility and the Indenture governing the
Senior Notes. Additionally, management anticipates that in the normal course of
operations, the Company will be in compliance with the financial and restrictive
covenants during the ensuing year.
At March
31, 2010, we had $150.0 million outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit
Facility which matures in April 2016. We are obligated to make
quarterly principal payments on the loan equal to $375,000, representing 0.25%
of the initial principal amount of the term loan. We also have the
ability to borrow an additional $30.0 million under a revolving credit facility
and $200.0 million pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Facility pursuant to an
“accordion” feature.
We made
repayments against outstanding indebtedness of $60.5 million in excess of
scheduled maturities through March 31, 2010 compared to $29.3 million during
2009. During 2009, we built a cash reserve in excess of $30.0 million
to provide adequate liquidity given the expiration of our prior revolving credit
facility.
Commitments
As of
March 31, 2010, we had ongoing commitments under various contractual and
commercial obligations as follows:
|
|
Payments
Due by Period
|
|
(In
Millions)
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
1 to 3
|
|
|
4 to 5
|
|
|
After 5
|
|
Contractual
Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
Long-term
debt
|
|
$
|
328.1
|
|
|
$
|
29.6
|
|
|
$
|
3.0
|
|
|
$
|
3.0
|
|
|
$
|
292.5
|
|
Interest on long-term debt
(1)
|
|
|
141.5
|
|
|
|
19.7
|
|
|
|
39.0
|
|
|
|
38.8
|
|
|
|
44.0
|
|
Purchase
obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory costs (2)
|
|
|
53.0
|
|
|
|
38.2
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Other costs (3)
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Operating
leases
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Total
contractual cash obligations
|
|
$
|
526.6
|
|
|
$
|
89.5
|
|
|
$
|
51.1
|
|
|
$
|
44.8
|
|
|
$
|
341.2
|
|
(1)
|
Represents
the estimated interest obligations on the outstanding balances of the Term
Loan Facility and Senior Notes, together, assuming scheduled principal
payments (based on the terms of the loan agreements) are made and assuming
a weighted average interest rate of 6.5%. Estimated interest
obligations would be different under different assumptions regarding
interest rates or timing of principal payments. If interest
rates on borrowings with variable rates increased by 1%, interest expense
would increase approximately $1.5 million, in the first
year.
|
(2)
|
Purchase
obligations for inventory costs are legally binding commitments for
projected inventory requirements to be utilized during the normal course
of our operations.
|
(3)
|
Purchase
obligations for other costs are legally binding commitments for marketing,
advertising and capital expenditures. Activity costs for molds
and equipment to be paid, based solely on a per unit basis without any
deadlines for final payment, have been excluded from the table because we
are unable to determine the time period over which such activity costs
will be paid.
|
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not
have any off-balance sheet arrangements or financing activities with
special-purpose entities.
Inflation
Inflationary
factors such as increases in the costs of raw materials, packaging materials,
purchased product and overhead may adversely affect our operating
results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material
impact on our financial condition or results from operations for the periods
referred to above, a high rate of inflation in the future could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results from
operations. The recent volatility in crude oil prices has had an
adverse impact on transportation costs, as well as, certain petroleum based raw
materials and packaging material. Although the Company takes efforts
to minimize the impact of inflationary factors, including raising prices to our
customers, a high rate of pricing volatility associated with crude oil supplies
may continue to have an adverse effect on our operating results.
CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This
Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “PSLRA”),
including, without limitation, information within Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The
following cautionary statements are being made pursuant to the provisions of the
PSLRA and with the intention of obtaining the benefits of the “safe harbor”
provisions of the PSLRA. Although we believe that our expectations
are based on reasonable assumptions, actual results may differ materially from
those in the forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking
statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. Except as required under federal securities laws and
the rules and regulations of the SEC, we do not intend to update any
forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances arising after the
date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, whether as a result of new information,
future events or otherwise. As a result of these risks and
uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on
forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or that
may be made elsewhere from time to time by, or on behalf of, us. All
forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these
cautionary statements.
These
forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of words or
phrases such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “will
be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” or other similar words and
phrases. Forward-looking statements and our plans and expectations
are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual
results to differ materially from those anticipated, and our business in general
is subject to such risks. For more information, see “Risk Factors”
contained in Item 1A. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In
addition, our expectations or beliefs concerning future events involve risks and
uncertainties, including, without limitation:
·
|
General
economic conditions affecting our products and their respective
markets,
|
·
|
Our
ability to increase organic growth via new product introductions or line
extensions,
|
·
|
The
high level of competition in our industry and markets (including, without
limitation, vendor and SKU rationalization and expansion of private label
of product offerings),
|
·
|
Our
ability to invest in research and
development,
|
·
|
Our
dependence on a limited number of customers for a large portion of our
sales,
|
·
|
Disruptions
in our distribution center,
|
·
|
Acquisitions,
dispositions or other strategic transactions diverting managerial
resources, or incurrence of additional liabilities or integration problems
associated with such transactions,
|
·
|
Changing
consumer trends or pricing pressures which may cause us to lower our
prices,
|
·
|
Increases
in supplier prices and transportation and fuel
charges,
|
·
|
Our
ability to protect our intellectual property
rights,
|
·
|
Shortages
of supply of sourced goods or interruptions in the manufacturing of our
products,
|
·
|
Our
level of indebtedness, and ability to service our debt,
|
|
·
|
Any
adverse judgments rendered in any pending litigation or
arbitration,
|
|
·
|
Our
ability to obtain additional financing, and
|
|
·
|
The
restrictions imposed by our Senior Credit Facility and the indenture on
our operations.
|
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET
RISK
|
We are
exposed to changes in interest rates because our Senior Secured Credit Facility
is variable rate debt. Interest rate changes generally do not affect
the market value of the Senior Secured Credit Facility, but do affect the amount
of our interest payments and, therefore, our future earnings and cash flows,
assuming other factors are held constant. At March 31, 2010, we had
variable rate debt of approximately $150.0 million under our Senior Secured
Credit Facility.
Holding
other variables constant, including levels of indebtedness, a one percentage
point increase in interest rates on our variable rate debt would have an adverse
impact on pre-tax earnings and cash flows for the year ending March 31, 2011 of
approximately $1.5 million.
ITEM
8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
The
financial statements and supplementary data required by this Item are described
in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are presented
beginning on page F-1.
ITEM
9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
|
None.
ITEM
9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
The
Company’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and
the Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s
disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a–15(e) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) as of March 31,
2010. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of March 31, 2010, the Company’s
disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information
required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports the Company files or
submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported,
within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such
information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management,
including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure.
Management’s
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management
of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange
Act). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed
by, or under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer and effected by the Board of Directors, Management and other personnel,
to provide reasonable assurance regarding reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.
Because
of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not
prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems
determined to be effective can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance
that the control objectives will be met. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the
degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate over
time.
Management,
with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting as of March 31, 2010. In making its assessment,
management has used the criteria established by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control – Integrated
Framework (the “COSO Criteria”).
Based on
our assessment utilizing the COSO Criteria, management has concluded that the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March
31, 2010.
PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation
report on our internal control over financial reporting, which appears at page
F-1 and is incorporated in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form
10-K.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There
have been no changes during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 in the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting.
ITEM
9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
None.
Part
III
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
|
Information
required to be disclosed by this Item will be contained in the Company’s 2010
Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Information
required to be disclosed by this Item will be contained in the Company’s 2010
Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
Information
required to be disclosed by this Item will be contained in the Company’s 2010
Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
Information
required to be disclosed by this Item will be contained in the Company’s 2010
Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
|
Information
required to be disclosed by this Item will be contained in the Company’s 2010
Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.
|
EXHIBITS
AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
(a)
(1)
|
Financial
Statements
|
The
financial statements and financial statement schedules listed below are set
forth at pages F-1 through F-33 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are
incorporated herein to this Item as if copied verbatim.
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
|
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,
PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP
|
Consolidated
Statements of Operations for each of the three years in
the
period ended March 31, 2010
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheets at March 31, 2010 and 2009
|
Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive
Income
for each of the three years in the period ended March 31,
2010
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years
in
the period ended March 31, 2010
|
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
Schedule
II—Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts
|
(a)
(2)
|
Financial
Statement Schedules
|
Schedule
II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts listed in (a)(1) above is incorporated
herein by reference as if copied verbatim. Schedules other than those
listed in the preceding sentence have been omitted as they are either not
required, not applicable, or the information has otherwise been shown in the
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
See
Exhibit Index immediately following the financial statements and financial
statement schedules of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant
to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ PETER J.
ANDERSON
|
|
|
Name: Peter
J. Anderson
|
|
|
Title: Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
Date: June 11,
2010
|
|
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been
signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
MATTHEW M. MANNELLY
|
|
President
and
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
June
11,
2010
|
Matthew
M. Mannelly
|
|
(Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
PETER J. ANDERSON
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
June
11,
2010
|
Peter
J. Anderson
|
|
(Principal
Financial Officer and
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
JOHN E. BYOM
|
|
Director
|
|
June
11,
2010
|
John
E. Byom
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
GARY E. COSTLEY
|
|
Director
|
|
June
11,
2010
|
Gary
E. Costley
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
CHARLES J. HINKATY
|
|
Director
|
|
June
11,
2010
|
Charles J. Hinkaty
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
PATRICK M. LONERGAN
|
|
Director
|
|
June
11,
2010
|
Patrick
M. Lonergan
|
|
|
|
|
INDEX
TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
Audited
Financial Statements
March
31, 2010
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,
PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP
|
|
F-1
|
Consolidated
Statements of Operations for each of the three years in
the
period ended March 31, 2010
|
|
F-2
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheets at March 31, 2010 and 2009
|
|
F-3
|
Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income
for
each
of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2010
|
|
F-4
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years
in
the period ended March 31, 2010
|
|
F-6
|
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
F-7
|
Schedule
II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
F-33
|
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
In our
opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and comprehensive
income and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at March 31,
2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2010 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement
schedule listed under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects,
the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of March 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal
Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's
management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement
schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to
express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement
schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based
on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with
the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial
reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the
financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of
internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our
audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary
in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for
our opinions.
A
company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and
fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of
the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because
of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not
prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation
of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Salt Lake
City, Utah
June
11,
2010
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated
Statements of Operations
|
|
Year
Ended March 31,
|
|
(In
thousands, except per share data)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
sales
|
|
$
|
296,922
|
|
|
$
|
300,937
|
|
|
$
|
313,125
|
|
Other
revenues
|
|
|
5,101
|
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
1,982
|
|
Total
revenues
|
|
|
302,023
|
|
|
|
303,147
|
|
|
|
315,107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
of Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown below)
|
|
|
144,587
|
|
|
|
144,196
|
|
|
|
151,811
|
|
Gross
profit
|
|
|
157,436
|
|
|
|
158,951
|
|
|
|
163,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advertising
and promotion
|
|
|
31,236
|
|
|
|
37,777
|
|
|
|
34,243
|
|
General
and administrative
|
|
|
34,195
|
|
|
|
31,888
|
|
|
|
31,414
|
|
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
10,552
|
|
|
|
9,423
|
|
|
|
9,219
|
|
Impairment
of goodwill and intangible assets
|
|
|
2,751
|
|
|
|
249,285
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Total
operating expenses
|
|
|
78,734
|
|
|
|
328,373
|
|
|
|
74,876
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
income (loss)
|
|
|
78,702
|
|
|
|
(169,422)
|
|
|
|
88,420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
(income) expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(143
|
) |
|
|
(675
|
)
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
22,936
|
|
|
|
28,579
|
|
|
|
38,068
|
|
Loss
on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
2,656
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(187)
|
|
Total
other (income) expense
|
|
|
25,591
|
|
|
|
28,436
|
|
|
|
37,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
53,111
|
|
|
|
(197,858)
|
|
|
|
51,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
(benefit) for income taxes
|
|
|
21,849
|
|
|
|
(9,905)
|
|
|
|
19,168
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
31,262
|
|
|
|
(187,953)
|
|
|
|
32,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued
Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
from discontinued operations, net of income tax
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
|
1,177
|
|
|
|
1,873
|
|
Gain
on sale of discontinued operations, net of income tax
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Net
income (loss)
|
|
$
|
32,115
|
|
|
$
|
(186,776)
|
|
|
$
|
33,919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.63
|
|
|
$
|
(3.76
|
) |
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
Net
Income (Loss)
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
$
|
(3.74
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.62
|
|
|
$
|
(3.76
|
) |
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
Net
Income (Loss)
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
$
|
(3.74
|
) |
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
50,013
|
|
|
|
49,935
|
|
|
|
49,751
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
50,085
|
|
|
|
49,935
|
|
|
|
50,039
|
|
See
accompanying notes.
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
(In
thousands)
|
|
March
31,
|
|
Assets
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Current
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
41,097
|
|
|
$
|
35,181
|
|
Accounts
receivable
|
|
|
30,621
|
|
|
|
36,025
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
29,162
|
|
|
|
25,939
|
|
Deferred
income tax assets
|
|
|
6,353
|
|
|
|
4,022
|
|
Prepaid
expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
4,917
|
|
|
|
1,358
|
|
Current
assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
1,038
|
|
Total
current assets
|
|
|
112,150
|
|
|
|
103,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property
and equipment
|
|
|
1,396
|
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
111,489
|
|
|
|
114,240
|
|
Intangible
assets
|
|
|
559,229
|
|
|
|
569,137
|
|
Other
long-term assets
|
|
|
7,148
|
|
|
|
4,602
|
|
Long-term
assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
8,472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Assets
|
|
$
|
791,412
|
|
|
$
|
801,381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
and Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
payable
|
|
$
|
12,771
|
|
|
$
|
15,898
|
|
Accrued
interest payable
|
|
|
1,561
|
|
|
|
5,371
|
|
Other
accrued liabilities
|
|
|
11,733
|
|
|
|
9,407
|
|
Current
portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
29,587
|
|
|
|
3,550
|
|
Total
current liabilities
|
|
|
55,652
|
|
|
|
34,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term
debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
amount
|
|
|
298,500
|
|
|
|
374,787
|
|
Less
unamortized discount
|
|
|
(3,943)
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Long-term
debt, net of unamortized discount
|
|
|
294,557
|
|
|
|
374,787
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
income tax liabilities
|
|
|
112,144
|
|
|
|
97,983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Liabilities
|
|
|
462,353
|
|
|
|
506,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
and Contingencies – Note 16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred
stock - $0.01 par value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized
– 5,000 shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued
and outstanding – None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
stock - $0.01 par value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized
– 250,000 shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued
– 50,154 shares at March 31, 2010 and 50,060 at March 31,
2009
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
Additional
paid-in capital
|
|
|
384,027
|
|
|
|
382,803
|
|
Treasury
stock, at cost – 124 shares at
March
31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
|
|
|
(63)
|
|
|
|
(63)
|
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(1,334)
|
|
Retained
earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
(55,407)
|
|
|
|
(87,522)
|
|
Total
Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
|
329,059
|
|
|
|
294,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
$
|
791,412
|
|
|
$
|
801,381
|
|
See
accompanying notes.
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated
Statement of Changes in Stockholders’
Equity
and Comprehensive Income
|
|
Common
Stock
Par
Shares
Value
|
|
|
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
|
|
|
Treasury
Stock
Shares
Amount
|
|
|
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
|
|
|
Retained
Earnings
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances
at March 31, 2007
|
|
|
50,060
|
|
|
$
|
501
|
|
|
$
|
379,225
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
(40
|
)
|
|
$
|
313
|
|
$
|
|
65,335
|
|
|
$
|
445,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
1,139
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
1,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase
of common stock for treasury
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components
of comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
33,919
|
|
|
|
33,919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
of interest rate caps reclassified into earnings, net of income tax
expense of $228
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
loss on interest rate caps, net of income tax benefit of
$458
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(738
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(738
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
loss on interest rate swap, net of income tax benefit of
$580
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
(947
|
) |
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
(947)
|
|
|
Total
comprehensive income
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
32,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances
at March 31, 2008
|
|
|
50,060
|
|
|
$
|
501
|
|
|
$
|
380,364
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
$
|
(47
|
)
|
|
$
|
(999
|
)
|
|
$
|
99,254
|
|
|
$
|
479,073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
2,439
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
2,439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase
of common stock for treasury
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components
of comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(186,776
|
)
|
|
|
(186,776
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
of interest rate caps reclassified into earnings, net of income tax
expense of $32
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Unrealized
loss on interest rate caps, net of income tax benefit of
$238
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(388
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(388)
|
|
|
Total
comprehensive income
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(187,111)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances
at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
50,060
|
|
|
$
|
501
|
|
|
$
|
382,803
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
$
|
|
(63)
|
|
|
$
|
(1,334
|
)
|
|
$
|
(87,522
|
)
|
|
$
|
294,385
|
|
|
See
accompanying notes.
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated
Statement of Changes in Stockholders’
Equity
and Comprehensive Income
|
|
Common
Stock
Par
Shares
Value
|
|
|
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
|
|
|
Treasury
Stock
Shares
Amount
|
|
|
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
|
|
|
Retained
Earnings
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances
at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
50,060
|
|
|
$
|
501
|
|
|
$
|
382,803
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
$
|
(63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,334
|
)
|
|
$
|
(87,522
|
)
|
|
$
|
294,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1,224
|
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
1,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components
of comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Income
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
32,115
|
|
|
|
32,115
|
|
Amortization
of interest rate caps reclassified into earnings, net of income tax
expense of $818
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
1,334
|
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
1,334
|
|
Total
comprehensive income
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
-- |
|
|
|
33,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances
at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
50,154
|
|
|
$
|
502
|
|
|
$
|
384,027
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
$
|
(63
|
)
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
(55,407
|
) |
|
$
|
329,059
|
|
See
accompanying notes.
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
Year
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income (loss)
|
|
$
|
32,115
|
|
|
$
|
(186,776)
|
|
|
$
|
33,919
|
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
11,450
|
|
|
|
11,219
|
|
|
|
11,014
|
|
Gain
on sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
(253
|
) |
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
|
11,012
|
|
|
|
(19,955
|
) |
|
|
10,096
|
|
Amortization
of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
1,926
|
|
|
|
2,233
|
|
|
|
3,007
|
|
Impairment
of goodwill and intangible assets
|
|
|
2,751
|
|
|
|
249,590
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Stock-based
compensation costs
|
|
|
2,085
|
|
|
|
2,439
|
|
|
|
1,139
|
|
Loss
on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
2,166
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Changes
in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of purchases of
businesses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
receivable
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
|
|
8,193
|
|
|
|
(9,052
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(3,351)
|
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
477
|
|
Prepaid
expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(3,559)
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
|
(381)
|
|
Accounts
payable
|
|
|
(3,127)
|
|
|
|
(2,265)
|
|
|
|
(975)
|
|
Accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
(192)
|
|
|
|
(1,176)
|
|
|
|
(4,255)
|
|
Net
cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
59,427
|
|
|
|
66,679
|
|
|
|
44,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing
Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases
of equipment
|
|
|
(673
|
) |
|
|
(481
|
) |
|
|
(488
|
)
|
Proceeds
from sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
7,993
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Purchases
of intangible assets
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(33)
|
|
Business
acquisition purchase price adjustments
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(4,191)
|
|
|
|
(16)
|
|
Net
cash provided by (used for) investing activities
|
|
|
7,320
|
|
|
|
(4,672)
|
|
|
|
(537)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing
Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from issuance of debt
|
|
|
296,046
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Payment
of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
(6,627
|
) |
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Repayment
of long-term debt
|
|
|
(350,250
|
)
|
|
|
(32,888)
|
|
|
|
(52,125)
|
|
Purchase
of common stock for treasury
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(16)
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
Net
cash used for financing activities
|
|
|
(60,831)
|
|
|
|
(32,904)
|
|
|
|
(52,132)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
(decrease) in cash
|
|
|
5,916
|
|
|
|
29,103
|
|
|
|
(7,680
|
) |
Cash
- beginning of year
|
|
|
35,181
|
|
|
|
6,078
|
|
|
|
13,758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
- end of year
|
|
$
|
41,097
|
|
|
$
|
35,181
|
|
|
$
|
6,078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
paid
|
|
$
|
24,820
|
|
|
$
|
26,745
|
|
|
$
|
36,840
|
|
Income
taxes paid
|
|
$
|
15,494
|
|
|
$
|
9,844
|
|
|
$
|
9,490
|
|
See
accompanying notes.
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
1.
|
Business
and Basis of Presentation
|
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc. (referred to herein as the “Company” which reference
shall, unless the context requires otherwise, be deemed to refer to Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc. and all of its direct or indirect wholly-owned
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) is engaged in the marketing, sales and
distribution of over-the-counter healthcare, personal care and household
cleaning brands to mass merchandisers, drug stores, supermarkets, club and
dollar stores primarily in the United States, Canada and certain other
international markets. Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. is a holding
company with no assets or operations and is also the parent guarantor of the
senior credit facility and the senior notes more fully described in Note 10 to
the consolidated financial statements.
The
Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. All
significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in
consolidation. The Company’s fiscal year ends on March 31st of each
year. References in these consolidated financial statements or notes
to a year (e.g., “2010”) mean the Company’s fiscal year ended on March 31st of
that year.
Use
of Estimates
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates are
based on the Company’s knowledge of current events and actions that the Company
may undertake in the future, actual results could differ from those
estimates. As discussed below, the Company’s most significant
estimates include those made in connection with the valuation of intangible
assets, sales returns and allowances, trade promotional allowances and inventory
obsolescence.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
|
The
Company considers all short-term deposits and investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents. Substantially all of the Company’s cash is held by a
large regional bank with headquarters in California. The Company does
not believe that, as a result of this concentration, it is subject to any
unusual financial risk beyond the normal risk associated with commercial banking
relationships.
The
Company extends non-interest-bearing trade credit to its customers in the
ordinary course of business. The Company maintains an allowance for
doubtful accounts receivable based upon historical collection experience and
expected collectability of the accounts receivable. In an effort to
reduce credit risk, the Company (i) has established credit limits for all of its
customer relationships, (ii) performs ongoing credit evaluations of customers’
financial condition, (iii) monitors the payment history and aging of customers’
receivables, and (iv) monitors open orders against an individual customer’s
outstanding receivable balance.
Inventories
are stated at the lower of cost or fair value, where cost is determined by using
the first-in, first-out method. The Company provides an allowance for
slow moving and obsolete inventory, whereby it reduces inventories for the
diminution of value, resulting from product obsolescence, damage or other issues
affecting marketability, equal to the difference between the cost of the
inventory and its estimated market value. Factors utilized in the
determination of estimated market value include (i) current sales data and
historical return rates, (ii) estimates of future demand, (iii) competitive
pricing pressures, (iv) new product introductions, (v) product expiration dates,
and (vi) component and packaging obsolescence.
Property
and Equipment
Property
and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line
method based on the following estimated useful lives:
|
|
Years
|
Machinery
|
|
5
|
Computer
equipment
|
|
3
|
Furniture
and fixtures
|
|
7
|
Leasehold
improvements are amortized over the lesser of the term of the lease or 5
years.
Expenditures
for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When
an asset is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and associated accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is
recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.
Property
and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be
recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount
of the asset exceeds its fair value.
The
excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of assets acquired and
liabilities assumed in purchase business combinations is classified as
goodwill. The Company does not amortize goodwill, but performs
impairment tests of the carrying value at least annually in the fourth fiscal
quarter of each year. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at
the reporting unit “brand” level which is one level below the operating segment
level.
Intangible
assets, which are composed primarily of trademarks, are stated at cost less
accumulated amortization. For intangible assets with finite lives,
amortization is computed on the straight-line method over estimated useful lives
ranging from 3 to 30 years.
Indefinite-lived
intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually in the fourth
fiscal quarter; however, at each reporting period an evaluation is made to
determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite
useful life. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their
carrying amounts exceed their fair values and may not be
recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount
of the asset exceeds its fair value.
Deferred
Financing Costs
The
Company has incurred debt origination costs in connection with the issuance of
long-term debt. These costs are capitalized as deferred financing
costs and amortized using the straight-line method, which approximates the
effective interest method, over the term of the related debt.
Revenues
are recognized when the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of
an arrangement exists; (ii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; (iii)
the product has been shipped and the customer takes ownership and assumes the
risk of loss; and (iv) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably
assured. The Company has determined that these criteria are met and
the transfer of the risk of loss generally occurs when product is received by
the customer and, accordingly, recognizes revenue at that
time. Provision is made for estimated discounts related to customer
payment terms and estimated product returns at the time of sale based on the
Company’s historical experience.
As is
customary in the consumer products industry, the Company participates in the
promotional programs of its customers to enhance the sale of its
products. The cost of these promotional programs varies based on the
actual number of units sold during a finite period of time. These
promotional programs consist of direct-to-consumer incentives such as coupons
and temporary price reductions, as well as incentives to the Company’s
customers, such as slotting fees and cooperative
advertising. Estimates of the costs of these promotional programs are
based on (i) historical sales experience, (ii) the current offering, (iii)
forecasted data, (iv) current market conditions, and (v) communication with
customer purchasing/marketing personnel. At the completion of the
promotional program, the estimated amounts are adjusted to actual
results.
Due to
the nature of the consumer products industry, the Company is required to
estimate future product returns. Accordingly, the Company records an
estimate of product returns concurrent with recording sales which is made after
analyzing (i) historical return rates, (ii) current economic trends, (iii)
changes in customer demand, (iv) product acceptance, (v) seasonality of the
Company’s product offerings, and (vi) the impact of changes in product
formulation, packaging and advertising.
Cost of
sales includes product costs, warehousing costs, inbound and outbound shipping
costs, and handling and storage costs. Shipping, warehousing and
handling costs were $21.4 million for 2010, $22.5 million for 2009 and $23.2 for
2008.
Advertising
and Promotion Costs
|
Advertising
and promotion costs are expensed as incurred. Slotting fees
associated with products are recognized as a reduction of
sales. Under slotting arrangements, the retailers allow the Company’s
products to be placed on the stores’ shelves in exchange for such
fees.
The
Company recognizes stock-based compensation by measuring the cost of services to
be rendered based on the grant-date fair value of the equity
award. Compensation expense is to be recognized over the period an
employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, generally
referred to as the requisite service period.
Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the
financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted
tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to
reverse. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to
reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.
The Taxes
Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards
Codification (“ASC”) prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement
attributes for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. As a result,
the Company has applied a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold for all tax
uncertainties. The guidance only allows the recognition of those tax
benefits that have a greater than 50% likelihood of being sustained upon
examination by the various taxing authorities.
The
Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state and
foreign jurisdictions.
The
Company classifies penalties and interest related to unrecognized tax benefits
as income tax expense in the Statements of Operations.
Companies
are required to recognize derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities
in the consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. The accounting for
changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has
been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and, further, on
the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments
that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, a company must designate
the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value
hedge, a cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign
operation.
The
Company has designated its derivative financial instruments as cash flow hedges
because they hedge exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that
are attributable to interest rate risk. For these hedges, the
effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported
as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into
earnings in the same line item (principally interest expense) associated with
the forecasted transaction in the same period or periods during which the hedged
transaction affects earnings. Any ineffective portion of the gain or
loss on the derivative instruments is recorded in results of operations
immediately. Cash flows from these instruments are classified as
operating activities.
Earnings
Per Share
Basic
earnings per share is calculated based on income available to common
stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the
reporting period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated based on
income available to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of
common and potential common shares outstanding during the reporting
period. Potential common shares, composed of the incremental common
shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights
and unvested restricted shares, are included in the earnings per share
calculation to the extent that they are dilutive.
Certain
prior period financial statement amounts have been reclassified to conform to
the current period presentation.
Recently
Issued Accounting Standards
|
In April
2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to provide clarification regarding
the classification requirements of a share-based payment award with an exercise
price denominated in the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of
the entity’s equity securities trade. The guidance states that such an award
should not be considered to contain a market, performance, or service condition
and should not be classified as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as an
equity classification. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal
years. The Company does not expect this guidance to have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In May
2009, the FASB issued guidance regarding subsequent events, which was
subsequently updated in February 2010. This guidance established general
standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the
balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available
to be issued. In particular, this guidance set forth the period after the
balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate
events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in
the financial statements, the circumstances under which an entity should
recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its
financial statements, and the disclosures that an entity should make about
events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. This guidance
was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim
periods ending after June 15, 2009, and was therefore adopted by the Company for
the second quarter 2009 reporting. The adoption did not have a significant
impact on the subsequent events that the Company reports, either through
recognition or disclosure, in the consolidated financial statements. In
February 2010, the FASB amended its guidance on subsequent events to remove the
requirement to disclose the date through which an entity has evaluated
subsequent events, alleviating conflicts with current SEC guidance. This
amendment was effective immediately and the Company therefore removed the
disclosure in this Annual Report.
In
January 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance requiring new disclosures
and clarifying some existing disclosure requirements about fair value
measurement. Under the new guidance, a reporting entity should (a)
disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1
and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers,
and (b) present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and
settlements in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant
unobservable inputs. This guidance is effective for interim and
annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the
disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll
forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those
disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010,
and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The new guidance
requires only enhanced disclosures and the Company does not expect this guidance
to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In
August 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to provide
clarification on measuring liabilities at fair value when a quoted price in an
active market is not available. In these circumstances, a valuation
technique should be applied that uses either the quote of the liability when
traded as an asset, the quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar
liabilities when traded as assets, or another valuation technique consistent
with existing fair value measurement guidance, such as an income approach or a
market approach. The new guidance also clarifies that when estimating the
fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a
separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a
restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. This guidance
became effective beginning with the third quarter of the Company’s 2010 fiscal
year; however, the adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact
on the Company’s financial position, results from operations or cash
flows.
In
June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to eliminate the
exception to consolidate a qualifying special-purpose entity, change the
approach to determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity
and require companies to more frequently re-assess whether they must consolidate
variable interest entities. Under the new guidance, the primary
beneficiary of a variable interest entity is identified qualitatively as the
enterprise that has both (a) the power to direct the activities of a
variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic
performance, and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that
could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity or the right to
receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the
variable interest entity. This guidance becomes effective for the
Company’s fiscal 2011 year-end and interim reporting periods. The Company
does not expect this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated
financial statements.
In June
2009, the FASB established the FASB ASC as the source of authoritative
accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied in the preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. The new guidance explicitly recognizes rules and
interpretive releases of the SEC under federal securities laws as authoritative
GAAP for SEC registrants. The new guidance became effective for our
financial statements issued for the three and six month periods ending on
September 30, 2009.
The
Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC was amended to require a company
with derivative instruments to disclose information to enable users of the
financial statements to understand (i) how and why the company uses derivative
instruments, (ii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are
accounted for, and (iii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items
affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash
flows. Accordingly, the Derivatives and Hedging Topic now requires
qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives,
quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of and gains and losses on
derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent
features in derivative agreements. The amendments to the Derivatives
and Hedging Topic were effective for financial statements issued for fiscal
years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The
implementation of the Derivatives and Hedging guidance required enhanced
disclosures of derivative instruments and the Company’s hedging activities and
did not have any impact on the Company’s financial position, results from
operations or cash flows.
Management
has reviewed and continues to monitor the actions of the various financial and
regulatory reporting agencies and is currently not aware of any other
pronouncement that could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
2.
Discontinued Operations and Sale of Certain of Assets
In
October 2009, the Company sold certain assets related to the shampoo brands
previously included in its Personal Care products segment to an unrelated third
party. In accordance with the Discontinued Operations Topic of the
ASC, the Company reclassified the related assets as held for sale in the
consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2009 and reclassified the related
operating results as discontinued in the consolidated financial statements and
related notes for all periods presented. The Company recognized a
gain of $253,000 on a pre-tax basis and $157,000 net of tax effects on the sale
in the quarter ended December 31, 2009.
The
following table presents the assets related to the discontinued operations as of
March 31, 2009 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
$ |
1,038 |
|
Intangible
assets
|
|
|
8,472 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets held for sale
|
|
$ |
9,510 |
|
The
following table summarizes the results of discontinued operations (in
thousands):
|
|
Year
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Components
of Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
5,053 |
|
|
$ |
9,568 |
|
|
$ |
11,496 |
|
Income
before income taxes
|
|
|
1,121 |
|
|
|
1,896 |
|
|
|
2,994 |
|
The total
sale price for the assets was $9 million, with $8 million received upon closing,
and the remaining $1 million to be received on the first anniversary of the
closing.
3.
|
Acquisition
of Businesses
|
Acquisition
of Wartner USA B.V.
On
September 21, 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of the ownership
interests of Wartner USA B.V., the owner of the Wartner brand of
over-the-counter wart treatment products. The Company expects that
the Wartner brand,
which is the #3 brand in the United States over-the-counter wart treatment
category, along with the acquired technology, will continue to enhance the
Company’s leadership in the category. Additionally, the Company
believes that the brand will continue to benefit from a targeted advertising and
marketing program, as well as the Company’s business model of outsourcing
manufacturing and the elimination of redundant operations. The
results from operations of the
Wartner brand have been included within the Company’s consolidated
financial statements as a component of the Over-the-Counter Healthcare segment
commencing September 21, 2006.
The
purchase price of the ownership interests was approximately $31.2 million,
including fees and expenses of the acquisition of $216,000 and the assumption of
approximately $5.0 million of contingent payments, with an originally estimated
fair value of $3.8 million, owed to the former owner of Wartner through
2011. The Company funded the cash acquisition price from operating
cash flows. During 2009, the Company paid the former owner $4.0
million in full satisfaction of all obligations due to such former
owner.
The
following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and the
liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
$
|
769
|
|
Intangible
assets
|
|
|
29,600
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
11,746
|
|
Accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
(3,854
|
)
|
Deferred
tax liabilities
|
|
|
(7,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,261
|
|
The
amount allocated to intangible assets of $29.6 million includes $17.8 million
related to the Wartner
brand trademark which the Company estimates to have a useful life of 20 years,
as well as $11.8 million related to a patent estimated to have a useful life of
14 years. Goodwill resulting from this transaction was $11.7 million,
inclusive of a deferred income tax liability recorded for the difference between
the assigned values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and their
respective taxes bases. It is estimated that of such amount,
approximately $4.7 million will be deductible for income tax
purposes.
Accounts
receivable consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
March
31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade
accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
35,527
|
|
|
$
|
37,521
|
|
Other
receivables
|
|
|
1,588
|
|
|
|
1,081
|
|
|
|
|
37,115
|
|
|
|
38,602
|
|
Less
allowances for discounts, returns and
uncollectible accounts
|
|
|
(6,494
|
)
|
|
|
(2,577
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,621
|
|
|
$
|
36,025
|
|
Inventories
consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
March
31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Packaging
and raw materials
|
|
$
|
2,037
|
|
|
$
|
1,955
|
|
Finished
goods
|
|
|
27,125
|
|
|
|
23,984
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,162
|
|
|
$
|
25,939
|
|
Inventories
are shown net of allowances for obsolete and slow moving inventory of $2.0
million and $1.4 million at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
6.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property
and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
March
31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Machinery
|
|
$
|
1,620
|
|
|
$
|
1,556
|
|
Computer
equipment
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
|
|
1,021
|
|
Furniture
and fixtures
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
|
239
|
|
Leasehold
improvements
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
|
|
3,847
|
|
|
|
3,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
depreciation
|
|
|
(2,451
|
)
|
|
|
(1,806
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,396
|
|
|
$
|
1,367
|
|
The
Company recorded depreciation expense of $645,000, $548,000, $507,000 for 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
A
reconciliation of the activity affecting goodwill by operating segment is as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
Over-the-
Counter
|
|
|
Household
|
|
|
Personal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare
|
|
|
Cleaning
|
|
|
Care
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
235,789
|
|
|
$
|
72,549
|
|
|
$
|
4,643
|
|
|
$
|
312,981
|
|
Accumulated
purchase price adjustments
|
|
|
(2,174
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(2,174)
|
|
Accumulated
impairment losses
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(1,892)
|
|
|
|
(1,892)
|
|
|
|
|
233,615
|
|
|
|
72,549
|
|
|
|
2,751
|
|
|
|
308,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
purchase price adjustments
|
|
|
(3,988)
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(3,988)
|
|
2009
impairments
|
|
|
(125,527)
|
|
|
|
(65,160)
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(190,687)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
– March 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
235,789
|
|
|
|
72,549
|
|
|
|
4,643
|
|
|
|
312,981
|
|
Accumulated
purchase price adjustments
|
|
|
(6,162)
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(6,162)
|
|
Accumulated
impairment losses
|
|
|
(125,527)
|
|
|
|
(65,160)
|
|
|
|
(1,892)
|
|
|
|
(192,579)
|
|
|
|
|
104,100
|
|
|
|
7,389
|
|
|
|
2,751
|
|
|
|
114,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
impairments
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(2,751)
|
|
|
|
(2,751)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
– March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
235,789
|
|
|
|
72,549
|
|
|
|
4,643
|
|
|
|
312,981
|
|
Accumulated
purchase price adjustments
|
|
|
(6,162)
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(6,162)
|
|
Accumulated
impairment losses
|
|
|
(125,527)
|
|
|
|
(65,160)
|
|
|
|
(4,643)
|
|
|
|
(195,330)
|
|
|
|
|
104,100
|
|
|
|
7,389
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
111,489
|
|
At March
31, 2010, in conjunction with the annual test for goodwill impairment, the
Company recorded an impairment charge of $2.8 million to adjust the carrying
amounts of goodwill related to one reporting unit within the Personal Care
segment to its fair value, as determined by use of a discounted cash flow
methodology. The impairment was a result of distribution losses and
increased competition from private label store brands.
At March
31, 2009, in conjunction with the annual test for goodwill impairment, the
Company recorded an impairment charge aggregating $190.7 million to adjust the
carrying amounts of goodwill related to several reporting units within the
Over-the-Counter Healthcare and Household Cleaning segments to their fair values
as determined by use of a discounted cash flow methodology. These
charges were a consequence of the challenging economic environment experienced
in 2009, the dislocation of the debt and equity markets, and contracting
consumer demand for the Company’s product offerings.
The
discounted cash flow methodology is a widely-accepted valuation technique
utilized by market participants in the transaction evaluation process and has
been applied consistently. However, we did consider the Company’s
market capitalization at March 31, 2010 and 2009, as compared to the aggregate
fair values of our reporting units to assess the reasonableness of our estimates
pursuant to the discounted cash flow
methodology. Although the impairment charges represent
management’s best estimate, the estimates and assumptions made in assessing the
fair value of the Company’s reporting units and the valuation of the underlying
assets and liabilities are inherently subject to significant
uncertainties. Consequently, changing rates of interest and
inflation, declining sales or margins, increases in competition, changing
consumer preferences, technical advances or reductions in advertising and
promotion may require additional impairments in the future.
A
reconciliation of the activity affecting intangible assets is as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Indefinite
Lived
|
|
|
Finite
Lived
|
|
|
Non
Compete
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
Agreement
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
Carrying
Amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
– March 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
500,176
|
|
|
$
|
106,159
|
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
606,493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reclassifications
|
|
|
(45,605
|
)
|
|
|
45,605
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deletions
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(500
|
) |
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
Impairments
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
– March 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
454,571
|
|
|
$
|
151,264
|
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
605,993
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
– March 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
37,214
|
|
|
$
|
142
|
|
|
$
|
37,356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
9,725
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
9,741
|
|
|
Deletions
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(333)
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(333)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
– March 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
46,606
|
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
46,764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles,
net – March 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
454,571
|
|
|
$
|
104,658
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
559,229
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Indefinite
Lived
|
|
|
Finite
Lived
|
|
|
Non
Compete
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
Agreement
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
Carrying
Amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
– March 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
544,963
|
|
|
$
|
119,470
|
|
|
$
|
196
|
|
|
$
|
664,629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Deletions
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(38)
|
|
Impairments
|
|
|
(44,787)
|
|
|
|
(13,811)
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(58,598)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
– March 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
500,176
|
|
|
$
|
106,159
|
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
606,493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
– March 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
28,377
|
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
|
$
|
28,518
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,837
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
8,876
|
|
Deletions
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
(38)
|
|
|
|
(38)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
– March 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
37,214
|
|
|
$
|
142
|
|
|
$
|
37,356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles,
net – March 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
500,176
|
|
|
$
|
68,945
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
569,137
|
|
In a
manner similar to goodwill, the Company completed a test for impairment of its
intangible assets during the fourth quarter of 2010. Accordingly, the
Company recorded no impairment charge as facts and circumstances indicated that
the fair values of the intangible assets for such segments exceeded their
carrying values.
In a
manner similar to goodwill, the Company completed a test for impairment of its
intangible assets during the fourth quarter of 2009. Accordingly, the
Company recorded an impairment charge aggregating $58.6 million to the
Over-the-Counter Healthcare and Household Cleaning segments as facts and
circumstances indicated that the carrying values of the intangible assets for
such segments exceeded their fair values and may not be
recoverable.
The
economic events experienced during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009, as well
as the Company’s plans and projections for its brands indicated that several of
such brands can no longer support indefinite useful lives. Each of
these brands incurred an impairment charge during the three month period ended
March 31, 2009 and has been adversely affected by increased competition and the
macroeconomic environment in the United States. Consequently, at
April 1, 2009, management reclassified $45.6 million of previously
indefinite-lived intangibles to intangibles with definite
lives. Management estimates the remaining useful lives of these
intangibles to be 20 years.
The fair
values and the annual amortization charges of the reclassified intangibles are
as follows (in thousands):
Intangible
|
|
Fair
Value
as
of
March
31, 2009
|
|
|
Annual
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Household
Trademarks
|
|
$ |
34,888 |
|
|
$ |
1,745 |
|
OTC
Healthcare Trademark
|
|
|
10,717 |
|
|
|
536 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
45,605 |
|
|
$ |
2,281 |
|
At March
31, 2010, intangible assets are expected to be amortized over a period of 3 to
30 years as follows (in thousands):
Year
Ending March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
9,558
|
|
2012
|
|
|
9,160
|
|
2013
|
|
|
8,612
|
|
2014
|
|
|
7,797
|
|
2015
|
|
|
6,147
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
63,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
104,660
|
|
9.
|
Other
Accrued Liabilities
|
Other
accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
March
31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued
marketing costs
|
|
$
|
3,823
|
|
|
$
|
3,519
|
|
Accrued
payroll
|
|
|
5,233
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
Accrued
commissions
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
Accrued
income taxes
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
679
|
|
Accrued
professional fees
|
|
|
1,089
|
|
|
|
1,906
|
|
Interest
swap obligation
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
2,152
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,733
|
|
|
$
|
9,407
|
|
During
the second quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company completed a staff reduction
program to eliminate approximately 10% of its workforce. The accrued
severance balance as of March 31, 2010 is related to this reduction in workforce
and consists primarily of the remaining payments of salaries, bonuses and other
benefits for separated employees.
The
Company has reclassified the interest rate swap liability of $2.2 million as of
March 31, 2009 from accounts payable to accrued liabilities. The Company’s
interest rate swap liability of $2.2 million as of March 31, 2009 terminated
before March 26, 2010.
Long-term
debt consists of the following (in thousands):
|
|
March
31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Senior
secured term loan facility (“2010 Senior Term Loan”) that bears interest
at the Company’s option at either the prime rate plus a margin of 2.25% or
LIBOR plus 3.25% with a LIBOR floor of 1.5%. At March 31, 2010,
the average interest rate on the 2010 Senior Term Loan was
4.75%. Principal payments of $375,000 plus accrued interest are
payable quarterly, with the remaining principal due on the 2010 Senior
Term Loan maturity date. The 2010 Senior Term Loan matures on
March 24, 2016 and is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s
assets.
|
|
$ |
150,000
|
|
|
$ |
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior
secured term loan facility (“Tranche B Term Loan Facility”) that bore
interest at the Company’s option at either the prime rate plus a margin of
1.25% or LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%. The Tranche B Term Loan
Facility was repaid in full during 2010.
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
252,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior
unsecured notes (“2010 Senior Notes”) that bear interest at 8.25% which
are payable on April 1st
and October 1st
of each year. The 2010 Senior Notes mature on April 1, 2018;
however the Company may redeem some or all of the 2010 Senior Notes at
redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing the 2010 Senior
Notes. The 2010 Senior Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by
Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc., and its domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries
other than Prestige Brands, Inc., the issuer. Each of these
guarantees is joint and several. There are no significant
restrictions on the ability of any of the guarantors to obtain funds from
their subsidiaries.
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior
subordinated notes (“Senior Subordinated Notes”) that bore interest of
9.25% which was payable on April 15th
and October 15th
of each year. The balance outstanding on the Senior
Subordinated Notes as of March 31, 2010 was repaid in full subsequent to
year-end, on April 15th,
2010. The Senior Subordinated Notes were unconditionally
guaranteed by Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc., and its domestic
wholly-owned subsidiaries other than Prestige Brands, Inc., the
issuer.
|
|
|
28,087
|
|
|
|
126,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
328,087
|
|
|
|
378,337
|
|
Current
portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
(29,587)
|
|
|
|
(3,550)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
298,500
|
|
|
|
374,787
|
|
Less:
unamortized discount on the 2010 Senior Notes
|
|
|
(3,943)
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Long-term
debt, net of unamortized discount
|
|
$
|
294,557
|
|
|
$
|
374,787
|
|
On March
24, 2010, Prestige Brands, Inc. issued the 2010 Senior Notes for $150 million,
with an interest rate of 8.25% and a maturity date of April 1, 2018; and entered
into a senior secured term loan facility for $150 million, with an interest rate
at LIBOR plus 3.25% with a LIBOR floor of 1.5% and a maturity date of March 24,
2016; and entered into a non-amortizing senior secured revolving credit facility
(“2010 Revolving Credit Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of up to
$30.0 million. The Company’s 2010 Revolving Credit Facility was
available for maximum borrowings of $30.0 million at March 31,
2010.
The $150
million 2010 Senior Term Loan was entered into with a discount to lenders of
$1.8 million and net proceeds to the Company of $148.2 million, yielding a 5.0%
effective interest rate. The 2010 Senior Notes were issued at an
aggregate face value of $150 million with a discount to bondholders of $2.2
million and net proceeds to the Company of $147.8 million, yielding a 8.5%
effective interest rate.
In
connection with entering into the 2010 Senior Term Loan, the 2010 Revolving
Credit Facility and the 2010 Senior Notes, the Company incurred $7.3 million in
issuance costs, of which $6.6 million was capitalized as deferred financing
costs and $0.7 million expensed. The deferred financing costs are
being amortized over the terms of the related loan and notes.
In March
and April 2010, the Company retired its Tranche B Term Loan facility with an
original maturity date of April 11, 2016 and Senior Subordinated Notes that bore
interest at 9.25% with a maturity date of April 15, 2012. The Company
recognized a $2.7 million loss on the extinguishment of debt.
The 2010
Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and are guaranteed
on a senior unsecured basis. The 2010 Senior Notes are effectively
junior in right of payment to all existing and future secured obligations of the
Company, equal in right of payment with all existing and future senior unsecured
indebtedness of the Company, and senior in right of payment to all future
subordinated debt of the Company.
At any
time prior to April 1, 2014, the Company may redeem the 2010 Senior Notes in
whole or in part at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
the notes redeemed, plus a “make-whole premium” calculated as set forth in the
Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
redemption. The Company may redeem the 2010 Senior Notes in whole or
in part at any time on or after the 12-month period beginning April 1, 2014 at a
redemption price of 104.125% of the principal amount thereof, at a redemption
price of 102.063% of the principal amount thereof if the redemption occurs
during the 12-month period beginning on April 1, 2015, and at a redemption price
of 100% of the principal amount thereof on and after April 1, 2016, in each
case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption
date. In addition, on or prior to April 1, 2013, with the net cash
proceeds from certain equity offerings, the Company may redeem up to 35% in
aggregate principal amount of the 2010 Senior Notes at a redemption price of
108.250% of the principal amount of the 2010 Senior Notes to be redeemed, plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
The 2010
Senior Term Loan contains various financial covenants, including provisions that
require the Company to maintain certain leverage and interest coverage ratios
and not to exceed annual capital expenditures of $3.0 million. The
2010 Senior Term Loan and the 2010 Senior Notes also contain provisions that
restrict the Company from undertaking specified corporate actions, such as asset
dispositions, acquisitions, dividend payments, repurchase of common shares
outstanding, changes of control, incurrence of indebtedness, creation of liens,
making of loans and transactions with affiliates. Additionally, the
2010 Senior Term Loan and the 2010 Senior Notes contain cross-default provisions
whereby a default pursuant to the terms and conditions of certain indebtedness
will cause a default on the remaining indebtedness under the 2010 Senior Term
Loan, the 2010 Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes. At
March 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with the applicable financial
covenants under its long-term indebtedness.
Future
principal payments required in accordance with the terms of the 2010 Senior Term
Loan, the 2010 Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes are as follows (in
thousands):
Year
Ending March 31
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
29,587
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
2015
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
292,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
328,087
|
|
11.
|
Fair
Value Measurements
|
As deemed
appropriate, the Company uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate the
impact of changing interest rates associated with its long-term debt
obligations. At March 31, 2010, the Company had no open financial
derivative financial obligations. While the Company has not entered into
derivative financial instruments for trading purposes, all of the Company’s
derivatives were over-the-counter instruments with liquid
markets. The notional, or contractual, amount of the Company’s
derivative financial instruments were used to measure the amount of interest to
be paid or received and did not represent an actual liability. The
Company accounted for the interest rate cap and swap agreements as cash flow
hedges.
In March
2005, the Company purchased interest rate cap agreements with a total notional
amount of $180.0 million, the terms of which were as follows:
Notional
Amount
|
|
|
Interest
Rate
Cap
Percentage
|
|
Expiration
Date
|
(In
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
50.0
|
|
|
|
3.25
|
%
|
May
31,
2006
|
|
80.0
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
May
30,
2007
|
|
50.0
|
|
|
|
3.75
|
|
May
30,
2008
|
The
Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement, effective March 26, 2008,
in the notional amount of $175.0 million, decreasing to $125.0 million at March
26, 2009 to replace and supplement the interest rate cap agreement that expired
on May 30, 2008. The Company agreed to pay a fixed rate of 2.88%
while receiving a variable rate based on LIBOR. The agreement
terminated on March 26, 2010, and was neither renewed nor replaced.
The Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC requires fair value to
be determined based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or
paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market
assuming an orderly transaction between market participants. The Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic established market (observable inputs)
as the preferred source of fair value to be followed by the Company’s
assumptions of fair value based on hypothetical transactions (unobservable
inputs) in the absence of observable market inputs.
Based
upon the above, the following fair value hierarchy was created:
|
Level
1 –
|
Quoted
market prices for identical instruments in active
markets,
|
|
|
|
|
Level
2 –
|
Quoted
prices for similar instruments in active markets, as well as quoted prices
for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not considered
active, and
|
|
Level
3 –
|
Unobservable
inputs developed by the Company using estimates and assumptions reflective
of those that would be utilized by a market
participant.
|
Quantitative
disclosures about the fair value of the Company’s derivative hedging instruments
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value Measurements at March 31, 2010
|
|
(In
thousands)
Description
|
|
March
31,
2010
|
|
|
Quoted
Prices
in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level
1)
|
|
|
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level
2)
|
|
|
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level
3)
|
|
Interest
Rate Swap Liability
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value Measurements at March 31, 2009
|
|
(In
thousands)
Description
|
|
March
31,
2009
|
|
|
Quoted
Prices
in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level
1)
|
|
|
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level
2)
|
|
|
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level
3)
|
|
Interest
Rate Swap Liability
|
|
$
|
2,152
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
2,152
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value Measurements at March 31, 2008
|
|
(In
thousands)
Description
|
|
March
31,
2008
|
|
|
Quoted
Prices
in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level
1)
|
|
|
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level
2)
|
|
|
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level
3)
|
|
Interest
Rate Swap Liability
|
|
$
|
1,527
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
1,527
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary
of the fair value of the Company’s derivatives instruments, their impact on the
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and the amounts
reclassified from other comprehensive income is as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
For
the Year Ended March 31, 2010
|
|
|
March
31, 2010
|
|
Income
Statement
Account
|
|
Amount
Income
|
|
Amount
Gains
|
Cash
Flow Hedging
Instruments
|
|
Balance
Sheet
Location
|
|
Notional
Amount
|
|
Fair
Value
Asset/
(Liability)
|
|
Gains/
Losses
Charged
|
|
(Expense)
Recognized
In
Income
|
|
(Losses)
Recognized
In
OCI
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
Rate Swap
|
|
Other
Accrued
Liabilities
|
|
$
--
|
|
$
--
|
|
Interest
Expense
|
|
$
(2,866)
|
|
$
2,152
|
|
|
|
|
For
the Year Ended March 31, 2009
|
|
|
March
31, 2009
|
|
Income
Statement
Account
|
|
Amount
Income
|
|
Amount
Gains
|
Cash
Flow Hedging
Instruments
|
|
Balance
Sheet
Location
|
|
Notional
Amount
|
|
Fair
Value
Asset/
(Liability)
|
|
Gains/
Losses
Charged
|
|
(Expense)
Recognized
In
Income
|
|
(Losses)
Recognized
In
OCI
|
Interest
Rate Swap
|
|
Other
Accrued
Liabilities
|
|
$
125
|
|
$
(2,152)
|
|
Interest
Expense
|
|
$
(502)
|
|
$
(625)
|
|
|
|
|
For
the Year Ended March 31, 2008
|
|
|
March
31, 2008
|
|
Income
Statement
Account
|
|
Amount
Income
|
|
Amount
Gains
|
Cash
Flow Hedging
Instruments
|
|
Balance
Sheet
Location
|
|
Notional
Amount
|
|
Fair
Value
Asset/
(Liability)
|
|
Gains/
Losses
Charged
|
|
(Expense)
Recognized
In
Income
|
|
(Losses)
Recognized
In
OCI
|
Interest
Rate Swap
|
|
Other
Accrued
Liabilities
|
|
$
175
|
|
$
(1,527)
|
|
Interest
Expense
|
|
$
--
|
|
$
(1,527)
|
The
Company recorded a charge to interest expense of $2.9 million during 2010 in
connection with this interest rate swap agreement. At March 31, 2010,
the Company did not participate in an interest rate swap agreement.
At March
31, 2009, the fair value of the interest rate swap was $2.2
million. Such amount was included in current
liabilities. The determination of fair value is based on closing
prices for similar instruments traded in liquid over-the-counter
markets. The changes in the fair value of this interest rate swap
were recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in the balance sheet due
to its designation as a cash flow hedge.
For
certain of our financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable,
accounts payable and other current liabilities, the carrying amounts approximate
their respective fair values due to the relatively short maturity of these
amounts.
At March
31, 2010, the carrying value of the 2010 Senior Term Loan was $150.0 million.
The terms of the 2010 Senior Term Loan provide that the interest rate is
adjusted, at the Company’s option, on either a monthly or quarterly basis, to
the prime rate plus a margin of 2.25% or LIBOR, with a floor of 1.5%, plus a
margin of 3.25%. At March 31, 2010, the market value of the Company’s 2010
Senior Term Loan was approximately $150.8 million.
At March
31, 2010, the carrying value of the Company’s 8.25% 2010 Senior Notes was $150.0
million. The market value of these notes was approximately $152.3 million at
March 31, 2010. The market values have been determined from
market transactions in the Company’s debt securities. Also at March
31, 2010, the Company maintained a residual balance of $28.1 million relating to
the Senior Subordinated Notes that remained outstanding at fiscal year end. The
$28.1 million balance was redeemed in full on April 15, 2010 at par
value.
The
Company is authorized to issue 250.0 million shares of common stock, $0.01 par
value per share, and 5.0 million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per
share. The Board of Directors may direct the issuance of the
undesignated preferred stock in one or more series and determine preferences,
privileges and restrictions thereof.
Each
share of common stock has the right to one vote on all matters submitted to a
vote of stockholders. The holders of common stock are also entitled
to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by
the Board of Directors, subject to prior rights of holders of all classes of
stock outstanding having priority rights as to dividends. No
dividends have been declared or paid on the Company’s common stock through March
31, 2010.
During
2009 and 2008, the Company repurchased 65,000 and 4,000 shares, respectively, of
restricted common stock from former employees pursuant to the provisions of the
various employee stock purchase agreements. The 2009 purchases were
at an average price of $0.24 per share while the 2008 purchases were at an
average purchase price of $1.70 per share. All of such shares have
been recorded as treasury stock. There were no share repurchases during
2010.
The
following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per
share (in thousands, except per share data):
|
|
Year
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Numerator
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
31,262
|
|
|
$
|
(187,953)
|
|
|
$
|
32,046
|
|
Income
from discontinued operations and gain on sale
of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
853
|
|
|
|
1,177
|
|
|
|
1,873
|
|
Net
income (loss)
|
|
$
|
32,115
|
|
|
$
|
(186,776)
|
|
|
$
|
33,919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator
for basic earnings per share- weighted average shares
|
|
|
50,013
|
|
|
|
49,935
|
|
|
|
49,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive
effect of unvested restricted common stock (including restricted stock
units), options and stock appreciation rights
issued to employees and directors
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator
for diluted earnings per share
|
|
|
50,085
|
|
|
|
49,935
|
|
|
|
50,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
per Common Share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.63
|
|
|
$
|
(3.76)
|
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
Basic
earnings per share from discontinued operations and gain on sale of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
Basic
net earnings (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
$
|
(3.74)
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.62
|
|
|
$
|
(3.76)
|
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share from discontinued operations and gain on sale of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
Diluted
net earnings (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
$
|
(3.74)
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
At March
31, 2010, 204,892 shares of restricted stock granted to employees and restricted
stock units granted to Board members, subject only to time vesting, were
unvested and excluded from the calculation of basic earnings per share; however,
such shares were included in the calculation of diluted earnings per
share. Additionally, 82,202 shares of restricted stock granted to
employees have been excluded from the calculation of both basic and diluted
earnings per share because vesting of such shares is subject to contingencies
that were not met as of March 31, 2010. Lastly, at March 31, 2010,
there were options to purchase 1,330,337 shares of common stock outstanding that
were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their
exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common stock,
and therefore, their inclusion would be antidilutive.
At March
31, 2009, 183,000 shares of restricted stock granted to employees have been
excluded from the calculation of both basic and diluted earnings per share since
vesting of such shares is subject to contingencies. Additionally, at
March 31, 2009, there were options to purchase 663,000 shares of common stock
outstanding that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per
share because their exercise price was greater than the average market price of
the common stock, and therefore, their inclusion would be
antidilutive.
At March
31, 2008, 314,000 restricted shares issued to employees, subject only to
time-vesting, were unvested and excluded from the calculation of basic earnings
per share; however, such shares were included in the calculation of diluted
earnings per share. Additionally, at March 31, 2008, 324,000 shares
of restricted stock granted to management and employees, as well as 16,000 stock
appreciation rights have been excluded from the calculation of both basic and
diluted earnings per share since vesting of such shares is subject to
contingencies. Lastly, at March 31, 2008, there were options to
purchase 254,000 shares of common stock outstanding that were not included in
the computation of diluted earnings per share because their exercise price was
greater than the average market price of the common stock, and therefore, their
inclusion would be antidilutive.
14.
|
Share-Based
Compensation
|
In
connection with the Company’s initial public offering, the Board of Directors
adopted the 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (“the Plan”) which provides for
the grant, to a maximum of 5.0 million shares, of restricted stock, stock
options, restricted stock units, deferred stock units and other equity-based
awards. Directors, officers and other employees of the Company and
its subsidiaries, as well as others performing services for the Company, are
eligible for grants under the Plan.
During
2010, net compensation costs charged against income and the related income tax
benefit recognized were $2.1 million and $790,000,
respectively. During the year management determined that performance
goals associated with the grants of stock to management and employees in May
2008 were met and recorded stock compensation costs accordingly. No
prior compensation costs were required to be reversed.
During
2009, net compensation costs charged against income and the related income tax
benefit recognized were $2.4 million and $924,000,
respectively. During the year management determined that the Company
would not meet the performance goals associated with the grants of stock to
management and employees in May 2007 and 2008. Therefore, management
reversed previously recorded stock compensation costs of $705,000 and $193,000
related to the May 2007 and May 2008 grants, respectively.
During
2008, net compensation costs charged against income, and the related tax
benefits recognized were $1.1 million and $433,000,
respectively. During the year management determined that the Company
would not meet the performance goals associated with the grants of restricted
stock to management and employees in October 2005, July 2006 and May
2007. Therefore, management reversed previously recorded stock-based
compensation costs of $538,000, $394,000 and $166,000 related to the October
2005, July 2006 and May 2007 grants, respectively.
Restricted
Shares
Restricted
shares granted to employees under the Plan generally vest in 3 to 5 years,
contingent on attainment of Company performance goals, including revenue and
earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization targets, or the
attainment of certain time vesting thresholds. The restricted share
awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change of control, as
defined in the plan or document pursuant to which the awards were
made. The fair value of nonvested restricted shares is determined as
the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the day preceding the grant
date. The weighted-average grant-date fair values during 2010, 2009
and 2008 were $7.09, $10.85 and $12.52, respectively.
A summary
of the Company’s restricted shares granted under the Plan is presented
below:
Nonvested
Shares
|
|
Shares
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
Grant-Date
Fair
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested
at March 31, 2007
|
|
|
294.4
|
|
|
$
|
11.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
292.0
|
|
|
|
12.52
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(24.8
|
)
|
|
|
10.09
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(76.9
|
)
|
|
|
12.35
|
|
Nonvested
at March 31, 2008
|
|
|
484.7
|
|
|
|
11.78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
303.5
|
|
|
|
10.85
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(29.9)
|
|
|
|
10.88
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(415.9)
|
|
|
|
11.55
|
|
Nonvested
at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
342.4
|
|
|
|
11.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
171.6
|
|
|
|
7.09
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(47.8
|
)
|
|
|
10.97
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(179.1
|
)
|
|
|
11.28
|
|
Nonvested
at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
287.1
|
|
|
$
|
8.86
|
|
Options
The Plan
provides that the exercise price of the option granted shall be no less than the
fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the option is
granted. Options granted have a term of no greater than 10 years from
the date of grant and vest in accordance with a schedule determined at the time
the option is granted, generally 3 to 5 years. The option awards
provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control.
The fair
value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model (“Black-Scholes Model”) that uses the
assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are
based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock and other
factors, including the historical volatilities of comparable
companies. The Company uses appropriate historical data, as well as
current data, to estimate option exercise and employee termination
behaviors. Employees that are expected to exhibit similar exercise or
termination behaviors are grouped together for the purposes of
valuation. The expected terms of the options granted are derived from
management’s estimates and consideration of information derived from the public
filings of companies similar to the Company and represent the period of time
that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free
rate represents the yield on U.S. Treasury bonds with a maturity equal to the
expected term of the granted option. The weighted-average grant-date
fair value of the options granted during 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $3.64, $5.04
and $5.30, respectively.
|
|
Year
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Expected
volatility
|
|
|
45.6
|
%
|
|
|
43.3
|
%
|
Expected
dividends
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Expected
term in years
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
Risk-free
rate
|
|
|
2.8
|
%
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
A summary
of option activity under the Plan is as follows:
Options
|
|
Shares
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
Exercise
Price
|
|
|
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
|
|
|
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
at March 31, 2007
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
255.1
|
|
|
|
12.86
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Forfeited
or expired
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
|
12.86
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Outstanding
at March 31, 2008
|
|
|
253.5
|
|
|
|
12.86
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
413.2
|
|
|
|
10.91
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Forfeited
or expired
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)
|
|
|
11.83
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Outstanding
at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
662.6
|
|
|
|
11.65
|
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,125.0
|
|
|
|
7.16
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
2,070.0
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Forfeited
or expired
|
|
|
(203.4
|
)
|
|
|
11.34
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Outstanding
at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
1,584.2
|
|
|
|
8.50
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
|
|
|
2,070.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable
at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
297.9
|
|
|
$
|
11.96
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,070.0
|
|
Since the
Company’s closing stock price of $9.00 at March 31, 2010 exceeded the exercise
price for the options granted in 2010, the aggregate intrinsic value of
outstanding options was $2.1 million. Since the exercise price of the
options exceeded the Company’s closing stock price of $5.18 at March 31, 2009
and $8.18 at March 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding
options was $0 at March 31, 2009 and 2008.
Stock
Appreciation Rights (“SARS”)
During
2007, the Board of Directors granted SARS to a group of selected executives;
however, there were no SARS granted during 2008, 2009 or 2010. The
terms of the SARS provide that on the vesting date, the executive will receive
the excess of the market price of the stock award over the market price of the
stock award on the date of issuance. The Board of Directors, in its
sole discretion, may settle the Company’s obligation to the executive in shares
of the Company’s common stock, cash, other securities of the Company or any
combination thereof.
The Plan
provides that the issuance price of a SAR shall be no less than the market price
of the Company’s common stock on the date the SAR is granted. SARS
may be granted with a term of no greater than 10 years from the date of grant
and will vest in accordance with a schedule determined at the time the SAR is
granted, generally 3 to 5 years. The weighted-average grant date fair
value of the SARS granted during 2007 was $3.68. The fair value of
each SAR award was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Model
using the assumptions noted in the following table.
|
|
Year
Ended
March
31, 2007
|
|
Expected
volatility
|
|
|
50.00
|
%
|
Expected
dividend
|
|
|
--
|
|
Expected
term in years
|
|
|
2.75
|
|
Risk-free
rate
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
The SARs
expired on March 31, 2009; and no compensation was paid because the grant-date
market price of the Company’s common stock exceeded the market value of the
Company’s common stock on the measurement date.
A summary
of SARS activity under the Plan is as follows:
SARS
|
|
Shares
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Grant
Date
Stock
Price
|
|
|
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
|
|
|
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
at March 31, 2007
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
|
|
9.97
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
30,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Forfeited
or expired
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Outstanding
at March 31, 2008
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
|
|
9.97
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Forfeited
or expired
|
|
|
(16.1
|
)
|
|
|
(9.97
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Outstanding
at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable
at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
At March
31, 2010, there were $4.5 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to
nonvested share-based compensation arrangements under the Plan based on
management’s estimate of the shares that will ultimately vest. The Company expects to
recognize such costs over a weighted average period of 1.5
years. However, certain of the restricted shares vest upon the
attainment of Company performance goals and if such goals are not met, no
compensation costs would ultimately be recognized and any previously recognized
compensation cost would be reversed. The total fair value of shares
vested during 2010, 2009 and 2008, was $525,000, $325,000, and $277,000,
respectively. There were no options exercised during 2010, 2009 or
2008; hence there were no tax benefits realized during these
periods. At March 31, 2010, there were 3.0 million shares available
for issuance under the Plan.
f
The
provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
Year
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
9,628
|
|
|
$
|
9,284
|
|
|
$
|
8,599
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,313
|
|
|
|
1,266
|
|
|
|
1,208
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
9,113
|
|
|
|
(17,606
|
)
|
|
|
8,851
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,901
|
|
|
|
(2,348
|
)
|
|
|
1,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,370
|
|
|
$
|
(9,186
|
)
|
|
$
|
20,289
|
|
The
principal components of the Company’s deferred tax balances are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
March
31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Deferred
Tax Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for doubtful accounts and sales returns
|
|
$
|
2,670
|
|
|
$
|
1,152
|
|
Inventory
capitalization
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
Inventory
reserves
|
|
|
806
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
Net
operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
663
|
|
|
|
747
|
|
Property
and equipment
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
State
income taxes
|
|
|
4,964
|
|
|
|
4,125
|
|
Accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
Interest
rate derivative instruments
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
818
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,938
|
|
|
|
1,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible
assets
|
|
|
(117,999
|
) |
|
|
(103,764
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(105,792
|
)
|
|
$
|
(93,961
|
)
|
At March
31, 2010, Medtech Products Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, had a
net operating loss carryforward of approximately $1.9 million which may be used
to offset future taxable income of the consolidated group and begins to expire
in 2020. The net operating loss carryforward is subject to an annual
limitation as to usage under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 of approximately
$240,000.
A
reconciliation of the effective tax rate compared to the statutory U.S. Federal
tax rate is as follows:
|
|
Year
Ended March 31,
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Income
tax provision at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
19,069
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
|
$
|
(68,586
|
)
|
|
|
(35.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
18,973
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
Foreign
tax provision
|
|
|
(36
|
) |
|
|
(0.1
|
) |
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
State
income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
|
|
|
1,662
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
(5,467
|
)
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
1,284
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
Increase
(decrease) in net deferred tax liability resulting from an increase
(decrease) in the effective state tax rate
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,039
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
64,770
|
|
|
|
33.1
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Other
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Provision
for income taxes
|
|
$
|
22,370
|
|
|
|
41.1
|
|
|
$
|
(9,186
|
)
|
|
|
(4.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
20,289
|
|
|
|
37.4
|
|
Uncertain
tax liability activity is as follows:
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
– beginning of year
|
|
$
|
225
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
Additions
based on tax positions related to the
current year
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
Balance
– end of year
|
|
$
|
315
|
|
|
$
|
225
|
|
The
Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as
a component of income tax expense. For 2010, 2009, and 2008, the
Company did not incur any interest or penalties related to income
taxes. The Company does not anticipate any significant events or
circumstances that would cause a change to these uncertainties during the
ensuing year. The Company is subject to taxation in the United States
and various state and foreign jurisdictions and is generally open to examination
from the year ended March 31, 2007 forward.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
DenTek Oral Care, Inc.
Litigation
In April
2007, the Company filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court in the Southern
District of New York against DenTek Oral Care, Inc. (“DenTek”) alleging (i)
infringement of intellectual property associated with The Doctor’sNightGuard dental
protector which is used for the protection of teeth from nighttime teeth
grinding; and (ii) the violation of unfair competition and consumer protection
laws. On October 4, 2007, the Company filed a Second Amended
Complaint in which it named Kelly M. Kaplan (“Kaplan”), Raymond Duane (“Duane”)
and C.D.S. Associates, Inc. (“CDS”) as additional defendants in this action and
added other claims to the previously filed complaint. Kaplan and
Duane were formerly employed by the Company and CDS is a corporation controlled
by Duane. In the Second Amended Complaint, the Company has asserted
claims for patent, trademark and copyright infringement, unfair competition,
unjust enrichment, violation of New York’s Consumer Protection Act, breach of
contract, tortious interference with contractual and business relations, civil
conspiracy and trade secret misappropriation.
In
October 2008, DenTek, Kaplan, Duane and CDS filed Answers to the Second Amended
Complaint. In their Answers, each of DenTek, Duane and CDS has
asserted counterclaims against the Company. DenTek’s counterclaims
allege false advertising, violation of New York consumer protection statutes and
unfair competition relating to The Doctor’s NightGuard Classic
dental protector. Duane’s counterclaim is a contractual
indemnity claim seeking to recover attorneys’ fees pursuant to the release
between Duane and Dental Concepts LLC (“Dental Concepts”), a
predecessor-in-interest to Medtech Products Inc. (“Medtech”), plaintiff in the
DenTek litigation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prestige Brands Holdings,
Inc. CDS’s counterclaim alleges a breach of the consulting agreement
between CDS and Dental Concepts.
On March
24, 2009, Duane submitted a petition for a Chapter 7 bankruptcy with the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nevada. The New York
Court retains jurisdiction over Duane for injunctive relief arising out of the
New York action while the Nevada Court retains exclusive jurisdiction over the
dischargeability of Medtech’s damage claims against Duane and other issues
affecting the bankruptcy.
On March
25, 2010, Medtech settled all of the claims and counterclaims involving DenTek
in the law suit on terms mutually agreeable to Medtech and DenTek. No
payment by Medtech or the Company is required as part of the
settlement.
The
Company’s management believes that the counterclaims asserted by Duane and CDS
are legally deficient and that it has meritorious defenses to the
counterclaims. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the
counterclaims, which, if adversely determined against the Company, would not, in
the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on the
Company.
San Francisco Technology
Inc. Litigation
On April
5, 2010, Medtech was served with a Complaint filed by San Francisco Technology
Inc. (“SFT”) in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California,
San Jose Division. In the Complaint, SFT asserted a qui tam action against
Medtech alleging false patent markings with the intent to deceive the
public regarding Medtech’s two Dermoplast®
products. Medtech has filed a Motion to Dismiss or Stay and a Motion
to Sever and Transfer Venue to the Southern District of New York and is awaiting
decisions on the pending Motions. Medtech intends to vigorously
defend against the Complaint.
In
addition to the matters described above, the Company is involved from time to
time in other routine legal matters and other claims incidental to its
business. The Company reviews outstanding claims and proceedings
internally and with external counsel as necessary to assess probability and
amount of potential loss. These assessments are re-evaluated at each
reporting period and as new information becomes available to determine whether a
reserve should be established or if any existing reserve should be
adjusted. The actual cost of resolving a claim or proceeding
ultimately may be substantially different than the amount of the recorded
reserve. In addition, because it is not permissible under GAAP to
establish a litigation reserve until the loss is both probable and estimable, in
some cases there may be insufficient time to establish a reserve prior to the
actual incurrence of the loss (upon verdict and judgment at trial, for example,
or in the case of a quickly negotiated settlement). The Company
believes the resolution of routine matters and other incidental claims, taking
into account reserves and insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on
its business, financial condition or results from operations.
Lease
Commitments
The
Company has operating leases for office facilities and equipment in New
York and Wyoming, which expire at various dates through 2014.
The
following summarizes future minimum lease payments for the Company’s operating
leases (in thousands):
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Year
Ending March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
559
|
|
|
$
|
74
|
|
|
$
|
633
|
|
2012
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
617
|
|
2013
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
613
|
|
2014
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,782
|
|
|
$
|
131
|
|
|
$
|
1,913
|
|
Rent
expense for 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $753,000, $612,000 and $597,000,
respectively.
Purchase
Commitments
The
Company has entered into a 10 year supply agreement for the exclusive
manufacture of a portion of one of its household cleaning
products. Although the Company is committed under the supply
agreement to pay the minimum amounts set forth in the table below, the total
commitment is less than 10 percent of the estimated purchases that are expected
to be made during the course of the supply agreement.
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
Year
Ending March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$ |
10,703 |
|
2012
|
|
|
6,724 |
|
2013
|
|
|
1,166 |
|
2014
|
|
|
1,136 |
|
2015
|
|
|
1,105 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
4,673 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
25,507 |
|
The
Company’s sales are concentrated in the areas of over-the-counter healthcare,
household cleaning and personal care products. The Company sells its
products to mass merchandisers, food and drug accounts, and dollar and club
stores. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, approximately 62.3%, 60.8% and
60.3%, respectively, of the Company’s total sales were derived from its four
major brands. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, approximately 24.6%, 25.9%
and 23.1%, respectively, of the Company’s sales were made to one
customer. At March 31, 2010, approximately 22.3% of accounts
receivable were owed by the same customer.
The
Company manages product distribution in the continental United States through a
main distribution center in St. Louis, Missouri. A serious
disruption, such as a flood or fire, to the main distribution center could
damage the Company’s inventories and could materially impair the Company’s
ability to distribute its products to customers in a timely manner or at a
reasonable cost. The Company could incur significantly higher costs
and experience longer lead times associated with the distribution of its
products to its customers during the time that it takes the Company to reopen or
replace its distribution center. As a result, any such disruption
could have a material adverse affect on the Company’s sales and profitability.
At March
31, 2010, we had relationships with over 40 third-party
manufacturers. Of those, we had long-term contracts with 20
manufacturers that produced items that accounted for approximately 68.7% of our
gross sales for 2010 compared to 18 manufacturers with long-term contracts that
produced approximately 64.0% of gross sales in 2009. The fact that we
do not have long-term contracts with certain manufacturers means that they could
cease manufacturing these products at any time and for any reason, or initiate
arbitrary and costly price increases which could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results from operations.
Segment
information has been prepared in accordance with Segment Topic of the FASB ASC.
The Company’s operating and reportable segments consist of (i) Over-the-Counter
Healthcare, (ii) Household Cleaning and (iii) Personal Care.
There
were no inter-segment sales or transfers during any of the periods
presented. The Company evaluates the performance of its operating
segments and allocates resources to them based primarily on contribution
margin.
The table
below summarizes information about the Company’s operating and reportable
segments.
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Over-the-
Counter
|
|
|
Household
|
|
|
Personal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare
|
|
|
Cleaning
|
|
|
Care
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
sales
|
|
$
|
177,313
|
|
|
$
|
108,797
|
|
|
$
|
10,812
|
|
|
$
|
296,922
|
|
Other
revenues
|
|
|
3,150
|
|
|
|
1,899
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
5,101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
revenues
|
|
|
180,463
|
|
|
|
110,696
|
|
|
|
10,864
|
|
|
|
302,023
|
|
Cost
of sales
|
|
|
66,049
|
|
|
|
72,118
|
|
|
|
6,420
|
|
|
|
144,587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
profit
|
|
|
114,414
|
|
|
|
38,578
|
|
|
|
4,444
|
|
|
|
157,436
|
|
Advertising
and promotion
|
|
|
24,220
|
|
|
|
6,659
|
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
|
31,236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contribution
margin
|
|
$
|
90,194
|
|
|
$
|
31,919
|
|
|
$
|
4,087
|
|
|
|
126,200
|
|
Other
operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,747
|
|
Impairment
of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,702
|
|
Other
expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,591
|
|
Provision
for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,849
|
|
Income
from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,262
|
|
Income
from discontinued operations,
net
of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
696
|
|
Gain
on sale of discontinued operations,
net
of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,115
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Over-the-
Counter
|
|
|
Household
|
|
|
Personal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare
|
|
|
Cleaning
|
|
|
Care
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
sales
|
|
$
|
176,878
|
|
|
$
|
113,923
|
|
|
$
|
10,136
|
|
|
$
|
300,937
|
|
Other
revenues
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
2,092
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
revenues
|
|
|
176,975
|
|
|
|
116,015
|
|
|
|
10,157
|
|
|
|
303,147
|
|
Cost
of sales
|
|
|
63,459
|
|
|
|
74,457
|
|
|
|
6,280
|
|
|
|
144,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
profit
|
|
|
113,516
|
|
|
|
41,558
|
|
|
|
3,877
|
|
|
|
158,951
|
|
Advertising
and promotion
|
|
|
29,695
|
|
|
|
7,625
|
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
|
37,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contribution
margin
|
|
$
|
83,821
|
|
|
$
|
33,933
|
|
|
$
|
3,420
|
|
|
|
121,174
|
|
Other
operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,311
|
|
Impairment
of goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
249,285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(169,422)
|
|
Other
expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,436
|
|
Income
tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,905)
|
|
Loss
from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(187,953)
|
|
Income
from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(186,776)
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Over-the-
Counter
|
|
|
Household
|
|
|
Personal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare
|
|
|
Cleaning
|
|
|
Care
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
sales
|
|
$
|
183,641
|
|
|
$
|
119,224
|
|
|
$
|
10,260
|
|
|
$
|
313,125
|
|
|
Other
revenues
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
1,903
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
1,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
revenues
|
|
|
183,692
|
|
|
|
121,127
|
|
|
|
10,288
|
|
|
|
315,107
|
|
|
Cost
of sales
|
|
|
69,344
|
|
|
|
75,459
|
|
|
|
7,008
|
|
|
|
151,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
profit
|
|
|
114,348
|
|
|
|
45,668
|
|
|
|
3,280
|
|
|
|
163,296
|
|
|
Advertising
and promotion
|
|
|
26,188
|
|
|
|
7,483
|
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
|
34,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contribution
margin
|
|
$
|
88,160
|
|
|
$
|
38,185
|
|
|
$
|
2,708
|
|
|
|
129,053
|
|
|
Other
operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88,420
|
|
|
Other
expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,206
|
|
|
Provision
for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,168
|
|
|
Income
from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,046
|
|
|
Income
from discontinued operations,
net
of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,873
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
33,919
|
|
|
During
2010, 2009 and 2008, approximately 95.8%, 96.4% and 95.9% of the Company’s sales
were made to customers in the United States and Canada,
respectively. Other than the United States, no individual
geographical area accounted for more than 10% of net sales in any of the periods
presented. At March 31, 2010, substantially all of the Company’s
long-term assets were located in the United States of America and have been
allocated to the operating segments as follows:
|
|
Over-the-
Counter
|
|
|
Household
|
|
|
Personal
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
Healthcare
|
|
|
Cleaning
|
|
|
Care
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
104,100
|
|
|
$
|
7,389
|
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
111,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indefinite
lived
|
|
|
334,750
|
|
|
|
119,821
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
454,571
|
|
Finite
lived
|
|
|
65,961
|
|
|
|
33,143
|
|
|
|
5,554
|
|
|
|
104,658
|
|
|
|
|
400,711
|
|
|
|
152,964
|
|
|
|
5,554
|
|
|
|
559,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
504,811
|
|
|
$
|
160,353
|
|
|
$
|
5,554
|
|
|
$
|
670,718
|
|
19.
|
Unaudited
Quarterly Financial Information
|
Unaudited
quarterly financial information for 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
Year
Ended March 31, 2010
|
|
Quarterly
Period Ended
|
|
(In
thousands, except for
per
share data)
|
|
June
30,
2009
|
|
|
September
30,
2009
|
|
|
December
31,
2009
|
|
|
March
31,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
revenues
|
|
$
|
71,012
|
|
|
$
|
84,181
|
|
|
$
|
75,448
|
|
|
$
|
71,382
|
|
Cost
of sales
|
|
|
33,181
|
|
|
|
39,847
|
|
|
|
35,641
|
|
|
|
35,918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
profit
|
|
|
37,831
|
|
|
|
44,334
|
|
|
|
39,807
|
|
|
|
35,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advertising
and promotion
|
|
|
8,765
|
|
|
|
9,782
|
|
|
|
6,099
|
|
|
|
6,590
|
|
General
and administrative
|
|
|
8,195
|
|
|
|
10,481
|
|
|
|
7,411
|
|
|
|
8,108
|
|
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
2,345
|
|
|
|
2,841
|
|
|
|
2,596
|
|
|
|
2,770
|
|
Impairment
of goodwill
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
2,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,305
|
|
|
|
23,104
|
|
|
|
16,106
|
|
|
|
20,219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
income
|
|
|
18,526
|
|
|
|
21,230
|
|
|
|
23,701
|
|
|
|
15,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest expense
|
|
|
5,653
|
|
|
|
5,642
|
|
|
|
5,558
|
|
|
|
6,082
|
|
Loss
on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
2,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
from continuing operations
before
income taxes
|
|
|
12,873
|
|
|
|
15,588
|
|
|
|
18,143
|
|
|
|
6,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
for income taxes
|
|
|
4,879
|
|
|
|
5,908
|
|
|
|
7,807
|
|
|
|
3,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
from continuing operations
|
|
|
7,994
|
|
|
|
9,680
|
|
|
|
10,336
|
|
|
|
3,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued
Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
from discontinued operations,
net
of income tax
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Gain
on sale of discontinued operations,
net
of income tax
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
8,325
|
|
|
$
|
9,923
|
|
|
$
|
10,580
|
|
|
$
|
3,287
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
49,982
|
|
|
|
50,012
|
|
|
|
50,030
|
|
|
|
50,030
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
50,095
|
|
|
|
50,055
|
|
|
|
50,074
|
|
|
|
50,105
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, 2009
|
|
Quarterly
Period Ended
|
|
(In
thousands, except for
per
share data)
|
|
June
30,
2008
|
|
|
September
30,
2008
|
|
|
December
31,
2008
|
|
|
March
31,
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
revenues
|
|
$
|
70,997
|
|
|
$
|
85,540
|
|
|
$
|
77,966
|
|
|
$
|
68,644
|
|
Cost
of sales
|
|
|
32,907
|
|
|
|
40,402
|
|
|
|
36,480
|
|
|
|
34,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
profit
|
|
|
38,090
|
|
|
|
45,138
|
|
|
|
41,486
|
|
|
|
34,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advertising
and promotion
|
|
|
7,236
|
|
|
|
13,543
|
|
|
|
11,349
|
|
|
|
5,649
|
|
General
and administrative
|
|
|
7,973
|
|
|
|
9,363
|
|
|
|
8,311
|
|
|
|
6,241
|
|
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
2,308
|
|
|
|
2,308
|
|
|
|
2,311
|
|
|
|
2,496
|
|
Impairment
of goodwill and intangible assets
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
249,285
|
|
|
|
|
17,517
|
|
|
|
25,214
|
|
|
|
21,971
|
|
|
|
263,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
income (loss)
|
|
|
20,573
|
|
|
|
19,924
|
|
|
|
19,515
|
|
|
|
(229,434)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest expense
|
|
|
8,683
|
|
|
|
6,779
|
|
|
|
7,051
|
|
|
|
5,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
11,890
|
|
|
|
13,145
|
|
|
|
12,464
|
|
|
|
(235,357)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
(benefit) for income taxes
|
|
|
4,506
|
|
|
|
4,982
|
|
|
|
4,724
|
|
|
|
(24,117)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
7,384
|
|
|
|
8,163
|
|
|
|
7,740
|
|
|
|
(211,240)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued
Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
from discontinued operations, net of income tax
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Net
income (loss)
|
|
|
7,781
|
|
|
|
8,522
|
|
|
|
8,018
|
|
|
|
(211,097)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
(4.23)
|
|
Net
income (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
(4.22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
(4.23)
|
|
Net
income (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
(4.22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
49,880
|
|
|
|
49,924
|
|
|
|
49,960
|
|
|
|
49,976
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
50,035
|
|
|
|
50,037
|
|
|
|
50,040
|
|
|
|
49,976
|
|
VALUATION
AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In
thousands)
|
|
Balance
at
Beginning
of
Year
|
|
|
Amounts
Charged
to
Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
Balance
at
End
of
Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves
for sales returns and allowance
|
|
$
|
2,457
|
|
|
$
|
20,042
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(16,278
|
)
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,221
|
|
Reserves
for trade promotions
|
|
|
2,440
|
|
|
|
20,362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,751
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
2,051
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves
for consumer coupon redemptions
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
|
1,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,315
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
Allowance
for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
Allowance
for inventory obsolescence
|
|
|
1,392
|
|
|
|
1,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,125
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
2,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves
for sales returns and allowance
|
|
$
|
2,052
|
|
|
$
|
14,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(13,681
|
)
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,457
|
|
Reserves
for trade promotions
|
|
|
1,867
|
|
|
|
18,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,704
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
2,440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves
for consumer coupon redemptions
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
1,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,398
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
297
|
|
Allowance
for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
Allowance
for inventory obsolescence
|
|
|
1,445
|
|
|
|
2,215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,268
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
1,392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended March 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves
for sales returns and allowance
|
|
$
|
1,753
|
|
|
$
|
18,785
|
|
(1) |
|
|
|
|
$
|
(18,486
|
)
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,052
|
|
Reserves
for trade promotions
|
|
|
2,161
|
|
|
|
3,074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,368
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
1,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves
for consumer coupon redemptions
|
|
|
401
|
|
|
|
1,926
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,112
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
Allowance
for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Allowance
for inventory obsolescence
|
|
|
1,854
|
|
|
|
1,404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,813
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
1,445
|
|
(1)
|
The
Company increased its allowance for sales returns by $2.2
million as a result of the voluntary withdrawal from the marketplace
of two medicated pediatric cough and cold products marketed under the Little
Remedies brand. This action was part of an
industry-wide voluntary withdrawal of these items pending the final
results of an FDA safety and efficacy
review.
|
EXHIBIT
INDEX
Exhibit
No.
|
|
Description
|
3.1
|
|
Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Prestige Brands Holdings,
Inc.’s Form S-1/A filed on February 8, 2005).+
|
3.2
|
|
Amended
and Restated Bylaws of Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc., as
amended (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Prestige Brands Holdings,
Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on November 6, 2009).+
|
4.1
|
|
Form of
stock certificate for common stock (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form S-1/A filed on January 26,
2005).+
|
4.2
|
|
Indenture,
dated as of March 24, 2010, by and among Prestige Brands, Inc., each
Guarantor listed on the signature pages thereto, and U.S. Bank National
Association, as trustee.*
|
4.3
|
|
Form
of 8¼% Senior Note due 2018 (contained in Exhibit 4.2 to this Annual
Report on Form 10-K).*
|
4.4
|
|
Indenture,
dated April 6, 2004, among Prestige Brands, Inc., each Guarantor
thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit
4.1 to Prestige Brands, Inc.’s Form S-4 filed on July 6,
2004).+
|
4.5
|
|
Form
of 9¼% Senior Subordinated Note due 2012 (contained in Exhibit 4.4 to this
Annual Report on Form 10-K).+
|
4.6
|
|
Supplemental
Indenture, dated as of October 6, 2004, among Vetco, Inc., Prestige
Brands, Inc. and U.S. Bank, National Association (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to
Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on February 9,
2007).+
|
4.7
|
|
Second
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 19, 2006, by and among
Prestige Brands, Inc., U.S. Bank, National Association, Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc., Dental Concepts LLC and Prestige International Holdings,
LLC (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q
filed on February 9, 2007).+
|
4.8
|
|
Third
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2008, by and among
Prestige Brands, Inc., U.S. Bank, National Association and Prestige
Services Corp.*
|
4.9
|
|
Fourth
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2010, by and among Prestige
Brands, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank, National
Association.*
|
10.1
|
|
Credit
Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2010, among Prestige Brands, Inc.,
Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc., the Lenders
and Issuers parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as
administrative agent for the Lenders and the Issuers and collateral agent
for the Secured Parties, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as syndication
agent.*
|
10.2
|
|
Pledge
and Security Agreement, dated
as of March 24, 2010, by Prestige Brands,
Inc. and
each of the other entities listed on the signature pages thereof in favor
of Bank of America, N.A., as
administrative agent for the Lenders and the Issuers and collateral agent
for the Secured Parties.*
|
10.3
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
Purchase
Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2010, by and among Prestige Brands, Inc.,
each Guarantor listed on the signature pages thereto, Banc of America
Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.*
|
10.5
|
|
Registration
Rights Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2010, by and among Prestige
Brands, Inc., each of the other entities listed on the signature pages
thereof, Banc of America Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities
Inc.*
|
10.6
|
|
Executive
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 2, 2009, by and between
Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. and Matthew M. Mannelly (filed as Exhibit
10.1 to Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on November 6,
2009).+@
|
10.7
|
|
Amended
and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, by and
between Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. and Mark Pettie (amended and
restated solely for IRC 409A compliance purposes which amendments were not
material to the prior employment agreement) (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to
Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-K filed on June 15,
2009).+@
|
10.8
|
|
Form of
Amended and Restated Senior Management Agreement, dated as of January 28,
2005, by and among Prestige International Holdings, LLC, Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc., Prestige Brands, Inc., and Peter J.
Anderson (filed as Exhibit 10.29.7 to Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.’s
Form S-1/A filed on January 26, 2005).+@
|
10.9
|
|
Executive
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, between Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc. and Charles N. Jolly (filed as Exhibit 10.35 to
Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-K filed on June 14,
2006).+@
|
10.10
|
|
Letter
Agreement between Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. and James E. Kelly (filed
as Exhibit 10.17 to Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-K filed on
June 14, 2007).+@
|
10.11
|
|
Executive
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2006, between Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. and Jean A. Boyko (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2006).+@
|
10.12
|
|
Executive
Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007, between Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. and John Parkinson (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on February 8,
2008).+@
|
10.13
|
|
Executive
Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007, between Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. and David Talbert.*@
|
10.14
|
|
Executive
Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007, between Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. and Lieven Nuyttens.*@
|
10.15
|
|
Executive
Employment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2010, between Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. and Eric S. Klee.*@
|
10.16
|
|
Executive
Employment Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2010, between Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. and Timothy Connors.*@
|
10.17
|
|
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (filed as
Exhibit 10.38 to Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form S-1/A filed on
January 26, 2005).+#
|
10.18
|
|
Form
of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2005).+#
|
10.19
|
|
Form
of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-K filed on June 14, 2007).+#
|
10.20
|
|
Form
of Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to
Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-K filed on June 15,
2009).+#
|
10.21
|
|
Form
of Director Indemnification Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-K filed on June 15, 2009).+@
|
10.22
|
|
Form
of Officer Indemnification Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-K filed on June 15, 2009).+@
|
10.23
|
|
Contract
Manufacturing Agreement, dated February 1, 2001, among The
Procter & Gamble Manufacturing Company, P&G International
Operations SA, Prestige Brands International, Inc. and Prestige
Brands International (Canada) Corp. (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to Prestige
Brands, Inc.’s Form S-4/A filed on August 4, 2004).+ †
|
10.24
|
|
Patent
and Technology License Agreement, dated October 2, 2001, between The
Procter & Gamble Company and Prestige Brands
International, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.29 to Prestige Brands,
Inc.’s Form S-4/A filed on August 19, 2004).+ †
|
10.25
|
|
Amendment
No. 4 and Restatement of Contract Manufacturing Agreement, dated
May 1, 2002, by and between The Procter & Gamble Company and
Prestige Brands International, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.33 to
Prestige Brands, Inc.’s Form S-4/A filed on August 4, 2004).+
†
|
10.26
|
|
Amendment
No. 1 dated April 30, 2003 to the Patent and Technology License
Agreement, dated October 2, 2001, between The Procter &
Gamble Company and Prestige Brands International, Inc. (filed as
Exhibit 10.30 to Prestige Brands, Inc.’s Form S-4/A filed on August 19,
2004).+
|
10.27
|
|
Trademark
License and Option to Purchase Agreement, dated September 8, 2005, by and
among The Procter & Gamble Company and Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.
(filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed
on September 12, 2005).+
|
10.28
|
|
Exclusive
Supply Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2006, among Medtech Products
Inc., Pharmacare Limited, Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. and Aspen
Pharmacare Holdings Limited (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2006).+
|
10.29
|
|
Contract
Manufacturing Agreement, dated December 21, 2007, between Medtech Products
Inc. and Pharmaspray B.V. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on February 8, 2008).+
|
10.30
|
|
Contract
Manufacturing Agreement, dated December 21, 2007, between Medtech Products
Inc. and Pharmaspray B.V. (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on February 8, 2008).+
|
10.31
|
|
Supply
Agreement, dated May 15, 2008, by and between Fitzpatrick Bros., Inc. and
The Spic and Span Company (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on August 11, 2008).+†
|
21.1
|
|
Subsidiaries
of the Registrant.*
|
23.1
|
|
Consent
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.*
|
31.1
|
|
Certification
of Principal Executive Officer of Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. pursuant
to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
|
31.2
|
|
Certification
of Principal Financial Officer of Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. pursuant
to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
|
32.1
|
|
Certification
of Principal Executive Officer of Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. pursuant
to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 1350
of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
|
32.2
|
|
Certification
of Principal Financial Officer of Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. pursuant
to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 1350
of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
|
* |
Filed herewith. |
|
|
†
|
Certain
confidential portions have been omitted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request separately filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
|
|
|
+
|
Incorporated
herein by reference.
|
|
|
@
|
Represents
a management contract.
|
|
|
#
|
Represents
a compensatory plan.
|
indenture.htm
Exhibit 4.2
EXECUTION VERSION
Prestige
Brands, Inc.
8.25%
Senior Notes due
2018
______________________________
INDENTURE
Dated as
of March 24, 2010
______________________________
U.S. Bank National
Association,
as
Trustee
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE
1.
DEFINITIONS
AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section
1.01.
|
Definitions.
|
1
|
Section
1.02.
|
Other
Definitions.
|
28
|
Section
1.03.
|
Incorporation
by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
|
28
|
Section
1.04.
|
Rules
of Construction.
|
29
|
ARTICLE
2.
THE
NOTES
Section
2.01.
|
Form
and Dating.
|
29
|
Section
2.02.
|
Execution
and Authentication.
|
31
|
Section
2.03.
|
Registrar
and Paying Agent.
|
31
|
Section
2.04.
|
Paying
Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
|
31
|
Section
2.05.
|
Holder
Lists.
|
32
|
Section
2.06.
|
Transfer
and Exchange.
|
32
|
Section
2.07.
|
Replacement
Notes.
|
44
|
Section
2.08.
|
Outstanding
Notes.
|
44
|
Section
2.09.
|
Treasury
Notes.
|
45
|
Section
2.10.
|
Temporary
Notes.
|
45
|
Section
2.11.
|
Cancellation.
|
45
|
Section
2.12.
|
Payment
of Interest; Defaulted Interest.
|
45
|
Section
2.13.
|
CUSIP
or ISIN Numbers.
|
46
|
Section
2.14.
|
Special
Interest
|
46
|
Section
2.15.
|
Issuance
of Additional Notes
|
46
|
Section
2.16.
|
Record
Date.
|
47
|
ARTICLE
3.
REDEMPTION
AND PREPAYMENT
Section
3.01.
|
Notices
to Trustee.
|
47
|
Section
3.02.
|
Selection
of Notes to Be Redeemed.
|
47
|
Section
3.03.
|
Notice
of Redemption.
|
47
|
Section
3.04.
|
Effect
of Notice of Redemption.
|
48
|
Section
3.05.
|
Deposit
of Redemption Price.
|
48
|
Section
3.06.
|
Notes
Redeemed in Part.
|
49
|
Section
3.07.
|
Optional
Redemption.
|
49
|
Section
3.08.
|
Mandatory
Redemption.
|
50
|
Section
3.09.
|
Offer
to Purchase.
|
50
|
ARTICLE
4.
COVENANTS
Section
4.01.
|
Payment
of Notes.
|
52
|
Section
4.02.
|
Maintenance
of Office or Agency.
|
53
|
Section
4.03.
|
Reports.
|
53
|
Section
4.04.
|
Compliance
Certificate.
|
54
|
Section
4.06.
|
Stay,
Extension and Usury Laws.
|
54
|
Section
4.07.
|
Corporate
Existence.
|
54
|
Section
4.08.
|
Payments
for Consent.
|
55
|
Section
4.09.
|
Incurrence
of Additional Debt.
|
55
|
Section
4.10.
|
Restricted
Payments.
|
58
|
Section
4.12.
|
Asset
Sales.
|
62
|
Section
4.13.
|
Restrictions
on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.
|
64
|
Section
4.14.
|
Affiliate
Transactions.
|
65
|
Section
4.15.
|
RESERVED.
|
67
|
Section
4.16.
|
RESERVED.
|
67
|
Section
4.17.
|
Designation
of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
|
67
|
Section
4.18.
|
Repurchase
at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control.
|
68
|
Section
4.19.
|
Future
Guarantors.
|
68
|
ARTICLE
5.
SUCCESSORS
Section
5.01.
|
Merger,
Consolidation and Sale of Assets.
|
69
|
Section
5.02.
|
Successor
Corporation Substituted.
|
71
|
ARTICLE
6.
DEFAULTS
AND REMEDIES
Section
6.01.
|
Events
of Default.
|
71
|
Section
6.02.
|
Acceleration.
|
73
|
Section
6.03.
|
Other
Remedies.
|
73
|
Section
6.04.
|
Waiver
of Defaults.
|
73
|
Section
6.05.
|
Control
by Majority.
|
74
|
Section
6.06.
|
Limitation
on Suits.
|
74
|
Section
6.07.
|
Rights
of Holders to Receive Payment.
|
74
|
Section
6.08.
|
Collection
Suit by Trustee.
|
74
|
Section
6.09.
|
Trustee
May File Proofs of Claim.
|
75
|
Section
6.10.
|
Priorities.
|
75
|
Section
6.11.
|
Undertaking
for Costs.
|
75
|
ARTICLE
7.
TRUSTEE
Section
7.01.
|
Duties
of Trustee.
|
76
|
Section
7.02.
|
Rights
of Trustee.
|
77
|
Section
7.03.
|
Individual
Rights of Trustee.
|
78
|
Section
7.04.
|
Trustee’s
Disclaimer.
|
78
|
Section
7.05.
|
Notice
of Defaults.
|
78
|
Section
7.06.
|
Reports
by Trustee to Holders.
|
78
|
Section
7.07.
|
Compensation
and Indemnity.
|
79
|
Section
7.08.
|
Replacement
of Trustee.
|
80
|
Section
7.09.
|
Successor
Trustee by Merger, etc.
|
81
|
Section
7.10.
|
Eligibility;
Disqualification.
|
81
|
Section
7.11.
|
Preferential
Collection of Claims Against Company.
|
81
|
ARTICLE
8.
LEGAL
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section
8.01.
|
Option
to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
|
81
|
Section
8.02.
|
Legal
Defeasance and Discharge.
|
81
|
Section
8.03.
|
Covenant
Defeasance.
|
82
|
Section
8.04.
|
Conditions
to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
|
83
|
Section
8.05.
|
Deposited
Cash and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions.
|
84
|
Section
8.06.
|
Repayment
to Company.
|
84
|
Section
8.07.
|
Reinstatement.
|
84
|
ARTICLE
9.
AMENDMENT,
SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section
9.01.
|
Without
Consent of Holders of Notes.
|
85
|
Section
9.02.
|
With
Consent of Holders of Notes.
|
86
|
Section
9.03.
|
RESERVED.
|
87
|
Section
9.04.
|
Revocation
and Effect of Consents.
|
87
|
Section
9.05.
|
Notation
on or Exchange of Notes.
|
87
|
Section
9.06.
|
Trustee
to Sign Amendments, etc.
|
87
|
ARTICLE
10.
GUARANTEES
Section
10.01.
|
Guarantee.
|
88
|
Section
10.02.
|
Limitation
on Guarantor Liability.
|
89
|
Section
10.03.
|
Execution
and Delivery of Guarantee.
|
90
|
Section
10.04.
|
Guarantors
May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
|
90
|
Section
10.05.
|
Releases
Following Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets,
etc.
|
91
|
ARTICLE
11.
SATISFACTION
AND DISCHARGE
Section
11.01.
|
Satisfaction
and Discharge.
|
91
|
Section
11.02.
|
Deposited
Cash and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions.
|
92
|
Section
11.03.
|
Repayment
to Company.
|
92
|
ARTICLE
12.
RESERVED
ARTICLE
13.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section
13.01.
|
Trust
Indenture Act Controls.
|
93
|
Section
13.02.
|
Notices.
|
93
|
Section
13.03.
|
Communication
by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
|
94
|
Section
13.04.
|
Certificate
and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
|
94
|
Section
13.05.
|
Statements
Required in Certificate or Opinion.
|
94
|
Section
13.06.
|
Rules
by Trustee and Agents.
|
95
|
Section
13.07.
|
No
Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders.
|
95
|
Section
13.08.
|
Governing
Law.
|
95
|
Section
13.09.
|
No
Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
|
95
|
Section
13.10.
|
Successors.
|
95
|
Section
13.11.
|
Severability.
|
96
|
Section
13.12.
|
Counterpart
Originals.
|
96
|
Section
13.13.
|
Table
of Contents, Headings, etc.
|
96
|
Section
13.14.
|
Qualification
of This Indenture.
|
96
|
Section
13.15.
|
Waiver
of Jury Trial.
|
96
|
CROSS-REFERENCE
TABLE
TIA
Section
Reference
|
|
Indenture
Section
|
310(a)(1)
|
7.10
|
(a)(2)
|
7.10
|
(a)(3)
|
N.A.
|
(a)(4)
|
N.A.
|
(a)(5)
|
7.10
|
(b)
|
7.08,
7.10
|
(c)
|
N.A.
|
311(a)
|
7.11
|
(b)
|
7.11
|
(c)
|
N.A.
|
312(a)
|
2.05
|
313(a)
|
7.06
|
(b)(1)
|
N.A.
|
(b)(2)
|
7.06,
7.07
|
(c)
|
7.06
|
(d)
|
7.06
|
314(a)
|
4.03,
4.04
|
(b)
|
N.A.
|
(c)(3)
|
N.A.
|
(d)
|
N.A.
|
315(a)
|
7.01
|
(b)
|
7.05
|
(c)
|
7.01
|
(d)
|
7.01
|
(e)
|
6.11
|
316(a)
(last
sentence)
|
2.09
|
(a)(1)(A)
|
6.05
|
(a)(1)(B)
|
6.04
|
(a)(2)
|
N.A.
|
(b)
|
6.07
|
317(a)(1)
|
6.08
|
(a)(2)
|
6.09
|
(b)
|
2.04
|
N.A.
means Not Applicable.
Note: This
Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this
Indenture.
This
INDENTURE, dated as of March 24, 2010, is by and among Prestige Brands, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, each Guarantor listed on the signature pages hereto, and
U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).
The
Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each
other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 8.25% Senior
Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”)
issued under this Indenture:
ARTICLE
1.
DEFINITIONS AND
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section
1.01.
|
Definitions.
|
For all
purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the
context otherwise requires:
“144A Global Note” means a
Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of
the Depositary or its nominee issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule
144A.
“Acquired Debt” means Debt of
a Person outstanding on the date on which such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary (including by way or merger, consolidation or amalgamation) or
assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such
Person.
“Additional Assets”
means:
(a) any
Property (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and securities) to be owned by the
Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and used in a Permitted Business;
or
(b) Capital
Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the
acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary from
any Person other than the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent; provided, however, that such
Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Permitted Business.
“Additional Notes” means any
Notes (other than Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and Notes issued under Sections
2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 3.06 hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance with
Sections 2.02, 2.15 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the
Initial Notes or as an additional series.
“Affiliate” of any specified
Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled
by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified
Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used
with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management and
policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership
of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and
“controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
“Agent” means any Registrar,
co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.
“Applicable Procedures” means,
with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial
interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary,
Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer, redemption or
exchange.
“Asset Sale” means any sale,
lease, transfer, issuance or other disposition (or series of related sales,
leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions) by the Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger,
consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this
definition as a “disposition”), of
(a) any
shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’
qualifying shares), or
(b) any
other Property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the
ordinary course of business of the Parent or such Restricted
Subsidiary,
other
than, in the case of clause (a) or (b) above,
(1) any
disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or by the Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;
(2) any
disposition that constitutes a Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment
permitted by Section 4.10;
(3) any
disposition effected in compliance with Section 5.01(a);
(4) any
disposition in a single transaction or a series of related transactions of
Property for aggregate consideration of less than
$2.5 million;
(5) the
disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;
(6) the
disposition of accounts receivable and related assets (including contract
rights) to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted
Receivables Financing;
(7) any
foreclosure upon any assets of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in connection with the exercise of remedies by a secured lender pursuant to the
terms of Debt otherwise permitted to be incurred under this
Indenture;
(8) the
surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or
surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and
(9) the
sale of the Capital Stock, Debt or other securities of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.
“Attributable Debt” in respect
of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at any date of
determination,
(a) if
such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of
Debt represented thereby according to the definition of “Capital Lease
Obligations,” and
(b) in
all other instances, the greater of:
(1) the
Fair Market Value of the Property subject to such Sale and Leaseback
Transaction, and
(2) the
present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded
annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the
remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction
(including any period for which such lease has been extended).
“Average Life” means, as of
any date of determination, with respect to any Debt or Preferred Stock, the
quotient obtained by dividing:
(a) the
sum of the product of the numbers of years (rounded to the nearest one-twelfth
of one year) from the date of determination to the dates of each successive
scheduled principal payment of such Debt or redemption or similar payment with
respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment
by
(b) the
sum of all such payments.
“Bankruptcy Law” means Title
11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, or
the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding
up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.
“Board of Directors” means the
Board of Directors of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be.
“Board Resolution” of a Person
means a copy of a resolution certified by the secretary or an assistant
secretary (or individual performing comparable duties) of the applicable Person
to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in
full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the
Trustee.
“Business Day” means any day
other than a Legal Holiday.
“Capital Contributions” means
either (i) the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Parent from the
issuance or sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Parent or an employee stock
ownership plan or trust established by the Parent or any such Subsidiary for the
benefit of their employees) by the Parent of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock) since January 1, 2010, net of attorneys’
fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or
commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in
connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable by the
Parent as a result thereof or from any capital contribution received by the
Parent from any holder of its Capital Stock, or (ii) the Fair Market Value
of any assets or Property contributed to the Parent or acquired through the
issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent since
January 1, 2010; provided that such assets or
Property are used or useful in a Permitted Business.
“Capital Lease Obligations”
means any obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for
financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt
represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such
obligations determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof
shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such
lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the
lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of Section 4.11, a Capital
Lease Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the Property being
leased.
“Capital Stock” means, with
respect to any Person, any shares or other equivalents (however designated) of
any class of corporate stock or partnership interests or any other
participations, rights, warrants, options or other interests in the nature of an
equity interest in such Person, including Preferred Stock, but excluding any
debt security convertible or exchangeable into such equity
interest.
“Cash Equivalents” means any
of the following:
(a) Investments
in U.S. Government Obligations maturing within 365 days of the date of
acquisition thereof;
(b) Investments
in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits
maturing within 365 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a
bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America
or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating
in excess of $500 million and whose long-term debt is rated “A-3” or “A-”
or higher according to Moody’s or S&P (or such similar equivalent rating by
at least one “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined
in Rule 436 under the Securities Act));
(c) repurchase
obligations with a term of not more than 180 days for underlying securities
of the types described in clause (a) entered into with:
(1) a
bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above,
or
(2) any
primary government securities dealer reporting to the Market Reports Division of
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York;
(d) Investments
in commercial paper, maturing not more than 365 days after the date of
acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company)
organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America with a
rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-1” (or
higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P (or such
similar equivalent rating by at least one “nationally recognized statistical
rating organization” (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities
Act));
(e) direct
obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such
obligations) of any state of the United States of America (including any agency
or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit
of such state is pledged; provided that:
(1) the
long-term debt of such state is rated “A-3” or “A-” or higher according to
Moody’s or S&P (or such similar equivalent rating by at least one
“nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined in
Rule 436 under the Securities Act)), and
(2) such
obligations mature within 365 days of the date of acquisition
thereof;
(f) interests
in investment companies or money market funds at least 95% of the assets of
which on the date of acquisition constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds
described in clauses (a) through (e) of this definition;
and
(g) in
the case of any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary:
(1) direct
obligations of the sovereign nation (or agency thereof) in which such Foreign
Restricted Subsidiary is organized and is conducting business or obligations
fully and unconditionally guaranteed by such sovereign nation (or any agency
thereof);
(2) investments
of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (f) above of
foreign obligors, which investments or obligors have ratings described in such
clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign ratings agencies;
and
(3) investments
of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (f) above of
foreign obligors, which investments or obligors are not rated as provided in
such clauses or in (2) above but which are, in the reasonable judgment of
the Parent as evidenced by a Board Resolution, comparable in investment quality
to such investments and obligors; provided that the amount of
such investments pursuant to this clause (g)(3) outstanding at any one time
shall not exceed $15.0 million.
“Change of Control” means the
occurrence of any of the following events:
(a) any
“person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Exchange Act or any successor provisions to either of the foregoing), including
any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of
securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act,
becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
Act, except that a person will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all
shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or
indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the
Parent or the Company (for purposes of this clause (a), such person or
group shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a corporation held
by any other corporation (the “parent corporation”) so long as such person or
group beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate at least 35%
of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent corporation);
or
(b) the
sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, directly or indirectly,
of all or substantially all the Property of the Parent and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, considered as a whole (other than a disposition of such Property
as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary), shall have occurred, or the Parent or the Company merges,
consolidates or amalgamates with or into any other Person or any other Person
merges, consolidates or amalgamates with or into the Parent or the Company, in
any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock
of such entity is reclassified into or exchanged for cash, securities or other
Property, other than any such transaction where:
(1) the
outstanding Voting Stock of such entity is reclassified into or exchanged for
other Voting Stock of such entity or for Voting Stock of the Surviving Person,
and
(2) the
holders of the Voting Stock of such entity immediately prior to such transaction
own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Voting Stock of
such entity or the Surviving Person immediately after such transaction and in
substantially the same proportion as before the transaction; or
(c) the
stockholders of the Parent or the Company shall have approved any plan of
liquidation or dissolution of the Parent or the Company.
“Clearstream” means Clearstream
Banking S.A. and any successor thereto.
“Code” means the U.S. Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Commission” means the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Commodity Price Protection
Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any forward contract, commodity
swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or
arrangement designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping the price
risk related to fluctuations in commodity prices.
“Company” means Prestige
Brands, Inc., and any successor thereto.
“Comparable Treasury Issue”
means the United States treasury security selected by an Independent Investment
Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that
would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary
financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of
comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.
“Comparable Treasury Price”
means, with respect to any redemption date:
(a) the
average of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed
in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) on the third Business Day
preceding such redemption date, as set forth in the most recently published
statistical release designated “H.15(519)” (or any successor release) published
by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes
yields on actively traded United States treasury securities adjusted to constant
maturity under “Treasury Constant Maturities,” or
(b) if
such release (or any successor release) is not published or does not contain
such prices on such Business Day, the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations for such redemption date.
“Consolidated Interest Coverage
Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:
(a) the
aggregate amount of EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters
for which consolidated financial statements are available prior to such
determination date to
(b) Consolidated
Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters;
provided,
however, that:
(1) if
(A) since
the beginning of such period the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary has
Incurred any Debt that remains outstanding or Repaid any Debt, or
(B) the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence or Repayment of Debt,
Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a
pro forma basis to such
Incurrence or Repayment as if such Debt was Incurred or Repaid on the first
day of
such period, provided
that, in the event of any such Repayment of Debt, EBITDA for such period shall
be calculated as if the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any
interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the funds used
to Repay such Debt, and
(2) if
(A) since
the beginning of such period the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have
made any Asset Sale or an Investment (by merger or otherwise) in any Restricted
Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or an
acquisition of Property which constitutes all or substantially all of an
operating unit of a business,
(B) the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio is such an Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition, or
(C) since
the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted
Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary
since the beginning of such period) shall have made such an Asset Sale,
Investment or acquisition,
then
EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such
Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition as if such Asset Sale, Investment or
acquisition had occurred on the first day of such period (giving effect to any
Pro Forma Cost Savings in connection with any such acquisition).
If any
Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the
interest expense on such Debt shall be calculated as if the base interest rate
in effect for such floating rate of interest on the date of determination had
been the applicable base interest rate for the entire period (taking into
account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Debt if such Interest
Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). In the event
the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold during the period, the
Parent shall be deemed, for purposes of clause (1) above, to have Repaid
during such period the Debt of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the
Parent and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such
Debt after such sale.
“Consolidated Interest
Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Parent
and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent not included
in such total interest expense, and to the extent Incurred by the Parent or its
Restricted Subsidiaries,
(a) interest
expense attributable to leases constituting part of a Sale and Leaseback
Transaction and to Capital Lease Obligations,
(b) amortization
of debt discount and debt issuance cost, including commitment fees (other than
amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with or
as a result of the Transactions),
(c) capitalized
interest,
(d) non-cash
interest expense,
(e) commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and
banker’s acceptance financing,
(f) net
payments and receipts (if any) associated with Hedging Obligations (including
amortization of fees),
(g) Disqualified
Stock Dividends,
(h) Preferred
Stock Dividends,
(i)
interest Incurred in connection with Investments in discontinued
operations,
(j)
interest accruing on any Debt of any other Person to the extent such Debt is
Guaranteed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, and
(k) the
cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the
extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees
to any Person (other than the Parent) in connection with Debt Incurred by such
plan or trust.
“Consolidated Net Income”
means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Parent and its consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries (and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock
Dividends that are Restricted Payments); provided, however, that there shall
not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:
(a) any
net income (loss) of any Person (other than the Parent) if such Person is not a
Restricted Subsidiary, except that, subject to the exclusion contained in
clause (c) below, equity of the Parent and its consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be
included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash
distributed by such Person during such period to the Parent or a Restricted
Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a
dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations
contained in clause (b) below),
(b) any
net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted Subsidiary is
subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or
the making of distributions, directly or indirectly, to the Company in the case
of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to the Parent in the case of a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, except that:
(1) subject
to the exclusion contained in clause (c) below, the equity of the Parent
and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in the net income of any such
Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net
Income up to the aggregate amount of cash distributed by such Restricted
Subsidiary during such period to the Parent or one of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a
dividend or other distribution to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the
limitation contained in this clause), and
(2) the
equity of the Parent and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in a net loss
of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in
determining such Consolidated Net Income,
(c) any
gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Property of the
Parent or any of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to
any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in
the ordinary course of business,
(d) any
net after-tax extraordinary gain or loss (including all fees and expenses
relating thereto),
(e) the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
(f)
any non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising
from the grant, issuance, vesting or repricing of stock, stock options or other
equity-based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change in
any such stock, stock options or other equity-based awards;
(g) any
restructuring charges or other non-recurring costs and expenses incurred
(x) in connection with the Transactions or (y) incurred prior to the
Issue Date;
(h) any
non-cash goodwill or other asset impairment charges incurred subsequent to the
Issue Date resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 142;
(i)
any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and net
after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations;
and
(j) any
unrealized gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and
the related tax effects according to GAAP.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, for purposes of Section 4.10 only, there shall be excluded from
Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other
transfers of Property from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers
increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section
4.10(a)(iii)(D).
“Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section
13.02 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to
the Company.
“Credit Facilities” means,
with respect to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more debt or
commercial paper facilities or indentures with banks or other institutional
lenders or investors (including without limitation the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, debentures
or other debt securities, receivables or inventory financing (including through
the sale of receivables or inventory to such lenders or to special purpose,
bankruptcy remote entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such
receivables or inventory) or trade letters of credit, in each case together with
any Refinancings thereof.
“Currency Exchange Protection
Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract,
currency swap agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or
arrangement designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping currency
exchange rate risk.
“Custodian” means, with
respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the
Person specified in Section 2.03(c) as Custodian with respect to the Notes, and
any and
all
successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
“Debt” means, with respect to
any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):
(a) the
principal of and premium (if any) in respect of:
(1) debt
of such Person for money borrowed, and
(2) debt
evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the
payment of which such Person is responsible or liable;
(b) all
Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of
Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person;
(c) all
obligations of such Person representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price
of Property, except to the extent such balance constitutes a trade accounts
payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor arising in the ordinary course
of business;
(d) all
obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of
credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than
obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than
obligations described in (a) through (c) above) entered into in the
ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit
are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is
reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person
of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of
credit);
(e) the
amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the Repayment of any
Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any
Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued
dividends);
(f) all
obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above
of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in
either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as
obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any
Guarantee;
(g) all
obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above
of other Persons secured by any Lien on any Property of such Person (whether or
not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation
being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such Property and the
amount of the obligation so secured; and
(h) to
the extent not otherwise included in this definition, the net amount paid under
any Hedging Obligations of such Person with respect to any Interest Rate
Agreement.
The
amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance, or
the accreted value of such Debt in the case of Debt issued with original issue
discount, at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and
the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the
obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date. The amount of Debt
represented by a Hedging Obligation shall be equal to:
(1) zero
if such Hedging Obligation has been Incurred pursuant to clause (vi),
(vii) or (viii) of Section 4.09(b); or
(2) the
notional amount of such Hedging Obligation if not Incurred pursuant to such
clauses.
“Default” means any event
which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of
Default.
“Definitive Note” means a
certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in
accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.10 hereof, in substantially the form of
Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and
shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
attached thereto.
“Depositary” means, with
respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the
Person specified in Section 2.03(b) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the
Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and
having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture.
“Designated Non-cash
Consideration” means any non-cash consideration received by the Parent or
one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is
designated as “Designated Non-cash Consideration” pursuant to an officer’s
certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent. Such
officer’s certificate shall state the Fair Market Value of such non-cash
consideration and the basis of such valuation. A particular item of Designated
Non-cash Consideration shall no longer be considered to be outstanding to the
extent it has been sold or liquidated for cash (but only to the extent of the
cash received).
“Disinterested Director”
means, with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions, a
member of the Board of Directors who does not have any material direct or
indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction or series of
related transactions
“Disqualified Stock” means any
Capital Stock of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that by its
terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which
it is exchangeable, in either case at the option of the holder thereof) or
otherwise:
(a) matures
or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or
otherwise,
(b) is
or may become redeemable or repurchaseable at the option of the holder thereof,
in whole or in part, or
(c) is
convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for Debt or
Disqualified Stock,
on or
prior to, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c), the date that is
91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided, however, that only the
portion of the Capital Stock which so matures or is so mandatorily redeemable,
is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the
holder thereof prior to such date, shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock;
provided, further, that any Capital
Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders
thereof have the right to require the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary to
repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or
asset sale (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the
corresponding definitions in this Inden-
ture)
shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and
all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable) provide that the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries may not
repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which
it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) pursuant to such provision
prior to compliance by the Company with Sections 4.12 and 4.18 and such
repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.10.
“Disqualified Stock Dividends”
means all dividends with respect to Disqualified Stock of the Parent held by
Persons other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; provided that Disqualified
Stock Dividends shall not include dividends paid or payable through the issuance
of additional shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock). The
amount of any such dividend shall be equal to the quotient of such dividend
divided by the difference between one and the effective federal income tax rate
(expressed as a decimal number between 1 and 0) then applicable to the
Parent.
“Distribution Compliance
Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in
Regulation S.
“Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary other than (a) a Foreign
Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Subsidiary of a Foreign Restricted
Subsidiary.
“EBITDA” means, for any
period, an amount equal to, for the Parent and its consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries:
(a) the
sum of Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to the extent
reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(1) the
provision for taxes based on income or profits or utilized in computing net
loss,
(2) Consolidated
Interest Expense,
(3) depreciation,
(4) amortization
of intangibles,
(5) any
other non-cash items (including, without limitation, charges arising from fair
value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133) (other than any such non-cash item to the extent that it
represents an accrual of, or reserve for, cash expenditures in any future
period),
(6) any
restructuring charges (without duplication) as disclosed on the financial
statements or the notes related thereto in accordance with GAAP, including,
without limitation, $2.5 million identified as the cost of severance for
termination of employees associated with downsizing and costs associated with
replacing the chief executive officer of the Company, and
(7) any
fees, expenses, costs or charges relating to any acquisition, asset sale, or
incurrence or amendment of Debt permitted to be incurred or amended, as the case
may be, by this Indenture, whether or not successful, including fees, expenses,
costs and charges relating to this offering and the other Transactions; minus
(b) all
non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than
(i) any such non-cash item to the extent that it will result in the receipt
of cash payments in any future period and (ii) reversals of prior accruals
or reserves for non-cash items previously excluded from the calculation of
EBITDA pursuant to clause (5) of this definition).
Notwithstanding
the foregoing clause (a), the provision for taxes and the depreciation,
amortization and non-cash items of a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to
Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same
proportion) that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in
calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be
permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Parent by such
Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained),
pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments,
decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such
Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders.
“Equity Offering” means any
public or private sale of common stock or common units, as the case may be, of
the Parent.
“Euroclear” means Euroclear
Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear systems, and any successor
thereto.
“Event of Default” has the
meaning set forth under Section 6.01.
“Exchange Act” means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Exchange Notes” means the
notes issued in exchange for the Notes issued in this offering or any Additional
Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.
“Exchange Offer” has the
meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement relating to an exchange of
Notes registered under the Securities Act for Notes not so
registered.
“Exchange Offer Registration
Statement” has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights
Agreement.
“Excluded Contributions” mean
the net cash proceeds received by the Parent after the Issue Date from
(a) contributions to its common equity capital and (b) the sale (other
than to a Subsidiary or pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option
plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Parent
or any of its Subsidiaries) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of
the Parent, in each case, designated within 30 days of the receipt of such
net cash proceeds as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’
Certificate; provided
that such net cash proceeds shall be excluded from the calculation set forth in
clause (a)(iii)(B) of Section 4.10.
“Existing Notes” mean the 9¼%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 of the Company.
“Fair Market Value” means,
with respect to any Property, the price that could reasonably be negotiated in
an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing
buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the
transaction. Fair Market Value shall be determined, except as otherwise
provided,
(a) if
such Property has a Fair Market Value equal to or less than $5.0 million,
by any Officer of the Company, or
(b) if
such Property has a Fair Market Value in excess of $5.0 million, by at
least a majority of the Board of Directors and evidenced by a Board Resolution,
dated within 30 days of the relevant transaction, delivered to the
Trustee.
“Foreign Restricted
Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary which is not organized under
the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of
Columbia.
“GAAP” means United States
generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Issue Date,
including those set forth in:
(a) the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants;
(b) the
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards
Board;
(c) such
other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of
the accounting profession; and
(d) the
rules and regulations of the Commission governing the inclusion of financial
statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports
required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including
opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written
statements from the accounting staff of the Commission.
“Global Note Legend” means the
legend set forth in Section 2.06(h)(ii), which is required to be placed on all
Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
“Global Notes” means the
global Notes in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Article 2
hereof.
“guarantee” means any
obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly
guaranteeing any Debt of any other Person and any obligation, direct or
indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:
(a) to
purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such
Debt of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership
arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, or to maintain financial statement
conditions or otherwise); or
(b) entered
into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee against loss in
respect thereof (in whole or in part);
provided, however, that the term
“guarantee” shall not include:
(1) endorsements
for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business; or
(2) a
contractual commitment by one Person to invest in another Person for so long as
such Investment is reasonably expected to constitute a Permitted Investment
under clause (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Permitted
Investment.”
The term
“guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term “guarantor”
shall mean any Person providing a Guarantee.
“Guarantee” means a Guarantee
of the Notes on the terms set forth in Article 10 hereof and in the form of the
Guarantee attached hereto as Exhibit E by a Guarantor of the Company’s
obligations with respect to the Notes and any additional Guarantee of the Notes
to be executed by any Person pursuant to Section 4.19.
“Guarantor” means the Parent,
each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) and any other
Person that becomes a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.19 or who otherwise
executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Trustee providing for a
Guarantee.
“Hedging Obligation” of any
Person means any obligation of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate
Agreement, Currency Exchange Protection Agreement or Commodity Price Protection
Agreement or any other similar agreement or arrangement.
“Holder” means a Person in
whose name a Note is registered.
“Incur” means, with respect to
any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by merger,
conversion, exchange or otherwise), extend, assume, Guarantee or become liable
in respect of such Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required
pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or obligation on the balance
sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have meanings
correlative to the foregoing); provided that a change in
GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time, and
is not theretofore classified as Debt, becoming Debt shall not be deemed an
Incurrence of such Debt; provided, further, that any Debt or
other obligations of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be
deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.
Solely for purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09, the
amortization of debt discount shall not be deemed to be the Incurrence of Debt;
provided that in the
case of Debt sold at a discount, the amount of such Debt Incurred shall at all
times be the accreted value of such Debt.
“Indenture” means this
instrument, as originally executed or as it may from time to time be
supplemented or amended in accordance with Article 9 hereof.
“Independent Financial
Advisor” means an investment banking firm of national standing or any
third party appraiser of national standing; provided that such firm or
appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Parent or the Company.
“Independent Investment
Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the
Trustee after consultation with the Company.
“Indirect Participant” means a
Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a
Participant.
“Initial Notes” means
$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on
the date hereof.
“Interest Payment Dates” shall
have the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of each Note.
“Interest Rate Agreement”
means, for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap
agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement designed
for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate risk.
“Investment” by any Person
means any direct or indirect loan (other than advances to customers in the
ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the
balance sheet of such Person), advance or other extension of credit (other than
advances to employees for travel and other business expenses in the ordinary
course of business) or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or
other Property to others or payments for Property or services for the account or
use of others, or otherwise) to, or Incurrence of a guarantee of any obligation
of, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or
other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other Person. For purposes
of Section 4.10 and Section 4.17 and the definition of “Restricted Payment,” the
term “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Parent’s
equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets
of any Subsidiary of the Parent at the time that such Subsidiary is designated
an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a
redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Parent shall be
deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted
Subsidiary of an amount (if positive) equal to:
(a) the
Parent’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation,
less
(b) the
portion (proportionate to the Parent’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of
the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation.
The term
“Investment” shall also include the issuance, sale or other disposition of
Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to a Person other than the Parent or
another Restricted Subsidiary if the result thereof is that such Restricted
Subsidiary shall cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary, in which event the amount
of such “Investment” shall be the Fair Market Value of the remaining interest,
if any, in such former Restricted Subsidiary held by the Parent and the other
Restricted Subsidiaries. In determining the amount of any Investment made by
transfer of any Property other than cash, such Property shall be valued at its
Fair Market Value at the time of such Investment.
“Issue Date” means March 24,
2010.
“Legal Holiday” means a
Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New
York, the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or
any other place of payment on the Notes are authorized by law, regulation or
executive order to remain closed.
“Letter of Transmittal” means
the letter of transmittal, or its electronic equivalent in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures, to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of
the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes for use by such Holders in connection
with an Exchange Offer.
“Lien” means, with respect to
any Property of any Person, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge,
hypothecation, security interest, lien, charge, easement (other than any
easement not materially impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance or
other security agreement with respect to such Property (including any Capital
Lease Obligation, conditional sale or other title retention agreement having
substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing or any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction); provided that in no event
shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s
Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof.
“Net Available Cash” from any
Asset Sale means cash payments received from such Asset Sale (including any cash
payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or
installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but
excluding any other con-
sideration
received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Debt or other
obligations relating to the Property that is the subject of such Asset Sale or
received in any other non-cash form), in each case net of:
(a) all
legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses
incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required
to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset
Sale,
(b) all
payments made on or in respect of any Debt that is secured by any Property
subject to such Asset Sale (other than with respect to the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities), in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such Property, or
which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset
Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset
Sale,
(c) all
distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest
holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale,
and
(d) the
deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a reserve, in
accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the Property
disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary after such Asset Sale, including without limitation pension and other
post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities relating to environmental
matters and liabilities under any indemnification liabilities associated with an
Asset Sale.
“Non-Recourse Debt,” with
respect to any Person, means Debt of such Person for which the sole legal
recourse for collection of principal and interest on such Debt is against the
specific property identified in the instruments evidencing or securing such
Debt.
“Obligations” means all
obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation
governing any Debt.
“Officer” means the Chief
Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice
President or Secretary of the Company.
“Officers’ Certificate” means
a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company, at least one of whom shall
be the principal executive officer or principal financial officer of the
Company, and delivered to the Trustee.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a
written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel
may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.
“Parent” means Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc., and any successor thereto.
“Participant” means, with
respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account
with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively, and, with respect
to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream.
“Permitted Business” means any
business that is reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to the
businesses of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or
other business that is a reasonable extension or expansion of such
businesses.
“Permitted Investment” means
any Investment by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in:
(a) the
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary,
(b) any
Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided
that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Permitted
Business;
(c) any
Person if as a result of such Investment such Person is merged or consolidated
with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its Property to,
the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Person’s
primary business is a Permitted Business;
(d) cash
and Cash Equivalents;
(e) receivables
owing to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary and prepaid expenses, in each
case, created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or
dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade
terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Parent or such
Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;
(f)
payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the
time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting
purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;
(g) loans
and advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business; provided that such loans and
advances do not exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate at any one time
outstanding;
(h) Investments
received in settlement, compromise or resolution of (i) debts created in
the ordinary course of business and owing to the Parent or a Restricted
Subsidiary or (ii) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with
Persons;
(i) any
Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration received in
connection with (A) an Asset Sale consummated in compliance with Section
4.12 or (B) any disposition of Property not constituting an Asset
Sale;
(j) any
Investment acquired solely in exchange for the issuance of Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) of Parent;
(k) Investments
existing on the Issue Date;
(l) any
Hedging Obligation;
(m) Investments
in a Securitization Subsidiary that are necessary to effect a Permitted
Receivables Financing;
(n)
advances, loans or extensions of credit to suppliers and vendors in the ordinary
course of business;
(o) Investments
resulting from the acquisition of a Person that at the time of such acquisition
held instruments constituting Investments that were not acquired in
contemplation of the acquisition of such Person;
(p) guarantees
not otherwise permitted under clause (a) above which are permitted under Section
4.09 that do not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;
and
(q) other
Investments not otherwise permitted under clauses (a) through (p) above made for
Fair Market Value that do not exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate
outstanding at any one time.
For
purposes of determining Permitted Investments, in the event that an Investment
meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of (a) through (q) above,
the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify (or later reclassify in
whole or in part, in its sole discretion) such Investment in any manner that
complies with the foregoing definition.
“Permitted Liens”
means:
(a) Liens
to secure Debt permitted to be Incurred under clause (ii) of Section
4.09(b);
(b) Liens
to secure Debt permitted to be Incurred under clause (iii) of Section
4.09(b); provided that
any such Lien may not extend to any Property of the Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary, other than the Property acquired, constructed or leased with the
proceeds of such Debt and any improvements or accessions to such
Property;
(c) Liens
to secure Debt permitted to be Incurred under clause (xiv) of Section
4.09(b);
(d) Liens
for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on the Property of the
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary if the same shall not at the time be
delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in
good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently
concluded; provided
that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in
conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
(e) Liens
imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other
similar Liens, on the Property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary
arising in the ordinary course of business;
(f)
Liens on the Property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the
ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to
statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money bonds,
surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case which are not
Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or
credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of Property and which do
not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of Property in the
operation of the business of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as
a whole;
(g) Liens
on Property at the time the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired such
Property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with
or into the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien
may not extend to any other Property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
provided further, however, that such
Liens
shall not have been Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the
transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Property was
acquired by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(h) Liens
on the Property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien
may not extend to any other Property of the Parent or any other Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a direct Subsidiary of such Person; provided further, however, that any such Lien
was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or
series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted
Subsidiary;
(i) pledges
or deposits by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary under workers’
compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good
faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the
payment of Debt) or leases to which the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary is
party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Parent or
the Company, or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the
ordinary course of business;
(j) utility
easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against
real Property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties
of a similar character;
(k) Liens
existing on the Issue Date not otherwise described in clauses (a) through
(j) above;
(l) Liens
on the Property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure any
Refinancing, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in
clause (g), (h) or (k) above; provided, however, that any such Lien
shall be limited to all or part of the same Property that secured the original
Lien (together with improvements and accessions to such Property), and the
aggregate principal amount of Debt that is secured by such Lien shall not be
increased to an amount greater than the sum of:
(1) the
outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, the committed amount, of the Debt
secured by Liens described under clause (g), (h) or (k) above, as
the case may be, at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under
this Indenture, and
(2) an
amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance
costs, incurred by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with
such Refinancing; and
(m) Liens
in favor of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(n) Liens
securing Hedging Obligations which Hedging Obligations relate to Debt that is
otherwise permitted to be Incurred under the terms of this
Indenture;
(o) Liens
on assets transferred to a Securitization Subsidiary on assets of a
Securitization Subsidiary Incurred in connection with a Permitted Receivables
Financing;
(p) Liens
arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding
leases;
(q) judgment
Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default;
(r)
Liens securing the Notes together with any Additional Notes and any Guarantees;
and
(s) Liens
not otherwise permitted by clauses (a) through (r) above securing Debt
in an amount not to exceed $10.0 million.
“Permitted Receivables
Financing” means any receivables financing facility or arrangement
pursuant to which a Securitization Subsidiary purchases or otherwise acquires
accounts receivable and any assets related thereto, including without
limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable and other assets
(including contract rights) and all guarantees and other obligations in respect
of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other
assets (including contract rights) which are customarily transferred or in
respect of which security interests are granted, including with respect to asset
securitization transactions, of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and
enters into a third party financing thereof on terms that the Board of Directors
has concluded as evidenced by a Board Resolution are customary and market terms
fair to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Permitted Refinancing Debt”
means any Debt that Refinances any other Debt, including any successive
Refinancings, so long as:
(a) such
Debt is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue
discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of:
(1) the
aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the
aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Debt being Refinanced,
and
(2) an
amount necessary to pay any accrued interest on the Debt being Refinanced and
any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, related to such
Refinancing,
(b) the
Average Life of such Debt is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the
Debt being Refinanced,
(c) the
Stated Maturity of such Debt is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Debt
being Refinanced, and
(d) the
new Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or Guarantees as
applicable, if the Debt that is being Refinanced was subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or Guarantees, as applicable;
provided, however, that Permitted
Refinancing Debt shall not include:
(x) Debt
of a Subsidiary of the Parent that is not a Guarantor (other than the Company)
that Refinances Debt of the Company or a Guarantor, or
(y) Debt
of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.
“Person” means any individual,
corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association,
partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or
any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
“Predecessor Note” of any particular Note
means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same Debt as that
evidenced by such particular Note; and any Note authenticated and delivered
under Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed
to evidence the same Debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note.
“Preferred Stock” means any
Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof
to a preference with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the
distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or
dissolution of such Person, over shares of any other class of Capital Stock
issued by such Person.
“Preferred Stock Dividends”
means all dividends with respect to Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
held by Persons other than the Parent or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or
dividends paid or payable through the issuance of additional shares of Capital
Stock (other than Disqualified Stock). The amount of any such dividend shall be
equal to the quotient of such dividend divided by the difference between one and
the effective federal income rate (expressed as a decimal number between 1 and
0) then applicable to the issuer of such Preferred Stock.
“Private Placement Legend”
means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(h)(i) hereof to be placed on all
Notes issued under this Indenture except as otherwise permitted by the
provisions of this Indenture.
“pro forma” means, with
respect to any calculation made or required to be made pursuant to the terms
hereof, a calculation performed in accordance with Article 11 of
Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as interpreted in good
faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with the independent
certified public accountants of the Company, or otherwise a calculation made in
good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with the independent
certified public accountants of the Company, as the case may be.
“Pro Forma Cost Savings”
means, with respect to any period, the reduction in net costs and related
adjustments that (1) were directly attributable to an acquisition that
occurred during the four-quarter period or after the end of the four-quarter
period and on or prior to the determination date and calculated on a basis that
is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect and
applied as of the Issue Date; (2) were actually implemented with respect to
the acquisition within six months after the date of the acquisition and prior to
the determination date that are supportable and quantifiable by underlying
accounting records or (3) relate to the acquisition and that the Board of
Directors of the Company reasonably determines are probable and based upon
specifically identifiable actions to be taken within six months of the date of
the acquisition and, in the case of each of (1), (2) and (3), are described
as provided below in an Officers’ Certificate, as if all such reductions in
costs had been effected as of the beginning of such period. Pro Forma
Cost Savings described above shall be established by a certificate delivered to
the Trustee from the Chief Financial Officer of the Company that outlines the
specific actions taken or to be taken and the net cost savings achieved or to be
achieved from each such action and, in the case of clause (3) above, that
states such savings have been determined to be probable.
“Property” means, with respect
to any Person, any interest of such Person in any kind of property or asset,
whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including Capital
Stock in, and other securities of, any other Person. For purposes of any
calculation required pursuant to this Indenture, the value of any Property shall
be its Fair Market Value.
“Purchase Money Debt” means
Debt:
(a) consisting
of the deferred purchase price of Property (including Debt issued to any Person
owning such Property), conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title
retention agreement, other purchase money obligations and obligations in respect
of industrial revenue bonds, in each case where the maturity of such Debt does
not exceed the anticipated useful life of the Property being financed,
and
(b) Incurred
to finance the acquisition (whether through the direct purchase of Property or
the Capital Stock of any Person owning such Property), construction or lease by
the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Property, including additions and
improvements thereto;
provided, however, that such Debt is
Incurred within 180 days after the acquisition, construction or lease of
such Property by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary.
“QIB” means a “qualified
institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
“Reference Treasury Dealer”
means Banc of America Securities LLC or Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and their
respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the
foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government Securities dealer in New
York City (a “Primary Treasury
Dealer”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury
Dealer.
“Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any
redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and ask
prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage
of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference
Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third Business Day preceding such
redemption date.
“Refinance” means, in respect
of any Debt, to refinance, extend, modify, restate, substitute, amend, renew,
refund or Repay, or to issue other Debt, in exchange or replacement for, such
Debt. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative
meanings.
“Registration Rights
Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue
Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers named
therein, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to
time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights
agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such
agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time,
relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to
register such Additional Notes, or exchange such Additional Notes for registered
Notes, under the Securities Act.
“Regular Record Date” for the
interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the applicable date
specified as a “Record Date” on the face of the Note.
“Regulation S” means
Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
“Regulation S Global Note”
means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or a Regulation S Permanent Global
Note, as appropriate.
“Regulation S Permanent Global
Note” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the
Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and
registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a
denomination equal to the out-
standing
principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of
the Distribution Compliance Period.
“Regulation S Temporary Global
Note” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the
Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the
Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on
Rule 903 of Regulation S.
“Regulation S Temporary Global Note
Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(h)(iii) hereof to
be placed on all Regulation S Temporary Global Notes issued under this
Indenture.
“Repay” means, in respect of
any Debt, to repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, legally defease or otherwise
retire such Debt. “Repayment” and “Repaid” shall have correlative meanings. For
purposes of Section 4.12 and the definition of “Consolidated Interest Coverage
Ratio,” Debt shall be considered to have been Repaid only to the extent the
related loan commitment, if any, shall have been permanently reduced in
connection therewith.
“Responsible Officer,” when
used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust
Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct
responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with
respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such
matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject.
“Restricted Definitive Note”
means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement
Legend.
“Restricted Global Notes”
means 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes.
“Restricted Payment”
means:
(a) any
dividend or distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other Property)
declared or paid on or with respect to any shares of Capital Stock of the Parent
or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any payment in connection with any
merger or consolidation with or into the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary),
except for any dividend or distribution that is made solely to the Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary
on a pro rata basis or
on a basis that results in the receipt by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary
of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis) or any
dividend or distribution payable solely in shares of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Parent;
(b) the
purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value of any
Capital Stock of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than from the
Parent, a Restricted Subsidiary or any non-Affiliate of the Company that owns
Capital Stock of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary) or any securities
exchangeable for or convertible into any such Capital Stock, including the
exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than for or into
Capital Stock of the Parent that is not Disqualified Stock);
(c) the
purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value, prior to
the date for any scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other
installment payment, of any Subordinated Debt (other than the purchase,
repurchase or other acquisition of any Subordinated Debt purchased in
anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or
other installment obligation, in each case due within one year of the date of
acquisition); or
(d) any
Investment (other than Permitted Investments) in any Person.
“Restricted Subsidiary” means
the Company and any other Subsidiary of the Parent other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.
“Rule 144” means Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act.
“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A
promulgated under the Securities Act.
“Rule 903” means Rule 903
promulgated under the Securities Act.
“Rule 904” means Rule 904
promulgated under the Securities Act.
“S&P” means
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or any successor to the rating
agency business thereof.
“Sale and Leaseback
Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement relating to
Property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Parent or a Restricted
Subsidiary transfers such Property to another Person and the Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.
“Securities Act” means the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Securitization Subsidiary”
means a Subsidiary of the Parent:
(a) that
is designated a “Securitization Subsidiary” by the Board of
Directors;
(b) that
does not engage in, and whose charter documents prohibit it from engaging in,
any activities other than Permitted Receivables Financings and any activities
necessary, incidental or related thereto;
(c) no
portion of the Debt or any other obligation, contingent or otherwise, of
which:
(A) is
guaranteed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(B) is
recourse to or obligates the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in any way,
or
(C) subjects
any Property or asset of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than
Standard Securitization Undertakings;
(d) with
respect to which neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary) has any obligation to maintain or preserve its
financial condition or cause it to achieve certain levels of operating results
other than, in respect of clauses (c) and (d),
pursuant
to customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into
in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing.
“Senior Secured Credit
Facilities” means the Debt represented by:
(1) the Credit Agreement,
dated as of the date of this Indenture, among the Company, as borrower
thereunder, the Parent, Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent, Deutsche
Bank Securities Inc., as syndication agent, joint lead arranger and joint
book-running manager, Banc of America Securities LLC, as joint lead arranger and
joint book-running manager and the lenders and issuers party thereto, together
with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee
agreements and security documents), as the same may be amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, including amendments, supplements, or
modifications relating to the addition or elimination of subsidiaries of the
Company as borrowers, guarantors or other credit parties thereunder;
and
(2) any
renewal, extension, refunding, restructuring, replacement or refinancing thereof
(whether with the original administrative agent and lenders or another
administrative agent or agents or one or more other lenders and whether provided
under the original Senior Secured Credit Facilities or one or more other credit
or other agreements).
“Shelf Registration Statement”
means the registration statement relating to the registration of the Notes under
Rule 415 of the Securities Act, as may be set forth in a Registration Rights
Agreement.
“Significant Restricted
Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant
subsidiary” of the Parent within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X
promulgated by the Commission.
“Special Interest” has the
meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement relating to amounts to be
paid in the event the Company fails to satisfy certain conditions set forth
herein. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “interest” shall
include Special Interest, if any, with respect to the Notes.
“Standard Securitization
Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities entered into by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
which are reasonably and customary in the securitization of receivables
transactions.
“Stated Maturity” means, with
respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date
on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including
pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision
providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder
thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer
unless such contingency has occurred).
“Subordinated Debt” means any
Debt of the Company or any Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or
thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the
Notes or the applicable Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement to that
effect.
“Subsidiary” means, in respect
of any Person, any corporation, company (including any limited liability
company), association, partnership, joint venture or other business entity of
which at least a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock is at
the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:
(a) such
Person;
(b) such
Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or
(c) one
or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
“Surviving Person” means the surviving
Person formed by a merger, consolidation or amalgamation and, for purposes of
Section 5.01, a Person to whom all or substantially all of the Property of the
Company or a Guarantor is sold, transferred, assigned, leased, conveyed or
otherwise disposed.
“TIA” means the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations
thereunder.
“Transactions” means the
offering of $150,000,000 of the Notes, the offer to purchase the Existing Notes
and the entering into of the Senior Secured Credit Facility.
“Treasury Rate” means, with
respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the yield to
maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, compounded semi-annually, assuming a
price for such Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its
principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption
date.
“Trustee” means the Person
named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a
successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions
of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor
Trustee.
“Unrestricted Definitive
Notes” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not and are not
required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
“Unrestricted Global Notes”
means one or more Global Notes that do not and are not required to bear the
Private Placement Legend and are deposited with and registered in the name of
the Depositary or its nominee.
“Unrestricted Subsidiary”
means:
(a) any
Subsidiary of the Company that is designated after the Issue Date as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary as permitted or required pursuant to Section 4.17 and is
not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant
thereto; and
(b) any
Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
“U.S. Government Obligations”
means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured (or
certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the
United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for
the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America
is pledged.
“Voting Stock” of any Person
means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership
interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard
to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors,
managers or other voting members of the governing body of such
Person.
“Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary” means, at any time, a Restricted Subsidiary all the Voting
Stock of which (except directors’ qualifying shares) is at such time owned,
directly or indirectly, by the Company and its other Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries.
Section
1.02.
|
Other
Definitions.
|
Term
|
Defined
in
Section
|
“Acceleration
Notice”
|
6.02
|
“Affiliate
Transaction”
|
4.14
|
“Allocable
Excess
Proceeds”
|
4.12
|
“Authentication
Order”
|
2.02
|
“Benefited
Party”
|
10.01
|
“Change
of Control
Offer”
|
4.18
|
“Change
of Control
Amount”
|
4.18
|
“Covenant
Defeasance”
|
8.03
|
“Defaulted
Interest Payment Date"
|
2.12
|
“defeasance
trust”
|
8.04
|
“DTC”
|
2.03
|
“Excess
Proceeds”
|
4.12
|
“Legal
Defeasance”
|
8.02
|
“losses”
|
7.07
|
“Offer
Amount”
|
3.09
|
“Offer
Period”
|
3.09
|
“Offer
to
Purchase”
|
3.09
|
“Paying
Agent”
|
2.03
|
“Permitted
Debt”
|
4.09
|
“Prepayment
Offer”
|
4.12
|
“Purchase
Date”
|
3.09
|
“Purchase
Price”
|
3.09
|
“Registrar”
|
2.03
|
“Security
Register”
|
2.03
|
Section
1.03.
|
Incorporation
by Reference of Trust Indenture
Act.
|
(a)
Whenever
this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated
by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
(b)
The
following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following
meanings:
“indenture securities” means
the Notes and the Guarantees;
“indenture security holder”
means a Holder of a Note;
“indenture to be qualified”
means this Indenture;
“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means
the Trustee; and
“obligor” on the Notes means
the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes.
(c)
All other
terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA
reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under the TIA and not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings so assigned to them either in the
TIA, by another statute or Commission rule, as applicable.
Section
1.04.
|
Rules
of Construction.
|
(a)
Unless
the context otherwise requires:
(i)
a term
has the meaning assigned to it;
(ii)
an
accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;
(iii)
“or” is
not exclusive;
(iv)
words in
the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the
singular;
(v)
all
references in this instrument to “Articles,” “Sections” and other subdivisions
are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as
originally executed;
(vi)
the words
“herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to
this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other
subdivision.
(vii)
“including”
means “including without limitation”;
(viii)
provisions
apply to successive events and transactions; and
(ix)
references
to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA
shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or
rules adopted by the Commission from time to time thereunder.
ARTICLE
2.
THE
NOTES
Section
2.01.
|
Form
and Dating.
|
(a)
General. The
Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in
the form included in Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and
expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations,
legends or endorsements required by law, exchange rule or usage in addition to
those set forth on Exhibit A. Each Note shall be dated the date of
its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000. The terms and provisions contained in
the Notes shall constitute a part of this Indenture and the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture,
expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound
thereby. To the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the
express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall
govern and be controlling.
(b)
Form of
Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in
the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon
and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in
the form of
Exhibit A
attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall
provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding
Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount
of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or
increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and transfers of
interests therein. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the
amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the
Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions
given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06
hereof.
(c)
Temporary Global
Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S
shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note,
which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented
thereby with the Trustee, at its New York office, as custodian for the
Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the
Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear
or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as
hereinafter provided. The Distribution Compliance Period shall be
terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of (i) a written certificate
from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and
Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United
States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial
owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Distribution
Compliance Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the
Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in
a Global Note, bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by
Section 2.06(b) hereof), and (ii) an Officers’ Certificate from the
Company. Following the termination of the distribution Compliance
Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be
exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note
pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the
authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall
cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate
principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S
Permanent Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its
nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interests as
hereinafter provided.
(d)
Affiliates as
Holders of the Notes. Notes initially issued to or transferred
to Affiliates of the Company shall only be issued in the form of permanent
certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in
Exhibit A attached hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, unless and
until exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective
Shelf Registration Statement, Affiliates of the Company may only hold an
interest in Notes in the form of permanent certificated Notes and are prohibited
from taking a beneficial interest in one or more Global Notes.
(e)
Book-Entry
Provisions. This Section 2.01(d) shall apply only to Global
Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the
Depositary. Participants and Indirect Participants shall have no
rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note
held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as custodian for the
Depositary, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and
any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global
Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the
Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or
other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the
Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable
Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing
the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global
Note.
(f)
Euroclear and
Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the
“Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions
Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of
Clearstream” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to
transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes that are held by Participants
through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section
2.02.
|
Execution
and Authentication.
|
(a)
One
Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile
signature.
(b)
If an
Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a
Note is authenticated by the Trustee, the Note shall nevertheless be
valid.
(c)
A Note
shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the
Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has
been authenticated under this Indenture.
(d)
The
Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an
“Authentication
Order”), authenticate Notes for issuance.
(e)
The
Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to
authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in such appointment, an
authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do
so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee
includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall
have the same rights as the Trustee to deal with Holders, the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company.
Section
2.03.
|
Registrar
and Paying Agent.
|
(a)
The
Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”)
and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying
Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register (the “Security
Register”) of the Notes and of their transfer and
exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one
or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any
co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying
agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without
notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing
of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this
Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity
as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The
Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or
Registrar.
(b)
The
Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to
act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
(c)
The
Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Registrar and Paying Agent and
to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Trustee hereby
agrees so to initially act.
Section
2.04.
|
Paying
Agent to Hold Money in
Trust.
|
The
Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in
writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or
the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal,
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any
default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
default continues,
the
Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the
Notes to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying
Agent to pay all funds held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over
to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary)
shall have no further liability for such funds. If the Company or a
Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust
fund for the benefit of the Holders all funds held by it as Paying
Agent. Upon any Event of Default under Sections 6.01(h) and (i)
hereof relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the
Notes.
Section
2.05.
|
Holder
Lists.
|
The
Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the
most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and
shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If the Trustee is not the
Registrar, the Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee at
least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other
times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such
date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may
reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Company
shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a).
Section
2.06.
|
Transfer
and Exchange.
|
(a)
Transfer and
Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred
as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee
of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or
by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of
such successor Depositary. All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the
Company for Definitive Notes if: (1) at any time the Depositary notifies the
Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the
Global Notes or if at any time the Depositary shall no longer be eligible to act
as such because it ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange
Act, and, in either case, the Company shall not have appointed a successor
Depositary within 120 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes
aware of such ineligibility, (2) the Company, at its option, determines that the
Global Notes shall be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written
notice to such effect to the Trustee or (3) upon written request of a Holder or
the Trustee if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing. Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in
clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of
an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, Definitive Notes, in authorized denominations,
in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global
Notes in exchange for such Global Notes. Global Notes also may be
exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and
2.10 hereof. Except as provided above, every Note authenticated and
delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof,
pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be
authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global
Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than
as provided in this Section 2.06(a), and beneficial interests in a Global Note
may not be transferred and exchanged other than as provided in Section 2.06(b),
(c) or (f) hereof.
In no
event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company
for Definitive Notes prior to (x) the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required
pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act.
(b)
Transfer and
Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The
transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be
effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the
Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable
to those set forth herein to the
extent
required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in
Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i) or (ii) below,
as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as
applicable:
(i)
Transfer of Beneficial
Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any
Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof
in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in
accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement
Legend and any Applicable Procedures; provided, however, that prior to the
expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial
interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to or for
the account or benefit of a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of
Regulation S) (other than a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of the
Regulation S)). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note
may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. Except as may be
required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions shall
be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described
in this Section 2.06(b)(i).
(ii)
All Other Transfers and
Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In
connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not
subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest
must deliver to the Registrar either: (A) both (1) a written
order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or
cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount
equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and
(2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with
such increase or (B) both (1) if permitted under Section 2.06(a), a written
order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to
be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to
the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such
Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred
to in (B)(1) above; provided that in no event
shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial
interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (x) the expiration
of the Distribution Compliance Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar
of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the
Securities Act. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company
in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section
2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar
of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the
Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global
Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or
exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and
the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall
adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section
2.06(i) hereof.
(iii)
Transfer of Beneficial
Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global
Note. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note
if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and
the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the
transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A
Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit
B hereto,
including the certifications in item (1) thereof or, if permitted by the
Applicable Procedures, item (3) thereof; and
(B)
if the
transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a
Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
and
(iv)
Transfer or Exchange of
Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note. A holder of a beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or may transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note only if the exchange or transfer complies with the
requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:
(A)
such
exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance
with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest,
in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes
any and all certifications required in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or
is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the
Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights
Agreement;
(B)
such
transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance
with a Registration Rights Agreement;
(C)
such
transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;
or
(D)
the
Registrar receives the following:
(1) if
the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
(2) if
the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate
from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (4) thereof;
and, in
each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if
the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer
complies with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
If any
such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above at a time when an
Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall execute and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof,
the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial
interests transferred pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above.
(v)
Transfer or Exchange of
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in
a Restricted Global Note Prohibited. Beneficial interests in
an Unrestricted Global Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons
who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted
Global Note.
(c)
Transfer and
Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive
Notes.
(i)
Transfer or Exchange of
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following
documentation:
(A)
if the
holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
(B)
if such
beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A,
a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C)
if such
beneficial interest is being transferred to a “Non-U.S. Person” in an offshore
transaction (as defined in Section 902(k) of Regulation S) in accordance with
Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D)
if such
beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144
under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
(E)
if such
beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, or
(F)
if such
beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c)
thereof,
the
Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant
to Section 2.06(i) hereof, the aggregate principal amount of the applicable
Restricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate
principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial
interest in the instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and
the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such
holder. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for
beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section
2.06(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized
denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall
designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such
Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so
registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
pursuant
to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be
subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
Notwithstanding
Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to
(x) the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and (y) the
receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to
Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a
transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
(ii)
Transfer or Exchange of
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, a holder of a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial
interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note only if:
(A)
such
exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance
with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest,
in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes
any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed
to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable
Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights
Agreement;
(B)
such
transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance
with a Registration Rights Agreement;
(C)
such
transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;
or
(D)
the
Registrar receives the following:
(1) if
the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
(2) if
the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in
the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)
thereof;
and, in
each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if
the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer
complies with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon
satisfaction of any of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section
2.06(c)(ii), the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to
the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions
delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or
Indirect Participant on behalf of such
holder,
and the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount
pursuant to Section 2.06(i), the aggregate principal amount of the applicable
Restricted Global Note.
(iii)
Transfer or Exchange of
Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the applicable
conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall reduce or
cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(i)
hereof, the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global
Note, and the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to
the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions
delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or
Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Unrestricted
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such
authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial
interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall
deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such
Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall
not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(d) Transfer and
Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in the Global
Notes.
(i)
Transfer or Exchange of
Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global
Notes. If any holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes
to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following
documentation:
(A)
if the
holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted
Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
(B)
if such
Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule
144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C)
if such
Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a “non-U.S. Person” in an
offshore transaction (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in accordance
with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D)
if such
Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144,
a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
(E)
if such
Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, or
(F)
if such
Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c)
thereof,
the
Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be
increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(i) hereof, the
aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate
Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, a 144A Global Note, in
the case of clause (C) above, a Regulation S Global Note.
(ii)
Transfer or Exchange of
Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes. A holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange
such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note only if:
(A)
such
exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance
with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest,
in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes
any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed
to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable
Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights
Agreement;
(B)
such
transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance
with a Registration Rights Agreement;
(C)
such
transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;
or
(D)
the
Registrar receives the following:
(1) if
the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such
Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including
the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
(2) if
the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such
Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from
such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (4) thereof;
and, in
each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if
the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall
be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon
satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section
2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel such Restricted Definitive Note and
increase or cause to be increased in a corre-
sponding
amount pursuant to Section 2.06(i) hereof, the aggregate principal amount of the
Unrestricted Global Note.
(iii)
Transfer or Exchange of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes. A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may
exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for
such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable
Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a
corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(i) hereof the aggregate principal
amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
(iv)
Transfer or Exchange of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
Prohibited. An Unrestricted Definitive Note may not be
exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.
(v)
Issuance of Unrestricted
Global Notes. If any such exchange or transfer of a Definitive
Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is effected
pursuant to clause (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted
Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt
of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee
shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so
transferred.
(e)
Transfer and
Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon
request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the
provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or
exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer
or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar
the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such
holder. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any
additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required
pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).
(i)
Transfer of Restricted
Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any
Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if
the Registrar receives the following:
(A)
if the
transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, a certificate in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(B)
if the
transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
and
(C)
if the
transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
(ii)
Transfer or Exchange of
Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the
holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note
only if:
(A)
such
exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance
with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder, in the case of an exchange,
or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications
in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such
certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be
required by a Registration Rights Agreement;
(B)
any such
transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance
with a Registration Rights Agreement;
(C)
any such
transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;
or
(D)
the
Registrar receives the following:
(1) if
the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such
Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications
in item (1)(d) thereof; or
(2) if
the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such
Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)
thereof;
and, in
each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests, an
Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect
that such exchange or transfer complies with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend
are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
Act.
Upon
satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section
2.06(e)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted Definitive Note and
the Company shall execute, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver
an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate aggregate principal amount to
the Person designated by the holder of such prior Restricted Definitive Note in
instructions delivered to the Registrar by such holder.
(iii)
Transfer of Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to
a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the
Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the holder thereof.
(f)
Exchange
Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance
with a Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt
of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee
shall authenticate (A) one or more Unrestricted Global
Notes in
an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the
beneficial interests in the applicable Restricted Global Notes (1) tendered for
acceptance by Persons that make any and all certifications in the applicable
Letters of Transmittal (or are deemed to have made such certifications if
delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such
Registration Rights Agreement and (2) accepted for exchange in such Exchange
Offer and (B) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes
tendered for acceptance by Persons who made the foregoing certifications and
accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the
issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a
corresponding amount the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted
Global Notes, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the holders of Restricted
Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate
aggregate principal amount.
(g)
Transfers of
Notes Held by Affiliates. Any certificate (i) evidencing a
Note that has been transferred to an Affiliate of a Company, as evidenced by a
notation on the assignment form for such transfer or in the representation
letter delivered in respect thereof or (ii) evidencing a Note that has been
acquired from an affiliate (other than by an affiliate) in a transaction or a
chain of transactions not involving any public offering, as evidenced by a
notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such
transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, shall,
until one year after the last date on which either the Company or any affiliate
of the Company was an owner of such Note, in each case, be in the form of a
Restricted Definitive Note. The Registrar shall retain copies of all
letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section
2.01(d) or this Section 2.06. The Company shall have the right to
require the Registrar to deliver to the Company, at the Company’s expense,
copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any
reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the
Registrar.
(h)
Legends. The
following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive
Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the
applicable provisions of this Indenture.
(i)
Private Placement
Legend.
(A)
Except as
permitted by clause (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and
all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the
legend in substantially the following form:
“THE
SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE
SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN
THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION
THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY
NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE
HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY
THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY
(1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES
IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR
FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903
OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144
THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE
COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH
CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE
UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND
EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY
EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A)
ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE
EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
HEREBY.”
(B)
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to clauses
(b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this
Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof)
shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(ii)
Global Note
Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the
following form:
“THIS
GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING
THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS
HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT
THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT
TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN
WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS
GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A
SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.
UNLESS
AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS
NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A
SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”),
TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR
PAYMENT,
AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER
NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT
IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR
VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED
OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
(iii)
Regulation S Temporary
Global Note Legend. Each Regulation S Temporary Global Note
shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THE
RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS
AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED
IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED
TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.”
(i)
Cancellation
and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for
Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or
cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to
or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11
hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial
interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global
Note or for Definitive Notes, the aggregate principal amount of Notes
represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement
shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial
interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note,
the aggregate principal amount of such other Global Note shall be increased
accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee
or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
increase.
(j)
General
Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
(i)
No
service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith
(other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon
exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.18 and 9.05
hereof).
(ii)
All
Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or
exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of
the Company, evidencing the same debt as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange and shall be entitled
to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all
other Notes duly issued hereunder.
(iii)
Neither
the Registrar nor the Company shall be required (A) to issue, to register the
transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of
business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under
Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the date of
selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange
any Note
so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of
any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to
exchange a Note between a record date (including a Regular Record Date) and the
next succeeding Interest Payment Date.
(iv)
Prior to
due presentment for the registration of transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any
Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving
payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all
other purposes, in each case regardless of any notice to the
contrary.
(v)
All
certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to
the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer
or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
(vi)
The
Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to enter into a letter of
representation with the Depositary in the form provided by the Company and to
act in accordance with such letter.
Section
2.07.
|
Replacement
Notes.
|
If any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee
receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any
Note, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate a
replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the Company, the
Holder of such Note shall provide indemnity that is sufficient, in the judgment
of the Trustee or the Company, to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent
and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer in
connection with such replacement. If required by the Company, such
Holder shall reimburse the Company for its reasonable expenses in connection
with such replacement.
Every
replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 shall be the valid
obligation of the Company, evidencing the same debt as the destroyed, lost or
stolen Note, and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture
equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued
hereunder.
Section
2.08.
|
Outstanding
Notes.
|
(a)
The Notes
outstanding at any time shall be the entire principal amount of Notes
represented by all of the Global Notes and Definitive Notes authenticated by the
Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those subject to reductions in beneficial interests effected by
the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, and those described in this
Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09
hereof, a Note shall not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; provided, however, that Notes held by
the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed not to be outstanding
for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof.
(b)
If a Note
is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding
unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced note is
held by a bona fide purchaser.
(c)
If the
principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it
shall cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to
accrue.
(d)
If the
Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any
thereof) holds, on a redemption date, a Purchase Date (as defined in Section
3.09) or a maturity date, funds sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date,
then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer
outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
Section
2.09.
|
Treasury
Notes.
|
In
determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have
concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by
any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding,
except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be
protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that
the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.
Section
2.10.
|
Temporary
Notes.
|
Until
certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare
and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02
hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary
Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have
variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as
shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable
delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes
or Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes, as
applicable. After preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Note
will be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary
Notes.
Holders
of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture
equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued
hereunder.
Section
2.11.
|
Cancellation.
|
The
Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the
Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or
payment. Upon sole direction of the Company, the Trustee and no one
else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject
to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act or other applicable
laws) unless by written order, signed by an Officer of the Company, the Company
directs them to be returned to it. Certification of the destruction
of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company from time to time upon
request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it
has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation.
Section
2.12.
|
Payment
of Interest; Defaulted
Interest.
|
If the
Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the
defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest
payable on the defaulted interest, to the Holders thereof. If the
Company pays the defaulted interest prior to 30 days of the default in payment
of interest, payment shall be paid to the record Holder of the Notes as of the
original record date. If such default in payment of interest
continues for 30 days, the Company will, in the case of Definitive Notes,
establish a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth
day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted
interest. If no special record date is required to be established
pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, (i) in the case of Definitive
Notes, Holders of
record on
the original record date shall be entitled to such payment of defaulted interest
and any such interest payable on the defaulted interest and (ii) in the case of
Global Notes, Holders on the Defaulted Interest Payment Date (as defined in the
next sentence) shall be entitled to such defaulted interest and any such
interest payable on the defaulted interest. The Company shall notify
the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing of the amount of the defaulted interest
proposed to be paid on the Notes and the date of the proposed payment (a “Defaulted
Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Company shall deposit
with the Trustee or Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate
amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee or Paying Agent for such deposit prior
to the date of the proposed payment.
Section
2.13.
|
CUSIP
or ISIN Numbers.
|
The
Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers (if then
generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN”
numbers in notices of redemption or Offers to Purchase as a convenience to
Holders; provided, however, that any such
notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a
redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and that reliance may be placed
only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such
redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the
Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers.
Section
2.14.
|
Special
Interest
|
If
Special Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to a Registration Rights
Agreement and paragraph 1 of the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee
a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Special Interest
that is payable and (ii) the date on which such interest is payable pursuant to
Section 4.01 hereof. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee receives such a certificate or instruction or direction from the Holders
in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may assume without
inquiry that no Special Interest is payable. The foregoing shall not
prejudice the rights of the Holders with respect to their entitlement to Special
Interest as otherwise set forth in this Indenture or the Notes and pursuing any
action against the Company directly or otherwise directing the Trustee to take
any such action in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the
Notes. If the Company has paid Special Interest directly to the
Persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate setting forth the details of such payment.
Section
2.15.
|
Issuance of Additional
Notes
|
The
Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 hereof,
to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms
as the Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, other than with respect to the
date of issuance, issue price and rights under a related Registration Rights
Agreement, if any. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, any
Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor shall be
treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including
directions, waivers, amendments, consents, redemptions and Offers to
Purchase.
With
respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board
Resolution and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be
delivered to the Trustee, the following information:
(a)
the
aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and
delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
(b)
the issue
price, the issue date and the CUSIP and/or ISIN number of such Additional Notes;
provided, however, that no Additional
Notes may be issued at a price that would cause such Additional Notes to have
“original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code, other
than a de minimis
original issue discount within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code;
and
(c)
whether
such Additional Notes shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth
in Section 2.06 hereof relating to Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes.
Section
2.16.
|
Record
Date.
|
The
record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of Notes
entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent or permitted under
this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA Section
316(c).
ARTICLE
3.
REDEMPTION AND
PREPAYMENT
Section
3.01.
|
Notices
to Trustee.
|
If the
Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before a redemption date (or such shorter period as
allowed by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (a) the
applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall
occur, (b) the redemption date, (c) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed
and (d) the redemption price.
Section
3.02.
|
Selection
of Notes to Be Redeemed.
|
If less
than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select
the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in
accordance with any other method the Trustee deems fair and
appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the
particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided
herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date
by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for
redemption.
The
Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for
redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the
principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes
selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof; except
that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding
amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not an integral multiple of $1,000,
shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence,
provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also
apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.
Section
3.03.
|
Notice
of Redemption.
|
At least
30 days but not more than 60 days prior to a redemption date, the
Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of
redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at such Holder’s
registered address appearing in the Security Register.
The
notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
(a) the
redemption date;
(b)
the
appropriate method for calculation of the redemption price, but need not include
the redemption price itself; the actual redemption price shall be set forth in
an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two (2) Business
Days prior to the redemption date unless clause (2) of the definition of
“Comparable Treasury Price” is applicable, in which case such Officers’
Certificate should be delivered on the redemption date;
(c)
if any
Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note
to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note,
if applicable, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;
(d) the name
and address of the Paying Agent;
(e) that
Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect
the redemption price;
(f)
that,
unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption
date;
(g)
the
applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for
redemption are being redeemed; and
(h)
that no
representation is made as to the correctness of the CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers,
if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
At the
Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the
Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (or such shorter period
allowed by the Trustee), prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate
requesting that the Trustee give such notice (in the name and at the expense of
the Company) and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as
provided in this Section 3.03.
Section
3.04.
|
Effect
of Notice of Redemption.
|
Once
notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes
called for redemption shall become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption
date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be
conditional.
Section
3.05.
|
Deposit
of Redemption Price.
|
On or
prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern time on the Business Day prior to any redemption
date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money
sufficient to pay the redemption price of and, if applicable, accrued and unpaid
interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the
Paying Agent shall promptly, and in any event within two (2) Business Days after
the redemption date, return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee
or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the
redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all Notes to
be redeemed.
If the
Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after
the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions
of Notes called for purchase or redemption in accordance with Section 2.08(d)
hereof, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. If a
Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the
related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close
of business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for
redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the
failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be
paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such principal is
paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid
principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01
hereof.
Section
3.06.
|
Notes
Redeemed in Part.
|
Upon
surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon
receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the
Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new
Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note
surrendered.
Section
3.07.
|
Optional
Redemption.
|
(a)
Except as
set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be
redeemable at the option of the Company prior to April 1,
2014. Beginning on April 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all or a
portion of the Notes, at once or over time, after giving the notice required
pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest on the Notes redeemed, to but excluding the applicable redemption date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date
to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed
during the twelve-month period commencing on April 1 of the years indicated
below:
Year
|
Percentage
|
2014
|
104.125%
|
2015
|
102.063%
|
2016
and
thereafter
|
100.000%
|
(b)
At any
time and from time to time prior to April 1, 2013, the Company may redeem up to
35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the
original aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes) issued under this
Indenture at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount)
equal to 108.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders
of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the
relevant Interest Payment Date), with the proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings; provided,
however, that (i) at
least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes initially
issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its
Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to such
redemption and (ii) any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of such
Equity Offering upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior
notice.
(c)
At any
time prior to April 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the
Notes, at once or over time, after giving the required notice under this
Indenture at a redemption price equal to the greater of:
(i)
100% of
the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, and
(ii)
the sum
of the present values of (1) the redemption price of the Notes at April 1,
2014 (as set forth in the preceding paragraph) and (2) the remaining
scheduled payments of interest from the redemption date through April 1, 2014,
but excluding accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date,
discounted to the redemption date (assuming a 360 day year consisting of
twelve 30 day months), at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, plus, in
either case, accrued and unpaid interest, including Special Interest, if any, to
but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date).
(d)
Any
prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the
provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
Section
3.08.
|
Mandatory
Redemption.
|
Except as
set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 hereof, the Company shall not be required to
make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to, or offer to
purchase, the Notes.
Section
3.09.
|
Offer to
Purchase.
|
(a)
In the
event that, pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof, the Company shall be
required to commence a Prepayment Offer or a Change of Control Offer (each, an
“Offer to
Purchase”), it shall follow the procedures specified below.
(b)
The
Company shall cause a notice of the Offer to Purchase to be sent at least once
to the Dow Jones News
Service or similar business news service in the United
States.
(c)
The
Company shall commence the Offer to Purchase by sending, by first-class mail,
with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in
the security register of the Company, a notice the terms of which shall govern
the Offer to Purchase stating:
(i)
that the
Offer to Purchase is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.12
or Section 4.18, as the case may be, and, in the case of a Change of Control
Offer, that a Change of Control has occurred, the circumstances and relevant
facts regarding the Change of Control and that a Change of Control Offer is
being made pursuant to Section 4.18;
(ii)
the
principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.12 or
Section 4.18, as the case may be (the “Offer
Amount”), the purchase price set forth in Section 4.12 or Section 4.18,
as applicable (the “Purchase
Price”), the Offer Period and the Purchase Date (each as defined
below);
(iii) except as
provided in clause (ix), that all Notes timely tendered and not withdrawn shall
be accepted for payment;
(iv)
that any
Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue
interest;
(v)
that,
unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for
payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest after
the Purchase Date;
(vi)
that
Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase may
elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only;
(vii)
that
Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Offer to Purchase
shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of
Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by
book-entry transfer, to the Company, the Depositary, if appointed by the
Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice before the
close of business on the third Business Day before the Purchase
Date;
(viii)
that
Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the
expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter
setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note (or
portions thereof) the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
(ix)
that, in
the case of a Prepayment Offer, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes
surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the
Notes to be purchased on a pro
rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the
Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples
thereof shall be purchased);
(x)
that
Holders whose Notes were purchased in part shall be issued new Notes equal in
principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or
transferred by book-entry transfer); and
(xi)
any other
procedures the Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions
thereof) for payment and the procedures that Holders must follow in order to
withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for
payment.
(d)
The Offer
to Purchase shall remain open for a period of at least 30 days but no more than
60 days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is
required by applicable law (the “Offer
Period”). No later than five (5) Business Days (and in any
event no later than the 60th day following the Change of Control) after the
termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase
Date”), the Company shall purchase the Offer Amount or, if less than the
Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to
Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the
same manner as interest payments are made. The Company shall publicly
announce the results of the Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date.
(e)
On or
prior to the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent
lawful:
(i)
accept
for payment (on a pro
rata basis to the extent necessary in connection with a Prepayment
Offer), the Offer Amount of Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered and not
withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount
has been tendered, all Notes tendered;
(ii)
deposit
with the Paying Agent funds in an amount equal to the Purchase Price in respect
of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
(iii)
deliver
or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together
with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or
portions of
Notes
being purchased by the Company and that such Notes or portions thereof were
accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section
3.09.
(f)
The
Paying Agent (or the Company, if acting as the Paying Agent) shall promptly (but
in the case of a Change of Control, not later than 60 days from the date of the
Change of Control) deliver to each tendering Holder the Purchase
Price. In the event that any portion of the Notes surrendered is not
purchased by the Company, the Company shall promptly execute and issue a new
Note in a principal amount equal to such unpurchased portion of the Note
surrendered, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (or cause to be
transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount
equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, however, that each such new
Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple
thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or
delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.
(g)
If the
Purchase Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related
Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the
Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such
Regular Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who
tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.
(h)
The
Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection
with the Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with Sections 4.12 or 4.18, as
applicable, this Section 3.09 or other provisions of this Indenture, the Company
shall comply with applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be
deemed to have breached its obligations under Sections 4.12 or 4.18, as
applicable, this Section 3.09 or such other provision by virtue of such
compliance.
(i)
Other
than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to
this Section 3.09 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section
3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
ARTICLE
4.
COVENANTS
Section
4.01.
|
Payment
of Notes.
|
The
Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in this Indenture
and the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be
considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company
or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date
money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for
and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then
due. Such Paying Agent shall return to the Company promptly, and in
any event, no later than five (5) Business Days following the date of payment,
any money (including accrued interest) that exceeds such amount of principal,
premium, if any, and interest paid on the Notes. The Company shall
pay Special Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the
amounts set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and the
Indenture. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of
payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is
not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the
intervening period.
The
Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to
any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to
the extent lawful.
Interest
shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months.
Section
4.02.
|
Maintenance
of Office or Agency.
|
(a)
The
Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an
office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be presented or
surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee
of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.
If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or
agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the
Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands.
(b)
The
Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or
agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such
purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The
Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation
or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or
agency.
(c)
The
Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as one such
office, drop facility or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03
hereof.
Whether
or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the
Parent will furnish to the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, within the time
periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations for a company
subject to reporting under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act:
(1) all
quarterly and annual financial information of the Parent that would be required
to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the
Parent were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect
to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by
the Parent’s certified independent accountants; and
(2) all
current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form
8-K if the Parent were required to file such reports.
In
addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Parent will file a copy
of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above
with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in
the Commission’s rules and regulations for a company subject to reporting under
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (unless the Commission will not
accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts
and prospective investors upon request. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, to the extent the Parent files the information and reports referred
to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission and such information is
publicly available on the Internet, the Parent shall be deemed to be in
compliance with its obligations to furnish such infor-
mation to
the Holders of the Notes and to make such information available to securities
analysts and prospective investors.
Section
4.04.
|
Compliance
Certificate.
|
(a)
The
Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each
fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of
the Company, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries during the
preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing
Officers with a view to determining whether the Company, the Guarantors and
their respective Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their
obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer
signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company,
the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed
and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and are not in
default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and
conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she
may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has
occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes is prohibited or if such
event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
(b)
The
Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §314(a)(2).
(c)
The
Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence
thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event
that with the giving of notice and/or the lapse of time would become an Event of
Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto.
The
Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to
delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies, except
such as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or
where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect
to the Holders.
Section
4.06.
|
Stay,
Extension and Usury Laws.
|
The
Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not
at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the
benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now
or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such
law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay
or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has
been enacted.
Section
4.07.
|
Corporate
Existence.
|
Subject
to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things
necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (a) its corporate
existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted
Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the
same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted
Subsidiary and
(b) the
rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company
shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the
corporate, partnership or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if the
Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any
material respect to the Holders of the Notes, or that such preservation is not
necessary in connection with any transaction not prohibited by this
Indenture.
Section
4.08.
|
Payments
for Consent.
|
Section
4.09.
|
Incurrence
of Additional Debt.
|
(a)
The
Parent and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective
Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Debt, including
any Acquired Debt (other than Permitted Debt) unless, after giving effect to the
application of the proceeds thereof, no Default or Event of Default would occur
as a consequence of such Incurrence or be continuing following such Incurrence
and such Debt is Debt of the Company or a Guarantor and, after giving effect to
the Incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds thereof, the
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.00 to
1.00.
(b)
The term
“Permitted
Debt” is defined to include the following:
(i) (A) Debt
of the Company evidenced by the Notes and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange
for such Notes and in exchange for any Additional Notes and (B) Debt of the
Guarantors evidenced by the Guarantees relating to the Notes and the Exchange
Notes issued in exchange for such Notes and in exchange for any Additional
Notes;
(ii) Debt of
the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent under Credit Facilities;
provided that the
aggregate principal amount of all such Debt under Credit Facilities at any one
time outstanding shall not exceed $380.0 million; provided, further, that such amount
shall be permanently reduced by (x) the amount of Net Available Cash used
to Repay Debt under Credit Facilities (to the extent, in the case of any
revolving credit Debt, such Repayment effects a corresponding commitment
reduction thereunder) and not subsequently reinvested in Additional Assets or
used to purchase Notes or Repay other Debt, pursuant to Section 4.12 and
(y) any amounts outstanding under Permitted Receivables
Financings;
(iii) Debt of
the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Capital Lease Obligations
and Purchase Money Debt; provided that:
(A)
the
aggregate principal amount of such Debt does not exceed the Fair Market Value
(on the date of the Incurrence thereof) of the Property acquired, constructed or
leased, and
(B)
the
aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding pursuant to
this clause (iii) (together with all Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred
and then outstanding in respect of Debt previously Incurred pursuant to this
clause (iii)) does not exceed $20.0 million;
(iv)
Debt of
the Parent owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary and Debt of a
Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary; provided,
however, that any
subsequent issue or transfer of Capital Stock or other event that results in any
such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any
subsequent transfer of any such Debt (except to the Parent or a Restricted
Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such
Debt by the issuer thereof; provided, further, however, that if the Company
or any Guarantor is the obligor on any such Debt and the lender is not an
obligor on the Notes, such Debt must be expressly subordinated in right of
payment to the prior payment in full of all obligations with respect to the
Notes and the Guarantees, as the case may be;
(v)
Acquired
Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the date on which such Restricted
Subsidiary is acquired by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Acquired Debt Incurred as
consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit
support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of transactions
pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of the Parent
or another Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Parent or
another Restricted Subsidiary); provided that at the time
such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Parent or another Restricted
Subsidiary or otherwise becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and after giving effect
to the Incurrence of such Acquired Debt, the Company would have been able to
Incur $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a);
(vi)
Debt of
the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary under Interest Rate Agreements entered
into for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate risk in the
ordinary course of the financial management of the Parent or such Restricted
Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes; provided that the obligations
under such agreements are directly related to payment obligations on Debt
otherwise permitted by the terms of this Section 4.09;
(vii)
Debt of
the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary under Currency Exchange Protection
Agreements entered into for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping currency
exchange rate risks directly related to transactions entered into by the Parent
or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and not for
speculative purposes;
(viii)
Debt of
the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary under Commodity Price Protection
Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of the financial management of
the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative
purposes;
(ix)
Debt in
connection with one or more standby letters of credit or performance or surety
bonds issued by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
business or pursuant to self-insurance obligations and not in connection with
the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit;
(x)
the
guarantee by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt of the Parent or
any Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision
of this Indenture;
(xi)
Debt
represented by agreements of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations,
or from guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds, escrow accounts or
performance bonds securing any obligation of the Parent or a Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in each case, incurred in connection
with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets otherwise
permitted under this Indenture; provided that the maximum
liability in respect of all such Debt shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds
actually received by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection
with such acquisition or disposition;
(xii)
Debt
arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check,
draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in
the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Debt is
extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;
(xiii)
the
Incurrence by a Securitization Subsidiary of Non-Recourse Debt in connection
with or pursuant to a Permitted Receivables Financing;
(xiv)
Debt of a
Foreign Restricted Subsidiary that is Incurred solely for working capital
purposes; provided that
the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and outstanding under this
clause (b)(xiv) (together with all Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred and
then outstanding under this clause (b)(xiv)) does not exceed
$10.0 million;
(xv)
Debt of
the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date not
otherwise described in clauses (i) through (xiv) above, including,
until May 15, 2010, Debt evidenced by the Existing Notes;
(xvi)
Debt of
the Company or a Guarantor not otherwise permitted under the foregoing clauses
(b)(i) through (b)(xv) in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as
applicable) outstanding at any one time not to exceed $20.0 million;
and
(xvii)
Permitted
Refinancing Debt Incurred in respect of Debt Incurred pursuant to
clause (a) of this Section 4.09 and clauses (b)(i), (iii), (v),
(xiv) and (xv) above.
(c)
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.09,
(i)
the
Parent and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, Incur
any Debt pursuant to paragraph (b)(xvii) of this Section 4.09 if the
proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to Refinance any Subordinated
Debt unless such Debt shall be subordinated to the Notes or the applicable
Guarantee, as the case may be, to at least the same extent as such Subordinated
Debt;
(ii) the
Parent shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Company or a
Guarantor to Incur any Debt pursuant to paragraph (b)(xvii) of this Section
4.09 if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to Refinance any
Subordinated Debt of the Company or any Guarantor;
(iii)
accrual
of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the
payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Debt, will be deemed
not to be an Incurrence of Debt for purposes of this Section 4.09;
and
(iv)
the
maximum amount of Debt that the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Parent shall not be deemed exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in
exchange rates or currency values occurring after such Debt was
Incurred.
(d)
For
purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an
item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted
Debt described in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(xvii) above or is
entitled to be incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.09, the Company
shall, in its sole discretion, classify (or later reclassify in whole or in
part, in its sole discretion) such item of Debt in any manner that complies with
this Section 4.09. Debt under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities outstanding
on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance
on the exception provided by clause (b)(ii) above. The principal amount of
any Debt supported by a letter of credit issued under a Credit Facility in
accordance with clause (b)(ii) above will not constitute a separate
incurrence of Debt for purposes of this Section 4.09, to the extent of the
stated amount of the letter of credit.
The
Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not incur or suffer to exist any
Debt that is subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of the Parent
and its Restricted Subsidiaries unless such Debt is at least equally
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Guarantees.
Section
4.10.
|
Restricted
Payments.
|
(a)
The
Parent shall not make, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment if at the time of, and
after giving effect to, such proposed Restricted Payment,
(i)
a Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(ii)
the
Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section
4.09(a); or
(iii)
the
aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments
declared or made since January 1, 2010 (the amount of any Restricted Payment, if
made other than in cash, to be based upon Fair Market Value at the time of such
Restricted Payment) would exceed an amount equal to the sum of:
(A)
50% of
the aggregate amount of Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period
(treated as one accounting period) from January 1, 2010 to the end of the most
recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available
(or if the aggregate amount of Consolidated Net Income for such period shall be
a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus
(B)
100% of
the Capital Contributions (other than Excluded Contributions); plus
(C)
the sum
of:
(1) the
aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary
from the issuance or sale after January 1, 2010 of convertible or exchangeable
Debt that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Parent; and
(2) the
aggregate amount by which Debt (other than Subordinated Debt) of the Parent or
any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced on the Parent’s consolidated balance sheet
on or after January 1, 2010 upon the conversion or exchange of any Debt issued
or sold on or prior to January 1, 2010 that is convertible or exchangeable for
Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent,
excluding,
in the case of clause (1) or (2):
(x) any
such Debt issued or sold to the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent or an
employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Parent or any such
Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees; and
(y) the
aggregate amount of any cash or other Property distributed by the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary upon any such conversion or exchange; plus
(D)
an amount
equal to the sum of:
(1) the
amount received from any Investments in any Persons since January 1,
2010 other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary resulting from dividends,
repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of Property, in each case to
the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Person; and
(2) the
portion (proportionate to the Parent’s equity interest in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted
Subsidiary or has been merged or consolidated with or into or transfers all of
its assets into the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the foregoing
sum shall not exceed, in the case of any Person, the amount of Investments
previously made (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary in such Person; plus
(E)
$50,000,000.
(b)
The
provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 4.10 will not
prohibit:
(i)
the
payment of any dividends within 60 days of the declaration thereof if, on
the declaration date, such dividends could have been paid in compliance with
this Indenture; provided, however, that at the time of
such payment of such dividend, no other Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom); provided, further, however, that such dividend
shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments;
(ii)
the
purchase, repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement
for value of Capital Stock of the Parent or Subordinated Debt in exchange for,
or out of the proceeds of the sale within 30 days of, Capital Stock of the
Parent (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or
sold to a Subsidiary of the Parent or an employee stock ownership plan or trust
established by the Parent or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their
employees); provided,
however,
that
(A)
such
purchase, repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement
shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments
and
(B)
the
Capital Contributions from such exchange or sale shall be excluded from the
calculation pursuant to clause (a)(iii)(B) above;
(iii)
the
purchase, repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement
for value of any Subordinated Debt in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of
the sale within 30 days of, Permitted Refinancing Debt; provided, however, that such purchase,
repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement shall be
excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
(iv)
the
repurchase of shares or units of, or options to purchase shares of, common stock
or common units, as the case may be, of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
from current or former officers, directors or employees of the Parent or any of
its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such current or former officers,
directors or employees), pursuant to the terms of agreements (including
employment agreements) or plans (or amendments thereto) approved by the Board of
Directors under which such individuals purchase or sell, or are granted the
option to purchase or sell, shares of such common stock or common units; provided, however, that the aggregate
amount of such repurchases shall not exceed $2.0 million in any calendar
year and at the time of such repurchase, no other Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom); provided, further, that unused amounts
may carry over and be used in subsequent calendar years, in addition to the
amounts permitted for such calendar year, up to a maximum of $5.0 million
in any calendar year; provided, further, however, that such
repurchases shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments;
(v)
the
repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options
to the extent such Capital Stock represented a portion of the exercise price of
those stock options; provided, however, that such payments
will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments;
(vi)
so long
as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be
caused thereby, the declaration of any payment of regularly scheduled or accrued
dividends to (A) holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of
the Parent issued on or after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09(a) and
(B) holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Parent issued after the Issue Date; provided that at the time of
the issuance of such stock and after giving pro forma effect thereto (treating
the aggregate liquidation preference of such Preferred Stock as Debt), the
Company would have been able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant
to Section 4.09(a); provided, however, that such payments
will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments;
(vii)
so long
as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be
caused thereby, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and within
90 days after completion of the offer to repurchase Notes pursuant to
Section 4.18 (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any repurchase
or redemption of Debt of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
subordinated to the Notes that is required to be repurchased or redeemed
pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control, at a
purchase price not greater than 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof
(plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any); provided that such
redemptions or repurchases shall be included in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted Payments;
(viii)
so long
as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be
caused thereby, within 90 days after completion of any offer to repurchase
Notes pursuant to Section 4.12 (including the purchase of all Notes tendered),
any repurchase or redemption of Debt of the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries subordinated to the Notes that is required to be repurchased or
redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale, at a
purchase price not greater than 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof
(plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any); provided that such
redemptions or repurchases shall be included in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted Payments; or
(ix)
the
redemption, repurchase or other acquisition for value of Capital Stock of the
Parent representing fractional shares of such Capital Stock in connection with a
merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other combination involving the Company
or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company; provided that such
redemptions, repurchases or other acquisitions shall be included in the
calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
(x)
Investments
that are made with Excluded Contributions; provided that such payments
shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments;
(xi) to the
extent the Existing Notes are deemed to be Subordinated Debt, the purchase,
redemption or retirement for value of the Existing Notes; provided that each
purchase, redemption, or retirements for value shall be excluded in the
calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and
(xii) so long
as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be
caused thereby, Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted under the foregoing
clauses (b)(i) through (b)(xi) in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million;
provided that such
amounts shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments.
For
purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that a
Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories
described in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(xii) above or is entitled to be made
pursuant to Section 4.10(a), the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify
(or later reclassify in whole or in part, in its sole discretion) such
Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this covenant.
(a)
The
Parent and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur or suffer to exist any
Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its Property (including Capital
Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter
acquired, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom,
unless:
(i)
if such
Lien secures Debt ranking pari
passu with the Notes, the Notes or the applicable Guarantee is secured on
an equal and ratable basis with such Debt; and
(ii)
if such
Lien secures Subordinated Debt, such Lien shall be subordinated to a Lien
securing the Notes or the applicable Guarantee in the same Property as that
securing such Lien to the same extent as such Subordinated Debt is subordinated
to the Notes and the Guarantees.
Section
4.12.
|
Asset
Sales.
|
(a)
The
Parent and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale
unless:
(i)
the
Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such
Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Property subject to
such Asset Sale;
(ii)
at least
75% of the consideration paid to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with such Asset Sale is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents or
the assumption by the purchaser of liabilities of the Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities or liabilities that are by their
terms subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee) as a result of
which the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer obligated with
respect to such liabilities; and
(iii)
the
Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such
Asset Sale complies with the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii).
(b)
Solely
for the purposes of clause (a)(ii) above, the following will be deemed to be
cash:
(i)
any
securities, notes or other obligations received by the Parent or the Restricted
Subsidiary from a transferee that are converted by the Parent or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 90 days
following the closing of such Asset Sale; and
(ii)
any
Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value
(measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes
in value), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration
received pursuant to this clause (b)(ii) then outstanding, not to exceed
$20.0 million.
(c)
The Net
Available Cash (or any portion thereof) from Asset Sales may be applied by the
Parent, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent the Parent, the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of any
Debt):
(i)
to Repay
Debt outstanding under Credit Facilities; or
(ii)
to
reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of an Investment in Additional
Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the
Parent, the Company or Restricted Subsidiary).
(d)
Pending
the final application of any such Net Available Cash, the Company may
temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net
Available Cash in any manner that is not prohibited by this
Indenture.
(e)
Any Net
Available Cash from an Asset Sale not applied in accordance with the preceding
paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net
Available Cash or that is not segregated from the general funds of the Company
for investment in identified Additional Assets in respect of a project that
shall have been commenced, and for which binding contractual commitments have
been entered into, prior to the end of such 365-day period and that shall not
have been completed or abandoned shall constitute “Excess
Proceeds”; provided, however, that if during such
365-day period after the re-
ceipt of
any such Net Available Cash the Parent (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary)
enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net
Available Cash in accordance with the requirements of clause (b) of the
preceding paragraph after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended
with respect to the amount of Net Available Cash so committed for a period not
to exceed 120 days until such Net Available Cash is applied in accordance with
such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement); provided, further, however, that the amount of
any Net Available Cash that ceases to be so segregated as contemplated above and
any Net Available Cash that is segregated in respect of a project that is
abandoned or completed shall also constitute “Excess Proceeds” at the time any
such Net Available Cash ceases to be so segregated or at the time the relevant
project is so abandoned or completed, as applicable; provided, further, however, that the amount of
any Net Available Cash that continues to be segregated for investment in
identified Additional Assets and that is not actually so invested within 365
days (as extended with respect to the amount of Net Available Cash committed to
be applied in accordance with a definitive binding agreement as described above)
from the date of the receipt of such Net Available Cash shall also constitute
“Excess Proceeds.”
When the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company
shall make an offer to repurchase (the “Prepayment
Offer”) the Notes within five Business Days, which offer shall be in the
amount of the Allocable Excess Proceeds (rounded to the nearest $1,000), on a
pro rata basis
according to principal amount, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Special
Interest, if any, to the repurchase date (subject to the right of holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date), in accordance with the procedures (including prorating
in the event of oversubscription) set forth in Section 3.09. To the extent that
any portion of the amount of Net Available Cash remains after compliance with
the preceding sentence and provided that all Holders of
Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for repurchase in
accordance with this Indenture, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary may use
such remaining amount for any purpose permitted by this Indenture, and the
amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.
The term
“Allocable
Excess Proceeds” shall mean the product of:
(a) the
Excess Proceeds and
(b) a
fraction,
(1) the
numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on
the date of the Prepayment Offer, and
(2) the
denominator of which is the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer and the aggregate principal
amount of other Debt of the Company outstanding on the date of the Prepayment
Offer that is pari
passu in right of payment with the Notes and subject to terms and
conditions in respect of Asset Sales similar in all material respects to this
Section 4.12 and requiring the Company to make an offer to repurchase such Debt
at substantially the same time as the Prepayment Offer.
(f)
The
Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section
14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in
connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
provisions of this Section 4.12, the Company shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof.
Section
4.13.
|
Restrictions
on Distributions from Restricted
Subsidiaries.
|
(a)
The
Parent and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist any consensual restriction on the right of any of their
respective Restricted Subsidiaries to:
(i)
pay
dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions on or in
respect of its Capital Stock, or pay any Debt or other obligation owed, to any
Restricted Subsidiary or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not
owned, directly or indirectly by the Company or any Guarantor, to the Parent or
any Restricted Subsidiary,
(ii)
make any
loans or advances to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, or
(iii)
transfer
any of its Property to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary.
(b)
The
foregoing limitations will not apply:
(i)
with
respect to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), to restrictions:
(A)
in effect
on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, restrictions pursuant to the
Notes, this Indenture and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities),
(B)
relating
to Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary and existing at the time it became a
Restricted Subsidiary if such restriction was not created in connection with or
in anticipation of the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which
such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the
Parent or the Company,
(C)
that
result from the Refinancing of Debt Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred
to in clause (i)(A) or (B) above or in clause (ii)(A) or
(B) below; provided such restrictions
are not more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the
agreement evidencing the Debt so Refinanced,
(D)
contained
in any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture that restricts distributions by that
Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or other disposition,
(E)
relating
to Debt or other contractual requirements or restrictions of a Securitization
Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing; provided that such
restrictions only apply to such Securitization Subsidiary,
(F)
contained
in any agreement governing Debt incurred by a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary
permitted under Section 4.09; provided that such
restrictions only apply to such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that such Debt is
not guaranteed by the Parent or any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries,
and
(G)
customary
restrictions contained in any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Exchange
Protection Agreement, Commodity Price Protection Agreement or other similar
agreement or arrangement to the extent the related Hedging Obligation is
otherwise permitted under this Indenture.
(ii)
with
respect to clause (iii) only, to restrictions:
(A)
relating
to Debt that is permitted to be Incurred and secured without also securing the
Notes or the applicable Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.09 and Section 4.11 that
limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the Property securing such
Debt,
(B)
encumbering
Property at the time such Property was acquired by the Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary, so long as such restrictions relate solely to the Property so
acquired and were not created in connection with or in anticipation of such
acquisition,
(C)
resulting
from customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of leases or
customary provisions in other agreements that restrict assignment of such
agreements or rights thereunder,
(D)
customary
restrictions contained in asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements,
stock sale agreements and other similar agreements limiting the transfer of such
Property pending the closing of such sale,
(E)
customary
restrictions contained in joint venture and similar agreements entered into in
the ordinary course of business and otherwise not prohibited by this
Indenture,
(F)
customary
non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of
business, and
(G)
restrictions
on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business.
Section
4.14.
|
Affiliate
Transactions.
|
(a)
The
Parent and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction
or series of transactions (including the purchase, sale, transfer, assignment,
lease, conveyance or exchange of any Property or the rendering of any service)
with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Parent or the Company (an
“Affiliate
Transaction”), unless:
(i)
the terms
of such Affiliate Transaction are set forth in writing and no less favorable to
the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that
could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is
not an Affiliate of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(ii)
if such
Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments or value in excess of $2.5
million, the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying
that such transaction or series of related transactions complies with clause (i)
above; and
(iii)
if such
Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments or value in excess of $15.0
million, either (A) such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority
of the Disinterested Directors of the Board of Directors, or in the event there
is only one Disinterested Director, by such Disinterested Director, or (B) the
Company obtains a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the
effect that the consideration to be paid or received in connection
with such
Affiliate Transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Parent and
its Restricted Subsidiaries.
(b)
Notwithstanding
the foregoing limitation, the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into
or suffer to exist the following:
(i)
any
transaction or series of transactions between the Parent and one or more
Restricted Subsidiaries or between two or more Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business;
(ii) any
Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.10 or any
Permitted Investment;
(iii) the
payment of compensation (including amounts paid pursuant to employee benefit
plans) for the personal services of officers, directors and employees of the
Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, so long as the Board of Directors
in good faith shall have approved the terms thereof and deemed the services
theretofore or thereafter to be performed for such compensation to be fair
consideration therefor;
(iv)
loans and
advances to non-executive employees made in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with the past practices of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be; provided that such loans and
advances do not exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate at any one time
outstanding;
(v)
agreements
in effect on the Issue Date and described in the offering memorandum and any
modifications, extensions or renewals thereto that are no less favorable to the
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary than such agreements as in effect on the
Issue Date;
(vi)
customary
indemnification agreements with officers and directors of the Parent or its
Restricted Subsidiaries;
(vii)
transactions
with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent) that is an
Affiliate of the Parent solely because the Parent owns, directly or through a
Restricted Subsidiary, Capital Stock in or controls such Person;
(viii)
any
payments or other transactions pursuant to any tax sharing agreement between
Parent or the Company and any other Person with which Parent or the Company
files a consolidated tax return or with which the Parent or the Company is part
of a consolidated group for tax purposes;
(ix)
the
issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent to any
Affiliate; and
(x)
transactions
between a Securitization Subsidiary and the Parent or one or more Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing.
Section
4.17.
|
Designation
of Restricted and Unrestricted
Subsidiaries.
|
(a) The Board
of Directors of the Company may designate any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries to be
an Unrestricted Subsidiary if the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, is permitted to make such Investment in such Subsidiary and such
Subsidiary:
(i)
does not
own any Capital Stock or Debt of, or own or hold any Lien on any Property of,
the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(ii) has no
Debt other than Non-Recourse Debt; provided, however, that the Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary may loan, advance, extend credit to, or guarantee the Debt
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at any time at or after such Subsidiary is
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section
4.10;
(iii)
except as
would be permitted by Section 4.14, is not party to any agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding with the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiaries
unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding
are no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Parent or such Restricted
Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are
not Affiliates of the Parent or the Company;
(iv)
is a
Person with respect to which neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiaries
has any direct or indirect obligation (A) to subscribe for additional Capital
Stock or (B) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to
cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;
and
(v)
has not
Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support in the
form of Debt for any Debt of the Parent or its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
(b)
Unless so
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary
of the Parent will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Subsidiary
shall not be designated a Restricted Subsidiary and shall be automatically
classified as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if either of the requirements set forth
in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of clause (d) below will not be satisfied after
giving pro forma effect to such classification or if such Person is a Subsidiary
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
(c)
Except as
provided in the first sentence of clause (b), no Restricted Subsidiary may be
redesignated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and neither the Parent nor any
Restricted Subsidiary shall at any time be directly or indirectly liable for any
Debt that provides that the holder thereof may (with the passage of time or
notice or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity upon the occurrence of a
default with respect to any Debt, Lien or other obligation of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary (including any right to take enforcement action against such
Unrestricted Subsidiary). Upon designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Section 4.17, such Restricted
Subsidiary shall, by execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture in form
satisfactory to the Trustee, be released from any Guarantee previously made by
such Restricted Subsidiary.
(d)
The Board
of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
Restricted Subsidiary if, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such
designation,
(i)
the
Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section
4.09(a); and
(ii)
no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would
result therefrom.
Any such
designation or redesignation by the Board of Directors will be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution giving effect to such
designation or redesignation and an Officers’ Certificate that:
(a) certifies
that such designation or redesignation complies with the foregoing provisions,
and
(b) gives
the effective date of such designation or redesignation;
such
filing with the Trustee to occur within 45 days after the end of the fiscal
quarter of the Parent in which such designation or redesignation is made (or, in
the case of a designation or redesignation made during the last fiscal quarter
of the Company’s fiscal year, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal
year).
Section
4.18.
|
Repurchase
at the Option of Holders upon a Change of
Control.
|
(a)
Upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall, within 30 days of a Change
of Control, make an offer (the “Change of Control
Offer”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section
3.09. Each Holder shall have the right to accept such offer and
require the Company to repurchase all or any portion (equal to $1,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer at a purchase price, in cash (the “Change of Control
Amount”), equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased, to the
Purchase Date.
(b)
The
Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at
the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this
Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and
purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of
Control Offer or (ii) an irrevocable notice of redemption for all outstanding
Notes has been given in accordance with this Indenture.
(c)
A Change
of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon
the Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of
Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.
Section
4.19.
|
Future
Guarantors.
|
The
Parent and the Company shall cause each Person that becomes a Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) following the
Issue Date to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee at the time such
Person becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary. In addition, the Parent and the
Company will cause each of its respective existing non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
and each of its respective Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries created or acquired
after the Issue Date which has guaran-
teed or
which guarantees any Debt of the Parent or any of its Domestic Restricted
Subsidiaries, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee pursuant to
which such non-Guarantor Subsidiary or Foreign Restricted Subsidiary will
guarantee payment of the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the same terms
and conditions as set forth in the guarantee of such other Debt of the Parent or
any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary given by such non-Guarantor Subsidiary or
Foreign Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if such Debt is
by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, any such
guarantee of such non-Guarantor Subsidiary or Foreign Restricted Subsidiary with
respect to such Debt will be subordinated in right of payment to such
non-Guarantor Subsidiary’s or Foreign Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with
respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Debt is
subordinated to the Notes; provided, further, however, that any such
Guarantee shall also provide by its terms that it will be automatically and
unconditionally released upon the release or discharge of such guarantee of
payment of such other Debt (except a discharge by or as a result of payment
under such guarantee).
ARTICLE
5.
SUCCESSORS
Section
5.01.
|
Merger,
Consolidation and Sale of Assets.
|
(a)
The
Company shall not merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other Person
(other than a merger of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary into the Company)
or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its Property in any one transaction or series of
transactions unless:
(i)
the
Company shall be the Surviving Person in such merger, consolidation or
amalgamation, or the Surviving Person (if other than the Company) formed by such
merger, consolidation or amalgamation or to which such sale, transfer,
assignment, lease, conveyance or disposition is made shall be a corporation,
partnership or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws
of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;
provided, however, that if such Person
is a limited liability company or partnership, a corporate Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person becomes a co-issuer of the Notes in
connection therewith;
(ii)
the
Surviving Person (if other than the Company) expressly assumes, by supplemental
indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the
Trustee by such Surviving Person, the due and punctual payment of the principal
of, and premium, if any, and interest on, all the Notes, according to their
tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants
and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company;
(iii)
in the
case of a sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of
all or substantially all the Property of the Company, such Property shall have
been transferred as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to one
Person;
(iv)
immediately
before and after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on
a pro forma basis (and
treating, for purposes of this clause (iv) and clause (v) below, any
Debt that becomes, or is anticipated to become, an obligation of the Surviving
Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction or series of
transactions as having been Incurred by the Surviving Person or such Restricted
Subsidiary at the time of such transaction or series of transactions), no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(v)
immediately
after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis, either
(a) the Company or the Surviving Person, as the case may be, would be able
to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under Section 4.09(a) or (b) the
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would not be lower than the Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction
or series of transactions; and
(vi)
the
Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction or series of
transactions and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereto comply
with this covenant and that all conditions precedent herein provided for
relating to such transaction or series of transactions have been
satisfied.
(b)
The
Parent shall not, and the Parent and the Company shall not permit any Guarantor
to merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other Person (other than a
merger of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary into the Parent, the Company or
such Guarantor) or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all its Property in any one transaction or series of
transactions (other than a sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or
other disposition between or among the Company and any Guarantor)
unless:
(i)
the
Surviving Person (if not such Guarantor) formed by such merger, consolidation or
amalgamation or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or
disposition is made shall be a corporation, company (including a limited
liability company) or partnership organized and existing under the laws of the
United States of America, any State thereof or the District of
Columbia;
(ii)
the
Surviving Person (if other than such Guarantor) expressly assumes, by
supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and
delivered to the Trustee by such Surviving Person, the due and punctual
performance and observance of all the obligations of such Guarantor under its
Guarantee;
(iii)
in the
case of a sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of
all or substantially all the Property of such Guarantor, such Property shall
have been transferred as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to one
Person;
(iv)
immediately
before and after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on
a pro forma basis (and
treating, for purposes of this clause (iv) and clause (v) below, any
Debt that becomes, or is anticipated to become, an obligation of the Surviving
Person, the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction
or series of transactions as having been Incurred by the Surviving Person, the
Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction or series
of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing;
(v)
immediately
after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis, either (a)
the Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under
Section 4.09(a) or (b) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would not be
lower than the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving
effect to such transaction or series of transactions; and
(vi)
the
Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction or series of
transactions and such Guarantee, if any, in re-
spect
thereto comply with this covenant and that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to such transaction or series of transactions have been
satisfied.
The
foregoing provisions (other than clause (iv) in each of paragraphs (a) and
(b) hereof) shall not apply to any transaction or series of transactions which
constitute an Asset Sale if the Parent and the Company have complied with
Section 4.12.
Section
5.02.
|
Successor
Corporation Substituted.
|
The
Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise
every right and power of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable,
under this Indenture; provided, however, that the predecessor
entity shall not be released from any of the obligations or covenants under this
Indenture, including with respect to the payment of the Notes and obligations
under the Guarantee, as the case may be, in the case of:
(a)
a sale,
transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition (unless such sale,
transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all of the assets of
the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, or
(b)
a
lease.
ARTICLE
6.
DEFAULTS AND
REMEDIES
Section
6.01.
|
Events
of Default.
|
Each of
the following constitutes an “Event of
Default” with respect to the Notes:
(a)
failure
to make the payment of any interest on the Notes when the same becomes due and
payable, and such failure continues for a period of 30 days;
(b)
failure
to make the payment of any principal of, or premium, if any, on, any of the
Notes when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon
acceleration, redemption, optional redemption, required repurchase or
otherwise;
(c)
failure
to comply with Section 5.01;
(d)
failure
to comply with any other covenant or agreement in the Notes or in this Indenture
(other than a failure that is the subject of the foregoing clause (a), (b)
or (c)), and such failure continues for 30 days after written notice is given to
the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding specifying such default,
demanding that it be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of
Default”;
(e)
a default
under any Debt by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that results in
acceleration of the maturity of such Debt, or failure to pay any such Debt at
maturity, in an aggregate amount greater than $10.0 million or its foreign
currency equivalent at the time;
(f)
any final
judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess
of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent at the time) (net of any
amounts
that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company shall have acknowledged
liability for in writing) that shall be rendered against the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary and that shall not be waived, satisfied or discharged for
any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not
be in effect;
(g)
any
Guarantee of the Parent or a Significant Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be in
full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such
Guarantee) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its
Guarantee;
(h)
the
Parent, the Company or any of their respective Significant Restricted
Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, when taken together,
would constitute a Significant Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to or within the
meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(A) commences
a voluntary case or gives notice of intention to make a proposal under any
Bankruptcy Law;
(B) consents
to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or
consents to its dissolution or winding up;
(C) consents
to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager,
liquidator, trustee or custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its
property;
(D) makes
a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
(E) admits
in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due or otherwise admits
its insolvency; and
(i)
a court
of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law
that:
(A) is
for relief against the Parent, the Company or any of their respective
Significant Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries
that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Restricted Subsidiary
in an involuntary case; or
(B) appoints
a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or
custodian of the Parent, the Company or any of their respective Significant
Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, when taken
together, would constitute a Significant Restricted Subsidiary or for all or
substantially all of the property of the Parent, the Company or any of their
respective Significant Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant
Restricted Subsidiary; or
(C) orders
the liquidation of the Parent, the Company or any of their respective
Significant Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries
that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Restricted
Subsidiary;
and such
order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive
days.
Section
6.02.
|
Acceleration.
|
If any
Event of Default (other than that described in Section 6.01(h) or (i)) occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee may, and the Trustee upon the request of Holders
of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, or the Holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of
all the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, premium, if any,
to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee
specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of
acceleration (the “Acceleration
Notice”), and the same shall become immediately due and
payable.
In the
case of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i), all outstanding
Notes shall become due and payable immediately without any further declaration
or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.
After any
such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration is
obtained by the Trustee, the registered holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, under certain
circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default,
other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal, premium or interest, have
been cured or waived as provided in the indenture.
In the
event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default
described in Section 6.01(e) above has occurred and is continuing, the
declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the
event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default shall be
remedied or cured by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the
holders of the relevant Debt within 30 days after the declaration of
acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the
acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a
court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default,
except non-payment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became
due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes have been cured or
waived.
Holders
may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this
Indenture.
Section
6.03.
|
Other
Remedies.
|
If an
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available
remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the
Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Indenture.
The
Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes
or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by
the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an
Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of
or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies shall be
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section
6.04.
|
Waiver
of Defaults.
|
The
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the
Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default, and its consequences,
except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest, on the Notes and (ii) in respect of
a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the Holder of
each Note
affected by such modification or amendment. Upon any waiver of a
Default or Event of Default, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed cured for every purpose of this
Indenture but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or
Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section
6.05.
|
Control
by Majority.
|
Subject
to Section 7.01, Section 7.02(f) and Section 7.07 (including the Trustee’s
receipt of the security or indemnification described therein) hereof, in case an
Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the right to
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Trustee with respect to the Notes.
Section
6.06.
|
Limitation
on Suits.
|
No Holder
shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture,
or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder,
unless:
(a)
such
Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event
of Default or the Trustee receives the notice from the Company,
(b)
Holders
of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have
made written request and offered reasonable indemnity to the Trustee to
institute such proceeding as trustee, and
(c)
the
Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with
such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60
days.
The
preceding limitations shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for
enforcement of payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, a
Note on or after the respective due dates for such payments set forth in such
Note.
A Holder
may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another
Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.
Section
6.07.
|
Rights
of Holders to Receive
Payment.
|
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Indenture (including Section 6.06), the right of any
Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the
Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the
Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for
the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not
be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section
6.08.
|
Collection
Suit by Trustee.
|
If an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of
an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of,
premium, if any, and interest then due and owing (together with interest on
overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest) and such further amount
as
shall be
sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel.
Section
6.09.
|
Trustee
May File Proofs of Claim.
|
The
Trustee shall be authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any
other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be
entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other
property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such
judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to
the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of
such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to
it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents
and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out
of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of
the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all
distributions, moneys, securities and any other properties that the Holders may
be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any
plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or
accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to
authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such
proceeding.
Section
6.10.
|
Priorities.
|
If the
Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the
money in the following order:
First: to the
Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof,
including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and
all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of
collection;
Second: to
Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal,
premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any
kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal,
premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
Third: to the
Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall
direct.
The
Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders
pursuant to this Section 6.10.
Section
6.11.
|
Undertaking
for Costs.
|
In any
suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any
suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a
court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such
suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and the court in its
discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees,
against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and
good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This
Section 6.11 shall not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a
suit by a
Holder
pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE
7.
TRUSTEE
Section
7.01.
|
Duties
of Trustee.
|
(a) If an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such
of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree
of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use
under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own
affairs.
(b) Except
during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i)
the
duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of
this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are
specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants
or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee;
and
(ii)
in the
absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the
truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein,
upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the
certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the
requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy
of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
(c)
The
Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its
own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except
that:
(i)
this
paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section;
(ii)
the
Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in
ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(iii)
the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take
in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section
6.05 hereof.
(d)
Whether
or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this
Section 7.01.
(e)
No
provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the
request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee
reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.
(f)
The
Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as
the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregate from other funds except to the extent
required by law.
Section
7.02.
|
Rights
of Trustee.
|
Subject
to TIA Section 315:
(a)
The
Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and
to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need
not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.
(b)
Before
the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’
Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult
with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel
shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in
respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith
and in reliance thereon.
(c)
The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred
upon it by this Indenture.
(d)
Unless
otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request,
direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer
of the Company.
(e)
The
Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default
unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or
unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of
Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee from the Company or the Holders of 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such notice references the
specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.
(f)
The
Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the
performance of its power and duties hereunder.
(g)
The
Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s
covenants herein.
(h)
The
Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties
hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee
shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any
agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.
(i) Except
with respect to receipt of payments of scheduled interest and any Default or
Event of Default information contained in the Officer's Certificate delivered to
it pursuant to Section 4.04, the Trustee shall have no duty to monitor or
investigate the Issuer's compliance with or the breach of any representation,
warranty or covenant made in this Indenture.
(j)
Delivery
of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.03 is for
informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not
constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or
determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's
compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is
entitled to rely conclusively on an Officer's Certificates). The Trustee
is under no duty to examine such reports, information or documents to ensure
compliance with the provision of this indenture or to ascertain the correctness
or otherwise of the information or the statements contained
therein.
(k)
In no
event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited
to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the
likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of
action.
(l)
The
rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and
shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and
each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
(m)
In no
event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly
or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation,
strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military
disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions,
loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable
efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to
resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
Section
7.03.
|
Individual
Rights of Trustee.
|
The
Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company
with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However,
in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must
eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission
to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like
rights and duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10
and 7.11 hereof.
Section
7.04.
|
Trustee’s
Disclaimer.
|
The
Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the
validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable
for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the
Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture,
it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by
any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any
statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document
in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other
than its certificate of authentication.
Section
7.05.
|
Notice
of Defaults.
|
If a
Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the
Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of
Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a
Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a
committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding
the notice is in the interests of the Holders.
Section
7.06.
|
Reports
by Trustee to Holders.
|
Within 60
days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this
Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail
to the Holders a brief re-
port
dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event
described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the
reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall
comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail
all reports as required by TIA §313(c).
A copy of
each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the
Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes
are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company shall promptly
notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any
delisting thereof.
Section
7.07.
|
Compensation
and Indemnity.
|
The
Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for
its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s
compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon
request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made
by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses
shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the
Trustee’s agents and counsel.
The
Company shall indemnify the Trustee (in its capacity as Trustee) and its
officers, directors, agents and employees, or any predecessor Trustee (in its
capacity as Trustee) against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties,
fines, liabilities or expenses, including incidental and out-of-pocket expenses
and reasonable attorneys fees (for purposes of this Article, “losses”)
incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and
expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section
7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or
any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent such
losses may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The
Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek
indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not
relieve the Company of its obligations under this Section 7.07, to the extent
the Company has been prejudiced thereby. The Company shall defend the
claim, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee
may have separate counsel if the Trustee has been reasonably advised by counsel
that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it that are different
from or additional to those available to the Company and in the reasonable
judgment of such counsel it is advisable for the Trustee to engage separate
counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such
counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The
Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss incurred by
the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad
faith.
The
obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the
Trustee and payment in full of the Notes through the expiration of the
applicable statute of limitations.
To secure
the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien
prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee,
except that held in trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on
particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture.
When the
Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.01(h) or (i) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for
the services (including the
fees and
expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
Section
7.08.
|
Replacement
of Trustee.
|
A
resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee
shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.
The
Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days’ prior notice to the
Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the
Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee
and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee
if:
(a)
the
Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
(b)
the
Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with
respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
(c)
a
custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;
or
(d)
the
Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
If the
Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee
for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the
retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office,
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company.
If a
successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at
least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee.
If the
Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least
six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition
any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor Trustee.
A
successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the
retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal
of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall
have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this
Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders. Subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07
hereof, the retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as
Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided, however, that all sums owing
to the Trustee hereunder shall have been paid. Notwithstanding
replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s
obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the
retiring Trustee.
In the
case of an appointment hereunder of a separate or successor Trustee with respect
to the Notes, the Company, the Guarantors, any retiring Trustee and each
successor or separate Trustee with respect to the Notes shall execute and
deliver an Indenture supplemental hereto (1) which shall contain such provisions
as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights,
powers, trusts and
duties of
any retiring Trustee with respect to the Notes as to which any such retiring
Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in such retiring Trustee and
(2) that shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall
be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts
hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or
in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustee co-trustees of the
same trust and that each such separate, retiring or successor Trustee shall be
Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or
trusts hereunder administered by any such other Trustee.
Section
7.09.
|
Successor
Trustee by Merger, etc.
|
If the
Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially
all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking
association, the successor corporation or banking association without any
further act shall, if such successor corporation or banking association is
otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.
Section
7.10.
|
Eligibility;
Disqualification.
|
There
shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof
that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is
subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that
has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million (or a wholly-owned
subsidiary of a bank or trust company, or of a bank holding company, the
principal subsidiary of which is a bank or trust company having a combined
capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million) as set forth in its most recent
published annual report of condition.
This
Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA
§310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA
§310(b).
Section
7.11.
|
Preferential
Collection of Claims Against
Company.
|
The
Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in
TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be
subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE
8.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND
COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section
8.01.
|
Option
to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.
|
The
Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or
8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions
set forth in this Article 8.
Section
8.02.
|
Legal
Defeasance and Discharge.
|
Upon the
Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section
8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth
in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with
respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are
satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal
Defeasance”) and each Guarantor shall be released from all of its
obligations under its Guarantee. For this purpose, Legal Defeasance
means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
Debt represented by the outstanding Notes,
which
shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section
8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below,
and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the Notes and this
Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company,
shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the
following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder:
(a)
the
rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund
described in Section 8.04, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments
in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes when
such payments are due,
(b)
the
Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Sections
4.01 and 4.02,
(c)
the
rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Company’s obligations in connection therewith and
(d)
this
Article 8.
If the
Company exercises under Section 8.01 the option applicable to this Section 8.02,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, payment
of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may
exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise
of its option under Section 8.03.
Section
8.03.
|
Covenant
Defeasance.
|
Upon the
Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section
8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth
in Section 8.04, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained
in Sections 4.03, 4.09 through 4.14, 4.18 and 4.19 hereof, and the operation of
Sections 5.01(a)(v) and (b)(v), with respect to the outstanding Notes on and
after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied
(hereinafter, “Covenant
Defeasance”) and each Guarantor shall be released from all of its
obligations under its Guarantee with respect to such covenants in connection
with such outstanding Notes and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not
“outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration
or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such
covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes
hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding
for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means
that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with
and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set
forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any
reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in
any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and
such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default
under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this
Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. If the Company
exercises under Section 8.01 the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, payment of the
Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause
(d) (with respect to the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.09 through
4.14, 4.18 and 4.19 hereof), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i) (but in the case of (h)
and (i) of Section 6.01, with respect to Significant Restricted Subsidiaries
only) or because of the Company’s or the Parent’s failure to comply with clauses
(a)(v) and (b)(v) of Section 5.01.
Section
8.04.
|
Conditions
to Legal or Covenant
Defeasance.
|
The
following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or
8.03 to the outstanding Notes.
The Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance may be exercised only if:
(a)
the
Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee, in trust (the “defeasance
trust”), for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars,
non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination of cash in U.S.
dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, in an amount sufficient,
in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the
outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the next redemption date, as the
case may be, and the Company shall specify whether the Notes are being defeased
to maturity or to such particular redemption date;
(b)
in the
case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Company has
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a
ruling or (ii) subsequent to the Issue Date, there has been a change in the
applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based
thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(c)
in the
case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of
the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income
tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times
as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not
occurred;
(d)
no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of
deposit and after giving effect thereto (other than a Default resulting from the
borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);
(e)
such
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or
instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is
bound;
(f)
the
Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the holders of
the Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating,
hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others;
and
(g)
the
Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal
Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
Section
8.05.
|
Deposited
Cash and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions.
|
Subject
to Section 8.06, all cash and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations
(including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying
trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”)
pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in
trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such
Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect
of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need
not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law.
The
Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge
imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. Government
Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and
interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding
Notes.
Anything
in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or
pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any cash or
non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04
which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified
public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the
Trustee (which may be the certification delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in
excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to
effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section
8.06.
|
Repayment
to Company.
|
The
Trustee shall promptly, and in any event, no later than five (5) Business Days,
pay to the Company after request therefor, any excess money held with respect to
the Notes at such time in excess of amounts required to pay any of the Company’s
Obligations then owing with respect to the Notes.
Any cash
or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any
Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the
principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for
one year after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and
payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the
Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter,
as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and
securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon
cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or
such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the
expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal
(national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than
30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance
of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the
Company.
Section
8.07.
|
Reinstatement.
|
If the
Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable U.S.
Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may
be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the
Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and
rein-
stated as
though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time
as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and
securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company
makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note
following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated
to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the cash and
securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE
9.
AMENDMENT,
SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section
9.01.
|
Without
Consent of Holders of Notes.
|
Notwithstanding
Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of
any Holder to:
(a)
cure any
ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency in any manner that is not adverse
in any material respect to any Holder of the Notes;
(b)
provide
for the assumption by a Surviving Person of the obligations of the Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary under this Indenture, the Notes and the
Guarantees;
(c)
provide
for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the
uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section
163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are
described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);
(d)
add
additional Guarantees or additional obligors with respect to the Notes or
release, terminate or discharge Guarantors from Guarantees as permitted by the
terms of this Indenture;
(e)
secure
the Notes;
(f)
add to
the covenants of the Parent and the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to
surrender any right or power conferred upon the Parent or the
Company;
(g)
make any
change that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder
of the Notes;
(h)
comply
with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of
this Indenture under the TIA; or
(i)
add a
co-issuer of the Notes as contemplated under Section 5.01(a)(i);
(j)
provide
for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture;
or
(k)
conform
the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of
the Notes” section of the offering memorandum, dated as of March 30, 2004,
relating to the sale of the Initial Notes, to the extent that such provision was
intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the
Notes.
Section
9.02.
|
With
Consent of Holders of Notes.
|
Except as
provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with the consent of the
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes,
including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class
(including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or
exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, may waive
any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event
of Default in (i) the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the
Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture
cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note
affected by such modification or amendment) or compliance with any provision of
this Indenture or the Notes.
Without
the consent of each Holder, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may
not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
(a) reduce
the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or
waiver;
(b) reduce
the rate of, or extend the time for payment of, interest, including special
interst, if any, on any Note;
(c)
reduce
the principal of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any Note;
(d) make any
Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;
(e)
make any
change in the provision of this Indenture protecting the right of any Holder to
receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on, such
Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the
enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or any
Guarantee;
(f)
reduce
the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which
any Note may be redeemed, as described under Section 3.07;
(g)
reduce
the premium payable upon a Change of Control or, at any time after a Change of
Control has occurred, change the time at which the Change of Control Offer
relating thereto must be made or at which the Notes must be repurchased pursuant
to such Change of Control Offer;
(h)
at any
time after the Company is obligated to make a Prepayment Offer with the Excess
Proceeds from Asset Sales, change the time at which such Prepayment Offer must
be made or at which the Notes must be repurchased pursuant thereto;
(i) expressly
subordinate the Notes or any Guarantee to any other Debt of the Company or any
Guarantor; or
(j) make any
change in any Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders.
The
Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Persons entitled to consent to any supplemental
indenture. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record
date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled
to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain
Holders after such record
date;
provided that unless
such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage
having been obtained prior to the date which is 120 days after such record date,
any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action
by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.
It shall
not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to
approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be
sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
After an
amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Company shall mail to the Holder of each Note affected thereby to such Holder’s
address appearing in the security register for the Company for the Notes a
notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any
failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not,
however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or
supplemental indenture or waiver.
Section
9.04.
|
Revocation
and Effect of Consents.
|
Until an
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder
is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a
Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s
Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any
Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the
consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice
of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes
effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective
in accordance with its terms and thereafter shall bind every
Holder.
Section
9.05.
|
Notation
on or Exchange of Notes.
|
The
Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or
waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for
all Notes may issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance
with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect
the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Failure
to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the
validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section
9.06.
|
Trustee
to Sign Amendments, etc.
|
The
Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to
this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the
rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. Neither the
Company nor any Guarantor may sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until
its board of directors (or committee serving a similar function) approves
it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee
shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully
protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental
indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable
against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and
that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions
hereof.
ARTICLE
10.
GUARANTEES
Section
10.01.
|
Guarantee.
|
Subject
to this Article 10, the Guarantors hereby unconditionally guarantee to each
Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee
and its successors and assigns: (a) the due and punctual payment of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, subject to any
applicable grace period, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption
or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal
of and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the
due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the
Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement
or any other agreement with or for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee,
all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any
extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated
Maturity, by acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02, redemption or
otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or
any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be
jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each
Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of
collection.
Each
Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to its Guarantee shall
be joint and several, unconditional, irrespective of the validity or
enforceability of the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this
Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any
judgment against the Company or any other obligor with respect to this
Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company under this Indenture or
the Notes, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances (other than
complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable
discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor further, to the
extent permitted by law, waives and relinquishes all claims, rights and remedies
accorded by applicable law to guarantors and agrees not to assert or take
advantage of any such claims, rights or remedies, including but not limited
to: (a) any right to require any of the Trustee, the Holders or the
Company (each a “Benefited
Party”), as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to
(1) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor (including any other
Guarantor) of the Obligations under the Guarantees or any other Person, (2)
proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, any such other
guarantor or any other Person, (3) proceed against or have resort to any balance
of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Benefited Party in favor of
the Company or any other Person, or (4) pursue any other remedy in the power of
any Benefited Party whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the
incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company
including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the
unenforceability of the Obligations under the Guarantees or any agreement or
instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of
the Company from any cause other than payment in full of the Obligations under
the Guarantees; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which
provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in
other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based
upon any Benefited Party’s errors or omissions in the administration of the
Obligations under the Guarantees, except behavior which amounts to bad faith;
(e)(1) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or
might be in conflict with the terms of the Guarantees and any legal or equitable
discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (2) the benefit of any
statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the
enforcement hereof, (3) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims
and (4) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Benefited Party
protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property
subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentations, protests, notices of
pro-
test,
notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance
of the Guarantees, notices of Default under the Notes or any agreement or
instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of
the Obligations under the Guarantees or any agreement related thereto, and
notices of any extension of credit to the Company and any right to consent to
any thereof; (g) to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of
any “One Action” rule and (h) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from
or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or
sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of the
Guarantees. Except to the extent expressly provided herein, including
Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 10.05, each Guarantor hereby covenants that its
Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations contained in its Guarantee and this Indenture.
If any
Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the
Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar
official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount
paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent
theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and
effect.
Each
Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in
relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until
payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor
further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders
and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations
guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.02 hereof for the
purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of
such obligations as provided in Section 6.02 hereof, such obligations (whether
or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors
for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the
right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise
of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the
Guarantee. The other Guarantors’ shares of such contribution payment
will be computed based on the proportion that the net worth of the relevant
Guarantor represents relative to the aggregate net worth of all of the
Guarantors combined.
Section
10.02.
|
Limitation
on Guarantor Liability.
|
(a) Each
Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it
is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee of such Guarantor not
constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law,
the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or
any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any
guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the
Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that each Guarantor’s
liability shall be that amount from time to time equal to the aggregate
liability of such Guarantor under the guarantee, but shall be limited to the
lesser of (a) the aggregate amount of the Company’s obligations under the
Notes and this Indenture or (b) the amount, if any, which would not have
(1) rendered the Guarantor “insolvent” (as such term is defined in
Bankruptcy Law and in the Debtor and Creditor Law of the State of New York) or
(2) left it with unreasonably small capital at the time its guarantee with
respect to the Notes was entered into, after giving effect to the incurrence of
existing Debt immediately before such time; provided, however, it shall be a
presumption in any lawsuit or proceeding in which a Guarantor is a party that
the amount guaranteed pursuant to the guarantee with respect to the Notes is the
amount described in clause (a) above unless any creditor, or
representative of creditors of the Guarantor, or debtor in possession or Trustee
in bankruptcy of the Guarantor, otherwise proves in a lawsuit that the aggregate
liability of the Guarantor is limited to the amount described in
clause (b).
(b)
In making
any determination as to the solvency or sufficiency of capital of a Guarantor in
accordance with this Section 10.02, the right of each Guarantor to contribution
from other Guarantors and any other rights such Guarantor may have, contractual
or otherwise, shall be taken into account.
Section
10.03.
|
Execution
and Delivery of Guarantee.
|
To
evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees
that a notation of such Guarantee in substantially the form included in Exhibit E attached
hereto shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be
executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer or one of its Vice Presidents.
Each
Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall
remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each
Note a notation of such Guarantee.
If an
Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds
that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee
is endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
The
delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder,
shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on
behalf of the Guarantors.
The
Company hereby agrees that it shall cause each Person that becomes obligated to
provide a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.19 to execute a supplemental indenture
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, pursuant to which
such Person provides the guarantee set forth in this Article 10 and otherwise
assumes the obligations and accepts the rights of a Guarantor under this
Indenture, in each case with the same effect and to the same extent as if such
Person had been named herein as a Guarantor. The Company also hereby
agrees to cause each such new Guarantor to evidence its guarantee by endorsing a
notation of such guarantee on each Note as provided in this Section
10.03.
Section
10.04.
|
Guarantors
May Consolidate, etc., on Certain
Terms.
|
Except as
otherwise provided in Section 10.05, no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge
with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the Surviving Person) another
Person whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless:
(a)
subject
to Section 10.05, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all
the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under this Indenture, the
Guarantee and any Registration Rights Agreements on the terms set forth herein
or therein; and
(b)
the
Guarantor complies with the requirements of Article 5 hereof.
In case
of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by
the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the
Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Guarantee endorsed upon
the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and
conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor
Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same
effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor
Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Guarantees to be
endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not
have been
signed by
the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Guarantees so
issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this
Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Guarantees had been issued at
the date of the execution hereof.
Except as
set forth in Articles 4 and 5, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above,
nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any
consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another
Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a
Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or
another Guarantor.
Section
10.05.
|
Releases
Following Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets,
etc.
|
In the
event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or
other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to
a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions)
a Subsidiary of the Parent, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other
disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital
Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event
of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such
Guarantor) shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Guarantee; provided
that the net proceeds of such sale or other disposition shall be applied in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without
limitation Section 4.12. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.17,
such Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Guarantee. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or
other disposition was made by the Company or Parent in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.12, the
Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the
release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee.
Any
Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee shall remain
liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the
other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this
Article 10.
ARTICLE
11.
SATISFACTION
AND DISCHARGE
Section
11.01.
|
Satisfaction
and Discharge.
|
This
Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect, except as
to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as to
all Notes issued hereunder, when:
(a)
either:
(i)
all Notes
that have been previously authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or
destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment
money has previously been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by
the Company and is thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from the
trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(ii)
all Notes
that have not been previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have
become due and payable by their terms within one year or have been called for
redemption, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited
with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders,
cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination
thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any
reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Debt on the Notes not
previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or redemption for
principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit, in
the case of Notes that have become due and payable, or to the Stated Maturity or
redemption date, as the case may be.
(b)
no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will
not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other
material instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which
the Company or any Guarantor is bound;
(c)
the
Company has paid all other sums payable by the Company with respect to the Notes
under this Indenture; and
(d)
the
Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the
deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at Stated Maturity or on the
redemption date.
In
addition, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent
relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been
satisfied.
Section
11.02.
|
Deposited
Cash and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions.
|
Subject
to Section 11.03, all cash and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations
(including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying
trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 11.02, the “Trustee”)
pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be
held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of
such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any
Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due
thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and
securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required
by law.
Section
11.03.
|
Repayment
to Company.
|
Any cash
or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any
Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed
for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become
due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by
the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall
thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment
thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to
such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof,
shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or
such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the
expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal
(national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than
30 days from the date of such notification
or
publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining
shall be repaid to the Company.
ARTICLE
12.
RESERVED
ARTICLE
13.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section
13.01.
|
Trust
Indenture Act Controls.
|
If any
provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another
provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the
provision required by the TIA shall control.
Any
notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the other is duly given
if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered
or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air
courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address:
90 North
Broadway
Irvington,
NY 10533
Attention: Peter
J. Anderson
Telecopier
No.: (914)
524-6821
With a
copy to:
Alston
& Bird LLP
90 Park
Avenue
New York,
New York 10016
Attention: Mark
F. McElreath
Telecopier
No.: (212) 210-9494
If to the
Trustee:
U.S. Bank
National Association
60
Livingston Avenue
St. Paul,
Minnesota 55107
Attention: Raymond
S. Haverstock
Telecopier
No.: (651) 495-8097
The
Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or
different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
All
notices and communications (other than those sent to the Trustee or Holders)
shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by
hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the
mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by
facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the
courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day
delivery. All notices and communications to the Trustee or Holders
shall be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt.
Any
notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail,
certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier
guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the Security
Register. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any
Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the
TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any
defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other
Holders.
If a
notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time
prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives
it.
If the
Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the
Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section
13.03.
|
Communication
by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of
Notes.
|
Holders
may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their
rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the
Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c).
Section
13.04.
|
Certificate
and Opinion as to Conditions
Precedent.
|
Upon any
request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under
any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee:
(a)
an
Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof)
stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and
covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been complied with; and
(b)
an
Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
(which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating
that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and
covenants have been complied with.
Section
13.05.
|
Statements
Required in Certificate or
Opinion.
|
Each
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant
provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to
TIA §314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA §314(e) and shall
include:
(a)
a
statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;
(b)
a brief
statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are
based;
(c)
a
statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with; and
(d)
a
statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been complied with.
With
respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’
Certificate, certificates of public officials or reports or opinions of
experts.
Section
13.06.
|
Rules
by Trustee and Agents.
|
The
Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of
Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and
set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section
13.07.
|
No
Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders.
|
No past,
present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of
the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Company or of the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture,
the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a
Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release
are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The
waiver and release may not be effective to waive or release liabilities under
the federal securities laws.
Section
13.08.
|
Governing
Law.
|
THE
INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS
INDENTURE AND THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER
JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
Section
13.09.
|
No
Adverse Interpretation of Other
Agreements.
|
This
Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt
agreement of the Parent, the Company or their respective Subsidiaries or of any
other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used
to interpret this Indenture.
Section
13.10.
|
Successors.
|
All
covenants and agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture,
the Notes and the Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All
covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors.
Section
13.11.
|
Severability.
|
In case
any provision in this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby.
Section
13.12.
|
Counterpart
Originals.
|
The
parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy
shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.
Section
13.13.
|
Table
of Contents, Headings, etc.
|
The Table
of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been
inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of
this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or
provisions hereof.
Section
13.14.
|
Qualification
of This Indenture.
|
The
Company shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms
and conditions of any Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable
costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the
Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not
limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes
and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be
entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions
of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection
with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.
Section
13.15.
|
Waiver of Jury
Trial.
|
EACH OF
THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE
TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
[Signatures
on following page]
|
SIGNATURES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated
as of March 24, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
Issuer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Peter J.
Anderson
|
|
|
|
Name:
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Title:
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
PERSONAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
PERSONAL CARE, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
SERVICES CORP. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS INTERNATIONAL, INC. |
|
|
MEDTECH
HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
MEDTECH
PRODUCTS INC. |
|
|
THE
CUTEX COMPANY |
|
|
THE
DENOREX COMPANY |
|
|
THE
SPIC AND SPAN COMPANY |
|
|
By: |
/s/
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Name:
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Title:
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURE
PAGES TO THE SENIOR NOTE INDENTURE
|
Trustee: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Raymond
S. Haverstock |
|
|
|
Name:
Raymond S. Haverstock |
|
|
|
Title:
Vice President |
|
SIGNATURE
PAGES TO THE SENIOR NOTE INDENTURE
EXHIBIT
A
(Face of
Note)
8.25%
SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018
|
|
CUSIP _____________ |
No. |
|
|
$_____________ |
PRESTIGE
BRANDS, INC.
promises
to pay to CEDE & CO., INC. or registered assigns, the principal sum of
_________________ Dollars ($______________) on April 1, 2018.
Interest
Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1.
Record
Dates: March 15 and September 15.
Dated: ______________,
2010.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by
facsimile by its duly authorized officer.
|
Prestige
Brands, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
This is
one of the [Global]
Notes
referred to in the
within-mentioned
Indenture:
U.S. Bank National
Association,
as
Trustee
Dated
_____________, 20__
(Back of
Note)
8.25%
SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018
[Insert
the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the terms of the
Indenture]
[Insert
the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the terms of the
Indenture]
[Insert
the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
terms of the Indenture]
Capitalized
terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture
referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
1. Interest. Prestige
Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),
promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.25% per annum
until maturity and shall pay Special Interest, if any, as provided in the
Registration Rights Agreement. The Company shall pay interest
semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a
Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment
Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from the date of issuance; provided, however, that if there is no
existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated
between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest
Payment Date; provided,
further, that the first
Interest Payment Date shall be October 1, 2010. The Company shall pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any
(without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time at the same
rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
2. Method of
Payment. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except
defaulted interest) to the Persons in whose name this Note (or one or more
Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the March 15 or
September 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are
cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date,
except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted
interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and
interest and Special Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of
interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth
in the Security Register; provided, however, that payment by wire
transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to
principal of and interest and Special Interest, if any, and premium, if any, on,
all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided
wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such
payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private
debts.
3. Paying Agent and
Registrar. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the
Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The
Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any
Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such
capacity.
4. Indenture. The
Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 24, 2010 (“Indenture”)
among the Company, the guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”)
and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the
Indenture and those made part of the Indenture
by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.
Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms,
and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such
terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express
provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be
controlling. The Notes are obligations of the Company unlimited in
aggregate principal amount.
5. Optional
Redemption.
(a) Except
as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of this paragraph 5, the Notes will not be
redeemable at the option of the Company prior to April 1,
2014. Starting on that date, the Company may redeem all or any
portion of the Notes, at once or over time, after giving the required notice
under the Indenture. The Notes may be redeemed at the redemption prices
(expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during
the twelve-month period commencing on April 1 of the years indicated
below:
Year
|
Percentage
|
2014
|
104.125%
|
2015
|
102.063%
|
2016
and
thereafter
|
100.000%
|
(b) At
any time and from time to time prior to April 1, 2013, the Company may redeem up
to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the
Indenture (including the original aggregate principal amount of Additional
Notes) at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount)
equal to 108.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due
on the relevant Interest Payment Date), with proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings; provided,
however, that after
giving effect to any such redemption, at least 65% of the original aggregate
principal amount of the Notes initially issued under the Indenture (including
Additional Notes, but excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries)
remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to such redemption. Any such
redemption shall be made within 90 days after the consummation of such Equity
Offering.
(c) At
any time prior to April 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all or any portion of
the Notes, at once or over time, after giving the required notice under the
Indenture at a redemption price equal to the greater of:
(1) 100%
of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, and
(2) the
sum of the present values of (x) the redemption price of the Notes at April
1, 2014 (as set forth in the preceding paragraph) and (y) the remaining
scheduled payments of interest from the redemption date through, April 1, 2014,
but excluding accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date,
discounted to the redemption date (assuming a 360 day year consisting of
twelve 30 day months), at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, plus, in
either case, accrued and unpaid interest, including Special Interest, if any, to
but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date).
(d) Any
prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be made pursuant to the provisions
of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
6. Mandatory
Redemption. Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 of
the Indenture, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
7. Repurchase at
Option of Holder.
(a) Upon
the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to
require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000) of such Holder’s Notes (a “Change of Control
Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Special Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date (subject
to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest to, but excluding, the purchase date).
(b) If
the Parent, the Company or one of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries
consummates any Asset Sales, within five business days of the date on which the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall
make an offer to repurchase (a “Prepayment
Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum
principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) that may be purchased
out of the Allocable Excess Proceeds at a purchase price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest,
if any, to the repurchase date in accordance with the procedures set forth in
the Indenture. To the extent that any portion of the amount of Net
Available Cash remains after compliance with the preceding sentence and provided that all Holders of
Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for repurchase in
accordance with the Indenture, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary may use
such remaining amount for any purpose permitted by the Indenture, and the amount
of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero. Holders of Notes that are
the subject of an offer to purchase will receive a Prepayment Offer from the
Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes
purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase”
on the reverse of the Notes.
8. Notice of
Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days
but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes
are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations
larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of
$1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On
and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions
thereof called for redemption.
9. Denominations,
Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without
coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. [This
Note shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from
time to time endorsed hereon and the aggregate principal amount of Notes
represented hereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as
appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.]1 The
transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in
the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among
other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the
Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or
permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for
the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the
Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of
15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between
a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
1 Include
only if a global note.
[This
Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one
or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the
Distribution Compliance Period and (ii) upon presentation of certificates
(accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article 2 of
the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary Global
Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Regulation S
Temporary Global Note.]2
10. Persons Deemed
Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner
for all purposes.
11. Amendment,
Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Company
and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes or the
Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then
outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection
with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and,
subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, may waive any existing
Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default in
(i) the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Special Interest, if
any, on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant which under the Indenture
cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note
affected by such modification or amendment) or compliance with any provision of
the Indenture or the Notes. Without the consent of any Holder, the
Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes or the
Guarantees: to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency in any
manner that is not adverse in any material respect to any Holder of the Notes;
to provide for the assumption by a Surviving Person of the obligations of the
Parent or the Company under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees; to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes; to add additional Guarantees or additional obligors with respect to the
Notes, or release, terminate or discharge Guarantors from Guarantees as
permitted by the Indenture; to secure the Notes; to add to the covenants of the
Parent and the Company for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to
surrender any right or power conferred upon the Parent or the Company; to make
any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture
of any Holders of Notes; to comply with any requirement of the Commission in
connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; to add a
co-issuer of the Notes as contemplated by Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Indenture;
to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes; and to conform the text of the
Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes”
section of the offering memorandum, dated as of March 10, 2010, relating to the
sale of the Initial Notes, to the extent that such provision was intended to be
a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the
Notes.
12. Defaults and
Remedies. Each of the following is an Event of Default under the
Indenture: failure to make the payment of any interest on the Notes
when the same becomes due and payable, and such failure continues for a period
of 30 days; failure to make the payment of any principal of, or premium, if any,
on, any of the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated
Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, optional redemption, required
repurchase or otherwise; failure to comply with Section 5.01 of the Indenture;
failure to comply with any other covenant or agreement in the Notes or in the
Indenture (other than a failure that is the subject of the foregoing clauses),
and such failure continues for 30 days after written notice is given to the
Company by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding specifying such default,
demanding that it be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of
Default”; a default under any Debt by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary
that results in acceleration of the maturity of such Debt, or failure to
2 To be used
for Temporary Regulation S Global Note only.
pay any
such Debt at maturity, in an aggregate amount greater than $10.0 million or its
foreign currency equivalent at the time; any final judgment or judgments for the
payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million (or its
foreign currency equivalent at the time) (net of any amounts that a reputable
and creditworthy insurance company shall have acknowledged liability for in
writing) that shall be rendered against the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary
and that shall not be waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 30
consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not be in effect; any
Guarantee of the Parent or a Significant Restricted Subsidiary or a group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant
Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in
accordance with the terms of such Guarantee) or any Guarantor denies or
disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee; and certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Parent, the Company or
any of their respective Significant Restricted Subsidiaries.
If any
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the
Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency described in the Indenture, all outstanding Notes shall become due
and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce
the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee
in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders
notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event
of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or Special Interest)
if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice
to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any
existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture
except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or
Special Interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is
required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance
with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any
Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying
such Default or Event of Default.
13. Trustee Dealings
with Company. Subject to certain limitations, the Trustee in
its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the
same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
14. No Recourse
Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer,
employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or of any Guarantor, as
such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any
Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability.
15. Authentication.
This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the
Trustee or an authenticating agent.
16. Abbreviations.
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such
as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties),
JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in
common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act).
17. Additional Rights
of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive
Notes. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes
under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes that are Initial Notes shall have all the rights set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2010, among the
Company, the Guar-
antors
and the parties named on the signature pages thereto or, in the case of
Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive
Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights
agreement, if any, among the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to
rights given by the Company to the purchasers of any Additional
Notes.
18. CUSIP
Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use
CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to
Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed
thereon.
The
Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a
copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:
Prestige
Brands, Inc.
90 North
Broadway
Irvington,
New York 10533
Attention: Peter
Anderson
Telecopier
No.: (914) 524-6821
19. Governing
Law. The internal law of the State of New York shall govern
and be used to construe this Note without giving effect to applicable principals
of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another
jurisdiction would be required thereby.
Option of
Holder to Elect Purchase
If you
want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section
4.12 or 4.18 of the Indenture, check the box below:
o Section
4.12
o
Section 4.18
If you
want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.12 or Section 4.18 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to
have purchased: $_____________________
Date:_______________________________
|
Your
Signature:________________________________
|
|
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the
Note)
|
Tax
Identification No.:
____________________________________________
SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE:
________________________________________
Signatures
must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the
requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or
participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such
other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in
addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Assignment
Form
To assign
this Note, fill in the form below:
(I) or
(we) assign and transfer this Note to
(Insert
assignee’s social security or other tax I.D. no.)
(Print or
type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
as agent
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may
substitute another to act for him.
Date: ______________
|
Your
Signature: |
|
|
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
Guarantee: |
|
SCHEDULE
OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE
The
following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another
Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global
Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been
made:
Date of Exchange
|
|
Amount
of
decrease
in
Principal
Amount
of this Global Note
|
|
Amount
of increase
in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note
|
|
Principal
Amount
of
this Global Note
following
such
decrease
(or
increase)
|
|
Signature
of
authorized
signatory
of
Trustee or
Note Custodian
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
B
FORM
OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Prestige
Brands, Inc.
90 North
Broadway
Irvington,
New York 10533
Attention: Peter
Anderson
Telecopier
No.: (914) 524-6821
U.S. Bank
National Association
60
Livingston Avenue
St. Paul,
Minnesota 55107
Attention: Raymond
S. Haverstock
Telecopier
No.: (651) 495-8097
Re: 8.25% Senior Notes due
2018
Reference
is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Prestige
Brands, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors
party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as
trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture.
___________________
(the “Transferor”) owns
and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in
Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or
interests (the “Transfer”),
to ___________________________ (the “Transferee”), as further
specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the
Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK
ALL THAT APPLY]
nated
offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on
its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United
States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the
requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S under the Securities
Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed
transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon
consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be
subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in
the Indenture and the Securities Act.
or
or
the
Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
This
certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and
the benefit of the Company.
|
|
|
|
[Insert
Name of Transferor] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
ANNEX A
TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1. The
Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK
ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
2. After
the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK
ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)]
in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
EXHIBIT
C
FORM
OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Prestige
Brands, Inc.
90 North
Broadway
Irvington,
New York 10533
Attention: Peter
Anderson
Telecopier
No.: (914) 524-6821
U.S. Bank
National Association
60
Livingston Avenue
St. Paul,
Minnesota 55107
Attention: Raymond
S. Haverstock
Telecopier
No.: (651) 495-8097
Re: 8.25% Senior Notes due
2018
Reference
is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Prestige
Brands, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors
party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as
trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture.
__________________________
(the “Owner”) owns and
proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein,
in the principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In
connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
1. Exchange
of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global
Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note
2. Exchange
of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global
Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes
This
certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and
the benefit of the Company.
|
|
|
|
[Insert
Name of Transferor] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
E
FORM
OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
For value
received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the
Indenture), jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set
forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as
of March 24, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Prestige
Brands, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors
listed on the signature pages thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as
trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and
punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special
Interest, if any, on the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption
or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and
premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest and Special
Interest, if any, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations
of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under the Indenture and all in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of
time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that
the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with
the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the
Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture
are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby
made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee. This
Guarantee is subject to release as and to the extent set forth in Sections 8.02,
8.03 and 10.05 of the Indenture. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting
the same agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. Capitalized
terms used herein and not defined are used herein as so defined in the
Indenture.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this notation of Guarantee on
the date
first written above, in his capacity as an officer and not in his personal
capacity.
Guarantors:
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
PRESTIGE
PERSONAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC.
PRESTIGE
PERSONAL CARE, INC.
PRESTIGE
SERVICES CORP.
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
PRESTIGE
BRANDS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
MEDTECH
HOLDINGS, INC.
MEDTECH
PRODUCTS INC.
THE CUTEX
COMPANY
THE
DENOREX COMPANY
THE SPIC
AND SPAN COMPANY
E-1
thirdsuppindenture.htm
Exhibit
4.8
By and
Among
PRESTIGE
BRANDS, INC.,
U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE,
AND
PRESTIGE
SERVICES CORP.
Dated as
of
February
22, 2008
A
SUPPLEMENT TO THE INDENTURE
Dated as
of April 6, 2004
THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE
THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE (the “Third Supplement”) is dated as of February 22, 2008, and
made and entered into by and among PRESTIGE BRANDS, INC., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”), U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”),
and PRESTIGE SERVICES
CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Prestige Services”). Prestige
Services has executed this Third Supplement for the purposes set forth in Section 1.1
hereof. This Third Supplement supplements and amends the Indenture,
dated as of April 6, 2004 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company, the
Trustee and the Guarantors that are parties thereto, as supplemented and amended
by the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 6, 2004 (the “First
Supplement”), by and among the Company, the Trustee and Vetco, Inc., a New York
corporation, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 19,
2006 (the “Second Supplement”), by and among, the Company, the Trustee, Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Dental Concepts LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company, and Prestige International Holdings, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company, which provided for the issuance of the Company’s 9¼%
Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012 (the “Notes”). As used herein, the
term “Existing Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, as supplemented and amended
by the First Supplement and the Second Supplement, and the term “Amended
Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by the First
Supplement, the Second Supplement and this Third Supplement and as otherwise
supplemented and amended from time to time. Except where specified
herein, all capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Amended Indenture. References in this Third
Supplement to the exhibits to and the specific sections and articles of the
Existing Indenture shall refer to the exhibits to and the numbered sections and
articles of the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by the First Supplement
and the Second Supplement, and references in this Third Supplement to the
exhibits to and the specific sections and articles of the Amended Indenture
shall refer to the exhibits to and the numbered sections and articles of the
Indenture, as supplemented and amended by the First Supplement, the Second
Supplement and this Third Supplement and as otherwise supplemented and amended
from time to time.
W
I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the
Existing Indenture provides, among other things, that the Company and the
Trustee may amend or supplement the Existing Indenture to add additional
Guarantees or additional obligors with respect to the Notes; and
WHEREAS, Prestige Services, a
newly incorporated wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company has agreed to
become a Guarantor of the Notes.
NOW, THEREFORE, in
consideration of the premises herein, the Company covenants and agrees with the
Trustee, for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from
time to time, as follows:
ARTICLE
I
SUPPLEMENTS
AND AMENDMENTS
Section
1.1 Guarantee. Prestige
Services (which is also referred to herein as the “Additional Guarantor”) hereby
executes this Third Supplement for the purpose of providing a Guarantee of the
Notes and agrees as follows:
(a) Subject
to this Section
1.1, the Additional Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees to each
Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee
and its successors and assigns: (i) the due and punctual payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, subject to any
applicable grace period, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption
or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal
of and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the
due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the
Holders or the Trustee under the Amended Indenture, the Registration Rights
Agreement or any other agreement with or for the benefit of the Holders or the
Trustee, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case
of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, that the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed
in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated
Maturity, by acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Amended Indenture,
redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or
any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Additional Guarantor
shall be jointly and severally obligated with all other Guarantors to pay the
same immediately. The Additional Guarantor agrees that this is a
guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. The
Additional Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to its
Guarantee shall be joint and several with all other Guarantors, unconditional,
irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes or the obligations
of the Company under the Amended Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce
the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other obligor
with respect to the Amended Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the
Company under the Amended Indenture or the Notes, any action to enforce the same
or any other circumstances (other than complete performance) which might
otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Additional
Guarantor. The Additional Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law,
waives and relinquishes all claims, rights and remedies accorded by applicable
law to guarantors and agrees not to assert or take advantage of any such claims,
rights or remedies, including but not limited to:
(i) any
right to require any of the Trustee, the Holders or the Company (each a
“Benefited Party”), as a condition of payment or performance by such Additional
Guarantor, to (1) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor (including
any other Guarantor) of the Obligations under the Guarantees or any other
Person, (2) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, any
such other guarantor or any other Person, (3) proceed
against or have
resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any
Benefited Party in favor of the Company or any other Person, or (4) pursue
any other remedy in the power of any Benefited Party whatsoever; |
|
(ii) any
defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability
or other defense of the Company including any defense based on or arising out of
the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Obligations under the
Guarantees or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the
cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than payment in
full of the Obligations under the Guarantees;
(iii) any
defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation
of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more
burdensome than that of the principal;
(iv) any
defense based upon any Benefited Party’s errors or omissions in the
administration of the Obligations under the Guarantees, except behavior which
amounts to bad faith;
(v)(1) any
principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be
in conflict with the terms of the Guarantees and any legal or equitable
discharge of such Additional Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (2) the benefit
of any statute of limitations affecting such Additional Guarantor’s liability
hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (3) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and
counterclaims and (4) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any
Benefited Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien
or any property subject thereto;
(vi) notices,
demands, presentations, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and
notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of the Guarantees,
notices of Default under the Notes or any agreement or instrument related
thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Obligations
under the Guarantees or any agreement related thereto, and notices of any
extension of credit to the Company and any right to consent to any
thereof;
(vii) to
the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of any “One Action”
rule; and
(viii) any
defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the
liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the
terms of the Guarantees. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Third
Supplement and the Amended Indenture, including Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 10.05 of
the Amended Indenture and Section 1.1(f)
hereof, the Additional Guarantor hereby covenants that its Guarantee shall not
be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in its
Guarantee, this Third Supplement and the Amended Indenture.
If any
Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the
Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar
official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount
paid to either the Trustee or such Holder, the Additional Guarantor’s Guarantee,
to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and
effect. The Additional Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled
to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations
guaranteed hereby. The Additional Guarantor further agrees that, as between the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand,
(x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as
provided in Section 6.02 of the Amended Indenture for the purposes of this
Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing
such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the
event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in
Section 6.02 of the Amended Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and
payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the
purpose of the Guarantees. The Additional Guarantor shall have the right to seek
contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right
does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees. The other
Guarantors’ shares of such contribution payment will be computed based on the
proportion that the net worth of the relevant Guarantor represents relative to
the aggregate net worth of all of the Guarantors combined.
(b) The
Additional Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby
confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such
Additional Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for
purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform
Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to any guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee,
the Holders and the Additional Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the
Additional Guarantor’s liability shall be that amount from time to time equal to
the aggregate liability of such Additional Guarantor under its Guarantee, but
shall be limited to the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount of the Company’s
obligations under the Notes and the Amended Indenture or (ii) the amount, if
any, which would not have (1) rendered the Additional Guarantor “insolvent” (as
such term is defined in Bankruptcy Law and in the Debtor and Creditor Law of the
State of New York) or (2) left it with unreasonably small capital at the time
its Guarantee with respect to the Notes was entered into, after giving effect to
the incurrence of existing Debt immediately before such time; provided, however, it shall
be a presumption in any lawsuit or proceeding in which the Additional Guarantor
is a party that the amount guaranteed pursuant to its Guarantee with respect to
the Notes is the amount described in clause (i) of this Section 1.1(b) unless
any creditor, or representative of creditors of the Additional Guarantor, or
debtor in possession or trustee in bankruptcy of the Additional Guarantor,
otherwise proves in a lawsuit that the aggregate liability of the
Additional
Guarantor is limited to the amount described in clause (ii) of this Section
1.1(b).
(c) In
making any determination as to the solvency or sufficiency of capital of the
Additional Guarantor in accordance with Section 1.1(b) hereof
and this Section
1.1(c), the right of the Additional Guarantor to contribution from other
Guarantors and any other rights such Additional Guarantor may have, contractual
or otherwise, shall be taken into account.
(d) To
evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 1.1(a)
hereof, the Additional Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee
in substantially the form included in Exhibit E attached to the Amended
Indenture shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Additional Guarantor on each
Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Third Supplement
shall be executed on behalf of such Additional Guarantor by its President, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer or one of its Vice Presidents. The
Additional Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 1.1(a) hereof
shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on
each Note a notation of such Guarantee. If an Officer whose signature
is on this Third Supplement or on a Guarantee no longer holds that office at the
time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which such Guarantee is endorsed, the
Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. The delivery of any Note by
the Trustee, after the authentication thereof under the Amended Indenture, shall
constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Third Supplement on
behalf of the Additional Guarantor.
(e) Except
as otherwise provided in Section 1.1(f)
hereof, the Additional Guarantor may not consolidate with or merge with or into
(whether or not such Additional Guarantor is the Surviving Person) another
Person whether or not affiliated with such Additional Guarantor
unless:
(i) subject
to Section
1.1(f) hereof, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all
the obligations of such Additional Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental
indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under
the Amended Indenture, its Guarantee and any Registration Rights Agreements on
the terms set forth herein or therein; and
(ii) the
Additional Guarantor complies with the requirements of Article 5 of the Amended
Indenture.
In case
of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by
the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the
Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of such Additional Guarantor’s
Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of
the covenants and conditions of the Amended Indenture to
be
performed by the Additional Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to
and be substituted for the Additional Guarantor with the same effect as if it
had been named in the Amended Indenture as a Guarantor. Such successor Person
thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Guarantees to be endorsed
upon all of the Notes issuable under the Amended Indenture which theretofore
shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the
Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit
under the Amended Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued
in accordance with the terms of the Amended Indenture as though all of such
Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution of the
Indenture. Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Amended
Indenture, and notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 1.1(e),
nothing contained in the Amended Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent
any consolidation or merger of the Additional Guarantor with or into the Company
or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of
the Additional Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the
Company or another Guarantor.
(f) In
the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Additional Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or
otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of the
Additional Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or
after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Parent, then such
Additional Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of
merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such
Additional Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of
a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such
Additional Guarantor) shall be released and relieved of any obligations under
its Guarantee; provided that the net proceeds of such sale or other disposition
shall be applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Amended
Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.12 of the Amended Indenture.
If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4.17 of the Amended Indenture, such
Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Guarantee. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other
disposition was made by the Company or the Parent in accordance with the
provisions of the Amended Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.12
of the Amended Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably
required in order to evidence the release of the Additional Guarantor from its
obligations under its Guarantee. Until released from its obligations
under its Guarantee, the Additional Guarantor shall remain liable for the full
amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations
of any Guarantor under the Amended Indenture as provided in Article 10 of the
Amended Indenture and this Section
1.1.
The
Additional Guarantor shall constitute a Guarantor for purposes of the Amended
Indenture, and the terms of this Section 1.1 shall, as
to the Additional Guarantor, constitute its Guarantee for purposes of the
Amended Indenture. Notwithstanding the
foregoing
terms of this Section
1.1, the Additional Guarantor intends by its execution of this Third
Supplement to provide its Guarantee on the same terms and conditions as the
Guarantees of the other Guarantors under the Amended Indenture and agrees that
this Section
1.1 shall be construed and enforced in a manner consistent with such
intention.
ARTICLE
II
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS
Section
2.1 Execution as Supplemental
Indenture. This Third Supplement is executed and shall be
construed as an indenture supplement to the Existing Indenture.
Section
2.2 Successors. This
Third Supplement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto, their respective successors and assigns.
Section
2.3 Ratification. Except
as expressly provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of the Existing
Indenture are and shall remain in full force and effect.
Section
2.4 Governing
Law. This Third Supplement shall be deemed to be a contract
made under the laws of the State of New York and for all purposes shall be
construed in accordance with the laws of said State.
Section
2.5 Counterparts;
Construction. This Third Supplement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such
counterparts together shall constitute one and the same
instrument. As used herein, words in the singular include the plural
and words in the plural include the singular.
Section
2.6 The
Trustee. The Trustee accepts the supplements and amendments to
the Existing Indenture effected by this Third Supplement.
[SIGNATURES
APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
parties hereto have caused this Third Supplement to be duly executed as of the
day and year first above written.
|
PRESTIGE BRANDS,
INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
Name:
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
Title:
Treasurer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
AS TRUSTEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Raymond S. Haverstock |
|
|
Name:
Raymond S. Haverstock |
|
|
Title:
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRESTIGE SERVICES
CORP. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
Name:
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer |
|
8
fourthsuppindenture.htm
Exhibit 4.9
By and
Among
PRESTIGE
BRANDS, INC., as Issuer
THE
GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO
AND
U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE,
Dated as
of
March 24,
2010
A
SUPPLEMENT TO THE INDENTURE
Dated as
of April 6, 2004
FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE
THIS FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE (the “Fourth Supplement”) is dated as of March 24, 2010, and
made and entered into by and among PRESTIGE BRANDS, INC., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors party hereto and U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).
This Fourth Supplement supplements and amends the Indenture, dated as of April
6, 2004 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company, the Trustee and the
Guarantors that are parties thereto, as supplemented and amended by the
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 6, 2004 (the “First Supplement”),
the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 19, 2006 (the “Second
Supplement”) and the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 22, 2008
(the “Third Supplement”), which provided for the issuance of the Company’s 9¼%
Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012 (the “Notes”). As used herein, the term
“Existing Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by
the First Supplement, the Second Supplement and the Third Supplement, and the
term “Amended Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, as supplemented and amended
by the First Supplement, the Second Supplement, the Third Supplement and this
Fourth Supplement and as otherwise supplemented and amended from time to time.
Except where specified herein, all capitalized terms not defined herein shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Amended Indenture. References in this
Fourth Supplement to the exhibits to and the specific sections and articles of
the Existing Indenture shall refer to the exhibits to and the numbered sections
and articles of the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by the First
Supplement, the Second Supplement, and the Third Supplement and references in
this Fourth Supplement to the exhibits to and the specific sections and articles
of the Amended Indenture shall refer to the exhibits to and the numbered
sections and articles of the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by the First
Supplement, the Second Supplement, the Third Supplement, this Fourth Supplement
and as otherwise supplemented and amended from time to time.
W
I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Company has
offered to purchase any and all of the Notes (the “Offer”) and has solicited
consents (the “Solicitation”) to certain amendments to the Existing Indenture
pursuant to the Company’s Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement
dated March 10, 2010; and
WHEREAS, Section 9.02 of the
Existing Indenture provides that the Company, when authorized by a Board
Resolution, and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Existing Indenture with
the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Notes;
WHEREAS, in accordance with
Section 9.02 of the Existing Indenture, the Company has obtained the consent to
the proposed amendments to the Existing Indenture from the Holders of at least a
majority in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes; and
WHEREAS, the Company is
authorized to enter into this Fourth Supplement by a Board Resolution and the
Trustee has received an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate stating
that the execution of this Fourth Supplement is permitted by the Existing
Indenture and otherwise satisfying the requirements of Section 9.06 of the
Indenture;
NOW, THEREFORE, in
consideration of the premises herein, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for
the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time,
as follows:
ARTICLE
I
SUPPLEMENTS
AND AMENDMENTS
At such
time as the Company delivers written notice to the Trustee and The Depository
Trust Company, in its capacity as the depository for the Notes with respect to
the Offer that the Notes representing at least a majority in the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes have been validly tendered and not validly
withdrawn pursuant to the Offer and accepted for purchase:
Section
1.1 Amendment to Definition of
Asset Sale. The definition of “Asset Sale” in Section 1.01 of
the Existing Indenture shall be amended by deleting the text of such definition
in its entirety and replacing it with the following text:
“‘Asset Sale’ means any sale,
lease, transfer, issuance or other disposition (or series of related sales,
leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions) by the Parent, the Company or any
of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means
of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the
purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of
(a) any
shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’
qualifying shares), or
(b) any
other Property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the
ordinary course of business of the Parent or such Restricted
Subsidiary,
other
than, in the case of clause (a) or (b) above,
(1)
any disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or by the Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary to a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary;
(2)
any disposition that constitutes a Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment
permitted by Section 4.10 as such Section was in effect immediately prior to the
effective date of the amendments described herein;
(3)
any disposition effected in compliance with Section 5.01(a) as such Section was
in effect immediately prior to the effective date of the amendments described
herein;
(4)
any disposition in a single transaction or a series of related transactions of
Property for aggregate consideration of less than
$1.0 million;
(5)
the disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;
(6)
the disposition of accounts receivable and related assets (including contract
rights) to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted
Receivables Financing;
(7)
any foreclosure upon any assets of the Parent, the Company or any of their
respective Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the exercise of remedies
by a secured lender pursuant to the terms of Debt otherwise permitted to be
incurred under this Indenture; and
(8)
the sale of the Capital Stock, Debt or other securities of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.”
Section
1.2 Amendment to Definition of
Debt. The definition of “Debt” in Section 1.01 of the Existing
Indenture shall be amended by deleting the final paragraph of such definition in
its entirety and replacing it with the following:
“The amount of Debt of any
Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance, or the accreted value of
such Debt in the case of Debt issued with original issue discount, at such date
of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability,
upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any
contingent obligations at such date. The amount of Debt represented by a Hedging
Obligation shall be equal to:
(1) zero
if such Hedging Obligation is:
(A) Debt
of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary under Interest Rate Agreements
entered into for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate risk
in the ordinary course of the financial management of the Parent or such
Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes;
(B) Debt
of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary under Currency Exchange Protection
Agreements entered into for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping currency
exchange rate risks directly related to transactions entered into by the Parent
or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and not for
speculative purposes; or.
(C) Debt
of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary under Commodity Price Protection
Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of the financial management of
the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes;
or
(2) the
notional amount of such Hedging Obligation if not Incurred pursuant to the
foregoing clause (1).”
Section
1.3 Amendment to Section
3.01. Section 3.01 of the Existing Indenture shall be amended
by deleting the text in its entirety and replacing with the following
text:
“Section
3.01. Notices to
Trustee.
If the
Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 3 Business Days
but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (or such shorter period
as allowed by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (a) the
applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall
occur, (b) the redemption date, (c) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed
and (d) the redemption price.”
Section
1.4 Amendment to Section
3.03. Section 3.03 of the Existing Indenture shall be amended
by deleting the first paragraph of Section 3.03 of the Existing Indenture in its
entirety and replacing it with the following text:
“At least
3 Business Days but not more than 60 days prior to a redemption date,
the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of
redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at such Holder’s
registered address appearing in the Security Register.”
Section
1.5 Amendment to Section
4.03 Section 4.03 of the Existing Indenture shall be amended
by deleting the text in its entirety and replacing with the following
text:
“Section
4.03. Reports.
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc. will comply with the provisions of TIA Section
314(a).”
Section
1.6 Amendment to Section
4.04. Section 4.04 of the Existing Indenture shall be amended
by deleting the text in its entirety and replacing with the following
text:
“Section
4.04. Compliance
Certificate.
(a) The
Company shall deliver to the Trustee not less often than annually, an Officer’s
Certificate stating that as to each such Officer’s knowledge, the Company has
complied with, and is not in default in the performance of observance of, the
conditions and covenants under this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default
of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto).
(b) The
Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence
thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event
that with the giving of notice and/or the lapse of time would become an Event of
Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto.”
Section
1.7 Amendment to Section
4.12. Section 4.12 of the Existing Indenture shall be amended
by deleting the text in its entirety and replacing with the following
text:
“Section
4.12. Asset
Sales.
(a) The
Net Available Cash (or any portion thereof) from Asset Sales may be applied by
the Parent, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent the Parent,
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of
any Debt):
(i) to
Repay Senior Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding, in any
such case, any Debt owed to the Parent, the Company or an Affiliate of the
Parent or the Company); or
(ii) to
reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of an Investment in Additional
Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the
Parent, the Company or Restricted Subsidiary).
(b) Pending
the final application of any such Net Available Cash, the Company may
temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net
Available Cash in any manner that is not prohibited by this
Indenture.
(c) Any
Net Available Cash from an Asset Sale not applied in accordance with the
preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such
Net Available Cash or that is not segregated from the general funds of the
Company for investment in identified Additional Assets in respect of a project
that shall have been commenced, and for which binding contractual commitments
have been entered into, prior to the end of such 365-day period and that shall
not have been completed or abandoned shall constitute “Excess Proceeds;” provided, however, that the
amount of any Net Available Cash that ceases to be so segregated as contemplated
above and any Net Available Cash that is segregated in respect of a project that
is abandoned or completed shall also constitute “Excess Proceeds” at the time
any such Net Available Cash ceases to be so segregated or at the time the
relevant project is so abandoned or completed, as applicable; provided, further, however, that the
amount of any Net Available Cash that continues to be segregated for investment
in identified Additional Assets and that is not actually so invested within
twelve months from the date of the receipt of such Net Available Cash shall also
constitute “Excess Proceeds.”
When the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million (taking into
account income earned on such Excess Proceeds, if any), the Company will be
required to make an offer to repurchase (the “Prepayment Offer”) the Notes
within five Business Days after the Company becomes obligated to do so, which
offer shall be in the amount of the Allocable Excess Proceeds (rounded to the
nearest $1,000), on a pro
rata basis according to principal amount, at a purchase price equal to
100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest,
including Special Interest, if any, to the repurchase date (subject to the right
of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date), in accordance
with the procedures
(including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in
Section 3.09. To the extent that any portion of the amount of Net
Available Cash remains after compliance with the preceding sentence and
provided that all
holders of Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for
repurchase in accordance with this Indenture, the Parent, the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary may use such remaining amount for any purpose
permitted by this Indenture, and the amount of Excess Proceeds will be
reset to zero. |
|
The term
“Allocable Excess Proceeds” shall mean the product of:
(a) the
Excess Proceeds and
(b) a
fraction,
(1) the
numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on
the date of the Prepayment Offer, and
(2) the
denominator of which is the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer and the aggregate principal
amount of other Debt of the Company outstanding on the date of the Prepayment
Offer that is pari
passu in right of payment with the Notes and subject to terms and
conditions in respect of Asset Sales similar in all material respects to this
Section 4.12 and requiring the Company to make an offer to repurchase such Debt
at substantially the same time as the Prepayment Offer.
(d) The
Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section
14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in
connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
provisions of this Section 4.12, the Company shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof.”
Section
1.8 Amendment to Section
4.17. Section 4.17 of the Existing Indenture shall be amended
by deleting the text in its entirety and replacing with the following
text:
“Section
4.17. Designation of Restricted
and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
(a) The
Board of Directors of the Company may designate any of its Subsidiaries to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, is permitted to make such Investment in such Subsidiary and such
Subsidiary:
(i) does
not own any Capital Stock or Debt of, or own or hold any Lien on any Property
of, the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(ii) has
no Debt other than Non-Recourse Debt; provided, however, that the Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary may loan, advance, extend credit to, or guarantee the Debt
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at any time at or after such Subsidiary is
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(iii) except
as would be permitted by Section 4.14 as such Section was in effect immediately
prior to the effective date of the amendments described herein, is not party to
any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding are no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the
time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Parent or the
Company;
(iv) is
a Person with respect to which neither the Parent nor any Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (A) to subscribe for
additional Capital Stock or (B) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial
condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating
results; and
(v) has
not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support in
the form of Debt for any Debt of the Parent or its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
(b) Unless
so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a
Subsidiary of the Parent will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Subsidiary
shall not be designated a Restricted Subsidiary and shall be automatically
classified as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if either of the requirements set forth
in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of clause (d) below will not be satisfied after
giving pro forma effect to such classification or if such Person is a Subsidiary
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
(c) Except
as provided in the first sentence of clause (b), no Restricted Subsidiary may be
redesignated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and neither the Parent nor any
Restricted Subsidiary shall at any time be directly or indirectly liable for any
Debt that provides that the holder thereof may (with the passage of time or
notice or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity upon the occurrence of a
default with respect to any Debt, Lien or other obligation of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary (including any right to take enforcement action against such
Unrestricted Subsidiary).
Upon
designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
compliance with this Section 4.17, such Restricted Subsidiary shall, by
execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to
the Trustee, be released from any Guarantee previously made by such
Restricted Subsidiary. |
|
(d) The
Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to
be a Restricted Subsidiary if, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such
designation no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
or would result therefrom.
Any such
designation or redesignation by the Board of Directors will be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution giving effect to such
designation or redesignation and an Officers’ Certificate that:
(i) certifies
that such designation or redesignation complies with the foregoing provisions,
and
(ii) gives
the effective date of such designation or redesignation;
such
filing with the Trustee to occur within 45 days after the end of the fiscal
quarter of the Company in which such designation or redesignation is made (or,
in the case of a designation or redesignation made during the last fiscal
quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, within 90 days after the end of such
fiscal year).”
Section
1.9 Amendments to Certain Other
Covenants. The following Sections of the Existing Indenture,
and any corresponding provision in the Notes, shall be deleted in their entirety
and replaced with “Intentionally Omitted,” and all references made thereto
throughout the Existing Indenture and the Notes shall be deleted in their
entirety:
|
(a) |
Section
4.05 |
Taxes. |
|
(b) |
Section
4.06 |
Stay, Extension and
Usury Laws. |
|
(c) |
Section
4.07 |
Corporate
Existence. |
|
(d) |
Section
4.09 |
Incurrence of
Additional Debt. |
|
(e) |
Section
4.10 |
Restricted
Payments. |
|
(f) |
Section
4.11 |
Liens |
|
(g) |
Section
4.13 |
Restrictions on
Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. |
|
(h) |
Section
4.14 |
Affiliate
Transactions. |
|
(i) |
Section
4.15 |
Issuance or Sale of
Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. |
|
(j) |
Section
4.16 |
Limitation on
Layered Debt. |
|
(k) |
Section
5.01 |
Merger,
Consolidation and Sale of Assets. |
Section
1.10 Amendments to Events of
Default. Clauses (c), (d), (e) and (f) of Section 6.01 of the
Existing Indenture and any corresponding provisions in the Notes, shall be
deleted in their entirety and replaced with “Intentionally Omitted,” and all
references made thereto throughout
the
Existing Indenture and the Notes shall be deleted in their
entirety.
Section
1.11 Effects of
Amendments. All references made to a provision of the Existing
Indenture or the Notes deleted pursuant to the amendments set forth in Sections
1.1 through 1.10 of this Article I shall be deleted in their entirety from the
Existing Indenture and the Notes, and any definitions used exclusively in the
provisions of the Existing Indenture deleted pursuant to the amendments set
forth in Sections 1.1 through 1.10 of this Article I shall be deleted in their
entirety from the Existing Indenture. The applicable provisions of
the Notes, including, without limitation, Section 12 thereof, shall be deemed
amended to reflect the amendments to the corresponding provisions of the
Existing Indenture that are amended pursuant to Sections 1.1 through 1.10 of
this Article I.
ARTICLE
II
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS
Section
2.1 Execution as Supplemental
Indenture. This Fourth Supplement is executed and shall be construed as
an indenture supplement to the Existing Indenture.
Section
2.2 Successors. This
Fourth Supplement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto, their respective successors and assigns.
Section
2.3 Ratification. Except
as expressly provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of the Existing
Indenture are and shall remain in full force and effect.
Section
2.4 Governing Law. This
Fourth Supplement shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the
State of New York and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of said State.
Section
2.5 Counterparts;
Construction. This Fourth Supplement may be executed in any number of
counterparts (which may be transmitted by telecopy or as delivered by email in
pdf format), but such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same
instrument. As used herein, words in the singular number include the plural and
words in the plural include the singular.
Section
2.6 Severability. In
the event that any provisions of this Fourth Supplement shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions hall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby.
Section
2.7 Trust Indenture
Act. If any provisions hereof limit, qualify, or conflict with
any provisions of the TIA required under the TIA to be part of and govern this
Fourth Supplement or the Amended Indenture, the provision of the TIA shall
control. If any provision hereof modifies or excludes any provision
of the TIA that pursuant to the TIA may be so modified or excluded, the
provisions of the TIA as so modified or excluded hereby shall
apply.
Section
2.8 The Trustee. The
Trustee accepts the supplements and amendments to the Existing Indenture
effected by this Fourth Supplement.
Section
2.9 Effectiveness. This
Fourth Supplement shall become effective upon execution by the Company, the
Guarantors party hereto, and the Trustee, provided, however, that
the
amendments and modifications set forth in Article I hereof shall not become
effective until such time as the Company delivers written notice to the Trustee
and The Depository Trust Company, in its capacity as the depository for the
Notes with respect to the Offer that the Notes representing at least a majority
in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes have been validly tendered and
not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer and accepted for
purchase.
[SIGNATURES
APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
parties hereto have caused this Fourth Supplement to be duly executed as of the
day and year first above written.
|
PRESTIGE BRANDS,
INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Peter
J. Anderson |
|
|
Name: Peter
J. Anderson
|
|
|
Title: Chief
Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Raymond S. Haverstock |
|
|
Name:
Raymond S. Haverstock |
|
|
Title:
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GUARANTORS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRESTIGE BRANDS HOLDINGS,
INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
Name: Peter
J. Anderson |
|
|
Title: Chief
Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
MEDTECH HOLDINGS,
INC. |
|
|
MEDTECH PRODUCTS
INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
SERVICES CORP. |
|
|
PRESTIGE BRANDS HOLDINGS,
INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE BRANDS INTERNATIONAL,
INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE PERSONAL CARE,
INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE PERSONAL CARE
HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
THE CUTEX
COMPANY |
|
|
THE
DENOREX COMPANY |
|
|
THE SPIC AND SPAN
COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
Name: Peter
J. Anderson |
|
|
Title: Chief
Financial Officer |
|
creditagreement.htm
Exhibit 10.1
EXECUTION VERSION
Published
CUSIP Number 74111UAA2
CREDIT
AGREEMENT
among
as
Borrower
as
Parent
and
The
Lenders and Issuers Party Hereto
and
Bank of America,
N.A.,
as
Administrative Agent
and
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.,
as
Syndication Agent
_______________
Banc of America Securities
LLC
and
Deutsche Bank Securities
Inc.
Joint
Lead Arrangers and Joint Book-Running Managers
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE
I
Definitions,
Interpretation and Accounting Terms
Section
1.1
|
Defined
Terms
|
1
|
Section
1.2
|
Computation of Time
Periods
|
39
|
Section
1.3
|
Accounting Terms and
Principles
|
39
|
Section
1.4
|
Conversion of Foreign
Currencies
|
40
|
Section
1.5
|
Certain
Terms
|
40
|
Section
1.6
|
Letter of Credit
Amounts
|
41
|
ARTICLE
II
The
Facilities
Section
2.1
|
The
Commitments
|
41
|
Section
2.2
|
Borrowing
Procedures
|
44
|
Section
2.3
|
Swing
Loans
|
45
|
Section
2.4
|
Letters of
Credit
|
47
|
Section
2.5
|
Termination of the
Commitments
|
53
|
Section
2.6
|
Repayment of
Loans
|
54
|
Section
2.7
|
Evidence of
Debt
|
54
|
Section
2.8
|
Optional
Prepayments
|
55
|
Section
2.9
|
Mandatory
Prepayments
|
58
|
Section
2.11
|
Conversion/Continuation
Option
|
61
|
Section
2.13
|
Payments and
Computations
|
63
|
Section
2.14
|
Special Provisions Governing
Eurodollar Rate Loans
|
65
|
Section
2.15
|
Capital
Adequacy
|
66
|
Section
2.17
|
Substitution of
Lenders
|
69
|
Section
2.18
|
Defaulting
Lenders
|
71
|
ARTICLE
III
Conditions
to Loans and Letters of Credit
Section
3.1
|
Conditions Precedent to Initial
Loans and Letters of Credit
|
72
|
Section
3.2
|
Conditions Precedent to Each Loan
and Letter of Credit
|
75
|
Section
3.3
|
Conditions Precedent to Each
Facilities Increase
|
76
|
Section
3.4
|
Determinations of Initial
Borrowing Conditions
|
77
|
Page
ARTICLE
IV
Representations
and Warranties
Section
4.1
|
Corporate Existence; Compliance
with Law
|
77
|
Section
4.2
|
Corporate Power; Authorization;
Enforceable Obligations
|
78
|
Section
4.3
|
Ownership of Parent;
Subsidiaries
|
79
|
Section
4.4
|
Financial
Statements
|
79
|
Section
4.5
|
Material Adverse
Change
|
80
|
Section
4.7
|
Litigation
|
80
|
Section
4.9
|
Full
Disclosure
|
81
|
Section
4.10
|
Margin
Regulations
|
81
|
Section
4.11
|
No Burdensome Restrictions; No
Defaults
|
81
|
Section
4.12
|
Investment Company
Act
|
82
|
Section
4.13
|
Use of
Proceeds
|
82
|
Section
4.14
|
Insurance
|
82
|
Section
4.15
|
Labor
Matters
|
82
|
Section
4.17
|
Environmental
Matters
|
83
|
Section
4.18
|
Intellectual
Property
|
84
|
Section
4.19
|
Title; Real
Property
|
85
|
Section
4.20
|
Related
Documents
|
85
|
ARTICLE
V
Financial
Covenants
Section
5.1
|
Maximum Leverage
Ratio
|
86
|
Section
5.2
|
Minimum Interest Coverage
Ratio
|
86
|
Section
5.3
|
[Reserved.]
|
87
|
Section
5.4
|
Capital
Expenditures
|
87
|
ARTICLE
VI
Reporting
Covenants
Section
6.1
|
Financial
Statements
|
87
|
Section
6.2
|
Default
Notices
|
90
|
Section
6.3
|
Litigation
|
90
|
Section
6.4
|
Asset
Sales
|
90
|
Section
6.5
|
Notices under Related
Documents
|
90
|
Section
6.6
|
[Reserved.]
|
90
|
Section
6.7
|
Labor
Relations
|
90
|
Section
6.8
|
Tax
Returns
|
90
|
Section
6.10
|
ERISA
Matters
|
91
|
Section
6.11
|
Environmental
Matters
|
91
|
Section
6.12
|
Material
Contracts
|
92
|
Section
6.13
|
Other
Information
|
92
|
Page
ARTICLE
VII
Affirmative
Covenants
Section
7.1
|
Preservation of Corporate
Existence, Etc.
|
93
|
Section
7.2
|
Compliance with Laws,
Etc.
|
93
|
Section
7.3
|
Conduct of
Business
|
93
|
Section
7.4
|
Payment of Taxes,
Etc.
|
93
|
Section
7.5
|
Maintenance of
Insurance
|
93
|
Section
7.7
|
Keeping of
Books
|
94
|
Section
7.8
|
Maintenance of Properties,
Etc.
|
94
|
Section
7.9
|
Use of
Proceeds
|
94
|
Section
7.10
|
Environmental
|
94
|
Section
7.11
|
Additional Collateral and
Guaranties
|
95
|
Section
7.12
|
Control Accounts; Approved
Deposit Accounts
|
96
|
Section
7.13
|
Real
Property
|
96
|
Section
7.14
|
Post-Closing
Deliveries
|
97
|
ARTICLE
VIII
Negative
Covenants
Section
8.1
|
Indebtedness
|
98
|
Section
8.2
|
Liens,
Etc.
|
100
|
Section
8.3
|
Investments
|
101
|
Section
8.4
|
Sale of
Assets
|
103
|
Section
8.5
|
Restricted
Payments
|
105
|
Section
8.6
|
Prepayment and Cancellation of
Indebtedness
|
106
|
Section
8.7
|
Restriction on Fundamental
Changes; Permitted Acquisitions
|
106
|
Section
8.8
|
Change in Nature of
Business
|
107
|
Section
8.9
|
Transactions with Joint Ventures
and Affiliates
|
107
|
Section
8.10
|
Limitations on Restrictions on
Subsidiary Distributions; No New Negative Pledge
|
108
|
Section
8.11
|
Modification of Constituent
Documents
|
108
|
Section
8.12
|
[Reserved.]
|
108
|
Section
8.13
|
Modification of Certain
Documents
|
109
|
Section
8.14
|
Accounting Changes; Fiscal
Year
|
109
|
Section
8.15
|
Margin
Regulations
|
109
|
Section
8.16
|
Sale and Leaseback
Transactions
|
109
|
Section
8.17
|
No Speculative
Transactions
|
109
|
Section
8.18
|
Compliance with
ERISA
|
109
|
Section
8.19
|
Environmental
|
110
|
Page
ARTICLE
IX
Events
of Default
Section
9.1
|
Events of
Default
|
110
|
Section
9.3
|
Actions in Respect of Letters of
Credit and Swing Loans
|
112
|
Section
9.4
|
Rescission
|
113
|
Section
9.5
|
Application of
Proceeds
|
114
|
ARTICLE
X
The
Agents
Section
10.1
|
Appointment and
Authority
|
114
|
Section
10.2
|
Rights as a
Lender
|
115
|
Section
10.3
|
Exculpatory
Provisions
|
115
|
Section
10.4
|
Reliance by Administrative
Agent
|
116
|
Section
10.5
|
Delegation of
Duties
|
116
|
Section
10.6
|
Resignation of Administrative
Agent
|
117
|
Section
10.7
|
Non-Reliance on Administrative
Agent and Other Lenders
|
118
|
Section
10.8
|
[Reserved]
|
118
|
Section
10.9
|
Administrative Agent May File
Proofs of Claim
|
118
|
Section
10.10
|
Collateral and Guaranty
Matters
|
119
|
Section
10.11
|
Secured Cash Management
Obligations and Secured Hedging Contract
Obligations
|
119
|
Section
10.12
|
Other Agents, Arrangers and
Managers
|
120
|
Section
10.13
|
Withholding Tax
Indemnity
|
120
|
ARTICLE
XI
Miscellaneous
Section
11.1
|
Amendments, Waivers,
Etc.
|
120
|
Section
11.2
|
Assignments and
Participations
|
124
|
Section
11.3
|
Costs and
Expenses
|
129
|
Section
11.4
|
Indemnities, Reimbursement,
Damage Waiver
|
130
|
Section
11.5
|
Limitation of
Liability
|
132
|
Section
11.6
|
Right of
Set-off
|
133
|
Section
11.7
|
Sharing of Payments,
Etc.
|
133
|
Section
11.8
|
Notices,
Etc.
|
134
|
Section
11.9
|
No Waiver;
Remedies
|
135
|
Section
11.10
|
Binding
Effect
|
135
|
Section
11.11
|
Governing
Law
|
136
|
Section
11.12
|
Submission to Jurisdiction;
Service of Process
|
136
|
Section
11.13
|
Waiver of Jury
Trial
|
136
|
Section
11.14
|
Marshaling; Payments Set
Aside
|
136
|
Section
11.15
|
Section
Titles
|
137
|
Section
11.16
|
Execution in
Counterparts
|
137
|
Section
11.17
|
Entire
Agreement
|
137
|
Page
Section
11.18
|
Confidentiality
|
137
|
Section
11.19
|
Severability
|
138
|
Section
11.20
|
USA PATRIOT
Act
|
138
|
Section
11.21
|
Interest Rate
Limitation
|
139
|
Schedules
Credit
Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2010, among Prestige Brands, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “Parent”), the Lenders (as
defined below), the Issuers (as defined below), Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), as
administrative agent for the Lenders and the Issuers and collateral agent for
the Secured Parties (in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”), and
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as syndication
agent (in such capacity, the “Syndication
Agent”).
W
i t n e s s e t h:
Whereas, the Borrower
has commenced a tender offer to purchase any and all of its 9.250% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Existing Senior Subordinated
Notes”) governed by the terms of that certain Indenture, dated as of
April 6, 2004, between the Borrower, certain other Loan Parties and U.S. Bank
National Association, as trustee, (the “Existing Senior Subordinated Notes
Trustee”) with such tender offer not scheduled to expire until after the
Closing Date;
Whereas, the Borrower
will, on the Closing Date, (i) repay in full all borrowings and terminate all
commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement, (ii) issue Senior Notes in the
aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000, (iii) make the initial Borrowings
under this Agreement and (iv) pay all fees, commissions and expenses in
connection with each of the foregoing;
Whereas, the Borrower
has requested that the Lenders and Issuers make available for the purposes
specified in this Agreement, a term loan, revolving credit and letter of credit
facilities; and
Whereas, the Lenders
and Issuers are willing to make available to the Borrower such term loan,
revolving credit and letter of credit facilities upon the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth herein.
Now, Therefore, in
consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein,
the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE
I
Definitions,
Interpretation and Accounting Terms
Section
1.1 Defined
Terms
As used
in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings (such
meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the
terms defined):
“Acceptable Price” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.8(c)(iii) (Optional Prepayments).
“Acceptance Date” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.8(c)(ii) (Optional Prepayments).
“Additional Permitted Debt”
means unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower that (a) is junior to or pari
passu with the Senior Notes, (b) bears interest and provides for the
payment of fees on terms and conditions not significantly less favorable to any
Loan Party from those offered to similarly situated borrowers in the marketplace
for similar facilities, (c) has a maturity not earlier and an average life
to maturity not less than that of the Senior Notes (calculated at the time of
incurrence of such Indebtedness), (d) does not conflict with the mandatory
prepayment requirements provided hereunder and (e) is
otherwise
on terms and conditions that, taken as a whole, are materially not less
favorable to the Loan Parties and the interests of the Administrative Agent, the
Syndication Agent or any of the Lenders, Issuers or other Secured Parties under
the Loan Documents than those of the Senior Notes and the Senior Notes
Documents.
“Additional Permitted Debt
Document” means any note, indenture or credit agreement governing the
issuance or setting forth the terms of any Additional Permitted Debt and any
other agreement, certificate, power of attorney, or document related to any of
the foregoing.
“Additional Permitted Debt
Notice” means a written notice executed by a Responsible Officer of the
Parent with respect to the incurrence of Additional Permitted Debt stating that
(a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (b) the
Parent (directly or indirectly through one of its Subsidiaries) intends and
expects to use all (or an amount identified in such notice) of the proceeds of
such Additional Permitted Debt substantially contemporaneously with the issuance
of such Additional Permitted Debt as part of the consideration to be paid for a
Permitted Acquisition identified therein.
“Administrative Agent” has the
meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Administrative Agent’s
Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate,
account as set forth in Section 11.8 (Notices, Etc.),
or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to
time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.
“Affected Lender” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.17 (Substitution of Lenders).
“Affiliate” means, with
respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or
that is controlled by or is under common control with such
Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession
of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of
such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise.
“Affiliated Lender” means any
Lender who is or becomes an Affiliate of the Parent; provided that no Purchasing
Borrower Party shall be deemed to be an Affiliated Lender.
“Affiliated Lender Assignment and
Acceptance” has the meaning specified in Section 11.2(k) (Assignments and
Participations).
“Agent” means each of the
Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and each Arranger.
“Agent Affiliate” has the
meaning specified in Section
11.5(b) (Limitation of Liability).
“Agreement” means this Credit
Agreement.
“Alternative Currency” means
any lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily transferable into
Dollars.
“Anti-Terrorism Law” has the
meaning specified in Section
4.1(b) (Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law).
“Anti-Terrorism Order” has the
meaning specified in Section
4.1(b) (Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law).
“Applicable Discount” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.8(c)(iii) (Optional Prepayments).
“Applicable Lending Office”
means, with respect to each Lender, its Domestic Lending Office in the case of a
Base Rate Loan, and its Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar
Rate Loan.
“Applicable Margin” means the
following:
(a) with
respect to (i) Term Loans maintained as Base Rate Loans, a rate equal to 2.25%
per annum and (ii) Term Loans maintained as Eurodollar Rate Loans, a rate equal
to 3.25% per annum; and
(b) (i) during
the period from the Closing Date until the first date after the Closing Date on
which Financial Statements pursuant to Section 6.1(b) (Financial
Statements) are delivered hereunder, with respect to (A) Revolving
Loans and Swing Loans maintained as Base Rate Loans, a rate equal to 2.25% per
annum and (B) Revolving Loans maintained as Eurodollar Rate Loans, a rate
equal to 3.25% per annum and (ii) thereafter, as of any date of
determination, a per annum rate equal to the rate set forth below opposite the
applicable type of Loan and the then applicable Leverage Ratio (determined on
the last day of the most recent Fiscal Quarter for which Financial Statements
have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or (c) (Financial Statements))
set forth below:
Leverage
Ratio
|
Base
Rate
Loans
|
Eurodollar
Rate
Loans
|
Greater
than or equal to 4.0 to 1
|
2.50%
|
3.50%
|
Less
than 4.0 to 1 and equal to or greater than 2.5 to 1
|
2.25%
|
3.25%
|
Less
than 2.5 to 1
|
2.00%
|
3.00%
|
Changes
in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio on the
last day of any subsequent Fiscal Quarter shall become effective as to all
Revolving Loans and Swing Loans upon delivery by the Parent to the
Administrative Agent of new Financial Statements pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or (c) (Financial Statements),
as applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in
this Agreement (including the then effective Leverage Ratio), if the Parent
shall fail to deliver such Financial Statements within any of the time periods
specified in Section
6.1(b) or (c)
(Financial Statements), the Applicable Margin from and including the 46th
day after the end of such Fiscal Quarter or the 101st day after the end of such
Fiscal Year, as the case may be, to but not including the date the Parent
delivers to the Administrative Agent such Financial Statements shall equal the
highest possible Applicable Margin provided for by this definition.
In the
event that any financial statement under Section 6.1 (Financial Statements) or a
Compliance Certificate is shown to be inaccurate at any time that this Agreement
is in effect and any Loans or Commitments are outstanding hereunder when such
inaccuracy is discovered or within 91 days after the date on which all Loans
have been repaid and all Commitments have been terminated, and such inaccuracy,
if corrected, would have led to a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an
“Applicable Period”)
than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the
Borrower shall promptly (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days
thereafter) deliver to the Administrative Agent a correct Compliance Certificate
for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be determined by
reference to the corrected Compliance Certificate (but in no event shall the
Lenders owe any amounts to the Borrower), and (iii) the Borrower shall pay to
the Administrative Agent promptly
upon
demand (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days after demand) any
additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for
such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the
Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms
hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement,
any additional interest hereunder shall not be due and payable until demand is
made for such payment pursuant to clause (iii) above and accordingly, any
nonpayment of such interest as result of any such inaccuracy shall not
constitute a Default (whether retroactively or otherwise), and no such amounts
shall be deemed overdue (and no amounts shall accrue interest at the default
rate of interest specified in Section 2.10(c) (Interest)),
at any time prior to the date that is five (5) Business Days following such
demand.
“Applicable Unused Commitment Fee
Rate” means 0.50% per annum.
“Approved Deposit Account”
means a Deposit Account that is the subject of an effective Deposit Account
Control Agreement and that is maintained by any Loan Party. “Approved Deposit Account”
includes all monies on deposit in a Deposit Account and all certificates and
instruments, if any, representing or evidencing such Deposit
Account.
“Approved Fund” means, with
respect to any Person, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by such
Person, an Affiliate of such Person or by any other entity that also
administers, advises or manages such Person or Affiliate.
“Arranger” means each of Banc
of America Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., in their capacity
as joint lead arrangers and joint book-running managers.
“Asset Sale” has the meaning
specified in Section 8.4 (Sale
of Assets).
“Assignment and Acceptance”
means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible
Assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of
Exhibit A (Form of
Assignment and Acceptance).
“Auto-Extension Letter of
Credit” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(b)(iii) (Letters of
Credit).
“Available Credit” means, at
any date, (a) the then effective Revolving Credit Commitments minus (b) the aggregate
Revolving Credit Outstandings on such date, after giving effect to any
substantially contemporaneous repayment of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation
on such date.
“Available Employee Basket”
means, at any time, $5,000,000 less the sum of the
following: (a) the aggregate amount of all cash payments made in
respect of Indebtedness incurred in reliance upon Section 8.1(m) (Indebtedness)
after the Closing Date and (b) the aggregate amount of all cash dividends
made pursuant to Section
8.5(c) (Restricted Payments) after the Closing Date (other than
Restricted Payments as described under Section 8.5(c)(i) (Restricted
Payments)).
“Bank of America ” has the
meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Base Rate” means, for any
period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to
time, which rate per annum shall be equal at all times to the highest of the
following:
(a) the
rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time
by Bank of America as its “prime rate”;
(b)
0.5% per annum plus the
Federal Funds Rate; and
(c) the
Eurodollar Rate for an Interest Period of one-month beginning on such day (or if
such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) plus
100 basis points.
The
“prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors
including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic
conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some
loans, which may be priced at, above or below such announced
rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take
effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public
announcement of such change.
“Base Rate Loan” means any
Swing Loan or any other Loan during any period in which it bears interest based
on the Base Rate.
“Borrower” has the meaning
specified in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Borrower Materials” has the
meaning specified in Section
6.14 (Borrower Materials).
“Borrower’s Accountants” means
PricewaterhouseCoopers or other independent nationally recognized public
accountants acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which acceptance shall not
be unreasonably withheld.
“Borrowing” means a Revolving
Credit Borrowing or a Term Loan Borrowing.
“Business Day” means any day
other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are
authorized to close under Requirement of Law of, or are in fact closed in, the
state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day
relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London
Banking Day.
“Capital Expenditures” means,
for any Person for any period, the aggregate of amounts that would be reflected
as additions to property, plant or equipment on a Consolidated balance sheet of
such Person and its Subsidiaries, excluding interest capitalized during
construction.
“Capital Lease” means, with
respect to any Person, any lease of, or other arrangement conveying the right to
use, property by such Person as lessee that would be accounted for as
capitalized liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in conformity
with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing and Section 1.3 (Accounting Terms and
Principles) hereof, any obligations of a Person under a lease (whether
now existing or entered into after the date hereof) that is not (or would not
be) a Capital Lease under GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date, shall not be
treated as a Capital Lease solely as a result of the adoption of changes in GAAP
outlined by FASB in its press release dated March 19, 2009.
“Capital Lease Obligations”
means, with respect to any Person, the capitalized amount of all Consolidated
obligations of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries under Capital Leases
determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Cash Collateral Account”
means any Deposit Account or Securities Account that is (a) established by
the Administrative Agent from time to time in its sole discretion to receive
cash and Cash Equivalents (or purchase cash or Cash Equivalents with funds
received) from the Loan Parties or Persons acting on their behalf pursuant to
the Loan Documents, (b) with such depositaries and securities
intermediaries as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion,
(c) in the name of the
Administrative
Agent (although such account may also have words referring to any Loan Party and
the account’s purpose), (d) under the control of the Administrative Agent
and (e) in the case of a Securities Account, with respect to which the
Administrative Agent shall be the Entitlement Holder and the only Person
authorized to give Entitlement Orders with respect thereto.
“Cash Equivalents” means each
the following:
(a) (i) securities
issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States federal government or
any agency thereof and (ii) securities owned by a Foreign Non-Guarantor and
issued, fully guaranteed or insured by the United Kingdom or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (as long as that the full faith and credit of the United
Kingdom is pledged in support of those securities);
(b) (i) certificates
of deposit, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits and bankers’
acceptances (in each case, at the time of acquisition, that are rated at least
“A-1” by S&P or
“P-1” by Moody’s) of
any commercial bank that is organized under the laws of the United States of
America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal
banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the
United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is
a member of the Federal Reserve System, having combined capital and surplus of
at least $1,000,000,000 and (ii) certificates of deposit, eurodollar time
deposits, banker’s acceptances and overnight bank deposits of any foreign bank,
or its branches or agencies (fully protected against currency fluctuations),
having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and a Thomson BankWatch
Rating of at least “B” and owned by any Foreign Non-Guarantor;
(c) repurchase
obligations with a term of not more than seven days with respect to securities
of the types described in clause (a) or (b) above of a Person
permitted to make Investments in such securities pursuant to such clauses and
with a Lender or any Affiliate thereof or a financial institution meeting the
definition of clause (b) or (c) of the definition of
“Eligible Assignee”;
(d) (i) commercial
paper of an issuer rated at least “A-1” by S&P or “P-1” by Moody’s and
(ii) commercial paper owned by a Foreign Non-Guarantor of an issuer having
the highest rating obtainable from S&P or Moody’s; and
(e) (i) shares
of any money market fund that (A) has at least 95% of its assets invested
continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) through
(d) above, (B) has
net assets whose Dollar Equivalent exceeds $500,000,000 and (C) is rated at
least “A-1” by S&P
or “P-1” by Moody’s and
(ii) shares owned by a Foreign Non-Guarantor of any money market fund that
has at least 95% of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments
referred to in clauses (a) through
(d) above;
provided, however, that (x) the
maturities of all obligations of the type specified in clauses (a) through
(e) above shall not
exceed the lesser of the time specified in such clauses and (A) in the case
of obligations owned by a Foreign Non-Guarantor, 180 days and
(B) otherwise, 360 days and (y) “Cash Equivalents” shall not
include Securities of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures of any of
them and any Affiliate or Approved Fund of any of the foregoing.
“Cash Interest Expense” means,
with respect to any Person for any period, the Interest Expense of such Person
for such period less the sum of, without duplication and in each case determined
on a Consolidated basis for such Person and its Subsidiaries and included in
such sum only to the extent
included
in the calculation of Interest Expense, (a) the Non-Cash Interest Expense
of such Person for such period, (b) any fees (including underwriting fees)
and expenses paid by such Person or its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such
period in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, (c) any
premiums paid and consent payments made in connection with the tender offer for
the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes during such period, (d) any fees
(including underwriting fees) and expenses paid by such Person or its
Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period in connection with the consummation
of any Permitted Acquisition or Sale of Business permitted hereunder,
(e) any upfront fee and other cash payments made during such period by the
Borrower as a condition to the execution of any Interest Rate Contract permitted
hereunder to other parties to such Interest Rate Contract as consideration
required by such other parties to enter into such Interest Rate Contract,
(f) any fees paid during such period by or on behalf of the Borrower to any
Agent pursuant to any Fee Letter, (g) any Consolidated net cash gain of
such Person and its Subsidiaries under Interest Rate Contracts for such period
and (h) any Consolidated interest income of such Person and its
Subsidiaries for such period.
“CERCLA” has the meaning given
to such term in the definition of “Environmental Laws”.
“Change of Control” means the
occurrence of any event, transaction or occurrence as a result of which any of
the following occurs:
(a) any
“person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
the Exchange Act, including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring,
holding, voting or disposing of Securities within the meaning of Rule
13d-5(b)(1) of the Exchange Act) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined
in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act, except that each Person
will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all Stock and Stock Equivalents
that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable
immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of Stock
and Stock Equivalents of the Parent representing more than 30% of the voting
power or economic interests of all Stock and Stock Equivalents of the
Parent;
(b)
during any period of twelve consecutive calendar months, individuals who, at the
beginning of such period, constituted the board of directors (or similar
governing body) of the Parent (together with any directors whose election by the
board of directors of the Parent or whose nomination for election by the members
of the Parent was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors (or
members of a similar governing body) then still in office who either were
directors at the beginning of such period or whose elections or nomination for
election was previously so approved) cease for any reason other than death or
disability to constitute a majority of the directors (or members of a similar
governing body) then in office;
(c) the
Parent shall cease to own and control, directly or through one or more
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, all of the economic and voting rights associated with
all of the outstanding Stock of the Borrower; or
(d) any
“Change of Control” under and as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture or any
term of similar import under any Senior Notes Document.
“Change of Law” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.14(c) (Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate
Loans).
“Closing Date” means March 24,
2010.
“Code” means the U.S. Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Collateral” means all
property and interests in property and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter
acquired by any Loan Party in or upon which a Lien is granted under any
Collateral Document.
“Collateral Documents” means
the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Foreign Collateral Documents, the
Mortgages (if any are executed after the Closing Date), the Deposit Account
Control Agreements, the Securities Account Control Agreements and any other
document executed and delivered by a Loan Party granting a Lien on any of its
property to secure payment of the Secured Obligations.
“Commercial Letter of Credit”
means any Letter of Credit that is drawable upon presentation of documents
evidencing the sale or shipment of goods purchased by the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of its business.
“Commitment” means, with
respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and Term Loan
Commitment, and “Commitments” means the
aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and Term Loan Commitments of all
Lenders.
“Commodity Account” has the
meaning given to such term in the UCC.
“Compliance Certificate” has
the meaning specified in Section 6.1(d) (Financial
Statements).
“Consolidated” means, with
respect to any Person, the consolidation of accounts of such Person and its
Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Current Assets”
means, with respect to any Person at any date, the total Consolidated current
assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) of such Person and its
Subsidiaries at such date, excluding any credit for deferred federal, state,
local and foreign income tax.
“Consolidated Current
Liabilities” means, with respect to any Person at any date, all
liabilities of such Person and its Subsidiaries at such date that should be
classified as current liabilities on a Consolidated balance sheet of such Person
and its Subsidiaries, but excluding, in the case of the Parent, and only to the
extent included in current liabilities of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a
Consolidated balance sheet thereof, the sum of, without duplication,
(a) the principal amount of any current portion of long-term Consolidated
Financial Covenant Debt of such Person, (b) the then outstanding principal
amount of the Loans, (c) the current portion of any accrued and unpaid
interest on any Indebtedness described under clause (a) or (b) above and
(d) liabilities for deferred federal, state, local and foreign income
tax.
“Consolidated Net Income”
means, for any Person for any period, the Consolidated net income (or loss) of
such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period; provided, however, that (a) the
net income of any other Person in which such Person or one of its Subsidiaries
has a joint interest with a third party (which interest does not cause the net
income of such other Person to be Consolidated into the net income of such
Person) shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions paid to such Person or Subsidiary, (b) the net income of any
Subsidiary of such Person that (i) is a Loan Party and that is subject to
any consensual restriction or limitation on the payment of dividends or the
making of other distributions shall be excluded to the extent of such
restriction or limitation or (ii) is not a Loan Party and that is subject
to any restriction or limitation (whether or not consensual) on the payment of
dividends or the making of other distributions shall be excluded to the extent
of such restriction or
limitation,
(c) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains and losses and any
one-time increase or decrease to net income that is required to be recorded
because of the adoption of new accounting policies, practices or standards
required by GAAP shall be excluded, (d) gains and losses from businesses
reflected on the Financial Statements of such Person as discontinued operations
shall be excluded and (e) any restructuring charges or other non-recurring fees,
costs or expenses incurred (x) in connection with the Transactions or (y)
incurred prior to the Closing Date (including, with respect to the Fiscal
Quarter ended September 30, 2009, up to $2,500,000 in the aggregate in respect
of restructuring expenses and expenses incurred in connection with the
replacement of the chief executive officer of the Parent) shall be
excluded.
“Constituent Documents” means,
with respect to any Person, (a) the articles of incorporation, certificate
of incorporation, constitution or certificate of formation (or the equivalent
organizational documents) of such Person, (b) the by-laws, operating
agreement (or the equivalent governing documents) of such Person and
(c) any document setting forth the manner of election and obligations of
the directors or managing members of such Person (if any) and the designation,
amount or relative rights, limitations and preferences of any class or series of
such Person’s Stock.
“Contaminant” means any
chemicals, material, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, constituent in
any form, including any petroleum or petroleum-derived substance or waste,
asbestos and polychlorinated biphenyls, regulated or which can give rise to
liability under any Environmental Law.
“Contractual Obligation” of
any Person means any obligation, agreement, undertaking or similar provision of
any Security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking, contract,
lease, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument (excluding a Loan
Document) to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property
is bound or to which any of its property is subject.
“Control Account” means a
Securities Account or Commodity Account that is the subject of an effective
Securities Account Control Agreement and that is maintained by any Loan
Party. “Control
Account” includes all Financial Assets held in a Securities Account or a
Commodity Account and all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or
evidencing the Financial Assets contained therein.
“Corporate Chart” means a
corporate organizational chart, list or other similar document in each case in
form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and setting forth, for
each Person that is a Loan Party, that is subject to Section 7.11 (Additional Collateral
and Guaranties) or that is a Subsidiary or Joint Venture of any of them,
(a) the full legal name of such Person (and any trade name, fictitious name
or other name such Person operates under at such time), (b) the
jurisdiction of organization, the organizational number (if any) and the tax
identification number (if any) of such Person, (c) the location of such
Person’s chief executive office (or sole place of business) and (d) the
number of shares of each class of such Person’s Stock authorized (if
applicable), the number outstanding as of the date of delivery and the number
and percentage of such outstanding shares for each such class owned (directly or
indirectly) by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any of them.
“Customary Permitted Liens”
means, with respect to any Person, any of the following Liens, in each case as
long as no such Lien secures any Indebtedness for borrowed money:
(a) Liens
with respect to the payment of taxes, assessments or governmental charges in
each case that are not overdue by more than 30 days or that can be paid without
penalty or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
with respect to which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are
being maintained to the extent required by GAAP, which proceedings have the
effect during their pendency of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the
property or assets subject to any such Lien;
(b) Liens
of landlords arising by statute (or, with the Administrative Agent’s consent, by
contract) and liens of suppliers, mechanics, carriers, materialmen, warehousemen
or workmen and other liens imposed by law (including, as applicable, under
Article 2 of the uniform commercial code of any state of the United States
or the District of Columbia and similar laws) created in the ordinary course of
business for amounts not overdue by more than 30 days or that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which
adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are being maintained to the
extent required by GAAP;
(c) pledges
and cash deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers’ compensation, unemployment or other insurance obligations or other
types of social security benefits or similar legal obligations or to secure the
performance of bids, statutory obligations, public obligations to any
Governmental Authority, tenders, sales, contracts (other than for the repayment
of borrowed money) and surety, customs or performance bonds;
(d) encumbrances
arising by reason of zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, building codes,
land-use restrictions, reservations, covenants, rights-of-way, utility
easements, building restrictions and other similar encumbrances on the use of
real property not materially detracting from the value of such real property or
not materially interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business conducted
and proposed to be conducted at such real property;
(e) Liens
arising under leases or subleases of real property that do not, in the
aggregate, materially detract from the value of such real property or interfere
with the ordinary conduct of the business conducted and proposed to be conducted
at such real property;
(f)
Liens, pledges and cash deposits to secure any appeal bond with respect to any
judgment or order (or similar process) or Liens otherwise granted as part of
such judgment or order (or similar process), in each case to the extent no Event
of Default exists as a result of such Lien, judgment or order;
(h) rights
of setoff, banker’s liens and similar rights in favor of a banking institution
that arise as a matter of law, encumber deposits and are within the general
parameters customary in the banking industry; and
(i) Liens
that might be deemed to exist on the assets subject to a repurchase agreement
constituting a Cash Equivalent permitted hereunder, if such Liens are deemed to
exist solely because the existence of such repurchase agreement.
“Debt Issuance” means the
incurrence of Indebtedness of the type specified in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of
“Indebtedness” by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.
“Debtor Relief Laws” means the
Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation,
conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar
debtor relief Requirement of Laws of the United States or other applicable
jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors
generally.
“Default” means any event
that, with the passing of applicable grace periods or the giving of notice or
both, would become an Event of Default if not cured or waived.
“Defaulting Lender” means,
subject to Section 2.18(b)
(Defaulting Lenders), any Lender that, as reasonably determined by the
Administrative Agent, (a) has failed to perform any of its funding
obligations
hereunder, including in respect of its Loans or participations in
respect of Letters of Credit or Swing Loans, within three Business Days of the
date required to be funded by it hereunder unless such Lender’s failure is based
on such Lender’s reasonable and good faith determination that the conditions
precedent to funding such obligation under this Agreement have not been
satisfied and such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent in writing of
the same, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Agent in writing that it does not
intend to comply with any such funding obligations or has made a public
statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or
under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit; provided that in the event
any Term Loan Lender has made a public statement on or prior to the Closing Date
or any Facilities Increase Date to the effect that it does not intend to comply
with its funding obligations hereunder with respect to its Term Loan Commitment
as of such date, to the extent such Term Loan Lender actually satisfies such
Term Loan Commitment in full as of the Closing Date or as of such later date
when such Borrowing of Incremental Term Loans is consummated, as applicable,
such Term Loan Lender, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be a
“Defaulting Lender” solely by virtue of such statement, (c) has failed, within
three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent, to
confirm in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that it
will comply with such funding obligations, or (d) has, or has a direct or
indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under
any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator,
assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with
reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it,
or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to,
approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall
not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of
any Stock or Stock Equivalents in such Lender or any direct or indirect parent
company thereof by a Governmental Authority.
“Deposit Account” has the
meaning given to such term in the UCC.
“Deposit Account Control
Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Pledge and Security
Agreement.
“Disclosure Documents” means,
collectively, (a) the confidential information memoranda and related
materials prepared in connection with the syndication of the Facilities,
(b) the Senior Notes Offering Memorandum and (c) on and after the
issuance of any Additional Permitted Debt, any offering memoranda, information
memoranda and similar documentation distributed to prospective participants in a
syndication or an offering in respect thereof.
“Discount Range” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.8(c)(ii) (Optional Prepayments).
“Discounted Prepayment Option
Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2.8(c)(ii) (Optional
Prepayments).
“Discounted Voluntary
Prepayment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.8(c)(i) (Optional
Prepayments).
“Discounted Voluntary Prepayment
Notice” has
the meaning specified in Section 2.8(c)(v) (Optional
Prepayments).
“Disqualified Stock” means any
Stock of the Parent that, by its terms (or by the terms of any Security into
which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in either case at the
option of the holder thereof) or otherwise (a) matures or is mandatorily
redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is or
may become redeemable or repurchaseable at the option of the holder thereof,
in whole
or in part, (c) is Indebtedness or is convertible or exchangeable at the
option of the holder thereof for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each of
clause (a), (b) and (c) coming due sooner than
the first anniversary of the then Latest Maturity Date; provided, however, that only the
portion of Stock which so matures or is so mandatorily redeemable, is so
convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof prior to such date, shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; and provided, further, that any Stock that
would constitute “Disqualified Stock” solely because the holders thereof have
the right to require the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase such
Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale shall not
constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Stock (and all such
Securities into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) provide
that none of the Parent or its Subsidiaries may repurchase or redeem any such
Stock (or any such Securities into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to the payment in full of the
Secured Obligations.
“Disqualified Stock Document”
means any agreement, certificate, power of attorney, or other document relating
to any Disqualified Stock.
“Dollar Equivalent” of any
amount means, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such amount is
expressed in Dollars, such amount, (b) if such amount is expressed in an
Alternative Currency, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars determined by
using the rate of exchange quoted by Bank of America in New York, New York at
11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date of determination (or, if such date is not
a Business Day, the last Business Day prior thereto) to prime banks in New York
for the spot purchase in the New York foreign exchange market of such amount of
Dollars with such Alternative Currency and (c) if such amount is
denominated in any other currency, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars as
determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it
reasonably deems appropriate.
“Dollars” and the sign “$” each mean the lawful money
of the United States of America.
“Domestic Lending Office”
means, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its
“Domestic Lending
Office” opposite its name on Schedule II (Applicable Lending
Offices and Addresses for Notices) or on the Assignment and Acceptance by
which it became a Lender or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may
from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent.
“Domestic Person” means any
“United States person”
under and as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means
any Subsidiary of the Parent organized under the laws of the United States of
America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
“EBITDA” means, with respect
to any Person for any period,
(a) Consolidated
Net Income of such Person for such period plus
(b) the
sum of, in each case (other than in the case of clause (xii) below) to
the extent included in the calculation of such Consolidated Net Income as a
reduction thereof but without duplication, the following:
(i)
any provision for federal, state, local and foreign income tax, franchise taxes
and state single business unitary and similar taxes imposed in lieu of income
tax;
(ii) Interest
Expense;
(iii)
[Reserved];
(iv)
depreciation, depletion and amortization expenses;
(v)
cash expenses made during such period in connection with any Permitted
Acquisition for which such Person or its Consolidated Subsidiaries have received
during such period indemnification payments in respect of any Permitted
Acquisition, to the extent reimbursed by third parties that are not Affiliates
of such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries;
(vi)
fees and expenses paid during such period in connection with the exchange of the
Senior Notes for notes registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission;
(vii)
any aggregate net loss in such period from the sale, exchange or other
disposition of capital assets (other than dispositions of inventory in the
ordinary course of business) by such Person or any of its Consolidated
Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate for all
such periods;
(viii) any write-off made in
such period of deferred financing costs;
(ix)
earn-out obligations incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition and
paid or accrued during such period;
(x)
tender premium, consent solicitation fee and other fees (including underwriting
fees) and expenses paid by such Person or its Consolidated Subsidiaries during
such period in connection with the consummation of the
Transactions;
(xi)
all other non-cash charges and non-cash losses for such period, including the
amount of any compensation deduction as the result of any grant of Stock or
Stock Equivalents to employees, officers, directors or consultants;
(xii)
payments received by such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries from
business interruption insurance; and
(xiii)
reasonable fees, costs and expenses relating to any Asset Sales permitted
hereunder (whether or not such transaction is consummated); and
minus
(c) the
sum of, in each case, to the extent included in the calculation of such
Consolidated Net Income as an increase thereto but without duplication, each of
the following:
(i)
any credit for income tax;
(ii)
Consolidated net gains of such Person and its Subsidiaries under Interest Rate
Contracts for such period;
(iii)
any Consolidated interest income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such
period;
(iv)
[Reserved];
(v)
any aggregate net gain in such period (but not any aggregate net loss) from the
sale, exchange or other disposition of capital assets by such Person or any of
its Consolidated Subsidiaries (other than dispositions of inventory in the
ordinary course of business);
(vi)
any cash refund of any payment in such period of any item described in clause (b) above which
payment or item was added to Consolidated Net Income in the calculation of
EBITDA by reason of such clause either in such period or in any prior period;
and
(vii)
any other non-cash gains or other items which have been added in determining
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, including any reversal
of a change referred to in clause (b)(xi) above by
reason of a decrease in the value of any Stock or Stock Equivalent.
“Eligible Assignee” means any
Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.2(a) (Assignments and
Participations) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required
under Section 11.2(a)
(Assignments and Participations)); provided that none of (i) any
Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a
Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in
this clause (i); (ii)
any natural person; or (iii) any Purchasing Borrower Party shall be deemed
to be an Eligible Assignee.
“Entitlement Holder” has the
meaning given to such term in the UCC.
“Entitlement Order” has the
meaning given to such term in the UCC.
“Environmental Laws” means all
applicable Requirements of Law now or hereafter in effect and as amended or
supplemented from time to time, relating to pollution or the regulation and
protection of human or animal health, safety, the environment or natural
resources, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.) (“CERCLA”); the Hazardous
Material Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. § 5101 et seq.); the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, as amended (7 U.S.C.
§ 136 et seq.)
(“FIFRA”); the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.); the Toxic Substance
Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.); the Clean Air Act,
as amended (42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq.); the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.); the Occupational
Safety and Health Act, as amended (29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq.); the Safe Drinking
Water Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. § 300f et seq.); and each of their
state and local counterparts or equivalents and any transfer of ownership
notification or approval statute, including the Industrial Site Recovery Act
(N.J. Stat. Ann. § 13:1K-6 et seq.).
“Environmental Liabilities and
Costs” means, with respect to any Person, all liabilities, obligations,
responsibilities, Remedial Actions, losses, damages, punitive damages,
consequential damages, treble damages, costs and expenses (including all fees,
disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts and consultants and costs of
investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions and interest
incurred as a result of any claim or demand by any other Person, whether based
in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or
civil statute and whether arising under any Environmental Law, Permit, order or
agreement with any Governmental Authority or other Person, in each case relating
to any alleged violation of any Environmental Law, or to any environmental,
health or safety condition or to any Release or threatened Release.
“Environmental Lien” means any
Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority for Environmental Liabilities and
Costs.
“Equipment” has the meaning
given to such term in the UCC.
“Equity Issuance” means any
issue or sale of any Stock or Stock Equivalent of the Parent or any Subsidiary
of the Parent by the Parent or any such Subsidiary to any Person other than the
Parent or any such Subsidiary (or any Joint Venture of any of them), in each
case other than any issuance of common Stock of the Parent (a) that
constitutes Nominal Shares or (b) occurring in the ordinary course of
business to any director, member of the management or employee of the Parent or
its Subsidiaries.
“Equity Issuance Notice”
means, with respect to any Equity Issuance, a notice from the Parent to the
Administrative Agent delivered on or before the date of consummation of such
Equity Issuance (a) that the Parent (directly or indirectly through one of
its Subsidiaries or Permitted Joint Venture) intends and expects to use Net Cash
Proceeds of such Equity Issuance identified in such notice and
(b) identifying separately (i) the portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of
such Equity Issuance that is anticipated to be used to make Investments
permitted under Section 8.3(m)
(Investments) and (ii) the portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of such
Equity Issuance that is anticipated to be used to make Permitted Acquisitions,
and identifying each Permitted Acquisition to be made therewith.
“ERISA” means the United
States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any
trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control or treated
as a single employer with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries within the
meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.
“ERISA Event” means (a) a
reportable event described in Section 4043(c)(1), (2), (3), (5), (6), (8)
or (9) of ERISA with respect to a Title IV Plan or a Multiemployer Plan,
(b) the withdrawal of the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
Affiliate from a Title IV Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during
a plan year in which it was a substantial employer, as defined in
Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the complete or partial withdrawal of
the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate from any
Multiemployer Plan, (d) notice of reorganization or insolvency of a
Multiemployer Plan, (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a
Title IV Plan or the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under
Section 4041 of ERISA, (f) the institution of proceedings to terminate
a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC, (g) the failure to
make any required contribution to a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan,
(h) the imposition of a lien under Section 412 of the Code or
Section 302 of ERISA on the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
Affiliate or (i) any other event or condition that might reasonably be
expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the
termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV
Plan or Multiemployer Plan or the imposition of any liability under
Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent
under Section 4007 of ERISA or (j) the aggregate unfunded vested
benefits (as determined under Section 4006(a)(3)(E)(iii) of all Title IV
Plans (disregarding Title IV Plans with no unfunded vested benefits) exceed
$50,000,000 and the funded vested benefit percentage of such Title IV Plan
is less than 90 percent.
“Eurodollar Base Rate” means,
for such Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers
Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA
LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source
providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from
time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for
delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to
such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for
any
reason,
then the “Eurodollar Base Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per
annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in
Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds
in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or
converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period
would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London
interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London
time) two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest
Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining
the Base Rate under clause (c) of the definition thereof, the rates referred to
above shall be the rates as of 11:00 a.m., London, England time, on the date of
determination (rather than two London Banking Days preceding the date of
determination).
“Eurodollar Lending Office”
means, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its
“Eurodollar Lending
Office” opposite its name on Schedule II (Applicable Lending
Offices and Addresses for Notices) or on the Assignment and Acceptance by
which it became a Lender (or, if no such office is specified, its Domestic
Lending Office) or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time
to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
“Eurodollar Rate” means for
any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum
determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following
formula:
Eurodollar
Rate =
|
Eurodollar Base Rate |
|
|
1.00
– Eurodollar Reserve Percentage |
In no
event shall the Eurodollar Rate be less than 1.50%.
“Eurodollar Rate Loan” means
any Loan that, for an Interest Period, bears interest based on the Eurodollar
Rate.
“Eurodollar Reserve
Percentage” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve
percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in
effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations
issued from time to time by the Federal Reserve Bank for determining the maximum
reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal
reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to
as “Eurocurrency
liabilities”). The Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding
Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of
any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
“Event of Default” has the
meaning specified in Section
9.1 (Events of Default).
“Excess Cash Flow” means, for
any period, each calculated on a Consolidated basis, (a) EBITDA of the
Parent for such period plus (b) the sum of,
without duplication, (i) the excess, if any, of the Working Capital of the
Parent at the beginning of such period over the Working Capital of the Parent at
the end of such period and (ii) any cash refund of any payment or expense
set forth in clause (c) below for
which credit was given pursuant to such clauses in prior periods, minus (c) the sum
(without duplication, including duplications that may occur because of the
inclusion of any of the following in the calculation of any defined term used
below) of all of the following:
(i)
scheduled and mandatory cash principal payments on the Loans during such
period;
(ii)
cash principal payments made by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries during
such period on other Indebtedness to the extent such other Indebtedness and
payments are permitted by this Agreement;
(iii)
scheduled cash payments made by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries on Capital
Lease Obligations during such period to the extent such Capital Lease
Obligations and payments are permitted by this Agreement;
(iv)
Unfinanced Capital Expenditures made by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
during such period to the extent permitted by this Agreement;
(v)
cash payments of federal, state, local and foreign income tax, franchise taxes
and state single business unitary and similar taxes imposed in lieu of income
tax made during such period by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries;
(vi)
cash Restricted Payments permitted to be made in reliance upon Section 8.5(c) (Restricted
Payments) for the sole purpose of funding cash payments made during such
period to any then existing or former director, officer or employee of Parent or
any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assigns, estates, heirs or their
current or former spouses for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any of their Stock or Stock Equivalents of
Parent;
(vii)
cash payments (other than in respect of taxes, which are governed by clause (v) above) made
during such period for any liability which accrual in a prior period did not
reduce EBITDA and therefore increased Excess Cash Flow in such prior period (and
there was no other reduction to EBITDA or Excess Cash Flow related to such
payment);
(viii)
Cash Interest Expense made during such period (plus, but only to the extent
subtracted from Interest Expense in the calculation of Cash Interest Expense,
any fees and expenses described in clauses (b) through
(e) of the definition
of “Cash Interest Expense”);
(ix)
all cash expenses made during such period, to the extent such cash expenses were
added back to Consolidated Net Income in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to
clauses (b)(v),
(vi), (vii), (ix) and (x) of the definition of
“EBITDA”; and
(x)
the excess, if any, of the Working Capital of the Parent at the end of such
period over the Working Capital of the Parent at the beginning of such
period.
“Exchange Act” means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Excluded Foreign Subsidiary”
means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary in respect of
which either (i) the pledge of all of the Stock of such Subsidiary as
Collateral to secure payment of the Secured Obligations, or (ii) such
Subsidiary entering into Guaranty Obligations in respect of the Secured
Obligations, could reasonably be expected, in the good faith judgment of the
Parent, result in materially adverse tax consequences to any Loan Party or any
Subsidiary of any Loan Party, unless, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), such Subsidiary has
entered into Guaranty Obligations in respect of the Senior Notes Indenture or
other Indebtedness of any Loan Party having substantially similar tax
consequences, or (b) Prestige Brands (UK) Limited and Wartner USA
B.V.
“Existing Credit Agreement”
means, as amended to the date hereof, that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of
April 6, 2004, by and among the Borrower, as borrower, and the financial
institutions from time to time party thereto as agents and lenders.
“Existing Senior Subordinated
Notes” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
“Existing Senior Subordinated Notes
Redemption Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1(d) (Conditions Precedent
to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit).
“Existing Senior Subordinated Notes
Trustee” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
“Facilities” means
(a) the Term Loan Facility and (b) the Revolving Credit
Facility.
“Facilities Increase” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.1(c) (The Commitments).
“Facilities Increase Date” has
the meaning specified in Section 2.1(c) (The
Commitments).
“Facilities Increase Notice”
means a notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent requesting a
Facilities Increase, which may include any proposed term and condition for such
proposed Facilities Increase but shall include in any event the amount of such
proposed Facilities Increase.
“Fair Market Value” means
(a) with respect to any asset or group of assets (other than a marketable
Security) of any Loan Party at any date that are the object of a transaction or
series of transactions, the value of the consideration obtainable in a sale of
such asset at such date or on the date of such transaction or series of
transactions assuming a sale by a willing seller to a willing purchaser, neither
of which is under pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction and both of
which are dealing at arm’s length, having regard to the nature and
characteristics of such asset, as reasonably determined by the board of
directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party (unless the Dollar
Equivalent of such consideration is equal to or less than $5,000,000, as
determined by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower) or, if such asset shall
have been the subject of a relatively contemporaneous appraisal by an
independent third party appraiser, the basic assumptions underlying which have
not materially changed since its date, the value set forth in such appraisal and
(b) with respect to any marketable Security at any date, the closing sale
price of such Security on the Business Day next preceding such date, as
appearing in any published list of any national securities exchange or the
NASDAQ Stock Market or, if there is no such closing sale price of such Security,
the final price for the purchase of such Security at face value quoted on such
Business Day by a financial institution of recognized standing regularly dealing
in Securities of such type and selected by the Administrative
Agent.
“Federal Funds Rate” means,
for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during
such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds
transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal
funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day,
for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,
or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the
average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received and
determined by the Administrative Agent.
“Federal Reserve Board” means
the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, or any
successor thereto.
“Fee Letters” means (a) the
fee letter, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, the Parent and the
Administrative Agent, (b) the fee letter, dated as of the date hereof, among the
Borrower, the Parent and the Arrangers and (c) any additional fee letter entered
into as part of a Facilities Increase and executed by, among others, the
Administrative Agent.
“FIFRA” shall have the meaning
given to such term in the definition of “Environmental Laws”.
“Financial Asset” has the
meaning given to such term in the UCC.
“Financial Covenant Debt” of
any Person means Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries of the type
specified in clauses (a), (b) (other than contingent
obligations also of the type specified in clause (c) of such
definition), (d), (e), (f) and (h) of the definition of
“Indebtedness” and non-contingent of obligations of the type specified in clause (c) of such
definition, in each case to the extent each such item would be classified as
“indebtedness” on a Consolidated balance sheet of such Person.
“Financial Statements” means
the financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries delivered in
accordance with Section 4.4
(Financial Statements) and Section 6.1 (Financial
Statements).
“Fiscal Quarter” means each of
the three-month periods ending on March 31, June 30, September 30
and December 31.
“Fiscal Year” means the
twelve-month period ending on March 31. The Fiscal Year 2011 is
the Fiscal Year ending March 31, 2011.
“Flood Insurance Laws” means,
collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter
in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection
Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto,
(iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in
effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act
of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute
thereto.
“Foreign Collateral Documents”
means (i) the Share Mortgage between Prestige Brands International, Inc.
and the Administrative Agent and (ii) any other document executed and
delivered by a Loan Party granting a Lien on any of its property to secure
payment of the Secured Obligations under any law other than United States
federal, state or local law.
“Foreign IP Subsidiary” means
one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of any Loan Party (a) that is
incorporated in Ireland, Switzerland or other jurisdictions reasonably
acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (b) whose Stock and Stock
Equivalents shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent to the extent required
pursuant to Section 7.11
(Additional Collateral and Guaranties) and (c)(i) whose Constituent
Documents do not prevent or otherwise limit, and whose jurisdiction of
organization and applicable Requirements of Law do not prevent or otherwise
limit, the granting of Requisite Priority Liens to the Administrative Agent on
65% of the Stock of such Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, foreclosure under such
Requisite Priority Liens or any other exercise of remedies similar to the
remedies set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement in respect of capital
stock and (ii) whose Constituent Documents do not prevent or otherwise
limit (except to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law), any
payment by any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to any Loan Party (whether directly or
indirectly through any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary).
“Foreign IP Transfer” means
the transfer to one or more Foreign IP Subsidiaries of (a) any Intellectual
Property to the extent registered in any jurisdiction other than the United
States or any
State
thereof or the District of Columbia or (b) any unregistered Intellectual
Property and all rights under manufacturing, distribution and other contracts,
in each case to the extent such Intellectual Property and rights are used in or
otherwise related to the development, marketing, manufacturing, packaging,
handling, distribution or sale of products sold only outside of the United
States.
“Foreign Non-Guarantor” means
any Non-Guarantor that is not organized under the laws of any State of the
United States of America or the District of Columbia.
“Fronting Exposure” means, at
any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to an Issuer, such
Defaulting Lender’s Ratable Portion of the outstanding Letter of Credit
Obligations other than Letter of Credit Obligations as to which (i) such
Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated pursuant to
Section
2.18(a)(iv) (Defaulting
Lenders), or (ii) cash collateral or other credit support acceptable to
the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have been provided in accordance with Section 2.4 (Letters of
Credit), and (b) with respect to the Swing Loan Lender, such Defaulting
Lender’s Ratable Portion of Swing Loans other than Swing Loans as to which (i)
such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated pursuant
to Section
2.18(a)(iv) (Defaulting
Lenders), or (ii) cash collateral or other credit support acceptable to
the Swing Line Lender shall have been provided in accordance with Section 2.3 (Swing
Loans).
“Fund” means any Person (other
than a natural person) that is or will be engaged in making, purchasing, holding
or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in
the ordinary course of its business.
“GAAP” means generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from
time to time set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board,
or in such other statements by such other entity as may be in general use by
significant segments of the accounting profession, that are applicable to the
circumstances as of the date of determination.
“Governmental Authority” means
any nation, sovereign or government, any state or other political subdivision
thereof and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial,
regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including
any central bank or stock exchange.
“Guarantor” means the Parent
and each Subsidiary Guarantor.
“Guaranty” means the guaranty,
in substantially the form of Exhibit H (Form of
Guaranty), executed by the Guarantors.
“Guaranty Obligation” means,
as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person with respect to any Indebtedness of another Person, if
the purpose or intent of such Person in incurring the liability is to provide
assurance to the obligee of such Indebtedness that such Indebtedness will be
paid or discharged, that any agreement relating thereto will be complied with,
or that any holder of such Indebtedness will be protected (in whole or in part)
against loss in respect thereof, including (a) the direct or indirect
guaranty, endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary
course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse
by such Person of Indebtedness of another Person and (b) any liability of
such Person for Indebtedness of another Person through any agreement (contingent
or otherwise) (i) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such
Indebtedness or any security therefor or to provide funds for the payment or
discharge of such Indebtedness (whether in the form of a loan, advance, stock
purchase, capital contribution or other-
wise),
(ii) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or
financial condition of another Person, (iii) to make take-or-pay or similar
payments, if required, regardless of non-performance by any other party or
parties to an agreement, (iv) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessor or
lessee) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of
enabling the debtor to make payment of such Indebtedness or to assure the holder
of such Indebtedness against loss or (v) to supply funds to, or in any
other manner invest in, such other Person (including to pay for property or
services irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are
rendered), if in the case of any agreement described under clause (b)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above the primary purpose
or intent thereof is to provide assurance that Indebtedness of another Person
will be paid or discharged, that any agreement relating thereto will be complied
with or that any holder of such Indebtedness will be protected (in whole or in
part) against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Guaranty
Obligation shall be equal to the amount of the Indebtedness so guaranteed or
otherwise supported.
“Hedging Contracts” means all
Interest Rate Contracts, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap or option
agreements, forward contracts, commodity swap, purchase or option agreements,
other commodity price hedging arrangements and all other similar agreements or
arrangements designed to alter the risks of any Person arising from fluctuations
in interest rates, currency values or commodity prices.
“Honor Date” has the meaning
specified in Section 2.4(c)(i)
(Letters of Credit).
“Increase Joinder” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.1(c)(iv) (the Commitments).
“Incremental Term Loans” has
the meaning specified in Section 2.1(c)(ii) (the
Commitments).
“Indebtedness” of any Person
means without duplication (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed
money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds,
debentures or similar instruments or that bear interest, (c) all
reimbursement and other obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’
acceptances, surety bonds and performance bonds, whether or not matured,
(d) all indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or
services, other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business,
(e) all indebtedness of such Person created or arising under any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property
acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or
lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession
or sale of such property), (f) all Capital Lease Obligations of such
Person, (g) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person, (h) all
obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise
acquire for value any Stock or Stock Equivalents of such Person coming due
sooner than the first anniversary of the then Latest Maturity Date, valued, in
the case of redeemable preferred stock, at the greater of its voluntary
liquidation preference and its involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued
and unpaid dividends, (i) all payments that such Person would have to make
in the event of an early termination on the date Indebtedness of such Person is
being determined in respect of Hedging Contracts of such Person and (j) all
Indebtedness of the type referred to above secured by (or for which the holder
of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be
secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and general
intangibles) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed and
is not otherwise liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that Indebtedness
shall not include any earn-out obligations of such Person or obligations of such
Person in connection with any consulting agreement, in each case owing to the
seller in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, until such obligations
shall be earned. The value for purpose of this Agreement of any
Indebtedness qualifying as such under clause (j) above
(regardless of whether such Indebtedness qualifies as such under any other
clause hereof) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (x) the
amount of
such Indebtedness and (y) the Fair Market Value of the property subject to
a Lien securing any of such Indebtedness.
“Indemnified Matter” has the
meaning specified in Section
11.4 (Indemnities).
“Indemnitee” has the meaning
specified in Section 11.4
(Indemnities).
“Intellectual Property” has
the meaning specified in the Pledge and Security Agreement.
“Interest Coverage Ratio”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of
(a) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to (b) Cash
Interest Expense of such Person for such period.
“Interest Expense” means, for
any Person for any period, Consolidated total interest expense of such Person
and its Subsidiaries for such period and including, in any event, interest
capitalized during such period and net costs under Interest Rate Contracts for
such period.
“Interest Payment Date” means
(a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period
applicable to such Loan and the Term Loan Maturity Date or the Revolving Credit
Termination Date, as applicable; provided, however, that if any Interest
Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates
that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall
also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan or Swing Line
Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the
Term Loan Maturity Date or the Revolving Credit Termination Date, as applicable
(with Swing Loans being deemed made under the Revolving Credit Facility for
purposes of this definition).
“Interest Period” means, in
the case of any Eurodollar Rate Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing
on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is made or on the date of conversion of a
Base Rate Loan to such Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending one, two, three or six
months thereafter (or, if acceptable to all applicable Lenders, ending nine or
twelve months thereafter), as selected by the Borrower in its Notice of
Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation given to the Administrative
Agent pursuant to Section 2.2 (Borrowing
Procedures) or 2.11
(Conversion/Continuation Option) and (b) thereafter, if such Loan is
continued, in whole or in part, as a Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.11
(Conversion/Continuation Option), a period commencing on the last day of
the immediately preceding Interest Period therefor and ending one, two, three or
six months thereafter (or if deposits of such duration are available to all
Lenders, ending nine or twelve months thereafter), as selected by the Borrower
in its Notice of Conversion or Continuation given to the Administrative Agent
pursuant to Section 2.11
(Conversion/Continuation Option); provided, however, that all of the
foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods in respect of Eurodollar Rate
Loans are subject to the following:
(i)
if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day,
such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day,
unless the result of such extension would be to extend such Interest Period into
another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the
immediately preceding Business Day;
(ii)
any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or
on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar
month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of
a calendar month;
(iii)
the Borrower may not select any Interest Period that ends after the date of a
scheduled principal payment on the Loans as set forth in Article II (The Facilities)
unless, after
giving
effect to such selection, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans for
which Interest Periods end after such scheduled principal payment shall be equal
to or less than the principal amount to which the Loans are required to be
reduced after such scheduled principal payment is made;
(iv)
the Borrower may not select any Interest Period in respect of Loans having an
aggregate principal amount of less than $2,000,000 or that is not an integral
multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; and
(v)
there shall be outstanding at any one time no more than 10 Interest Periods in
the aggregate.
“Interest Rate Contracts”
means all interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest
rate collar agreements and interest rate insurance.
“Investment” means, with
respect to any Person, (a) any purchase or other acquisition by such Person
of (i) any Security issued by, (ii) a beneficial interest in any
Security issued by, or (iii) any other equity ownership interest in, any
other Person, (b) any purchase by such Person of all or a significant part
of the assets of a business conducted by any other Person, or all or
substantially all of the assets constituting the business of a division, branch
or other unit operation of any other Person, (c) any loan, advance (other
than deposits with financial institutions available for withdrawal on demand,
prepaid expenses, accounts receivable and similar items made or incurred in the
ordinary course of business as presently conducted) or capital contribution by
such Person to any other Person, including all Indebtedness of any other Person
to such Person arising from a sale of property by such Person other than in the
ordinary course of its business, and (d) any Guaranty Obligation incurred
by such Person in respect of Indebtedness of any other Person. For
purposes of Article VIII
(Negative Covenants), the outstanding amount of any Investment made by
any Person at any time shall be calculated as the excess of the initial amount
of such Investment made by such Person (including the Fair Market Value of all
property transferred by such Person as part of such Investment) over the sum of,
without duplication, (x) all returns of principal or capital thereof
received on or prior to such time by such Person (including all cash dividends,
cash distributions and cash repayments of Indebtedness received by such Person)
and (y) all liabilities of such Person expressly transferred, prior to such
time, in connection with the sale or disposition of such Investment, but only to
the extent such Person is fully released of such liabilities by such
transfer.
“IRS” means the Internal
Revenue Service of the United States or any successor thereto.
“Issue” means, with respect to
any Letter of Credit, to issue, extend the expiry of, renew or increase the
maximum face amount (including by deleting or reducing any scheduled decrease in
such maximum face amount) of, such Letter of Credit. The terms “Issued” and “Issuance” shall have a
corresponding meaning.
“Issuer” means (i) Bank
of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder,
(ii) each Lender or Affiliate of a Lender that hereafter becomes an issuer
of Letters of Credit hereunder with the approval (such approval not to be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the Administrative Agent and
the Borrower by agreeing pursuant to an agreement with and in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to be bound
by the terms hereof applicable to Issuers, in its capacity as such
Issuer.
“Issuer Documents” means with
respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other
document, agreement and instrument entered into by an Issuer and the Borrower
(or any Subsidiary) or in favor of such Issuer and relating to such Letter of
Credit.
“Joint Venture” means any
Person (a) that is not a Subsidiary of the Parent or the Borrower, either
directly or indirectly, (b) in which the Parent, the Borrower, any of their
respective Subsidiaries or any other Joint Venture owns Stock or Stock
Equivalents and (c) for which the Parent and the Borrower, in the aggregate
together with their respective Subsidiaries, is, directly or indirectly, the
beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of the Stock or Stock Equivalents
thereof.
“Land” of any Person means all
of those plots, pieces or parcels of land now owned, leased or hereafter
acquired or leased (including, in respect of the Loan Parties, as reflected in
the most recent Financial Statements) by such Person.
“Latest Maturity Date” means
the latest of (i) the Term Loan Maturity Date, (ii) the Scheduled
Termination Date and (iii) the maturity date of any additional Term Loans made
pursuant to any Facilities Increase under Section 2.1(c) (the
Commitments).
“Leases” means, with respect
to any Person, all of those leasehold estates in real property of such Person,
as lessee, as such may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
to time.
“Lender” means each Person
party hereto from time to time as a “Lender” and, as the context requires,
includes the Swing Loan Lender.
“Lender Participation Notice”
has the meaning specified in Section 2.8(c)(iii) (Optional
Prepayments).
“Letter of Credit” means any
letter of credit Issued pursuant to Section 2.4 (Letters of
Credit).
“Letter of Credit Advance”
means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation
in any Letter of Credit Borrowing in accordance with its Ratable
Portion.
“Letter of Credit Application”
means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of
Credit in the form from time to time in use by an Issuer.
“Letter of Credit Borrowing”
means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit
which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a
Borrowing.
“Letter of Credit Expiration
Date” means the day that is seven days prior to the Revolving Credit
Termination Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next
preceding Business Day).
“Letter of Credit Fee” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.12(b) (Fees).
“Letter of Credit Obligations”
means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be
drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all
Reimbursement Obligations at such time, including all Letter of Credit
Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be
drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be
determined in accordance with Section 1.06 (Letter of Credit
Amounts). For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date
of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may
still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP,
such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so
remaining available to be drawn.
“Letter of Credit Sublimit”
means $5,000,000.
“Letter of Credit Undrawn
Amounts” means, at any time, the aggregate undrawn face amount of all
Letters of Credit outstanding at such time.
“Leverage Ratio” means, with
respect to any Person as of any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated
Financial Covenant Debt of such Person and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of
such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Person for the last four
Fiscal Quarter period ending on or before such date.
“Lien” means any mortgage,
deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, charge, deposit
arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), security interest or
preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of
any kind or nature whatsoever intended to assure payment of any Indebtedness or
the performance of any other obligation, including any conditional sale or other
title retention agreement and the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease and
any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
foregoing.
“Loan” means any loan made by
any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.
“Loan Documents” means,
collectively, this Agreement, the Notes (if any), the Guaranty, each Fee Letter,
each Issuer Document, the Collateral Documents and each certificate, agreement
or document executed by a Loan Party and delivered to the Administrative Agent
or any Lender in connection with or pursuant to any of the
foregoing.
“Loan Party” means the
Borrower and each Guarantor.
“London Banking Day” means any
day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in
the London interbank eurodollar market.
“Material Adverse Change”
means a material adverse change in any of (a) the business, assets,
operations, properties, performance, condition (financial or otherwise) or
contingent liabilities of the Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole,
(b) the legality, validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or
(c) the material rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the
Syndication Agent, the Lenders or the Issuers under the Loan
Documents.
“Material Adverse Effect”
means an effect that results in or causes, or could reasonably be expected to
result in or cause, a Material Adverse Change.
“Material Event of Default”
means each Event of Default set forth in clause (a), (b), (e)(i), (e)(iii) or (f) of Section 9.1 (Events of
Default).
“Maximum Rate” has the meaning
specified in Section 11.21
(Interest Rate Limitation).
“MNPI” has the meaning
specified in Section 2.8(c)(i)
(Optional Prepayments).
“Moody’s” means Moody’s
Investors Service, Inc.
“Mortgage Supporting
Documents” means, with respect to a Mortgage for a parcel of Real
Property, each of the agreements, documents and instruments (including title
policies or marked-up unconditional insurance binders (in each case, together
with all documents referred to therein), maps, plats, current as-built surveys,
environmental reports, “life of loan” Federal Emergency Management
Agency
standard flood hazard determinations (together with notices about special flood
hazard area status and flood disaster assistance) duly executed by the Borrower
and the applicable Loan Parties, certificates evidencing insurance coverages
required by Section 7.5
(Maintenance of Insurance) and flood insurance coverage, evidence
regarding recording and payment of fees, insurance premium and taxes) that the
Administrative Agent may reasonably request, each in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to it, to create, register or otherwise perfect,
maintain, evidence the existence, substance, form or validity of, or enforce
valid and enforceable Requisite Priority Liens on such parcel of Real Property
(which may be in favor of, instead of the Administrative Agent, such other
trustee as may be required or appropriate under local law), subject only to
(a) Liens permitted under Section 8.2 (Liens,
Etc.) and (b) such other Liens as the Administrative Agent may
reasonably approve.
“Mortgages” means the
mortgages, deeds of trust or other real estate security documents made or
required herein to be made by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, each in form
and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
“Multiemployer Plan” means a
multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the
Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has any obligation or
liability, contingent or otherwise.
“Net Cash Proceeds” means
proceeds received by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing
Date in cash or Cash Equivalents from any (a) Asset Sale other than any
Foreign IP Transfer and other than an Asset Sale permitted under clauses (a) through
(h) and (i)(A) of Section 8.4 (Sale of Assets),
net of (i) the reasonable cash costs of sale, assignment or other
disposition (including fees, commission, costs and other expenses),
(ii) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof,
(iii) any amount required to be paid or prepaid on Indebtedness (other than
the Obligations) secured by the assets subject to such Asset Sale, as long as
evidence of each of clauses
(i), (ii) and
(iii) above is provided
to the Administrative Agent, and (iv) appropriate amounts provided by the
seller as a reserve (but only to the extent such amounts remain set aside as a
reserve), in accordance with GAAP, against all liabilities associated with the
property disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries after such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment
benefit liabilities, liabilities relating to environmental matters and
liabilities under indemnification provisions associated with such Asset Sale,
(b) Property Loss Event or (c)(i) Equity Issuance or (ii) any
Debt Issuance other than as permitted under Section 8.1 (Indebtedness)
(other than clause
(k)(ii)), in each case net of taxes, fees, commissions, indemnities,
discounts, placement fees, brokers’, consultants’, investment banking, legal,
accounting and other advisors’ fees, expenses and other costs incurred in
connection with such transaction as long as evidence of such fees and costs is
provided to the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall
include proceeds received by a Permitted Joint Venture from any Asset Sale or
Property Loss Event only to the extent such proceeds are received by the Parent
or any of its Subsidiaries.
“Net Equity Investment” means,
at any time, the amount, if any, by which (a) the amount of Net Cash
Proceeds received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents by the Parent or any
Subsidiary of the Parent at or prior to such time from any Equity Issuance (but
only to the extent of that portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of which have not
previously been (and are not simultaneously being) applied to make Capital
Expenditures within the meaning of clause (b) of the definition of “Unfinanced
Capital Expenditures”, to make Investments pursuant to Section 8.3(m) (Investments)
or to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 8.5(c)(iii) (Restricted Payments)) after
the Closing Date (other than any Equity Issuance of Disqualified Stock), exceeds
(b) the Non-Guarantor Investment Amount at such time; provided that the Net Equity
Investment shall not at any time be less than zero.
“Nominal Shares” means
(a) for any Subsidiary of the Parent that is not a Domestic Subsidiary,
nominal issuances of Stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed 0.5% of the
Stock and Stock Equivalents of such Subsidiary on a fully-diluted basis and
(b) in any case, director’s qualifying shares, in each case to the extent
such issuances are required by applicable law.
“Non-Cash Interest Expense”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of the following
amounts to the extent included in the calculation of Interest Expense of such
Person, in each case determined on a Consolidated basis for such Person and its
Subsidiaries, (a) the amount of debt discount and debt issuance costs
amortized, (b) charges relating to write-ups or write-downs in the book or
carrying value of existing Financial Covenant Debt of such Person,
(c) interest payable in evidences of Indebtedness or by addition to the
principal of the related Indebtedness and (d) other non-cash
interest.
“Non-Consenting Lender” has
the meaning specified in Section 11.1(c) (Amendments,
Waivers, Etc.).
“Non-Extension Notice Date”
has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(b)(iii) (Letters of
Credit).
“Non-Guarantor” means any
Subsidiary or Joint Venture of any Loan Party that is not a Subsidiary
Guarantor, together with any Subsidiary or Joint Venture of such Subsidiary or
Joint Venture that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.
“Non-Guarantor Investment
Amount” means, at any time, the Dollar Equivalent of the amount by
which
(a) the
sum, without duplication, of (i) all Investments (valued as of the date
such Investment is made) in all Non-Guarantors made by any Loan Party (including
any capital contribution to any Non-Guarantor, all advances made to any
Non-Guarantor by any Loan Party, all Guaranty Obligations of any Loan Party of
Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor and all Permitted Acquisitions by Loan Parties
of Stock or Stock Equivalents of Non-Guarantors or involving assets located
outside of the United States to the extent, after giving effect to such
Permitted Acquisition, such assets are owned by Non-Guarantors) and
(ii) the Fair Market Value, at the time of such transfer, of all property
(including cash and Cash Equivalents received by any Non-Guarantor as
consideration for Asset Sales by such Non-Guarantor to any Loan Party)
transferred to any Non-Guarantor by any Loan Party on or after the Closing Date
other than as part of the consummation of any Foreign IP Transfer,
exceeds
(b) the
sum of, without duplication, (i) any return on capital or loan repayment
(in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents) with respect to, or net cash proceeds
of the sale or other disposition of, such Investment received by any Loan Party
from any Non-Guarantor and (ii) the Fair Market Value, at the time of such
transfer, of all property (including cash and Cash Equivalents received by any
Loan Party as consideration for Asset Sales by any Loan Party to any
Non-Guarantor) transferred to any Loan Party by any Non-Guarantor on or after
the Closing Date, other than as part of the consummation of any Foreign IP
Transfer.
“Non-U.S. Lender” means each
Lender, Issuer or Agent that is a Non-U.S. Person.
“Non-U.S. Person” means any
Person that is not a Domestic Person.
“Note” means any Revolving
Credit Note or Term Loan Note.
“Notice of Borrowing” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.2(a) (Borrowing Procedures).
“Notice of Conversion or
Continuation” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11
(Conversion/Continuation Option).
“Obligations” means the Loans,
the Letter of Credit Obligations and all other amounts, obligations, covenants
and duties owing by any Loan Party (or any amount paid by any Loan Party for the
account of the Borrower) to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuer,
any Affiliate of any of them or any Indemnitee, of every type and description
(whether by reason of an extension of credit, opening or amendment of a letter
of credit or payment of any draft drawn or other payment thereunder, loan,
guaranty, indemnification or otherwise), present or future, arising under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether direct or indirect (including
those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now
existing or hereafter arising and however acquired and whether or not evidenced
by any note, guaranty or other instrument or for the payment of money, including
all letter of credit, cash management and other fees, interest, charges,
expenses, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other sums chargeable to any
Loan Party under this Agreement, any other Loan Document (including all interest
and fees accruing after commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding
with respect to any Loan Party, whether or not allowed in such proceeding) and
all obligations of the Borrower under any Loan Document to provide cash
collateral for any Letter of Credit Obligation.
“Offered Loans” has
the meaning specified in Section 2.8(c)(iii) (Optional
Prepayments).
“Outstanding Amount” means (i)
with respect to Loans and Swing Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding
principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments
or repayments of Loans and Swing Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such
date; and (ii) with respect to any Letter of Credit Obligations on any date, the
amount of such Letter of Credit Obligations on such date after giving effect to
any Issuance of any Letter of Credit occurring on such date and any other
changes in the aggregate amount of the Letter of Credit Obligations as of such
date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of
Reimbursement Obligations.
“paid in full” and “payment in full” mean, with
respect to any Secured Obligation, the occurrence of all of the foregoing,
(a) with respect to such Secured Obligations other than (i) contingent
indemnification obligations, Secured Hedging Contract Obligations and Secured
Cash Management Obligations not then due and payable and (ii) to the extent
covered by clause (b) below,
obligations with respect to undrawn Letters of Credit, payment in full thereof
in cash (or otherwise to the written satisfaction of the Secured Parties owed
such Secured Obligations), (b) with respect to any undrawn Letter of
Credit, the obligations under which are included in such Secured Obligations,
(i) the cancellation thereof and payment in full of all resulting Secured
Obligations pursuant to clause (a) above or
(ii) the receipt of cash collateral (or a backstop letter of credit in
respect thereof on terms acceptable to the applicable Issuer of the Letters of
Credit and the Administrative Agent) in an amount at least equal to 102% of the
Letter of Credit Obligations for such Letter of Credit and (c) if such
Secured Obligations include one or more Facilities, termination of all
Commitments and all other obligations of the Secured Parties in respect of such
Facilities under the Loan Documents.
“Parent” has the meaning
specified in the preamble to this Agreement.
“PBGC” means the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.
“Permit” means any permit,
approval, authorization, license, variance or permission required from a
Governmental Authority under an applicable Requirement of Law.
“Permitted Acquisition” means
any Proposed Acquisition subject to the satisfaction of each of the following
conditions:
(a) the
Administrative Agent shall receive at least five Business Days’ (or such other
period as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion)
prior written notice of such Proposed Acquisition, which notice shall include,
without limitation, a reasonably detailed description of such Proposed
Acquisition;
(b) such
Proposed Acquisition shall only involve assets (which may include Stock)
comprising a business, or those assets of a business, of the type engaged in by
the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date or any other business
that is reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto (or a reasonable
extension or expansion thereof) or otherwise part of the consumer products
business;
(c) such
Proposed Acquisition shall be consensual and shall have been approved by the
Proposed Acquisition Target’s board of directors;
(d) no
additional Indebtedness or other liabilities shall be incurred, assumed or
otherwise be reflected on a Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and
Proposed Acquisition Target after giving effect to such Proposed Acquisition,
except (i) Loans made hereunder, (ii) ordinary course trade payables
and accrued expenses and (iii) Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1
(Indebtedness);
(e) within
30 days after (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative
Agent, in its sole discretion) the date of the consummation of such Proposed
Acquisition, each applicable Loan Party and the Proposed Acquisition Target and
its Subsidiaries shall have executed such documents and taken such actions as
may be required under Sections 7.11 (Additional
Collateral and Guaranties) and 7.13 (Real
Property);
(f)
the Parent shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least five
Business Days prior to such Proposed Acquisition, such existing financial
information, financial analysis, documentation or other existing information
relating to such Proposed Acquisition as the Administrative Agent or any Lender
shall reasonably request;
(g) on
or prior to the date of the consummation of such Proposed Acquisition, the
Administrative Agent shall have received copies of the acquisition agreement
and, promptly thereafter (but in any event not later than 15 days after the
consummation of such Proposed Acquisition or such later date as may be agreed to
by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), all related Contractual
Obligations, instruments and all opinions, certificates, lien search results and
other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent;
(h) on
the date of the consummation of such Proposed Acquisition and after giving
effect thereto, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing and (ii) all representations and warranties contained in
Article IV (Representations
and Warranties) and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct
in all material respects; and
(i) on
the date of the consummation of such Proposed Acquisition and after giving
effect thereto the Parent shall (i) be in compliance with Article V (Financial
Covenants), and (ii)
have a
Leverage Ratio that is at least 0.25 to 1 less than the requirements of Section 5.1 (Maximum Leverage
Ratio), in each case, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such
Proposed Acquisition (and with the Leverage Ratio recomputed as of the last day
of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which Financial Statements have
been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or (c) (Financial
Statements)).
“Permitted Acquisition Notice”
means, in respect of any Permitted Acquisition, a notice from the Parent to the
Administrative Agent delivered on or before such Permitted Acquisition that
identifies (a) non-core assets to be acquired as part of such Permitted
Acquisition that the Parent and its Subsidiaries intend and expect to dispose of
within the 360 days next following the consummation of such Permitted
Acquisition and (b) any Revolving Credit Borrowing (which may include those
following a Facilities Increase) that were or will be made on or prior to the
time of such Permitted Acquisition and the proceeds of which will be used to
consummate such Permitted Acquisition.
“Permitted Joint Venture”
means any Joint Venture (a) in which the investors, participants and each
other holder of Stock and Stock Equivalents therein (other than the Loan
Parties) participate on terms materially no more favorable than the terms
applicable to the Loan Parties (other than solely due to the percentage of Stock
or Stock Equivalents owned in such Joint Venture by each such Person and rights
customarily incidental thereto), (b) that is not a Loan Party, that does
not own Stock or Stock Equivalents in any Loan Party and no direct or indirect
Subsidiary or Joint Venture of which is a Loan Party, (c) all of the Stock
and Stock Equivalents of which shall be subject to Requisite Priority Liens, to
the extent of the Loan Parties’ interest therein as provided under the
Collateral Documents and (d) in which no Loan Party shall be under any
Contractual Obligation to make Investments or incur Guaranty Obligations in
respect of such Joint Venture not permitted hereunder.
“Permitted Reinvestment”
means, with respect to any Reinvestment Event, to make a Permitted Acquisition,
make an investment in a Permitted Joint Venture or acquire (or make Capital
Expenditures to finance the acquisition or improvement of), to the extent
otherwise permitted hereunder, assets useful in the business of the Parent or
any of its Subsidiaries or, if such Reinvestment Event is a Property Loss Event
that is a loss or damage, to repair such loss or damage.
“Person” means an individual,
partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company,
estate, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated association, joint
venture or other entity or a Governmental Authority.
“Platform” has the meaning
specified in Section 6.14
(Borrower Materials).
“Pledge and Security
Agreement” means an agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit I (Form of Pledge and
Security Agreement), executed by the Borrower and each
Guarantor.
“Pledged Debt Instruments” has
the meaning specified in the Pledge and Security Agreement.
“Pledged Stock” has the
meaning specified in the Pledge and Security Agreement.
“Pro Forma Basis” means, with
respect to any determination for any period, that such determination shall be
made giving pro forma
effect to each Permitted Acquisition consummated during such period and each
Sale of Business consummated during such period (or, as the case may be, any
specified Permitted Acquisition or Sale of Business), in each case together with
all transactions relating thereto consummated during such period (including any
incurrence, assumption, refinancing or repayment of Indebtedness), as if such
acquisition, Sale of Business and related transactions had been consummated
on the
first day of such period, in each case based on historical results accounted for
in accordance with GAAP and, to the extent applicable, reasonable assumptions
that are specified in details in the relevant Compliance Certificate, Financial
Statement or other document provided to the Administrative Agent or any Lender
in connection herewith in accordance with Regulation S-X of the Exchange Act,
and other cost savings and pro forma adjustments reasonably acceptable to the
Administrative Agent.
“Proceeds” has the meaning
given to such term in the UCC.
“Projections” means those
financial projections dated January 19, 2010 for the period from January 1, 2010
through March 31, 2015 (on a quarter by quarter basis through Fiscal Year 2011
and on a year by year basis thereafter), to be delivered to the Lenders by the
Parent.
“Property Loss Event” means
(a) any loss of or damage to property of the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries that results in the receipt by the Parent or such Subsidiary of
proceeds of insurance whose Dollar Equivalent exceeds $3,000,000 (individually
or in the aggregate) or (b) any taking of property of the Parent or any of
its Subsidiaries that results in the receipt by such Person of a compensation
payment in respect thereof whose Dollar Equivalent exceeds $3,000,000
(individually or in the aggregate).
“Proposed Acquisition” means
the proposed acquisition (including by merger or consolidation) by the Parent or
any of its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets or Stock of
any Proposed Acquisition Target (including rights to a product
line).
“Proposed Acquisition Target”
means any Person or any operating division, ingredient, formula, product line or
brand thereof subject to a Proposed Acquisition.
“Proposed Discounted Prepayment
Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.8(c)(ii) (Optional
Prepayments).
“Public Lender” has the
meaning specified in Section
6.14 (Borrower Materials).
“Purchasing Borrower Party”
means the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent that makes a Discounted
Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.8(c) (Optional
Prepayments).
“Purchasing Lender” has the
meaning specified in Section
11.7 (Sharing of Payments, Etc.).
“Qualifying Lenders” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.8(c)(iv) (Optional Prepayments).
“Qualifying Loans” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.8(c)(iv) (Optional Prepayments).
“Ratable Portion” or (other
than in the expression “equally and ratably”) “ratably” means, with respect
to any Lender, (a) with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, the
percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Credit Commitment of such
Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders
(or, at any time after the Revolving Credit Termination Date, the percentage
obtained by dividing the aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings owing to such
Lender by the aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings owing to all Lenders) and
(b) with respect to the Term Loan Facility, the percentage obtained by
dividing (i) the Term Loan Commitment of such Lender by (ii) the
aggregate Term Loan Commitments of all Lenders (or, at any time after the
Closing Date, the percentage
obtained
by dividing the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans by the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans of all
Lenders).
“Real Property” of any Person
means the Land of such Person, together with the right, title and interest of
such Person, if any, in and to the streets, the Land lying in the bed of any
streets, roads or avenues, opened or proposed, in front of, the air space and
development rights pertaining to the Land and the right to use such air space
and development rights, all rights of way, privileges, liberties, tenements,
hereditaments and appurtenances belonging or in any way appertaining thereto,
all fixtures, all easements now or hereafter benefiting the Land and all
royalties and rights appertaining to the use and enjoyment of the Land,
including all alley, vault, drainage, mineral, water, oil and gas rights,
together with all of the buildings and other improvements now or hereafter
erected on the Land and any fixtures appurtenant thereto.
“Register” has the meaning
specified in Section 2.7(b)
(Evidence of Debt).
“Reimbursement Obligations”
means, as and when matured, the obligation of the Borrower to pay, on the date
payment is made or scheduled to be made to the beneficiary under each such
Letter of Credit (or at such other date as may be specified in the applicable
Issuer Document) and in the currency drawn (or in such other currency as may be
specified in the applicable Issuer Document), all amounts of each drafts and
other requests for payments drawn under Letters of Credit, and all other matured
reimbursement or repayment obligations of the Borrower to any Issuer with
respect to amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.
“Reinvestment Deferred
Prepayment” means, with respect to any Net Cash Proceeds of any
Reinvestment Event, the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds that are subject to a
Reinvestment Notice and the receipt of which would otherwise trigger a mandatory
prepayment of the Loans, reduction of the Commitments or posting of cash
collateral hereunder.
“Reinvestment Event” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.9(e) (Mandatory Prepayments).
“Reinvestment Notice” means a
written notice executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent with respect to a
Reinvestment Event stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and that the Parent (directly or indirectly through one of its
Subsidiaries) intends and expects to make Permitted Reinvestments in an amount
not to exceed the Net Cash Proceeds of such Reinvestment Event.
“Reinvestment Prepayment
Amount” means, on any Reinvestment Prepayment Date for any portion of any
Reinvestment Deferred Prepayment, such portion of such Reinvestment Deferred
Prepayment less any amount expended or required to be expended pursuant to a
Contractual Obligation entered into prior to such Reinvestment Prepayment Date
for such Net Cash Proceeds to make Permitted Reinvestments using such Net Cash
Proceeds.
“Reinvestment Prepayment Date”
means, with respect to a portion of the Reinvestment Deferred Prepayment of any
Net Cash Proceeds of a Reinvestment Event, the earliest of (a) the date
occurring 365 days after such Reinvestment Event, (b) the date that is five
Business Days after the date on which the Parent shall have notified the
Administrative Agent of the Parent’s determination not to make Permitted
Reinvestments with such portion of such Reinvestment Deferred Prepayment and
(c) the first date after such Reinvestment Event upon which an Event of
Default shall have occurred and is continuing.
“Related Parties” means, with
respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors,
officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such
Person’s Affiliates.
“Release” means, with respect
to any Person, any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection,
deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration, in each case, of
any Contaminant into the indoor or outdoor environment or into or out of any
property owned, leased or operated by such Person, including the movement of
Contaminants through or in the air, soil, surface water, ground water or
property.
“Remedial Action” means all
actions required to (a) clean up, remove, treat or in any other way address
any Contaminant in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent the
Release or threat of Release or minimize the further Release so that a
Contaminant does not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health
or welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment or (c) perform pre-remedial
studies and investigations and post-remedial monitoring and care.
“Requirement of Law” means,
with respect to any Person, the common law and all federal, state, local and
foreign laws, treaties, rules and regulations, orders, judgments, decrees and
other determinations of, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses and other
Contractual Obligations (other than purchase, sale and distribution contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business) with, any Governmental
Authority or arbitrator, applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its
property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
“Requisite Lenders” means,
collectively, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.1(d) (Amendments,
Waivers, Etc.), Revolving Credit Lenders and Term Loan Lenders having
(a) on and prior to the Closing Date, more than fifty percent (50%) of the
sum of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then outstanding and the
aggregate Term Loan Commitments then outstanding, (b) after the Closing
Date and on and prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date, more than fifty
percent (50%) of the sum of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving
Credit Commitments and the principal amount of all Term Loans then outstanding
and (c) after the Revolving Credit Termination Date, more than fifty
percent (50%) of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings and the
principal amount of all Term Loans then outstanding; provided that the Revolving
Credit Commitments, Term Loan Commitments, Revolving Credit Outstandings and
principal amount of all Term Loans then held by any Defaulting Lender at such
time shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of “Requisite
Lenders”.
“Requisite Priority Liens”
means, collectively, a valid and perfected first-priority security interest in
favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and
securing the Secured Obligations.
“Requisite Revolving Credit
Lenders” means, collectively, Revolving Credit Lenders having more than
fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit
Commitments or, after the Revolving Credit Termination Date, more than fifty
percent (50%) of the aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings; provided that the Revolving
Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Outstandings, as the case may be, held
by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a
determination of “Requisite Revolving Credit Lenders”.
“Requisite Term Loan Lenders”
means, collectively, Term Loan Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate
outstanding amount of the Term Loan Commitments or, after the Closing Date, more
than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of all Term Loans then
outstanding; provided
that
the Term
Loan Commitments or principal amount of Term Loans held by any Defaulting Lender
shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of “Requisite Term Loan
Lenders”.
“Responsible Officer” means,
with respect to any Person, any of the principal executive officers, managing
members or general partners of such Person but, in any event, with respect to
financial matters, the chief financial officer of such Person.
“Restricted Payment” means
(a) any dividend, distribution or any other payment whether direct or
indirect, on account of any Stock or Stock Equivalent of the Parent or any of
its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding and (b) any redemption,
retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for
value, direct or indirect, of any Stock or Stock Equivalent of the Parent or any
of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding.
“Restricted Payment Allowance”
means, at any time, the amount, if any, by which (a) the sum of
(i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income (to the extent such Consolidated Net
Income shall be positive) of the Borrower accrued commencing on January 1, 2010
through the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year
for which Financial Statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or (c) (Financial Statements),
(ii) the Net Equity Investment at such time and (iii) $60,000,000
exceeds (b) 100% of the deficit in Consolidated Net Income (to the extent
such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit) of the Borrower accrued
commencing on January 1, 2010 through the last day of the most recently ended
Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year for which Financial Statements have been delivered
pursuant to Section
6.1(b) or (c)
(Financial Statements).
“Revolving Credit Borrowing”
means a borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made on the same day by the
Revolving Credit Lenders ratably according to their respective Revolving Credit
Commitments.
“Revolving Credit Commitment”
means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, the commitment of such
Revolving Credit Lender to make Revolving Loans and acquire interests in other
Revolving Credit Outstandings in the aggregate principal amount outstanding not
to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Revolving Credit Lender’s name on
Schedule I
(Commitments) under the caption “Revolving Credit Commitment”
(as amended to reflect each Assignment and Acceptance executed by such Revolving
Credit Lender) as such amount may be reduced pursuant to this Agreement, and
each additional commitment by such Revolving Credit Lender in the Revolving
Credit Facility that is included as part of any Facilities Increase, as such
amount may be reduced pursuant to this Agreement.
“Revolving Credit Facility”
means the Revolving Credit Commitments and the provisions herein related to the
Revolving Loans, Swing Loans and Letters of Credit.
“Revolving Credit Lender”
means each Lender that (a) has a Revolving Credit Commitment,
(b) holds a Revolving Loan or (c) participates in any Letter of
Credit.
“Revolving Credit Note” means
a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of any Revolving Credit
Lender in a principal amount equal to the amount of such Revolving Credit
Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of
the Borrower to such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Revolving Loans
owing to such Revolving Credit Lender.
“Revolving Credit
Outstandings” means, at any particular time, the sum of (a) the
principal amount of the Revolving Loans outstanding at such time, (b) the
Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding at such time and (c) the principal
amount of the Swing Loans outstanding at such time.
“Revolving Credit Termination
Date” shall mean the earliest of (a) the Scheduled Termination Date,
(b) the date of termination of all of the Revolving Credit Commitments
pursuant to Section 2.5
(Termination of the Commitments) and (c) the date on which the
Obligations become due and payable pursuant to Section 9.2
(Remedies).
“Revolving Loan” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.1 (The Commitments).
“S&P” means Standard &
Poor’s Rating Services.
“Sale of Business” means the
sale of all or substantially all of the Stock of, or all or substantially all of
the assets of, any Person or the sale of any division, line of business, brand
or product line.
“Sarbanes-Oxley Act” means the
United States Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
“Scheduled Termination Date”
means March 24, 2015.
“Secured Cash Management
Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect
liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of cash management
services (including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card,
electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements) provided by
any Secured Deposit Account Bank, including obligations for the payment of fees,
interest, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection
therewith.
“Secured Deposit Account Bank”
means the Administrative Agent, a Revolving Credit Lender or any Affiliate of
the foregoing on the date that the applicable Deposit Account is entered
into.
“Secured Hedging Contract
Obligations” means each liability, amount, obligation, covenant and duty
owing by any Loan Party, of every type and description, present or future,
arising under each Hedging Contract with any Person that was a Lender or an
Affiliate of any such Lender at the time such Person entered into such Hedging
Contract, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment),
absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising
and however acquired and whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other
instrument or for the payment of money, including obligations for the payment of
fees, interest, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other
sums chargeable to any Loan Party in connection therewith.
“Secured Obligations” means,
(a) in the case of the Borrower, the Obligations, the Secured Cash
Management Obligations and the Secured Hedging Contract Obligations of the
Borrower and (b) in the case of any other Loan Party, the obligations of
such Loan Party under the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which it is a
party and the Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Hedging Contract
Obligations of such Loan Party; provided shall in each case
include all interest and fees accruing after commencement of any bankruptcy or
insolvency proceeding against any Loan Party, whether or not allowed in such
proceeding.
“Secured Parties” means the
Lenders, the Issuers, the Administrative Agent and each other holder of any
Secured Obligation.
“Securities Account” has the
meaning given to such term in the UCC.
“Securities Account Control
Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Pledge and Security
Agreement.
“Security” means any Stock,
Stock Equivalent, voting trust certificate, bond, debenture, note or other
evidence of Indebtedness, whether secured, unsecured, convertible or
subordinated, or any certificate of interest, share or participation in, any
temporary or interim certificate for the purchase or acquisition of, or any
right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing, but shall not
include any evidence of the Obligations.
“Selling Lender” has the
meaning specified in Section
11.7 (Sharing of Payments, Etc.).
“Senior Notes” means the 8.25%
Senior Notes due 2018, issued by the Borrower in Dollars and governed by the
terms of the Senior Notes Indenture.
“Senior Notes Document” means
each of the Senior Notes, the Senior Notes Indenture and any other agreement,
certificate, power of attorney or document related to any of the
foregoing.
“Senior Notes Indenture” means
the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Borrower, the Guarantors
and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
“Senior Notes Offering
Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum, dated March 10, 2010, in
connection with the offering of the Senior Notes.
“Service Contractors” has the
meaning specified in Section
4.17(a) (Environmental Matters).
“Solvent” means, with respect
to any Person as of any date of determination, that, as of such date,
(a) the value of the assets of such Person (both at fair value and present
fair saleable value) is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including
contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person, (b) such Person is
able to pay all liabilities of such Person as such liabilities mature and
(c) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital. In
computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such
liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and
circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably
be expected to become an actual or matured liability (in each case as
interpreted in accordance with fraudulent conveyance, bankruptcy, insolvency and
similar laws and other applicable Requirements of Law).
“Special Purpose Vehicle”
means any special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from
time to time by a Lender to the Administrative Agent and the
Borrower.
“Standby Letter of Credit”
means any Letter of Credit that is not a Commercial Letter of
Credit.
“Stock” means shares of
capital stock (whether denominated as common stock or preferred stock),
beneficial, partnership or membership interests, participations or other
equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership,
limited liability company or equivalent entity, whether voting or
non-voting.
“Stock Equivalents” means all
securities convertible into or exchangeable for Stock and all warrants, options
or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any Stock, whether or not presently
convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.
“Subordinated Debt” means, in
each case to the extent permitted to be incurred by such Loan Party hereunder,
(a) Additional Permitted Debt of the Borrower or any Guarantor,
(b) Indebtedness
of any
Loan Party under the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes or the Additional
Permitted Debt Documents, (c) Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted to
be incurred under clause (m) or (n) of Section 8.1
(Indebtedness), and (d) any other Indebtedness of any Loan Party
that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to any of the Secured
Obligations or is scheduled to mature not earlier than the first anniversary of
the then Latest Maturity Date.
“Subordinated Debt Document”
means each of the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and the Additional
Permitted Debt Documents and any note, indenture, credit agreement related to
any Subordinated Debt, and any other agreement, certificate, power of attorney,
or document related to any of the foregoing.
“Subsidiary” means, with
respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company
or other business entity of which an aggregate of more than 50% of the
outstanding Voting Stock is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned or
controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such
Person.
“Subsidiary Guarantor” means
each Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Borrower) that is party to or that
becomes party to the Guaranty.
“Substitute Institution” has
the meaning specified in Section 2.17 (Substitution of
Lenders).
“Substitution Notice” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.17 (Substitution of Lenders).
“Swing Loan” has the meaning
specified in Section 2.3
(Swing Loans).
“Swing Loan Lender” means Bank
of America or any other Revolving Credit Lender that agrees, with the approval
of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to act as the Swing Loan Lender
hereunder, in each case in its capacity as the Swing Loan Lender
hereunder.
“Swing Loan Request” has the
meaning specified in Section
2.3(b) (Swing Loans).
“Swing Loan Sublimit” means
$7,500,000.
“Syndication Agent” has the
meaning specified in the preamble hereto.
“Syndication Completion Date”
means the earlier to occur of (a) the 15th day following the Closing Date
and (b) the date upon which the Arrangers determine in their sole
reasonable discretion that the primary syndication of the Loans and Revolving
Credit Commitments has been completed.
“Tax Affiliate” means, with
respect to any Person, (a) any Subsidiary of such Person and (b) any
Affiliate of such Person with which such Person files or is eligible to file
consolidated, combined or unitary tax returns.
“Tax Returns” has the meaning
specified in Section 4.8(a)
(Taxes).
“Taxes” has the meaning
specified in Section 2.16(a)
(Taxes).
“Tender Offer” has the meaning
specified in Section 3.1(d)
(Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans and Letters of
Credit).
“Term Loan” means any loan
made to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i), (b)(ii) or (c)
(The Commitments).
“Term Loan Borrowing” means a
borrowing consisting of Term Loans made on the same day by the Term Loan
Lenders.
“Term Loan Commitment” with
respect to each Term Loan Lender, means (a) the commitment of such Lender
to make Term Loans to the Borrower on the Closing Date in the aggregate
principal amount outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such
Lender’s name on Schedule I (Commitments)
under the caption “Term Loan
Commitment” (as amended to reflect each Assignment and Acceptance
executed by such Lender), as such amount may be reduced pursuant to this
Agreement, and (b) any commitment by such Lender that is included as part
of a Facilities Increase to make Term Loans on any Facilities Increase Date, as
such amount may be reduced pursuant to this Agreement.
“Term Loan Commitment Termination
Date” means, with respect to any term commitment of any Lender or
prospective Lender, (a) if such commitment is entered into as part of a
Facilities Increase, the earlier of the date agreed by the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent to be the date of termination of the commitments for such
Facilities Increase, any termination date expressly set forth in the commitment
letter for such commitment and the Facilities Increase Date for such Facilities
Increase after the incurrence of any Term Loan on such date and (b) in the
case of any other commitment (including any Term Loan Commitment existing on or
prior to the Closing Date), the Closing Date, after the incurrence of any Term
Loan on such date.
“Term Loan Facility” means the
Term Loan Commitments and the provisions herein related to the Term
Loans.
“Term Loan Lender” means each
Lender that has a Term Loan Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.
“Term Loan Maturity Date”
means the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date.
“Term Loan Note” means a
promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of any Term Loan Lender in
a principal amount equal to the amount of the Term Loan owing to such
Lender.
“Title IV Plan” means a
pension plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, covered by Title IV of ERISA
and to which the Parent any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has any
obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.
“Transactions” means the
transactions contemplated in connection with the closing of the Facilities, the
issuance of the Senior Notes, the refinancing of the Existing Credit Agreement
and the refinancing of the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes (including the
tender offer and consent solicitation related to the Existing Senior
Subordinated Notes).
“UCC” has the meaning
specified in the Pledge and Security Agreement.
“Unfinanced Capital
Expenditures” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
Capital Expenditures of such Person in such period other than the portion of
such Capital Expenditures financed with the Net Cash Proceeds of
(a) Capital Leases or other Indebtedness (other than any Secured
Obligation) of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) Equity Issuances
(but only to the extent of that portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of which have
not previously been (and are not simultaneously being) applied to make
Investments pursuant to Section 8.3(m) (Investments),
to make Restricted Payments pur-
suant to
Section 8.5(c)(iii)
(Restricted Payments)
or to make other Capital Expenditures pursuant to this clause (b)) or
(c) Reinvestment Events; provided, however, that, (x) in
the case of Capital Leases, Indebtedness and Equity Issuances, the incurrence
thereof is permitted under this Agreement and the receipt of such Net Cash
Proceeds does not cause a mandatory prepayment of the Obligations pursuant to
Section 2.9 (Mandatory
Prepayments) and (y) in the case of Reinvestment Events, to the
extent the financing of Capital Expenditures with the Net Cash Proceeds thereof
is a Permitted Reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds permitted pursuant to
Section 2.9(e) (Mandatory
Prepayments).
“Unused Commitment Fee” has
the meaning specified in Section 2.12
(Fees).
“U.S. Lender” means each
Lender, Issuer or Agent that is a Domestic Person.
“Voting Stock” means Stock of
any Person having ordinary power to vote in the election of members of the board
of directors, managers, trustees or other controlling Persons, of such Person
(irrespective of whether, at the time, Stock of any other class or classes of
such entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of
any contingency).
“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of
any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person, all of the Stock of which (other
than Nominal Shares) is owned by such Person, either directly or indirectly
through one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
“Withdrawal Liability” means,
with respect to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries at any time, the aggregate
liability incurred (whether or not assessed) with respect to all Multiemployer
Plans pursuant to Section 4201 of ERISA or for increases in contributions
required to be made pursuant to Section 4243 of ERISA.
“Working Capital” means, for
any Person at any date, the amount, if any, by which the Consolidated Current
Assets of such Person at such date exceeds the Consolidated Current Liabilities
of such Person at such date.
Section
1.2 Computation
of Time Periods
In this
Agreement, in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a
later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the
words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding” and the
word “through” means
“to and
including.”
Section
1.3 Accounting
Terms and Principles
(a) Except as
set forth below, all accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be
construed in conformity with GAAP and all accounting determinations required to
be made pursuant hereto (including for purpose of measuring compliance with
Article V (Financial
Covenants)) shall, unless expressly otherwise provided herein, be made in
conformity with GAAP, except for the use of purchase accounting principles (as
set forth in Statements 16 (Prior Period Adjustments) and 17 (Accounting for
Leases) of the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board and the U.S. Statements
of Financial Accounting Standards 142 (regarding the elimination of goodwill
amortization) and 143 (regarding accounting for asset-retirement obligations))
and for the classification as liabilities mandatorily redeemable Stock and other
debt-like financial instruments (as set forth in the U.S. Statement of Financial
Accounting Standard 150).
(b) If any
change in the accounting principles used in the preparation of the most recent
Financial Statements referred to in Section 6.1 (Financial
Statements) is hereafter required or permit-
ted by
the rules, regulations, pronouncements and opinions of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board or the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or
any successors thereto) and such change is adopted by the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries with the agreement of the Borrower’s Accountants and results in a
change in any of the calculations required by Article V (Financial
Covenants) or VIII
(Negative Covenants) that would not have resulted had such accounting
change not occurred, the parties hereto agree to enter into negotiations in
order to amend such provisions so as to equitably reflect such change such that
the criteria for evaluating compliance with such covenants shall be the same
after such change as if such change had not been made; provided, however, that no change in
GAAP that would affect a calculation that measures compliance with any covenant
contained in Article V
(Financial Covenants) or VIII (Negative Covenants)
shall be given effect until such provisions are amended to reflect such changes
in GAAP.
(c) For
purposes of making all financial calculations to determine compliance with Article V (Financial
Covenants), all components of such calculations (other than Capital
Expenditures) shall be adjusted to include or exclude, as the case may be,
without duplication, such components of such calculations attributable to any
business or assets that have been acquired by the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries (including through any Permitted Acquisition) or that have been
sold pursuant to any Sale of Business either (i) on or before the Closing
Date or (ii) after the first day of the applicable period of determination
and prior to the end of such period, in each case as determined in good faith by
the Parent on a Pro Forma Basis.
Section
1.4 Conversion
of Foreign Currencies
(a) Financial Covenant
Debt. Financial Covenant Debt denominated in any currency
other than Dollars shall be calculated using the Dollar Equivalent thereof as of
the date of the Financial Statements on which such Financial Covenant Debt is
reflected.
(b) Dollar
Equivalents. The Administrative Agent shall determine the
Dollar Equivalent of any amount as required hereby, and a determination thereof
by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest
error. The Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to,
rely on any determination made by any Loan Party in any document delivered to
the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may determine or
redetermine the Dollar Equivalent of any amount on any date either in its own
discretion or upon the request of any Lender or Issuer.
(c) Rounding-Off. The
Administrative Agent may set up appropriate rounding-off mechanisms or otherwise
round off amounts hereunder to the nearest higher or lower amount in whole
Dollar or cent to ensure amounts owing by any party hereunder or that otherwise
need to be calculated or converted hereunder are expressed in whole Dollars or
in whole cents, as may be necessary or appropriate.
Section
1.5 Certain
Terms
(a) The terms
“herein,” “hereof,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and similar terms
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section,
subsection or clause in, this Agreement.
(b) Unless
otherwise expressly indicated herein, (i) references in this Agreement to
an Exhibit, Schedule, Article, Section, clause or sub-clause refer to the
appropriate Exhibit or Schedule to, or Article, Section, clause or sub-clause in
this Agreement and (ii) the words “above” and “below,” when following a
reference to a clause or a sub-clause of any Loan Document, refer to a clause or
sub-clause within, respectively, the same Section or clause.
(c) Each
agreement defined in this Article I shall include all
appendices, exhibits and schedules thereto. Unless the prior written
consent of the Requisite Lenders or any Agent is required hereunder for an
amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to any such agreement
and such consent is not obtained, references in this Agreement to such agreement
shall be to such agreement as so amended, restated, supplemented or
modified.
(d) References
in this Agreement to any Requirement of Law shall be to such Requirement of Law
as amended or modified from time to time and to any successor legislation
thereto, in each case as in effect at the time any such reference is
operative.
(e) The term
“including” when used
in any Loan Document means “including without limitation”
except when used in the computation of time periods.
(f) The terms
“Lender,” “Revolving Credit Lender,”
“Term Loan Lender,”
“Issuer,” “Agent,” “Administrative Agent” and
“Syndication Agent”
include, without limitation, their respective successors.
(g) Upon the
appointment of any successor Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.6 (Resignation of
Administrative Agent), references to Bank of America in the definitions
of Base Rate, Dollar Equivalent and Eurodollar Rate shall be deemed to refer to
the financial institution then acting as the Administrative Agent or one of its
Affiliates if it so designates.
Section
1.6 Letter
of Credit Amounts
Unless
otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall
be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such
time; provided, however, that with respect to
any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document
related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated
amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the
maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such
increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such
time.
ARTICLE
II
The
Facilities
Section
2.1 The
Commitments
(a) Revolving Credit
Commitments. On the terms and subject to the conditions
contained in this Agreement, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to
make loans in Dollars (each a “Revolving Loan”) to the
Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the date
hereof until the Revolving Credit Termination Date in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding for all such loans by such Revolving Credit
Lender not to exceed such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment;
provided, however, that at no time
shall any Revolving Credit Lender be obligated to make a Revolving Loan in
excess of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Ratable Portion of the Available
Credit. Within the limits of the Revolving Credit Commitment of each
Revolving Credit Lender, amounts of Revolving Loans repaid may be reborrowed
under this Section
2.1.
(b) Term Loan
Commitments.
(i) On the
terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, each Term Loan
Lender severally agrees to make a loan in Dollars to the Borrower on the Closing
Date in an amount not to exceed such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment on such
date.
(ii) Each
Lender having, in its sole discretion, committed to a Facilities Increase shall
agree as part of such commitment that, on the Facilities Increase Date for such
Facilities Increase of the Term Loan Facility, on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in its commitment therefor or otherwise agreed to as part
of such commitment or set forth in this Agreement as amended in connection with
such Facilities Increase, such Lender shall make a loan in Dollars to the
Borrower in an amount not to exceed such commitment to such Facilities
Increase.
(iii) Amounts
of Term Loans prepaid or repaid may not be reborrowed.
(c) Facilities
Increase.
(i) The
Borrower shall have the right to send to the Administrative Agent, after the
Closing Date, a Facilities Increase Notice to request an increase (each, a
“Facilities Increase”)
in the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments or the disbursement of additional
Term Loans in excess of the Term Loans disbursed on the Closing Date, in a
principal amount not to exceed $200,000,000 in the aggregate for all such
requests made after the Closing Date; provided, however, that (A) no
Facilities Increase in the Revolving Credit Facility shall be effective later
than one year prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, (B) no Facilities
Increase in the Term Loan Facility shall be effective later than one year prior
to the Term Loan Maturity Date, (C) no Facilities Increase shall be
effective earlier than 10 days after the delivery of the Facilities Increase
Notice to the Administrative Agent in respect of such Facilities Increase and
(D) no more than four Facilities Increases shall be made pursuant to this
clause (c). Nothing
in this Agreement shall be construed to obligate any Lender to negotiate for
(whether or not in good faith), solicit, provide or consent to any increase in
the Commitments, and any such increase may be subject to changes in any term
herein.
(ii) The terms
and provisions of each Facilities Increase shall be as follows:
(A) terms and
provisions of each Facilities Increase of Term Loans (“Incremental Term Loans”)
shall be, except as otherwise set forth herein or in the Increase Joinder,
identical to the Term Loans made on the Closing Date (it being understood that
Incremental Term Loans may be a part of the Term Loans);
(B) the terms
and provisions of Revolving Loans made pursuant to new Commitments shall be
identical to the Revolving Loans;
(C) the
weighted average life to maturity of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no
shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the existing Term
Loans;
(D) the
maturity date of Incremental Term Loans shall not be earlier than the Term Loan
Maturity Date;
(E) the
Applicable Margins for the Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by
Borrower and the Lenders of the Incremental Term Loans; provided that in the event
that the Applicable Margins for any Incremental Term Loans are greater than the
Applicable Margins for the Term Loans by 50 basis points, then the Applicable
Margins for the Term Loans shall be in-
creased
to the extent necessary so that the Applicable Margins for the Incremental Term
Loans do not exceed the Applicable Margins for the Term Loans by more than 50
basis points, and Applicable Margins for Revolving Loans shall be increased by a
like amount; provided,
further, that in
determining the Applicable Margins applicable to the Term Loans and the
Incremental Term Loans, (x) original issue discount (“OID”) or upfront fees (which
shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of OID) payable by Borrower to the
Lenders of the Term Loans or the Incremental Term Loans in the primary
syndication thereof shall be included (with OID being equated to interest based
on an assumed four-year life to maturity) and (y) customary arrangement or
commitment fees payable to the Arrangers (or their affiliates) in connection
with the Term Loans or to one or more arrangers (or their affiliates) of the
Incremental Term Loans shall be excluded;
(F) except as
provided in subclause
(E) above, the components of the interest rate or yield for the
Incremental Term Loans shall be identical to those for the existing Term Loans;
and
(G) to the
extent that the terms and provisions of Incremental Term Loans are not identical
to the Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by subclause (C), (D) or (E) above) they shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(iii) The
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the proposed
Facilities Increase and of the proposed terms and conditions therefor agreed
between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Each such Lender
(and each of their Affiliates and Approved Funds) may, in its sole discretion,
commit to participate in such Facilities Increase by forwarding its commitment
to the Administrative Agent therefor in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall allocate, in its
sole discretion but in amounts not to exceed for each such Lender the commitment
received from such Lender, the Commitments to be made as part of the Facilities
Increase to the Lenders from which it has received such written
commitments. If the Administrative Agent does not receive enough
commitments from existing Lenders or their Affiliates or Approved Funds, it may,
after consultation with the Borrower, allocate to Eligible Assignees any excess
of the proposed amount of such Facilities Increase agreed with the Borrower over
the aggregate amounts of the commitments received from existing
Lenders.
(iv) The
increased or new Commitments shall be effected by a joinder agreement (the
“Increase Joinder”)
executed by Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender making such
increased or new Commitment, in form and substance satisfactory to each of
them. The Increase Joinder may, without the consent of any other
Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent,
to effect the provisions of this Section 2.1(c). In
addition, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in Loan
Documents to Revolving Loans or Term Loans shall be deemed, unless the context
otherwise requires, to include references to Revolving Loans made pursuant to
new Commitments and Term Loans, respectively, made pursuant to this
Agreement.
(v) Each
Facilities Increase shall become effective on a date agreed by the Borrower and
the Administrative Agent (each, a “Facilities Increase Date”),
which shall be in any case on or after the date of satisfaction of the
conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.3 (Conditions Precedent to
Each Facilities Increase). The Administrative Agent shall
notify the Lenders and the Borrower, at or before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time)
on the day following the Facilities Increase Date of the effectiveness of the
Facilities Increase on the Facilities Increase Date and shall record in the
Register all applicable additional information in respect of such Facilities
Increase.
(vi) On the
Facilities Increase Date for any Facilities Increase in the Revolving Credit
Facility, each Lender or Eligible Assignee participating in such Facilities
Increase shall purchase from
each
existing Revolving Credit Lender having Revolving Loans outstanding on such
Facilities Increase Date, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest
and participation, to the extent of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Ratable
Portion of the new Revolving Credit Commitments (after giving effect to such
Facilities Increase), in the aggregate outstanding Revolving Loans, so as to
ensure that, on the Facilities Increase Date after giving effect to such
Facilities Increase, each Revolving Credit Lender is owed only its Ratable
Portion of the Revolving Loans outstanding on such Facilities Increase
Date.
(vii) The Loans
and Commitments established pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall
constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the
benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall,
without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guaranties
and security interests created by the Collateral Documents, except that the new
Loans may be subordinated in right of payment or the Liens securing the new
Loans may be subordinated, in each case, if and to the extent set forth in the
Increase Joinder. The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably
required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien
and security interests granted by the Collateral Documents continue to be
perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of
any such Term Loans or any such new Commitments.
Section
2.2 Borrowing
Procedures
(a) Each
Borrowing shall be made on notice given by the Borrower to the Administrative
Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) (i) on the date of the
proposed Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day, in the case of a Borrowing of
Base Rate Loans and (ii) three Business Days, in the case of a Borrowing of
Eurodollar Rate Loans, prior to the date of the proposed
Borrowing. Each such notice shall be in substantially the form of
Exhibit C (Form of Notice
of Borrowing) (a “Notice of Borrowing”),
specifying (A) the date of such proposed Borrowing (which, in the case of a
Term Loan Borrowing that is not made as part of a Facilities Increase, shall be
the Closing Date and, in the case of any Term Loan Borrowing that is made as
part of a Facilities Increase, shall be the Facilities Increase Date for such
Facilities Increase), (B) the aggregate amount of such proposed Borrowing,
(C) whether any portion of the proposed Borrowing will be of Base Rate
Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans and (D) for each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the
initial Interest Period or Periods thereof. Loans shall be made as
Base Rate Loans unless, subject to Section 2.14 (Special Provisions
Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans), the Notice of Borrowing specifies that
all or a portion thereof shall be Eurodollar Rate
Loans. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.3(a) (Swing Loans),
if any Notice of Borrowing requests a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate
Loans, the Administrative Agent may (but in no event shall be obligated to) make
a Swing Loan available to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed such
proposed Revolving Credit Borrowing, and the aggregate amount of the
corresponding proposed Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be reduced accordingly
by the principal amount of such Swing Loan. Each Borrowing shall be
in an aggregate amount of not less than $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of
$100,000 in excess thereof.
(b) The
Administrative Agent shall give to each Lender prompt notice of the
Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Notice of Borrowing and, if Eurodollar Rate
Loans are properly requested in such Notice of Borrowing, the applicable
interest rate determined pursuant to Section 2.14(a) (Special Provisions
Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans). Each Lender shall, before
11:00 a.m. (New York time) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans or 2:00
p.m. (New York time) with respect to Base Rate Loans on the date of the proposed
Borrowing, make available to the Administrative Agent at its address referred to
in Section 11.8 (Notices,
Etc.), in immediately available funds, such Lender’s Ratable Portion of
such proposed Borrowing. Upon fulfillment (or due waiver in
accordance with Section 11.1
(Amendments, Waivers, Etc.)) (i) on the Closing Date, of the
applicable conditions set forth in Section 3.1 (Conditions Precedent to
Initial Loans and Letters of Credit) and (ii) at any time (including
the Closing Date), of the
applicable
conditions set forth in Section 3.2 (Conditions Precedent to
Each Loan and Letter of Credit), and after the Administrative Agent’s
receipt of such funds, the Administrative Agent shall make such funds available
to the Borrower.
(c) Unless
the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the
date (same date by 12:00 p.m. (New York time) for Base Rate Loans) of any
proposed Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the
Administrative Agent such Lender’s Ratable Portion of such Borrowing (or any
portion thereof), the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made
such Ratable Portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such
Borrowing in accordance with this Section 2.2 and the
Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to
the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the
extent that such Lender shall not have so made such Ratable Portion available to
the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay
to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand (and, in the case of the
Borrower, within three Business Days after receipt of such demand) such
corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date
such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is
repaid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the
interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and
(ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate for the first
Business Day and thereafter at the interest rate applicable at the time to the
Loans comprising such Borrowing. If such Lender shall repay to the
Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such corresponding amount so
repaid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of such Borrowing for
purposes of this Agreement. If the Borrower shall repay to the
Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such payment shall not relieve
such Lender of any obligation it may have hereunder to the
Borrower.
(d) The
failure of any Lender to make on the date specified any Loan or any payment
required by it, including any payment in respect of its participation in Swing
Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations, shall not relieve any other Lender of
its obligations to make such Loan or payment on such date but no such other
Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any Defaulting Lender to make a
Loan or payment required under this Agreement.
Section
2.3 Swing
Loans
(a) On the
terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, the Swing Loan
Lender may, in its sole discretion, make, in Dollars, loans (each a “Swing Loan”) otherwise
available to the Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility from time to time
on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof until the Revolving
Credit Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding
(together with the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any other Loan made
by the Swing Loan Lender hereunder in its capacity as a Lender or the Swing Loan
Lender) not to exceed the Swing Loan Sublimit; provided, however, that at no time
shall the Swing Loan Lender make any Swing Loan in excess of the Available
Credit. Each Swing Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Each Swing Loan
shall mature no later than the earlier of (x) the date ten (10) Business Days
after such Swing Loan is made and (y) the Revolving Credit Termination
Date. Within the limits set forth in the first sentence of this clause (a), amounts of
Swing Loans repaid may be reborrowed under this clause (a); provided
that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Loan to refinance any
outstanding Swing Loan.
(b) In order
to request a Swing Loan, the Borrower shall telecopy (or forward by electronic
mail or similar means) to the Administrative Agent a duly completed request in
substantially the form of Exhibit D (Form of Swing Loan
Request), setting forth the requested amount and date of such Swing Loan
(a “Swing Loan
Request”), to be received by the Administrative Agent not later than
2:00 p.m.
(New York time) on the day of the proposed borrowing. The
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Swing Loan Lender of the details
of the requested Swing Loan. Subject to the terms of this Agreement,
the Swing Loan Lender may make a Swing Loan available to the Administrative
Agent and, in turn, the Administrative Agent shall make such amounts available
to the Borrower on the date of the relevant Swing Loan Request. The Swing Loan
Lender shall not make any Swing Loan in the period commencing on the first
Business Day after it receives written notice from the Administrative Agent or
any Revolving Credit Lender that one or more of the conditions precedent
contained in Section 3.2
(Conditions Precedent to Each Loan and Letter of Credit) shall not on
such date be satisfied, and ending when such conditions are
satisfied. The Swing Loan Lender shall not otherwise be required to
determine that, or take notice whether, the conditions precedent set forth in
Section 3.2 (Conditions
Precedent to Each Loan and Letter of Credit) have been satisfied in
connection with the making of any Swing Loan.
(c) The Swing
Loan Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing (which writing may
be a telecopy or electronic mail) weekly, by no later than 10:00 a.m. (New
York time) on the first Business Day of each week, of the aggregate principal
amount of its Swing Loans then outstanding.
(d) The Swing
Loan Lender may demand at any time that each Revolving Credit Lender pay to the
Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swing Loan Lender, in the manner
provided in clause (e) below, such
Revolving Credit Lender’s Ratable Portion of all or a portion of the outstanding
Swing Loans, which demand shall be made through the Administrative Agent, shall
be in writing and shall specify the outstanding principal amount of Swing Loans
demanded to be paid.
(e) The
Administrative Agent shall forward each notice referred to in clause (c) above and
each demand referred to in clause (d) above to each
Revolving Credit Lender on the day such notice or such demand is received by the
Administrative Agent (except that any such notice or demand received by the
Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on any Business Day or
any such demand received on a day that is not a Business Day shall not be
required to be forwarded to the Revolving Credit Lenders by the Administrative
Agent until the next succeeding Business Day), together with a statement
prepared by the Administrative Agent specifying the amount of each Revolving
Credit Lender’s Ratable Portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Swing
Loans stated to be outstanding in such notice or demanded to be paid pursuant to
such demand, and, notwithstanding whether or not the conditions precedent set
forth in Sections 3.2
(Conditions Precedent to Each Loan and Letter of Credit) and 2.1(a) (The Commitments)
shall have been satisfied (which conditions precedent the Revolving Credit
Lenders hereby irrevocably waive), each Revolving Credit Lender shall, before
11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day next succeeding the date of
such Revolving Credit Lender’s receipt of such notice or demand, make available
to the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, for the account of
the Swing Loan Lender, the amount specified in such statement (including for
this purpose cash collateral to be deposited in a Cash Collateral Account and
other credit support made available with respect to the applicable Swing
Loan). Upon such payment by a Revolving Credit Lender, such Revolving
Credit Lender shall, except as provided in clause (f) below, be
deemed to have made a Revolving Loan to the Borrower. The
Administrative Agent shall use such funds to repay the Swing Loans to the Swing
Loan Lender. To the extent that any Revolving Credit Lender fails to
make such payment available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the
Swing Loan Lender, the Borrower shall repay such Swing Loan on
demand.
(f) Upon the
occurrence of a Default under clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 9.1(f) (Events of
Default), each Revolving Credit Lender shall acquire, without recourse or
warranty, an undivided participation in each Swing Loan otherwise required to be
repaid by such Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to clause (e) above, which
participation shall be in a principal amount equal to such Revolving
Credit
Lender’s Ratable Portion of such Swing Loan, by paying to the Swing Loan Lender
on the date on which such Revolving Credit Lender would otherwise have been
required to make a payment in respect of such Swing Loan pursuant to clause (e) above, in
immediately available funds, an amount equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s
Ratable Portion of such Swing Loan. If all or part of such amount is
not in fact made available by such Revolving Credit Lender to the Swing Loan
Lender on such date, the Swing Loan Lender shall be entitled to recover any such
unpaid amount on demand from such Revolving Credit Lender together with interest
accrued from such date at the Federal Funds Rate for the first Business Day
after such payment was due and thereafter at the rate of interest then
applicable to Base Rate Loans.
(g) From and
after the date on which any Revolving Credit Lender (i) is deemed to have
made a Revolving Loan pursuant to clause (e) above with
respect to any Swing Loan or (ii) purchases an undivided participation interest
in a Swing Loan pursuant to clause (f) above, the
Swing Loan Lender shall promptly distribute to such Revolving Credit Lender such
Revolving Credit Lender’s Ratable Portion of all payments of principal of and
interest received by the Swing Loan Lender on account of such Swing Loan other
than those received from a Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to clause (e) or (f) above.
Section
2.4 Letters
of Credit
(a) The Letter of Credit
Commitment.
(i) Subject
to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each Issuer agrees, in
reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this
Section 2.4, (1) from
time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until
the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account
of the Borrower, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by
it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the
Letters of Credit; and (B) the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to
participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower and any
drawings thereunder; provided that after giving
effect to Issuance of any Letter of Credit, (x) the Revolving Credit
Outstandings shall not exceed the aggregate Commitments, (y) the aggregate
Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Revolving Credit Lender, plus
such Revolving Credit Lender’s Ratable Portion of the Outstanding Amount of all
Letter of Credit Obligations, plus such Revolving Credit Lender’s Ratable
Portion of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Loans shall not exceed such
Revolving Credit Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the
Letter of Credit Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit
Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment
of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower
that the Issuance so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the
proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and
subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain
Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may,
during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of
Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and
reimbursed.
(ii) No Issuer
shall issue any Letter of Credit, if:
(A) subject
to clause (b)(iii)
below, the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than
twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Requisite
Revolving Credit Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
(B) the
expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of
Credit Expiration Date, unless the Administrative Agent and the applicable
Issuer approve and the Borrower shall have provided cash collateral for the
Letter of Credit Obligations relating to
such
Letter of Credit in the manner set forth in Section 9.3 (Actions in Respect of
Letters of Credit and Swing Loans) in an amount equal to 102% of such
Letter of Credit Obligations.
(iii) No Issuer
shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
(A) any
order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by
its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuer from issuing such Letter of
Credit, or any Requirement of Law applicable to such Issuer or any request or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental
Authority with jurisdiction over such Issuer shall prohibit, or request that
such Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such
Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuer with respect to
such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which
such Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing
Date, or shall impose upon such Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense
which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such Issuer in good faith
deems material to it;
(B) the
issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such
Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;
(C) except as
otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such Issuer, such Letter of
Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000, in the case of a
Commercial Letter of Credit, or $500,000, in the case of a Standby Letter of
Credit;
(D) such
Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than
Dollars;
(E) any
Revolving Credit Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender, unless such Issuer
has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of cash collateral,
satisfactory to such Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such
Defaulting Lender to eliminate such Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting
Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender as to either the Letter of
Credit then proposed to be issued or such Letter of Credit and all other Letter
of Credit Obligations as to which such Issuer has such actual or potential risk,
as it may elect in its sole discretion; or
(F) such
Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the
stated amount after any drawing thereunder.
(iv) An Issuer
shall not amend any Letter of Credit if such Issuer would not be permitted at
such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms
hereof.
(v) No Issuer
shall be under any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such Issuer
would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its
amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of
Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of
Credit.
(vi) Each
Issuer shall act on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any
Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each
Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the
Administrative Agent in Article X (The Agents) with
respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such Issuer in connection
with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer
Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term
“Administrative Agent” as used in Article X (The Agents)
included such Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as
additionally provided herein with respect to such Issuer.
(b) Procedures for Issuance and
Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of
Credit.
(i) Each
Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the
request of the Borrower delivered to the applicable Issuer (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application,
appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by such
Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two
Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and such
Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the
proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In
the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter
of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to such
Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which
shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof;
(D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be
presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full
text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any
drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of
Credit; and (H) such other matters as such Issuer may require. In the
case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such
Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to
the applicable Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed
date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the
proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as such Issuer may
require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to such Issuer and
the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to
such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer
Documents, as such Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.
(ii) Promptly
after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, such Issuer will confirm with
the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative
Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower
and, if not, such Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy
thereof. Unless such Issuer has received written notice from any
Revolving Credit Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least
one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the
applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in
Section 3.2 (Conditions
Precedent to Each Loan and Letter of Credit) shall not then be satisfied,
then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Issuer shall, on the
requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or
enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in
accordance with such Issuer’s usual and customary business
practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit,
each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally agrees to, purchase from such Issuer a risk participation in
such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Revolving Credit
Lender’s Ratable Portion times the amount of
such Letter of Credit.
(iii) If the
Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the
applicable Issuer may, in its sole discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit
that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of
Credit”); provided that any such
Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit such Issuer to prevent any such
extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of
issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary
thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”)
in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of
Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by such Issuer, the
Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such Issuer for any
such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been
issued, the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may
not require) such Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any
time; provided that if
the expiry date of such Letter of Credit is later than the Letter of Credit
Expiration Date,
the
Borrower shall provide cash collateral in the manner set forth in clause (a)(ii)(B) above;
provided, further, that such Issuer
shall not permit any such extension if (A) such Issuer has determined that it
would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such
Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by
reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of clause (a) above or
otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in
writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the
Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Requisite
Revolving Credit Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from
the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Credit Lender or the Borrower that one
or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 3.2 (Conditions Precedent to
Each Loan and Letter of Credit) is not then satisfied, and in each such
case directing such Issuer not to permit such extension.
(iv) Promptly
after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of
Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof,
the applicable Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or
amendment.
(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding
of Participations.
(i) Upon
receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing
under such Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuer shall notify the Borrower and
the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the
date of any payment by such Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an
“Honor Date”), the
Borrower shall reimburse such Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an
amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to
so reimburse such Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly
notify each Revolving Credit Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the
Reimbursement Amount, and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Ratable
Portion thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have
requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an
amount equal to the Reimbursement Obligations, without regard to the minimum and
multiples specified in Section
2.2 (Borrowing Procedures) for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans,
but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the aggregate Commitments
and the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 (Conditions Precedent to
Each Loan and Letter of Credit) (other than the delivery of a Notice of
Borrowing). Any notice given by such Issuer or the Administrative
Agent pursuant to this clause
(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing;
provided that the lack
of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding
effect of such notice.
(ii) Each
Revolving Credit Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to clause (c)(i) above make
funds available (including the application of available cash collateral and
other credit support provided for this purpose pursuant to clause (a)(iii)(E) above) to the Administrative
Agent for the account of the applicable Issuer at the Administrative
Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Ratable Portion of the Reimbursement
Obligations not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such
notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of
clause (c)(iii) below,
each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to
have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The
Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to such
Issuer.
(iii) With
respect to any Reimbursement Obligations that are not fully refinanced by a
Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 (Conditions Precedent to
Each Loan and Letter of Credit) cannot be satisfied or for any other
reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable Issuer
a Letter of Credit Borrowing in the amount of the Reimbursement Obligations that
are not so refinanced, which Letter of Credit Borrowing shall be due and payable
on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default rate
of interest specified in
Section 2.10(c)
(Interest). In such event, each Revolving Credit Lender’s
payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuer pursuant to
clause (c)(ii) above
shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such Letter of Credit
Borrowing and shall constitute a Letter of Credit Advance from such Revolving
Credit Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section
2.4.
(iv) Until
each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Loan or Letter of Credit Advance pursuant
to this clause (c) to
reimburse the applicable Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit,
interest in respect of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Ratable Portion of such
amount shall be solely for the account of such Issuer.
(v) Each
Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Loans or Letter of Credit Advances
to reimburse the applicable Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as
contemplated by this clause
(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any
circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or
other right which such Revolving Credit Lender may have against such Issuer, the
Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or
continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition,
whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Revolving
Credit Lender’s obligation to make Loans pursuant to this clause (c) is subject to the
conditions set forth in Section 3.2 (Conditions Precedent to
Each Loan and Letter of Credit) (other than delivery by the Borrower of a
Notice of Borrowing). No such making of an Letter of Credit Advance
shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse
such Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such Issuer under any Letter
of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.
(vi) If any
Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for
the account of the applicable Issuer any amount required to be paid by such
Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this clause (c) by the time
specified in clause
(c)(ii), then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement,
such Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Credit Lender
(acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest
thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on
which such payment is immediately available to such Issuer at a rate per annum
equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by such
Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus
any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such
Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Revolving Credit
Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so
paid shall constitute such Revolving Credit Lender’s Loan included in the
relevant Borrowing or Letter of Credit Advance in respect of the relevant Letter
of Credit Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of such Issuer
submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with
respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be
conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) Repayment of
Participations.
(i) At any
time after the applicable Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit
and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Revolving Credit Lender’s
Letter of Credit Advance in respect of such payment in accordance
with clause
(c) above, if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such
Issuer any payment in respect of the related Reimbursement Obligations or
interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including
proceeds of cash collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the
Administrative Agent will distribute to such Revolving Credit Lender its Ratable
Portion thereof in the same funds as those received by the Administrative
Agent.
(ii) If any
payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable
Issuer pursuant to clause
(c)(i) above is required to be returned under any of the circumstances
described in Section 11.14
(Marshaling; Payments Set Aside) (including pursuant to any settlement
entered into by such Issuer in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender
shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuer its Ratable
Portion thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon
from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such
Revolving Credit Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate
from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Revolving Credit
Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations
and the termination of this Agreement.
(e) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the
Borrower to reimburse the applicable Issuer for each drawing under each Letter
of Credit and to repay each Letter of Credit Borrowing shall be absolute,
unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the
following.
(i) any lack
of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any
other Loan Document;
(ii) the
existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the
Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any
transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary
or any such transferee may be acting), such Issuer or any other Person, whether
in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by
such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any
unrelated transaction;
(iii) any
draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of
Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect
or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss
or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to
make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
(iv) any
payment by such Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a
draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter
of Credit; or any payment made by such Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any
Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee
for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or
successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit,
including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief
Law; or
(v) any other
circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the
foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a
defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any
Subsidiary.
The
Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each
amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of
noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the
Borrower will immediately notify such Issuer. The Borrower shall be
conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against such Issuer and its
correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
(f) Role of Issuer. Each Revolving Credit
Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of
Credit, the applicable Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any
document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly
required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity
or accuracy of any such document or the authority of
the
Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the
Issuers, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor
any correspondent, participant or assignee of any Issuer shall be liable to any
Revolving Credit Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection
herewith at the request or with the approval of the Revolving Credit Lenders,
Requisite Lenders or the Requisite Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable; (ii)
any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful
misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or
enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or
Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or
omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter
of Credit; provided,
however, that this
assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing
such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at
law or under any other agreement. None of the Issuers, the
Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any
correspondent, participant or assignee of any Issuer shall be liable or
responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of clause (e) above; provided, however, that anything in
such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim
against an Issuer, and such Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent,
but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary,
damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such
Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such Issuer’s willful failure
to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the
beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the
terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not
in limitation of the foregoing, any Issuer may accept documents that appear on
their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation,
regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and such Issuer shall
not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument
transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit
or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part,
which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
(g) Applicability of ISP and
UCP. Unless
otherwise expressly agreed by an Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit
is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Standby Letter of
Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary
Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at
the time of issuance, shall apply to each Commercial Letter of
Credit.
(h) Conflict with Issuer
Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms
hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall
control.
Section
2.5 Termination
of the Commitments
(a) The
Borrower may, upon at least three Business Days’ prior notice to the
Administrative Agent, terminate in whole or reduce in part ratably the unused
portions of the respective Revolving Credit Commitments of the Revolving Credit
Lenders or, prior to the Term Loan Commitment Termination Date for the Term Loan
Commitments, the unused portions of such Term Loan Commitments of the Term Loan
Lenders; provided,
however, that each
partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $5,000,000 or
an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and need not be ratable
between the Facilities.
(b) The then
current Revolving Credit Commitments shall be permanently reduced on each date
on which a prepayment of Revolving Loans or Swing Loans is made (or would be
required to be made had the outstanding Revolving Loans and Swing Loans equaled
the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect) pursuant to Section 2.9(a) and (c) (Mandatory Prepayments)
from the proceeds of any Asset Sale (other than any prepayment of the Revolving
Loans or Swing Loans required to be made solely to the extent of a Borrowing
thereof made to consummate a Permitted Acquisition, as set
forth in
a Permitted Acquisition Notice) or Property Loss Event (but not prepayments
required to be made because of Debt Issuances or Excess Cash Flow), in each case
in the amount of such prepayment (or of the prepayment that would have been
required) (and the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender
shall be reduced by its Ratable Portion of such amount).
(c) Any
unused Term Loan Commitment shall terminate on the Term Loan Commitment
Termination Date for such Term Loan Commitment.
Section
2.6 Repayment
of Loans
(a) The
Borrower promises to repay the entire unpaid principal amount of the Revolving
Loans and the Swing Loans on the Scheduled Termination Date or earlier, if
otherwise required by the terms hereof.
(b) The
Borrower promises to repay 0.25% of the initial principal amount of each Term
Loan made under the Term Loan Facility, on the last Business Day of each
calendar quarter, commencing on June 30, 2010; provided, however, that the Borrower
shall repay the entire unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan on the Term
Loan Maturity Date.
Section
2.7 Evidence
of Debt
(a) Each
Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or
accounts evidencing Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from
each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal
and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this
Agreement.
(b) (i) The
Administrative Agent, acting as agent of the Borrower solely for this purpose
and for tax purposes, shall establish and maintain at its address referred to in
Section 11.8 (Notices,
Etc.) a record of ownership (the “Register”) in which the
Administrative Agent agrees to register by book entry the Administrative
Agent’s, each Lender’s and each Issuer’s interest in each Loan, each Letter of
Credit and each Reimbursement Obligation, and in the right to receive any
payments hereunder and any assignment of any such interest or
rights. In addition, the Administrative Agent, acting as agent of the
Borrower solely for this purpose and for tax purposes, shall establish and
maintain accounts in the Register in accordance with its usual practice in which
it shall record (i) the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Issuers,
(ii) the Commitments of each Lender from time to time, (iii) the
amount of each Loan made and, if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Interest Period
applicable thereto, (iv) the amount of any principal or interest due and
payable, and paid, by the Borrower to, or for the account of, each Lender
hereunder, (v) the amount that is due and payable, and paid, by or on
behalf of the Borrower to, or for the account of, each Issuer, including the
amount of Letter of Credit Obligations (specifying the amount of any
Reimbursement Obligations) due and payable to an Issuer, and (vi) the
amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any
Loan Document from any Loan Party, whether such sum constitutes principal or
interest (and the type of Loan to which it applies), fees, expenses or other
amounts due under the Loan Documents and each Lender’s and Issuer’s, as the case
may be, share thereof, if applicable.
(ii) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Loans (including the
Notes evidencing such Loans) and the Reimbursement Obligations are registered
obligations and the right, title, and interest of the Lenders and the Issuers
and their assignees in and to such Loans or Reimbursement Obligations, as the
case may be, shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the
Register. A Note shall only evidence the Lender’s or a registered
assignee’s right, title and interest in and to the related Loan, and in no event
is any such Note to be considered a bearer instrument
or
obligation. This Section 2.7(b) and Section 11.2 (Assignments and
Participations) shall be construed so that the Loans and Reimbursement
Obligations are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the
meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any
related regulations (or any successor provisions of the Code or such
regulations).
(c) The
entries made in the Register and in the accounts therein maintained pursuant to
clauses (a) and
(b) above shall, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, be conclusive evidence of the
existence (absent manifest error) and amounts of the obligations recorded
therein; provided,
however, that the
failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or
any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower
to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms. In addition, the
Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuers shall treat
each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender or as an Issuer,
as applicable, for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any notice to
the contrary. Information contained in the Register with respect to
any Lender or Issuer shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuer at any reasonable time and from
time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d) Notwithstanding
any other provision of the Agreement, in the event that any Lender requests that
the Borrower execute and deliver a promissory note or notes payable to such
Lender in order to evidence the Indebtedness owing to such Lender by the
Borrower hereunder, the Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver a Note or
Notes to such Lender, payable to such Lender or its registered assigns,
evidencing any Revolving Loans and Term Loans, as the case may be, of such
Lender, substantially in the forms of Exhibit B-1 (Form of Revolving
Credit Note) and Exhibit B-2 (Form of Term
Note), respectively.
(e) In each
case where a Revolving Credit Lender purchases an undivided participation
interest in a Swing Loan pursuant to Section 2.3(f) (Swing Loans),
the Swing Loan Lender shall (i) keep a register meeting the requirements of
Treasury Regulation section 5f.103-1(c) of each Revolving Credit Lender’s
entitlement to payments of principal and interest with respect to each such
Swing Loan and (ii) collect, prior to the time such Revolving Credit Lender
receives payment with respect to such Swing Loan, from each such Revolving
Credit Lender the appropriate forms, certificates, and statements described in
Section 2.16 (Taxes)
(and updated as required by such Section 2.16).
Section
2.8 Optional
Prepayments
(a) Revolving
Loans. The Borrower may prepay the outstanding principal
amount of the Revolving Loans, together with accrued interest to the date of
such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid, upon three (3) Business Days’
prior notice for Eurodollar Rate Loans or one (1) Business Day prior notice for
Base Rate Loans, which notice shall be received not later than 11:00 a.m. (New
York time) on such date by the Administrative Agent, and Swing Loans in whole or
in part at any time; provided, however, that (i) if any
prepayment of any Eurodollar Rate Loan is made by or on behalf of the Borrower
other than on the last day of an Interest Period for such Loan, the Borrower
shall also pay any amount owing pursuant to Section 2.14(e) (Special Provisions
Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans) and (ii) each such prepayment that is a
partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple
of $1,000,000.
(b) Term Loans. The
Borrower may, upon at least three Business Days’ prior notice to the
Administrative Agent, which notice shall be received not later than 11:00 a.m.
on such date, stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the
prepayment, prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans, in whole
or in part, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the
principal amount prepaid; provided, however, that (i) if any
such prepayment is a prepayment
of any
Eurodollar Rate Loan made by or on behalf of the Borrower other than on the last
day of an Interest Period for such Loan, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts
owing pursuant to Section
2.14(e) (Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans),
(ii) each such prepayment that is a partial prepayment shall be in an
aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000, and (iii) any
such partial prepayment that is a prepayment of the Term Loans shall be applied
to first to reduce the next four remaining installments of such outstanding
principal amount of the Term Loans in the order of their maturity and then to
reduce the remaining installments thereof ratably. Upon the giving of
such notice of prepayment, the principal amount of the Term Loans specified to
be prepaid shall become due and payable on the date specified for such
prepayment.
(c) Discounted Voluntary
Prepayments.
(i) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in clause (b) above, Section 2.13(f) (Payments and
Computations) or Section 11.7 (Sharing of Payments,
etc.) (which provisions shall not be applicable to this clause(c)), any Purchasing
Borrower Party shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay
Term Loans to the Lenders at a discount to the par value of such Loans and on a
non pro rata basis (each, a “Discounted Voluntary
Prepayment”) pursuant to the procedures described in this clause (c); provided that (A) no
Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made from the proceeds of any Revolving
Loan or Swing Loan, (B) immediately after giving effect to any Discounted
Voluntary Prepayment, the sum of (x) the excess of the aggregate Revolving
Credit Commitments at such time less the aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings
plus (y) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries shall be not less than $25,000,000, (C) any Discounted
Voluntary Prepayment shall be offered to all Lenders with Term Loans on a pro
rata basis, (D) such Purchasing Borrower Party shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent a certificate stating that (1) no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Discounted
Voluntary Prepayment (after giving effect to any related waivers or amendments
obtained in connection with such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment), (2) each of
the conditions to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in this clause (c) has been
satisfied, (3) such Purchasing Borrower Party does not have any material
non-public information (“MNPI”) with respect to the
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that either (a) has not been disclosed to the
Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to the
Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time or (b) if not
disclosed to the Lenders, could reasonably be expected to have a material effect
upon, or otherwise be material, (i) to a Lender’s decision to participate in any
Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (ii) to the market price of the Term
Loans.
(ii) To the
extent a Purchasing Borrower Party seeks to make a Discounted Voluntary
Prepayment, such Purchasing Borrower Party will provide written notice to the
Administrative Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto (each,
a “Discounted Prepayment
Option Notice”) that such Purchasing Borrower Party desires to prepay
Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount specified therein by the Purchasing
Borrower Party (each, a “Proposed Discounted Prepayment
Amount”), in each case at a discount to the par value of such Term Loans
as specified below. Each Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of
Term Loans shall not be less than $10,000,000. The Discounted
Prepayment Option Notice shall further specify with respect to the proposed
Discounted Voluntary Prepayment: (A) the Proposed Discounted
Prepayment Amount of Term Loans, (B) a discount range (which may be a single
percentage) selected by the Purchasing Borrower Party with respect to such
proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (representing the percentage of par of
the principal amount of Term Loans to be prepaid) (the “Discount Range”), and (C) the
date by which Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in
such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment which shall be at least five
Business Days following the date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice (the
“Acceptance
Date”).
(iii) Upon
receipt of a Discounted Prepayment Option Notice in accordance with clause (c)(ii) above, the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Term Lender
thereof. On or prior to the Acceptance Date, each such Lender may
specify by written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit M hereto (each,
a “Lender Participation
Notice”) to the Administrative Agent (A) a minimum price (the “Acceptable Price”) within the
Discount Range (for example, 80% of the par value of the Loans to be prepaid)
and (B) a maximum principal amount (subject to rounding requirements specified
by the Administrative Agent) of Term Loans with respect to which such Lender is
willing to permit a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment at the Acceptable Price
(“Offered
Loans”). Based on the Acceptable Prices and principal amounts
of Term Loans specified by the Lenders in the applicable Lender Participation
Notice, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Purchasing Borrower
Party, shall determine the applicable discount for Term Loans (the “Applicable Discount”), which
Applicable Discount shall be (A) the percentage specified by the Purchasing
Borrower Party if the Purchasing Borrower Party has selected a single percentage
pursuant to clause(c)(ii) above for the
Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (B) otherwise, the lowest Acceptable Price at
which the Purchasing Borrower Party can pay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment
Amount in full (determined by adding the principal amounts of Offered Loans
commencing with the Offered Loans with the lowest Acceptable Price); provided, however, that in the event
that such Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount cannot be repaid in full at any
Acceptable Price, the Applicable Discount shall be the highest Acceptable Price
specified by the Lenders that is within the Discount Range. The
Applicable Discount shall be applicable for all Lenders who have offered to
participate in the Voluntary Discounted Prepayment and have Qualifying Loans (as
defined below). Any Lender with outstanding Term Loans whose Lender
Participation Notice is not received by the Administrative Agent by the
Acceptance Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted
Voluntary Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value
within the Applicable Discount.
(iv) The
Purchasing Borrower Party shall make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment by
prepaying those Term Loans (or the respective portions thereof) offered by the
Lenders (“Qualifying
Lenders”) that specify an Acceptable Price that is equal to or lower than
the Applicable Discount (“Qualifying Loans”) at the
Applicable Discount; provided
that if the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans
(disregarding any interest payable at such time) would exceed the amount of
aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount,
such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the
Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay such Qualifying Loans ratably among the
Qualifying Lenders based on their respective principal amounts of such
Qualifying Loans (subject to rounding requirements specified by the
Administrative Agent). If the aggregate proceeds required to prepay
all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would be
less than the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed
Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying
the Applicable Discount, the Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay all
Qualifying Loans.
(v) Each
Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made within four Business Days of the
Acceptance Date (or such other date as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably
agree, given the time required to calculate the Applicable Discount and
determine the amount and holders of Qualifying Loans), without premium or
penalty (but subject to Section 2.14(e) (Special Provisions
Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans)), upon irrevocable notice substantially
in the form of Exhibit N hereto (each a
“Discounted Voluntary
Prepayment Notice”), delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than
11:00 a.m. (New York City time), three Business Days prior to the date of
such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, which notice shall specify the date and
amount of the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and the Applicable Discount
determined by the Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of any
Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly
notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any Discounted Voluntary
Prepayment Notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and
pay-
able to
the applicable Lenders, subject to the Applicable Discount on the applicable
Loans, on the date specified therein together with accrued interest (on the par
principal amount) to but not including such date on the amount
prepaid.
(vi) To the
extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment
shall be consummated pursuant to reasonable procedures (including as to timing,
rounding and calculation of Applicable Discount in accordance with clause (c)(iii) above)
established by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the
Borrower.
(vii) Prior to
the delivery of a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice, upon written notice to
the Administrative Agent, the Purchasing Borrower Party may withdraw its offer
to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Discounted Prepayment
Option Notice.
Section
2.9 Mandatory
Prepayments
(a) Within
three Business Days after receipt by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any
Loan Party of Net Cash Proceeds (or, in the case of clause (iii) below, upon
the receipt by any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party of any
proceeds of any “Asset Sale,” as defined in such clause, within one Business Day
after the day such proceeds become subject to such clause) the following shall
occur:
(i) to the
extent such Net Cash Proceeds arise from an Asset Sale, Property Loss Event or
Debt Issuance, the Borrower (or, at the Borrower’s option, any other Loan Party
for the benefit of the Borrower) shall immediately prepay the Loans (or provide
cash collateral in respect of Letters of Credit) in an amount equal to 100% of
such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, however, that:
(A) no such
prepayment caused by the receipt of Net Cash Proceeds arising from an Asset Sale
shall be required to the extent that the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of such
Net Cash Proceeds and all other Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales received by
the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date does not exceed
$15,000,000 (it being understood that a prepayment shall only be required of
such excess to the extent such Dollar Equivalent exceeds
$15,000,000);
(B) as long
as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no such prepayment
caused by the receipt of Net Cash Proceeds arising from any incurrence of
Additional Permitted Debt shall be required if (1) the Administrative Agent
has received an Additional Permitted Debt Notice with respect of such incurrence
and (2) such Net Cash Proceeds are intended to be used substantially
contemporaneously with such incurrence for the Permitted Acquisition set forth
in such Additional Permitted Debt Notice; provided, further, that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, such prepayment shall be required (in the
percentages set forth above) in an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of the
Additional Permitted Debt not used to fund substantially contemporaneously with
the issuance of such Additional Permitted Debt the Permitted Acquisition
identified in the corresponding Additional Permitted Debt Notice;
and
(ii) notwithstanding
the foregoing in this clause (a) and
notwithstanding clause (e) below, at any
time when any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any Joint Venture
of any of them consummates any “Asset Sale,” as defined in any Senior Notes
Document (together with any word of similar applications defined in any
Subordinated Debt Document or any Disqualified Stock Document), at any time
when, and to the extent, in the absence of any re-
quirement
to prepay the Secured Obligations hereunder, the Borrower would be required to
prepay, or make an offer to purchase, any Subordinated Debt or Disqualified
Stock, the Borrower (or, at the Borrower’s option, any other Loan Party for the
benefit of the Borrower) shall immediately prepay the Loans (or provide cash
collateral in respect of Letters of Credit) in an amount not to exceed the
proceeds of such “Asset Sale.”
Any such
mandatory prepayment shall be applied in accordance with clause (c)
below.
(b) The
Borrower (or, at the Borrower’s option, any other Loan Party for the benefit of
the Borrower) shall prepay the Loans within 90 days after the last day of each
Fiscal Year (beginning with the Fiscal Year 2011 (i.e., the first such
prepayment to be within 90 days of March 31, 2011)), in an amount equal to
the difference between (i) 50% of the Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year
and (ii) the sum of (x) all optional cash principal payments on the Loans
made during such Fiscal Year (but only, in the case of payment in respect of
Revolving Loans, to the extent that the Revolving Credit Commitments are
permanently reduced by the amount of such payments) and (y) the amount expended
by any Purchasing Borrower Parties to prepay any Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.8(c) (Optional
Prepayments); provided, however, that, if the
Leverage Ratio of the Parent on the last day of such Fiscal Year is less than
3.75 to 1.0, then no such prepayment shall be required. Any such
mandatory prepayment shall be applied in accordance with clause (c)
below.
(c) Subject
to the provisions of Section
2.13(g) (Payments and Computations) and clause (e) below, any
prepayments required to be applied in accordance with this clause (c) shall be
applied as follows: first, to repay the
outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans, until such Term Loans shall
have been paid in full; second, to repay the
outstanding principal balance of the Swing Loans until such Swing Loans shall
have been paid in full; third, to repay the
outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loans until such Revolving Loans
shall have been paid in full; and fourth, to provide cash
collateral for any Letter of Credit Obligations in an amount equal to 102% of
such Letter of Credit Obligations in the manner set forth in Section 9.3 (Actions in Respect of
Letters of Credit) until all such Letter of Credit Obligations have been
fully cash collateralized in the manner set forth therein; provided, however, that, at any time
prior to the occurrence and continuation of any Event of Default, any mandatory
prepayment required by the receipt of Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale
permitted under Section 8.4(j)
(Sale of Assets) of non-core assets previously acquired as part of a
Permitted Acquisition and with respect to which the Administrative Agent has
received a Permitted Acquisition Notice shall be first applied to repay the
Revolving Loans and Swing Loans in an amount not to exceed the amount identified
in such Permitted Acquisition Notice as part of a Borrowing the proceeds of
which were used consummate such Permitted Acquisition. All
prepayments of the Term Loans made pursuant to this clause (c) shall be
applied first to prepay
the next four principal installments of the Term Loans in order of their
maturity and then to
prepay the remaining principal installments thereof ratably. All
prepayments of Revolving Loans and Swing Loans required to be made pursuant to
this clause (c)
because of Asset Sales (other than any prepayment of the Revolving Loans or
Swing Loans required to be made solely to the extent of a Borrowing thereof made
to consummate a Permitted Acquisition, as set forth in a Permitted Acquisition
Notice) or Property Loss Events (but not prepayments required to be made because
of Debt Issuances or Excess Cash Flow) shall result in a permanent reduction of
the Revolving Credit Commitments to the extent provided in Section 2.5(b) (Termination of the
Commitments). The Borrower shall pay all accrued interest to
the date of each prepayment of Term Loans and Revolving Loans made pursuant to
this clause (c), in each case on the principal amount so prepaid.
(d) If at any
time, the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Outstandings exceeds
the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments at such time, the Borrower (or, at
the Borrower’s option, any other Loan Party) shall forthwith prepay the Swing
Loans first and then the Revolving Loans
then
outstanding in an amount equal to such excess. If any such excess
remains after payment in full of the aggregate outstanding Swing Loans and
Revolving Loans, the Borrower (or, at the Borrower’s option, any other Loan
Party) shall provide cash collateral for the Letter of Credit Obligations in the
manner set forth in Section
9.3 (Actions in Respect of Letters of Credit) in an amount equal to 102%
of such excess.
(e) Notwithstanding
the foregoing clauses in this Section 2.9, upon the
occurrence of any Asset Sale or Property Loss Event in respect of which a
Responsible Officer of the Parent has delivered a Reinvestment Notice (a “Reinvestment Event”), all of
the following shall occur:
(i) Upon
receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds subject to such Reinvestment Notice (as long as
no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing), the Borrower shall
be permitted to make Permitted Reinvestments in an amount not to exceed the
amount of such Net Cash Proceeds, as set forth in the Reinvestment Notice for
such Net Cash Proceeds, and shall not be required to prepay the Loans as
provided in clause (a)
above.
(ii) On each
Reinvestment Prepayment Date for such Reinvestment Event:
(A) the
Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to the Reinvestment
Prepayment Amount applicable to such Reinvestment Prepayment Date;
and
(B) to the
extent such Term Loans shall then be paid in full, the Revolving Credit
Commitments shall then be permanently reduced by an amount equal to any
remaining portion of such Reinvestment Prepayment Amount not applied to repay
such Term Loans.
In
addition, the Borrower shall make any payment required pursuant to clause (d) above as a
result of any such reduction in the Revolving Credit Commitments. All
prepayments of the Term Loans made pursuant to this clause (e) shall be
applied to the remaining installments thereof in the manner set forth in clause (c)
above.
Section
2.10 Interest
(a) Rate of
Interest. All Loans and the outstanding amount of all other
Obligations shall bear interest, in the case of Loans, on the unpaid principal
amount thereof from the date such Loans are made and, in the case of such other
Obligations, from the date such other Obligations are due and payable until, in
all cases, paid in full, except as otherwise provided in clause (c) below, as
follows:
(i) if a Base
Rate Loan or such other Obligation, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of
(A) the Base Rate as in effect from time to time and (B) the
Applicable Margin; and
(ii) if a
Eurodollar Rate Loan, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (A) the
Eurodollar Rate determined for the applicable Interest Period and (B) the
Applicable Margin in effect from time to time during such Interest
Period.
(b) Interest
Payments. Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in
arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times
as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and
payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and
before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief
Law.
(c) Default
Interest. Notwithstanding the rates of interest specified in
clause (a) above
or elsewhere herein, (i) effective immediately upon the occurrence of a
Material Event of Default
and for
as long thereafter as such Material Event of Default shall be continuing and
(ii) upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default and for as long
thereafter as such Event of Default shall be continuing, effective immediately
upon the earlier of the receipt (A) by the Borrower of a notice by the
Administrative Agent or (B) by the Administrative Agent of instructions
from the Requisite Lenders, the principal balance of all Loans and the amount of
all other Obligations then due and payable shall bear interest at a rate that is
two percent per annum in excess of the rate of interest applicable to such Loans
or other Obligations from time to time. Such interest shall be
payable on the date that would otherwise be applicable to such interest pursuant
to Section 2.10(b) or
otherwise on demand.
Section
2.11 Conversion/Continuation
Option
(a) The
Borrower may elect (i) by 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on any Business Day to
convert Base Rate Loans (other than Swing Loans) or any portion thereof to
Eurodollar Rate Loans and (ii) at the end of any applicable Interest
Period, to convert Eurodollar Rate Loans or any portion thereof into Base Rate
Loans or to continue such Eurodollar Rate Loans or any portion thereof for an
additional Interest Period; provided, however, that the aggregate
amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loans for each Interest Period must be an integral
multiple of $1,000,000. Each conversion or continuation shall be
allocated among the Loans of each Lender in accordance with such Lender’s
Ratable Portion. Each such election shall be in substantially the
form of Exhibit F (Form
of Notice of Conversion or Continuation) (a “Notice of Conversion or
Continuation”) and shall be made by giving the Administrative Agent at
least three Business Days’ prior written notice specifying (A) the amount
and type of Loan being converted or continued, (B) in the case of a
conversion to or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, the applicable
Interest Period and (C) in the case of a conversion, the date of such
conversion.
(b) The
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of a
Notice of Conversion or Continuation and of the options selected
therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no conversion in
whole or in part of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be permitted
at any time prior to the Syndication Completion Date, (ii) no conversion in
whole or in part of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans and no continuation
in whole or in part of Eurodollar Rate Loans upon the expiration of any
applicable Interest Period shall be permitted at any time at which (A) an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative
Agent shall have received instructions from the Requisite Lenders to that
effect, (B) the continuation of, or conversion into, a Eurodollar Rate Loan
would violate any provision of Section 2.14 (Special Provisions
Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans) and (C) any Material Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) no conversion in
whole or in part of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest
Period greater than one month and no continuation in whole or in part of
Eurodollar Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans upon the expiration of any
applicable Interest Period into Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period
greater than one month shall be permitted at any time at which an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing. If, within the time
period required under the terms of this Section 2.11, the
Administrative Agent does not receive a Notice of Conversion or Continuation
from the Borrower containing a permitted election to continue any Eurodollar
Rate Loans for an additional Interest Period or to convert any such Loans, then,
upon the expiration of the applicable Interest Period, such Loans shall be
automatically converted to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests
a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any
such Notice of Conversion or Continuation, but fails to specify an Interest
Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one
month. Each Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall be
irrevocable.
Section
2.12 Fees
(a) Unused Commitment
Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay in immediately available
Dollars a commitment fee (the “Unused Commitment Fee”) as
follows:
(i) to each
Revolving Credit Lender (other than the Swing Loan Lender), on the actual daily
amount by which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Revolving Credit Lender
exceeds such Lender’s Ratable Portion of the sum of (A) the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans and (B) the outstanding
amount of the aggregate Letter of Credit Obligations from the date hereof to the
Revolving Credit Termination Date at the Applicable Unused Commitment Fee Rate,
accruing from the date hereof until the Revolving Credit Termination Date,
payable in arrears (x) on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter,
commencing on the first such Business Day following the Closing Date and
(y) on the Revolving Credit Termination Date; provided, however, that no Unused
Commitment Fee shall accrue with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitment of a
Defaulting Lender during any period that it is a Defaulting Lender until such
time as such failure has been cured (as determined by the Administrative Agent
and the Borrower); and
(ii) to the
Revolving Credit Lender that is the Swing Loan Lender or an Affiliate thereof,
on the actual daily amount by which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such
Revolving Credit Lender exceeds the sum of (A) the principal amount of the
Swing Loans of the Swing Loan Lender outstanding and (B) such Lender’s
Ratable Portion of the sum of (1) the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of Revolving Loans and (2) the outstanding amount of the aggregate
Letter of Credit Obligations from the date hereof to the Revolving Credit
Termination Date at the Applicable Unused Commitment Fee Rate, accruing from the
date hereof until the Revolving Credit Termination Date, payable in arrears
(x) on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter, commencing on the
first such Business Day following the Closing Date and (y) on the Revolving
Credit Termination Date.
(b) Letter of Credit
Fees.
(i) The
Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving
Credit Lender in accordance with its Ratable Portion a Letter of Credit fee (the
“Letter of Credit Fee”)
for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans
that are Eurodollar Rate Loans times the daily amount
available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit; provided, however, any Letter of Credit
Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to
any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided cash
collateral or other credit support arrangements satisfactory to the applicable
Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be
payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, to the other Lenders
in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective Applicable Margin
allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.18(a)(iv) (Defaulting
Lenders), with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to such Issuer
for its own account. For purposes of computing the daily amount
available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of
Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.6 (Letter of Credit
Amounts). Letter of Credit Fees shall (i) begin to accrue from
the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit, (ii) be due and payable on the
first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December,
commencing on the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of
Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and
(ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. If there is any change
in the Applicable Margin during any quarter, the daily amount available to be
drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the
Applicable Margin separately for each period during such quarter that such
Applicable Margin was in effect. Notwithstanding
anything
to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Requisite Lenders,
while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the
Default rate of interest specified in Section 2.10(c)
(Interest).
(ii) Fronting Fee and Documentary and
Processing Charges Payable to Issuer. The Borrower shall pay
directly to the applicable Issuer for its own account a fronting fee (i) with
respect to each Commercial Letter of Credit, at the rate of 0.125%, computed on
the amount of such Letter of Credit, and payable upon the issuance thereof, (ii)
with respect to any amendment of a Commercial Letter of Credit increasing the
amount of such Letter of Credit, at a rate separately agreed between the
Borrower and such Issuer, computed on the amount of such increase, and payable
upon the effectiveness of such amendment, and (iii) with respect to each Standby
Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum of 0.25%, computed on the daily amount
available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in
arrears. Such fronting fee shall begin to accrue from the date of
issuance of each Letter of Credit and be due and payable on the tenth Business
Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the
most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the
first payment), commencing on the first such date to occur after the date of
issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and
thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount
available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of
Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.6 (Letter of Credit
Amounts). In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the
applicable Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation,
amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of
such Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in
effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due
and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
(c) Additional
Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agents additional fees,
the amount and dates of payment of which are set forth in the Fee
Letters.
Section
2.13 Payments
and Computations
(a) Each
payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower (including fees and expenses) shall
be made not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the day when due, in
the currency specified herein (or, if no such currency is specified, in Dollars)
to the Administrative Agent at its address referred to in Section 11.8 (Notices, Etc.)
in immediately available funds without set-off or counterclaim. The
Administrative Agent shall promptly thereafter cause to be distributed
immediately available funds relating to the payment of principal, interest or
fees to the Lenders, in accordance with the application of payments set forth in
clause (f) or
(g) below, as
applicable, for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices;
provided, however, that amounts payable
pursuant to Section 2.15
(Capital Adequacy), Section 2.16 (Taxes) or Section 2.14(c) or (d) (Special Provisions Governing
Eurodollar Rate Loans) shall be paid only to the affected Lender or
Lenders and amounts payable with respect to Swing Loans shall be paid only to
the Swing Loan Lender. Payments received by the Administrative Agent
after 1:00 p.m. (New York time) shall be deemed to be received on the next
Business Day.
(b) All
computations of interest of Base Rate Loans shall be made by the Administrative
Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or, as applicable 366 days for the actual
number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in
the period for which such interest and fees are payable. All other
computations of interest and of fees shall be made by the Administrative Agent
on the basis of a year of 360 days, in each case for the actual number of days
(including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for
which such interest and fees are payable. Each determination by the
Administrative Agent of a rate of interest hereunder shall be conclusive and
binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(c) Each
payment by or on behalf of the Borrower of any Loan, Reimbursement Obligation
(including interest or fees in respect thereof) and each reimbursement of
various costs, expenses or other Obligation shall be made in the currency in
which such Loan was made, such Letter of Credit issued or such cost, expense or
other Obligation was incurred; provided, however, that, other than for
payments in respect of a Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, Loan Documents duly
executed by the Administrative Agent may specify other currencies of payment for
Obligations created by or directly related to such Loan Document.
(d) Whenever
any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business
Day, the due date for such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding
Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the
computation of payment of interest or fees, as the case may be; provided, however, that if such
extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of any Eurodollar Rate
Loan to be made in the next calendar month, such payment shall be made on the
immediately preceding Business Day. All repayments of any Revolving
Loans or any Term Loans shall be applied as follows: first, to repay such Loans
outstanding as Base Rate Loans and then, to repay such Loans
outstanding as Eurodollar Rate Loans, with those Eurodollar Rate Loans having
earlier expiring Interest Periods being repaid prior to those having later
expiring Interest Periods.
(e) Unless
the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower to the
Lenders prior to the date on which any payment is due hereunder that the
Borrower will not make such payment in full (and the Administrative Agent has
not received any notice that such payment shall be made in full by another Loan
Party on behalf of the Borrower), the Administrative Agent may assume that the
Borrower has made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on such date
and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be
distributed to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then
due such Lender. If and to the extent that the Borrower shall not
have made (and no Loan Party shall have made on behalf of the Borrower) such
payment in full to the Administrative Agent, each Lender shall repay to the
Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender
together with interest thereon (at the Federal Funds Rate for the first Business
Day and thereafter, at the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans for the applicable
Facility) for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender
until the date such Lender repays such amount to the Administrative
Agent.
(f) Except
for payments and other amounts received by the Administrative Agent and applied
in accordance with the provisions of clause (g) below (or
required to be applied in accordance with clauses (c) or (e) of Section 2.9 (Mandatory
Prepayments)), all payments and any other amounts received by the
Administrative Agent from or for the benefit of the Borrower shall be applied as
follows: first, to pay principal of,
and interest on, any portion of the Loans the Administrative Agent may have
advanced pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement on behalf of any
Lender, for which the Administrative Agent has not then been reimbursed by such
Lender or the Borrower (or any Loan Party on behalf of the Borrower), second, to pay all other
Obligations then due and payable; and third, as the Borrower so
designates. Payments in respect of Swing Loans received by the
Administrative Agent shall be distributed to the Swing Loan Lender; payments in
respect of Revolving Loans received by the Administrative Agent shall be
distributed to each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with such Lender’s
Ratable Portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments; payments in respect of Term
Loans received by the Administrative Agent shall be distributed to each Term
Loan Lender in accordance with such Lender’s Ratable Portion; and all payments
of fees and all other payments in respect of any other Obligation shall be
allocated among such of the Lenders and Issuers as are entitled thereto and, for
such payments allocated to the Lenders, in proportion to their respective
Ratable Portions in the Facility with respect to which such payment is
made.
(g) The
Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any
and all payments in respect of the Obligations and any proceeds of Collateral
after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and
agrees that, notwithstanding the provisions of clauses (c) or (e) of Section 2.9 (Mandatory
Prepayments) and clause (f) above, the
Administrative Agent may, and, upon either (A) the written direction of the
Requisite Lenders or (B) the acceleration of the Obligations pursuant to
Section 9.2 (Remedies),
shall, deliver a blockage notice with respect to each Approved Deposit Account
and apply all payments in respect of any Obligations and all funds on deposit in
any Cash Collateral Account and all other proceeds of Collateral in the order
set forth in Section 9.5
(Application of Funds).
(h) The
Administrative Agent hereby agrees to deliver to each other Agent, promptly upon
receipt thereof by the Administrative Agent, each Permitted Acquisition Notice
delivered by the Parent to the Administrative Agent and all other notices and
information furnished to the Administrative Agent in connection with any
Permitted Acquisition pursuant to the definition of “Permitted
Acquisition”.
Section
2.14 Special
Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans
(a) Determination of Interest
Rate. The Eurodollar Rate for each Interest Period for
Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant
to the procedures set forth in the definition of “Eurodollar
Rate.” The Administrative Agent’s determination shall be presumed to
be correct absent manifest error and shall be binding on the
Borrower.
(b) Interest Rate Unascertainable,
Inadequate or Unfair. In the event that (i) the
Administrative Agent determines that adequate and fair means do not exist for
ascertaining the applicable interest rates by reference to which the Eurodollar
Rate then being determined is to be fixed or (ii) the Requisite Lenders
notify the Administrative Agent that the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period
will not adequately reflect the cost to the Lenders of making or maintaining
such Loans for such Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith so
notify the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall
automatically, on the last day of the current Interest Period for such Loan,
convert into a Base Rate Loan and the obligations of the Lenders to make
Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans
shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower that
the Requisite Lenders have determined that the circumstances causing such
suspension no longer exist.
(c) Increased
Costs. If at any time any Lender determines that the
introduction of, or any change in or in the interpretation of, any law, treaty
or governmental rule, regulation or order (other than any change by way of
imposition or increase of reserve requirements included in determining the
Eurodollar Rate) or the compliance by such Lender with any guideline, request or
directive from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not
having the force of law) (collectively, a “Change of Law”), shall have
the effect of increasing the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making,
funding or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loans, then the Borrower shall from
time to time, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the
Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such
Lender additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such
increased cost. A certificate as to the amount of such increased
cost, submitted to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent by such Lender,
shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error; provided, however, that notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate any Lender for
any increased cost incurred more than 180 days prior to the delivery of such
certificate (such period to be extended in the case of increased costs caused by
a Change of Law with retroactive effect to include the period of retroactive
effect of such Change of Law).
(d) Illegality. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Agreement, if any Lender determines that the
introduction of, or any change in or in the interpretation of, any law, treaty
or governmental rule, regulation or order after the date of this Agreement shall
make it unlawful, or any central bank or other Governmental Authority shall
assert that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Eurodollar Lending Office to
make Eurodollar Rate Loans or to continue to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate
Loans, then, on notice thereof and demand therefor by such Lender to the
Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) the obligation of such
Lender to make or to continue Eurodollar Rate Loans and to convert Base Rate
Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and each such Lender shall
make a Base Rate Loan as part of any requested Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate
Loans and (ii) if the affected Eurodollar Rate Loans are then outstanding,
the Borrower shall immediately convert each such Loan into a Base Rate
Loan. If, at any time after a Lender gives notice under this clause (d), such Lender
determines that it may lawfully make Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Lender shall
promptly give notice of that determination to the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit the
notice to each other Lender. The Borrower’s right to request, and
such Lender’s obligation, if any, to make Eurodollar Rate Loans shall thereupon
be restored.
(e) Breakage Costs. In
addition to all amounts required to be paid by or on behalf of the Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.10
(Interest), the Borrower shall compensate each Lender, upon demand, for
all losses, expenses and liabilities (including any loss or expense incurred by
reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by
such Lender to fund or maintain such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans to the
Borrower but excluding any loss of the Applicable Margin on the relevant Loans)
that such Lender may sustain (i) if for any reason (other than solely by
reason of such Lender being a Defaulting Lender) a proposed Borrowing,
conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans does not occur on a
date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion or
Continuation given by the Borrower or in a telephonic request by it for
borrowing or conversion or continuation or a successive Interest Period does not
commence after notice therefor is given pursuant to Section 2.11
(Conversion/Continuation Option), (ii) if for any reason any
Eurodollar Rate Loan is prepaid (including mandatorily pursuant to Section 2.9 (Mandatory
Prepayments)) on a date that is not the last day of the applicable
Interest Period, (iii) as a consequence of a required conversion of a
Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan as a result of any of the events
indicated in clause (d) above or
(iv) as a consequence of any failure by the Borrower to repay Eurodollar
Rate Loans when required by the terms hereof. The Lender making
demand for such compensation shall deliver to the Borrower concurrently with
such demand a written statement as to such losses, expenses and liabilities, and
this statement shall be conclusive as to the amount of compensation due to such
Lender, absent manifest error.
Section
2.15 Capital
Adequacy
If at any
time any Lender determines that (a) the adoption of, or any change in or in
the interpretation of, any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order
after the date of this Agreement regarding capital adequacy, (b) compliance
with any such law, treaty, rule, regulation or order or (c) compliance with
any guideline or request or directive from any central bank or other
Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) shall have the
effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s (or any corporation
controlling such Lender’s) capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder
or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such
Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change,
compliance or interpretation, then, upon demand from time to time by such Lender
(with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay
to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, from time to time as
specified by such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such
Lender for such reduction. A certificate as to such amounts submitted
to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent by such Lender shall be conclusive
and binding for all purposes absent manifest error; provided, however, that
notwith-
standing
the foregoing, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate any Lender for
any such amount incurred more than 180 days prior to the delivery of such
certificate (such period to be extended in the case of a reduction caused by any
event described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above and having
retroactive effect to include the period of such retroactive
effect).
Section
2.16 Taxes
(a) Except as
otherwise provided in this Section 2.16, any and all
payments by any Loan Party under each Loan Document shall be made free and clear
of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties,
levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, or withholdings or other charges
imposed by any Governmental Authority, whether computed on a separate,
consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis, and any and all liabilities
(including interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax) with respect thereto
(“Taxes”), excluding
(i) in the case of each Lender, each Issuer and each
Agent (A) Taxes measured by its net income, and franchise Taxes
imposed on it, and similar Taxes imposed by the jurisdiction (or any political
subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such Lender, Issuer or Agent (as
the case may be) is organized or has its Applicable Lending Office and
(B) other than in the case of an assignee pursuant to a request by the
Borrower under Section 2.17
(Substitution of Lenders), any United States federal withholding taxes
payable with respect to payments under the Loan Documents under laws (including
any statute, treaty or regulation) in effect on the date the applicable Lender
or Issuer becomes a party hereto (or changes its Applicable Lending Office),
except to the extent that such Person (or its assignor, if any) was entitled,
immediately prior to the time of designation of a new Applicable Lending Office
or assignment to receive additional amounts with respect to such United States
federal withholding Tax pursuant to this Section 2.16, but not
excluding any United States federal withholding taxes payable as a result of any
change in such laws occurring after such date and (ii) in the case of each
Lender or each Issuer, Taxes measured by its net income, and franchise taxes
imposed on it as a result of a present or former connection between such Lender
or such Issuer (as the case may be) and the jurisdiction of the Governmental
Authority imposing such tax or any taxing authority thereof or therein, other
than any connection arising solely from the Loan Documents or any transactions
contemplated thereby (all such non-excluded Taxes being hereinafter referred to
as “Indemnified
Taxes”). If any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes shall be
required by any applicable withholding agent to be deducted from or in respect
of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Lender, Issuer or Agent
(w) the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as may
be necessary so that, after all required deductions have been made (including
deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.16), such Lender,
Issuer or Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it
would have received had no such deductions been made, (x) the applicable
withholding agent shall make such deductions, (y) the applicable
withholding agent shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing
authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law and
(z) within 30 days after the date of any payment, the relevant Loan Party
shall deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such payment.
(b) In
addition, each Loan Party agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp,
court or documentary, excise, property, intangible, mortgage recording or
similar Taxes (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Taxes excluded from
the definition of “Taxes” in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 2.16(a) above),
imposed by any Governmental Authority, in each case arising from any payment
made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance,
enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document
(collectively, “Other
Taxes”).
(c) Each Loan
Party shall, jointly and severally, indemnify each Lender, Issuer and Agent for
the full amount of Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Indemnified
Taxes and Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this
Section 2.16) payable
by such
Lender,
Issuer or Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including for penalties,
interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not
such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally
asserted. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the
date such Lender, Issuer or Agent (as the case may be) makes written demand
therefor.
(d) Within 30
days after the date of any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any
Loan Party, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, at its
address referred to in Section
11.8 (Notices, Etc.), the original or a certified copy of a receipt
evidencing payment thereof.
(e) Without
prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of any Loan Party hereunder or
under the Guaranty, the agreements and obligations of such Loan Party contained
in this Section 2.16
shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and any assignment by a
Lender or Issuer.
(f) Each
Lender and Issuer shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the
Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent with any documentation prescribed by law (or reasonably
requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) in connection
with establishing any entitlement of such Lender or Issuer to an exemption from,
or reduction in, withholding tax with respect to any payments to be made to such
Lender, Agent or Issuer under the Loan Documents. Each Lender and
Issuer shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such
documentation obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, deliver promptly
to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate
documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the
applicable withholding agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent of its inability to do so. Unless the applicable
withholding agent has received forms or other documents satisfactory to it
indicating that payments under any Loan Document to or for a Lender, Agent or
Issuer are not subject to withholding tax or are subject to such Tax at a rate
reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent
or other applicable withholding agent shall withhold amounts required to be
withheld by applicable Requirements of Law from such payments at the applicable
statutory rate. Without limiting the foregoing:
(i) Each U.S.
Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before
the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed
and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any
successor forms) certifying that such Lender is exempt from federal backup
withholding.
(ii) Each
Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or
before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to
time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent)
whichever of the following is applicable:
(A) two
properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an
income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, and such other
documentation as required under the Code,
(B) two
properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),
(C) in
the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio
interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit K (United States Tax Compliance
Certificate) (any such certificate a “United States Tax Compliance
Certificate”) to the effect that (I) such Lender is not (1) a “bank”
within
the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder”
of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a
“controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code
and (II) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively
connected with a United States trade or business conducted by such Lender and
(y) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue
Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms),
(D) to
the extent a Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Lender
is a partnership, or is a Participant holding a participation granted by a
participating Lender), two properly completed and duly signed original copies of
Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Lender,
accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, United States Tax Compliance Certificate,
Form W-9, Form W-8IMY or any other required information from each beneficial
owner, as applicable (provided
that, if the Lender is a partnership and one or more beneficial owners
are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance
Certificate shall be provided by such Lender on behalf of such beneficial
owners), or
(E) two
properly completed and duly signed original copies of any other form prescribed
by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws (including the Treasury Regulations)
as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, United
States federal withholding tax on any payments to such Lender under the Loan
Documents.
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this clause (f), a Lender, Agent
or Issuer shall not be required to deliver any form that such Lender, Agent, or
Issuer is not legally eligible to deliver.
Each
Lender, Agent, and Issuer shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent two further original copies of any previously delivered form or
certification (or any applicable successor form) on or before the date that any
such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate and
promptly after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent
form previously delivered by it to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, or
promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is unable to
do so. Each Lender, Agent, and Issuer shall promptly notify the
Administrative Agent at any time it determines that it is no longer in a
position to provide any previously delivered form or certification to the
Borrower or the Administrative Agent.
(g) Any
Lender, Agent or Issuer claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this
Section 2.16 shall use
its reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies and Requirements
of Law) to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office if the
making of such a change would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, any
such additional amounts that would be payable or may thereafter accrue and would
not, in the sole but reasonable determination of such Lender, Agent or Issuer
result in any unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise be disadvantageous to
such Lender, Agent or Issuer.
Section
2.17 Substitution
of Lenders
(a) In the
event that (i)(A) any Lender makes a claim under Section 2.14(c) (Special Provisions
Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans) or 2.15 (Capital Adequacy),
(B) it becomes illegal for any Lender to continue to fund or make any
Eurodollar Rate Loan and such Lender notifies the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.14(d) (Special Provisions
Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans), (C) any Loan Party is required to
make any payment pursuant to Section 2.16 (Taxes) that is
attributable to a particular Lender
or
(D) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, (ii) in the case of clause (i)(A) above, as
a consequence of increased costs in respect of which such claim is made, the
effective rate of interest payable to such Lender under this Agreement with
respect to its Loans materially exceeds the effective average annual rate of
interest payable to the Requisite Lenders under this Agreement and (iii) in
the case of clause (i)(A), (B) and (C) above, Revolving Credit
Lenders holding at least 75% of the Revolving Credit Commitments are not subject
to such increased costs or illegality, payment or proceedings (any such Lender,
an “Affected Lender”),
the Borrower may substitute any Lender and, if reasonably acceptable to the
Administrative Agent, any other Eligible Assignee (a “Substitute Institution”) for
such Affected Lender hereunder, after delivery of a written notice (a “Substitution Notice”) by the
Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Affected Lender within a reasonable
time (in any case not to exceed 90 days) following the occurrence of any of the
events described in clause (i) above that
the Borrower intends to make such substitution; provided, however, that, if more than
one Lender claims increased costs, illegality or right to payment arising from
the same act or condition and such claims are received by the Borrower within 30
days of each other, then the Borrower may substitute all, but not (except to the
extent the Borrower has already substituted one of such Affected Lenders before
the Borrower’s receipt of the other Affected Lenders’ claim) less than all,
Lenders making such claims; provided, further, that in the event of
any such substitution resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14(c) (Special Provisions
Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans) or payments required to be made pursuant
to Section 2.16
(Taxes), such substitution will result in a material reduction in such
compensation or payments.
(b) If the
Substitution Notice was properly issued under this Section 2.17, the Affected
Lender shall sell, and the Substitute Institution shall purchase, all rights and
claims of such Affected Lender under the Loan Documents and the Substitute
Institution shall assume, and the Affected Lender shall be relieved of, the
Affected Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments and all other prior unperformed
obligations of the Affected Lender under the Loan Documents (other than in
respect of any damages (other than exemplary or punitive damages, to the extent
permitted by applicable law) in respect of any such unperformed
obligations). Such purchase and sale (and the corresponding
assignment of all rights and claims hereunder) shall be recorded in the Register
maintained by the Administrative Agent and shall be effective on (and not
earlier than) the latest of (i) the receipt by the Affected Lender of its
Ratable Portion of the Revolving Credit Outstandings and Term Loans, together
with any other Obligations owing to it, (ii) the receipt by the
Administrative Agent of an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to it
and the Borrower whereby the Substitute Institution shall agree to be bound by
the terms hereof and (iii) the payment in full to the Affected Lender in
cash of all fees, unreimbursed costs and expenses and indemnities accrued and
unpaid through such effective date. Upon the effectiveness of such
sale, purchase and assumption, the Substitute Institution shall become a “Lender” hereunder for all
purposes of this Agreement having a Commitment in the amount of such Affected
Lender’s Commitment assumed by it and such Commitment of the Affected Lender
shall be terminated; provided, however, that all indemnities
under the Loan Documents shall continue in favor of such Affected
Lender.
(c) Each
Lender agrees that, if it becomes an Affected Lender and its rights and claims
are assigned hereunder to a Substitute Institution pursuant to this Section 2.17, it shall
execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance to
evidence such assignment, together with any Note (if such Loans are evidenced by
a Note) evidencing the Loans subject to such Assignment and Acceptance; provided, however, that the failure of
any Affected Lender to execute an Assignment and Acceptance shall not render
such assignment invalid. The Substitute Institution shall pay any
applicable recordation or processing fees set forth in Section 11.2(b) (Assignments and
Participations) in connection with such assignment pursuant to this clause (c).
Section
2.18 Defaulting
Lenders
(a) Adjustments. Notwithstanding
anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a
Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a
Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:
(i) Waivers and
Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or
disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall
be restricted as set forth in Section 11.1 (Amendments, Waivers,
Etc.).
(ii) Reallocation of Payments. Any
payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the
Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether
voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII (Negative
Covenants) or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the
Administrative Agent by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.6 (Right of
Set-off)), shall be applied by the Administrative Agent as
follows; first, as to
any payment made in respect of principal of Loans, ratably to the principal
amount of Loans of other Lenders as if such Defaulting Lender had no Loans
outstanding, until such time as the Outstanding Amount of Loans of each Lender
shall equal its pro rata share thereof based on its Ratable Portion (without
giving effect to Section
2.18(a)(iv) (Defaulting
Lenders)); second, to any amounts
(including interest thereon) owed hereunder by such Defaulting Lender to the
Administrative Agent; third, to any amounts
(including interest thereon) owed hereunder by such Defaulting Lender to the
Issuers or Swing Loan Lender (to the extent the Administrative Agent has
received notice thereof), ratably to the Persons entitled thereto, fourth, to the posting of
cash collateral into a Cash Collateral Account (or funding of participations, as
applicable) in respect of its Ratable Portion (without giving effect to Section 2.18(a)(iv) (Defaulting Lenders)) of
Letter of Credit Obligations and Swing Loans, (x) ratably to the Issuers and
Swing Loan Lender in accordance with their respective applicable Fronting
Exposures and (y) thereafter, to reduce ratably any reallocation of Ratable
Portion of other Lenders previously effected under Section 2.18(a)(iv) (Defaulting Lenders); and
fifth, to the
Defaulting Lender or otherwise as required by applicable Requirements of Law.
Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting
Lender that are applied to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post
cash collateral into a Cash Collateral Account pursuant to this subsection 2.18(a)(ii) shall
be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender
irrevocably consents hereto.
(iii) Certain Fees. Such Defaulting Lender
(i) shall not be
entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.12(a) (Fees) for
any period during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower
shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been
required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender) and (ii) shall be
limited in its right to receive the fees as provided in Section 2.12(b)
(Fees).
(iv) Reallocation of Ratable Portions to
Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is
a Defaulting Lender as to which an Issuer or Swing Loan Lender (as applicable)
has not received cash collateral pursuant to Section 2.3 (Swing Loans) or
2.4 (Letters of
Credit), then upon the request of such Issuer or Swing Loan Lender (as
applicable) to the Administrative Agent, for purposes of computing the amount of
the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund
participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Loans pursuant to Sections 2.3 (Swing Loans)
and 2.4 (Letters of
Credit), the “Ratable Portion” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be
computed without giving effect to the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender;
provided, that, (i)
each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the initial date
thereof,
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (ii)
in all cases, the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance
or fund participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Loans shall not exceed the
positive difference, if any, between (1) the Commitment of such non-Defaulting
Lender and (2) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of such Lender,
plus such Lender’s
Ratable Portion of the Outstanding Amount of all other Letter of Credit
Obligations (prior to giving effect to such reallocation), plus such Lender’s Ratable
Portion of the Outstanding Amount of all other Swing Loans (prior to giving
effect to such reallocation).
(b) Defaulting Lender
Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, Swing Loan
Lender and the Issuers agree in writing in their sole discretion that a
Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the
Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the
effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth
therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral
Account), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase such portion of
outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the
Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded
and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Loans to be held on a
pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Ratable Portion (without
giving effect to Section
2.18(a)(iv) (Defaulting
Lenders)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender
(and the Ratable Portion of each Lender will automatically be adjusted on a
prospective basis to reflect the foregoing); provided that no adjustments
will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or
on behalf of the Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the
extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder
from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any
claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting
Lender.
ARTICLE
III
Conditions
to Loans and Letters of Credit
Section
3.1 Conditions
Precedent to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit
The
obligation of each Lender to make the Loans requested to be made by it on the
Closing Date and the obligation of each Issuer to Issue Letters of Credit on the
Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction or due waiver in accordance with
Section 11.1 (Amendments,
Waivers, Etc.) of each of the following conditions precedent on or before
March 24, 2010:
(a) Certain
Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received on or
prior to the Closing Date (and, to the extent any Borrowing of any Eurodollar
Rate Loans is requested to be made on the Closing Date, in respect of the Notice
of Borrowing for such Eurodollar Rate Loans, at least three Business Days prior
to the Closing Date) each of the following, each dated the Closing Date unless
otherwise indicated or agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Syndication
Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Administrative Agent
and the Syndication Agent and in sufficient copies for each Lender:
(i) this
Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and the Parent and, for
the account of each Lender requesting the same, a Note of the Borrower
conforming to the requirements set forth herein;
(ii) the
Guaranty, duly executed by each Guarantor;
(iii) each
Foreign Collateral Document, duly executed by the appropriate Loan
Parties;
(iv) the
Pledge and Security Agreement, duly executed by the Borrower and each Guarantor,
together with each of the following:
(A) evidence
satisfactory to each of the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent that,
upon the filing and recording of instruments delivered at the Closing, the
Collateral shall be subject to the Requisite Priority Liens (subject to Liens
permitted hereunder), including (x) such documents duly executed by each
Loan Party as each of the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent may
request with respect to the perfection of the Requisite Priority Liens in the
Collateral (including financing statements under the UCC, short-form security
agreements relating to patents, trademarks and registered copyrights in the
United States suitable for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark
Office, the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, and other
applicable documents under the laws of any jurisdiction with respect to the
perfection of Liens created by the Pledge and Security Agreement) and
(y) copies of UCC search reports as of a recent date listing all effective
financing statements that name any Loan Party as debtor, together with copies of
such financing statements, none of which shall cover the Collateral except for
those that shall be terminated on the Closing Date or are otherwise permitted
hereunder;
(B) all
certificates, instruments and other documents representing all Pledged Stock
being pledged pursuant to such Pledge and Security Agreement and stock powers
for such certificates, instruments and other documents executed in
blank;
(C) all
instruments representing Pledged Debt Instruments being pledged pursuant to such
Pledge and Security Agreement duly endorsed in blank, including, without
limitation, intercompany notes in form and substance and from Loan Parties and
their Subsidiaries reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the
Syndication Agent; and
(D) all
Deposit Account Control Agreements set forth on Schedule 6 to the Pledge and
Security Agreement, duly executed by the corresponding depositary bank and Loan
Party;
(v) a
favorable opinion of Alston & Bird LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, in
substantially the form of Exhibit G (Form of Opinion of
Counsel for the Loan Parties), addressed to the Agents and the Lenders
and addressing such other matters as any Lender through any Agent may reasonably
request;
(vi) a copy of
each Senior Notes Document and each Disclosure Document, in each case certified
as being complete and correct by a Responsible Officer of the
Parent;
(vii) a copy of
the articles or certificate of incorporation (or equivalent Constituent
Document) of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of
State of the state of organization of such Loan Party, together with
certificates of such official attesting to the good standing of each such Loan
Party;
(viii) a
certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party
certifying (A) the names and true signatures of each officer of such Loan
Party that has been authorized to execute and deliver any Loan Document or other
document required hereunder to be executed and delivered by or on behalf of such
Loan Party, (B) the by-laws (or equivalent Constituent Document) of such
Loan Party as in effect on the date of such certification, (C) the
resolutions of such Loan Party’s board of directors (or equivalent governing
body) approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and (D) that
there have been no changes in the certificate of incorporation (or equivalent
Constituent Document) of such Loan Party from the certificate of incorporation
(or equivalent Constituent Document) delivered pursuant to clause (vii)
above;
(ix) at the
option of the Parent, either (A) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of
the Parent or (B) a solvency opinion from an independent financial
accountant reasonably acceptable to each of the Administrative Agent and the
Syndication Agent, in each case stating that the Borrower, individually, and the
Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are Solvent on a Consolidated
basis immediately after giving effect to the Transactions, the initial Loans and
Letters of Credit, the application of the proceeds thereof in accordance with
Section 7.9 (Use of
Proceeds) and the payment of all estimated legal, accounting and other
fees related hereto and thereto;
(x) a
certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent to the effect that
(A) the condition set forth in Section 3.2(b) (Conditions Precedent
to Each Loan and Letter of Credit) has been satisfied and (B) no
litigation not listed on Schedule 4.7
(Litigation) shall have been commenced against any Loan Party or any of
its Subsidiaries that would have a Material Adverse Effect;
(xi) evidence
satisfactory to each of the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent that
the insurance policies required by Section 7.5 (Maintenance of
Insurance) and any Collateral Document are in full force and effect,
together with, unless otherwise agreed by each of the Administrative Agent and
the Syndication Agent, endorsements naming the Administrative Agent as an
additional insured or loss payee under all insurance policies to be maintained
with respect to the properties of the Parent, the Borrower and each other Loan
Party; and
(xii) such
other certificates, documents, agreements and information respecting any Loan
Party as any Lender through the Administrative Agent or the Syndication Agent
may reasonably request.
(b) Fee and Expenses
Paid. There shall have been paid to the Administrative Agent,
for the account of the Agents, the Issuers and the Lenders, as applicable, all
fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) due and
payable on or before the Closing Date (including all such fees described in the
Fee Letters).
(c) Refinancing of Existing Credit
Agreement. (i) All Indebtedness and other obligations
issued under or in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been
repaid in full, (ii) the Existing Credit Agreement and all documents
executed in connection therewith shall have been terminated on terms
satisfactory to each of the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent and
(iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received an executed payoff
letter with respect thereto in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent.
(d) Other
Transactions. Each of the Administrative Agent and the
Syndication Agent shall be satisfied (and may, but shall not be obligated to,
rely on the receipt of a certificate from any Loan Party or any Affiliate
thereof for all or part of such purpose) that (i) up to $150,000,000
aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes shall have been issued in
accordance with the Senior Notes Indenture and the Borrower shall have received
net proceeds thereof and (ii) the tender offer for the Existing Senior
Subordinated Notes (the “Tender Offer”) shall have
commenced. The Borrower shall have delivered a notice of redemption
of the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes to the Existing Senior Subordinated
Notes Trustee, with respect to any Existing Senior Subordinated Notes not
tendered on or prior to the Closing Date for such redemption to occur on April
15, 2010 (the “Existing Senior
Subordinated Notes Redemption Date”), and the Agents shall have received
a copy of such notice.
(e) Consents,
Etc. Each of the Parent and its Subsidiaries shall have
received all consents and authorizations required pursuant to any material
Contractual Obligation with any other Person and shall have obtained all Permits
of, and effected all notices to and filings with, any Governmental Authority, in
each case, as may be necessary to allow each of the Parent and its Subsidiaries
lawfully (i) to execute, deliver and perform, in all material respects,
their respective obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents and the
Senior Notes Documents to which each of them, respectively, is, or shall be, a
party and each other agreement or instrument to be executed and delivered by
each of them, respectively, pursuant thereto or in connection therewith and
(ii) to create and perfect the Liens on the Collateral to be owned by each
of them in the manner and for the purpose contemplated by the Loan
Documents.
Section
3.2 Conditions
Precedent to Each Loan and Letter of Credit
The
obligation of each Lender on any date (including the Closing Date) to make any
Loan and of each Issuer on any date (including the Closing Date) to Issue any
Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following
conditions precedent:
(a) Request for Borrowing or Issuance of
Letter of Credit. With respect to any Loan, the Administrative
Agent shall have received a duly executed Notice of Borrowing (or, in the case
of Swing Loans, a duly executed Swing Loan Request), and, with respect to any
Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuer shall have
received a duly executed Letter of Credit Application.
(b) Representations and Warranties; No
Defaults. The following statements shall be true on the date
of such Loan or Issuance, both before and after giving effect thereto and, in
the case of any Loan, to the application of the proceeds thereof:
(i) the
representations and warranties set forth in Article IV (Representations and
Warranties) and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct on
and as of the Closing Date and shall be true and correct in all material
respects on and as of any such date after the Closing Date with the same effect
as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations
and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such
representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material
respects as of such earlier date; and
(ii) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(c) No Legal
Impediments. The making of the Loans or the Issuance of such
Letter of Credit on such date does not violate any Requirement of Law on the
date of or immediately
following
such Loan or Issuance of such Letter of Credit and is not enjoined, temporarily,
preliminarily or permanently.
Each
submission by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of a Notice of Borrowing
or a Swing Loan Request and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of
each Loan requested therein, and each submission by the Borrower to an Issuer of
a Letter of Credit Application, and the Issuance of each Letter of Credit
requested therein, shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty
by the Borrower and the Parent as to the matters specified in clause (b) above on the
date of the making of such Loan or the Issuance of such Letter of
Credit.
Section
3.3 Conditions
Precedent to Each Facilities Increase
Each
Facilities Increase shall not become effective prior to the satisfaction of all
of the following conditions precedent:
(a) Certain
Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received on or
prior to the Facilities Increase Date for such Facilities Increase each of the
following, each dated such Facilities Increase Date unless otherwise indicated
or agreed to by the Administrative Agent and each in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(i) written
commitments duly executed by existing Lenders (or their Affiliates or Approved
Funds) or Eligible Assignees in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the
proposed Facilities Increase (as agreed between the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent but in any case not to exceed, in the aggregate for all
such Facilities Increases, the applicable maximum amount set forth in Section 2.1(c) (Facilities
Increase)) and, in the case of each such Eligible Assignee or Affiliate
or Approved Fund that is not an existing Lender, an assumption agreement in form
and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and duly executed by the
Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Affiliate, Approved Fund or Eligible
Assignee;
(ii) an
amendment to this Agreement (including to Schedule I
(Commitments)), effective as of the Facilities Increase Date and executed
by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to the extent necessary to
implement terms and conditions of the Facilities Increase (including interest
rates, fees and scheduled repayment dates and maturity), as agreed by the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent but, which, in any case, except for of
interest, fees, scheduled repayment dates and maturity, shall not be applied
materially differently to the Facilities Increase and the existing
Facilities;
(iii) certified
copies of resolutions of the board of directors of each Loan Party approving the
consummation of such Facilities Increase and the execution, delivery and
performance of the corresponding amendments to this Agreement and the other
documents to be executed in connection therewith;
(iv) a
favorable opinion of counsel for the Loan Parties, addressed to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders and in form and substance and from counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and
(v) such
other document as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request or as any
Lender participating in such Facilities Increase may require as a condition to
its commitment in such Facilities Increase.
(b) Fee and Expenses
Paid. There shall have been paid to the Administrative Agent,
for the account of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including any
Person becoming a Lender as part of such Facilities Increase on such Facilities
Increase Date), as applicable, all fees and expenses (including reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel) due and payable on or before the Facilities Increase
Date (including all such fees described in the Fee Letters).
(c) Conditions to Each Loan and Letter
of Credit. (i) The conditions precedent set forth in
Section 3.2 (Conditions
Precedent to Each Loan and Letter of Credit) shall have been satisfied
both before and after giving effect to such Facilities Increase, (ii) such
Facilities Increase shall be made on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.1(c)(i) (Facilities
Increase) and (iii) the Borrower and the Parent shall be in
compliance with Article V
(Financial Covenants) on such Facilities Increase Date for the most
recently ended Fiscal Quarter on a pro forma basis both before and after giving
effect to such Facilities Increase.
Section
3.4 Determinations
of Initial Borrowing Conditions
For
purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 3.1 (Conditions Precedent to
Initial Loans and Letters of Credit), each Lender shall be deemed to have
consented to, approved, accepted or be satisfied with, each document or other
matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or
satisfactory to the Lenders unless an officer of the Administrative Agent
responsible for the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents shall have
received notice from such Lender prior to the initial Borrowing, borrowing of
Swing Loans or Issuance or deemed Issuance hereunder specifying its objection
thereto and such Lender shall not have made available to the Administrative
Agent such Lender’s Ratable Portion of such Borrowing or Swing
Loans.
ARTICLE
IV
Representations
and Warranties
To induce
the Lenders, the Issuers and the Administrative Agent to enter into this
Agreement, each of the Parent and the Borrower represents and warrants each of
the following to the Lenders, the Issuers and the Administrative Agent, on and
as of the Closing Date and immediately after giving effect to the Transactions
and the making of the Loans and the other financial accommodations on the
Closing Date and on and as of each date as required by Section 3.2(b)(i) (Conditions
Precedent to Each Loan and Letter of Credit):
Section
4.1 Corporate
Existence; Compliance with Law
(a) Each of
the Parent and its Subsidiaries (i) is duly organized, validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization,
(ii) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and in good
standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where such qualification is
necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would
not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) has all
requisite power and authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage and
operate its properties, to lease the property it operates under lease and to
conduct its business as now or currently proposed to be conducted, (iv) is
in compliance with its Constituent Documents, (v) is in compliance with all
applicable Requirements of Law except where the failure to be in compliance
would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect and (vi) has
all necessary Permits from or by, has made all necessary filings with, and has
given all necessary notices to, each Governmental Authority having jurisdiction,
to the extent required for such ownership, operation and conduct, except for
Permits or filings that can be obtained or made by the taking of ministerial
action to secure the grant or
transfer
thereof or the failure to obtain or make would not, in the aggregate, have a
Material Adverse Effect.
(b) To the
knowledge of the Parent and the Borrower, none of the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries (and, to the knowledge of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, no
Permitted Joint Venture) is in violation in any material respects of any United
States Requirements of Law relating to terrorism, sanctions or money laundering
(“Anti-Terrorism
Laws”), including United States Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist
Financing (the “Anti-Terrorism
Order”), and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing
Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001,
Public Law 107-56.
(c) To the
knowledge of the Parent and the Borrower, none of the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries (and, to the knowledge of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, no
Permitted Joint Venture) is any of the following:
(i) a person
that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of,
the Anti-Terrorism Order;
(ii) a person
owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person that is listed
in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the
Anti-Terrorism Order;
(iii) a person
that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as
defined in the Executive Order; or
(iv) a person
that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” in the
most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign
Assets Control.
(d) To the
knowledge of the Parent and the Borrower, none of the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries and no Permitted Joint Venture (i) conducts any business or
engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to
or for the benefit of any person described in clause (c) above,
(ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transactions relating to, any
property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Anti-Terrorism Order
or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades
or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate,
any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.
Section
4.2 Corporate
Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations
(a) The
execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to
which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
thereby:
(i) are
within such Loan Party’s corporate, limited liability company, partnership or
other powers;
(ii) have been
or, at the time of delivery thereof pursuant to Article III (Conditions to Loans and
Letters of Credit) will have been duly authorized by all necessary
action, including the consent of shareholders, partners and members where
required;
(iii) do not
and will not (A) contravene such Loan Party’s or any of its Subsidiaries’
respective Constituent Documents, (B) violate any other Requirement of Law
applicable to such Loan Party (including Regulations T, U and X of the Federal
Reserve Board), or any order or decree of any Governmental Authority or
arbitrator applicable to such Loan Party, (C) conflict with
or result
in the breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in or permit the
termination or acceleration of, any Senior Notes Document or any other material
Contractual Obligation of such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or
(D) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property of
such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, other than those in favor of the
Secured Parties pursuant to the Collateral Documents; and
(iv) do not
require the consent of, authorization by, approval of, notice to, or filing or
registration with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, other than
those listed on Schedule 4.2 (Consents)
and that have been or will be, prior to the Closing Date, obtained or made,
copies of which have been or will be delivered to the Administrative Agent
pursuant to Section 3.1
(Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit), and each
of which on the Closing Date will be in full force and effect and, with respect
to the Collateral, filings required to perfect the Liens created by the
Collateral Documents and release Liens in respect of the Existing Credit
Agreement.
(b) This
Agreement has been, and each of the other Loan Documents will have been upon
delivery thereof pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, duly executed and
delivered by each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement is, and
the other Loan Documents will be, when delivered hereunder, the legal, valid and
binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against such
Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be
limited by general principles of equity and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors’ rights generally.
Section
4.3 Ownership
of Parent; Subsidiaries
(a) Set forth
on Schedule 1 to the Pledge and Security Agreement is a complete and accurate
list showing, as of the Closing Date, the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries
and, as to each such Person, the jurisdiction of its organization, the number of
shares of each class of Stock authorized (if applicable), the number outstanding
on the Closing Date and the number and percentage of the outstanding shares of
each such class owned (directly or indirectly) by any Loan Party.
(b) No Stock
of any Subsidiary of the Parent is subject to any outstanding option, warrant,
right of conversion or purchase of any similar right. All of the
outstanding Stock of each Subsidiary of the Parent owned (directly or
indirectly) by the Parent has been validly issued, is fully paid and
non-assessable (to the extent applicable) and is owned by the Parent or a
Subsidiary of the Parent, free and clear of all Liens, other than the Lien in
favor of the Secured Parties created pursuant to the Pledge and Security
Agreement and Customary Permitted Liens. Neither the Parent nor any
of its Subsidiaries is a party to (or, with respect to the Stock of each
Subsidiary of the Parent, has knowledge of) (i) any agreement restricting
the transfer or hypothecation of any Stock of any such Subsidiary, other than
the Loan Documents, the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes (until tendered or
redeemed in full) and the Senior Notes Documents or (ii) any agreement or
understanding with respect to the voting, sale or transfer of any shares of
Stock of the Parent or any agreement restricting the transfer or hypothecation
of any such shares. Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries
owns or holds, directly or indirectly, any Stock of any Person other than such
Subsidiaries and Investments permitted by Section 8.3
(Investments).
Section
4.4 Financial
Statements
(a) The
Financial Statements listed on Schedule 4.4 (Financial
Statements), copies of each of which have been furnished to each Lender,
fairly present in all material respects, subject, in the case of such Financial
Statements that are not certified by independent financial accountants to the
absence of footnote disclosure and normal recurring year-end audit adjustments,
the Consolidated financial
condition
of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the dates set forth on such Schedule 4.4 for such
Financial Statements and the Consolidated results of the operations of the
Parent and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such dates, all in
conformity with GAAP.
(b) As of the
Closing Date, neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material
obligation, contingent liability or liability for taxes, long-term leases or
unusual forward or long-term commitment that (i) is not reflected in the
Financial Statements referred to in clause (a) above or in
the notes thereto, (ii) is required to be disclosed in such Financial
Statements and (iii) is not permitted by this Agreement.
(c) The
Projections have been prepared by the Parent in light of the past operations of
its business, and reflect projections for the period from January 1, 2010
through March 31, 2015 (on a quarter by quarter basis through Fiscal Year 2011
and on a year by year basis thereafter). The Projections are based
upon estimates and assumptions stated therein, all of which the Parent believes
to be reasonable and fair on the Closing Date in light of current conditions and
current facts known to the Parent and, as of the Closing Date, reflect the
Parent’s good faith and reasonable estimates of the future financial performance
of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and of the other information projected
therein for the periods set forth therein. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, it is understood that such Projections are subject to significant
uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the
Parent and its Subsidiaries and that no assurance can be given that such
Projections will be realized.
Section
4.5 Material
Adverse Change
Since
March 31, 2008, there has been no Material Adverse Change and there have
been no events or developments that, in the aggregate, have had a Material
Adverse Effect.
Section
4.6 Solvency
Both
before and immediately after giving effect to (a) the Loans and Letter of
Credit Obligations to be made or extended on the Closing Date or such other date
as Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations requested hereunder are made or
extended, (b) the disbursement of the proceeds of such Loans pursuant to
the instructions of the Borrower, (c) the consummation of the other
Transactions and other financing transactions contemplated hereby, (d) the
payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing
and (e) all contingent rights of contribution and all intercompany loans,
the Borrower is Solvent and the Loan Parties, on a Consolidated Basis, are
Solvent.
Section
4.7 Litigation
Except as
set forth on Schedule 4.7
(Litigation), there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent and
the Borrower, threatened actions, investigations or proceedings affecting the
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, Governmental Authority or
arbitrator other than those that, in the aggregate, would not have a Material
Adverse Effect. The performance of any action by any Loan Party
required or contemplated by any Loan Document or any Senior Notes Document is
not restrained or enjoined (either temporarily, preliminarily or
permanently).
Section
4.8 Taxes
(a) All
federal and material state, local and foreign income and franchise and other
material tax returns, reports and statements (collectively, the “Tax Returns”) required to be
filed by the Parent or any of their respective Tax Affiliates have been filed
with the appropriate Governmental Authorities in all jurisdictions in which such
Tax Returns are required to be filed, all such Tax Returns are
true and
correct in all material respects, and all Taxes reflected in such Tax Returns
and all material federal, state, local and foreign income, franchise and other
material Taxes otherwise due and payable by each such entity (including in its
capacity as a withholding agent) have been paid prior to the date on which any
fine, penalty, interest, late charge or loss may be added thereto for
non-payment thereof, except where such Taxes are being contested in good faith
and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves therefor have been
established on the books of the Parent or such Tax Affiliate in conformity with
GAAP. On the Closing Date, no Tax Return is under audit or
examination by any Governmental Authority and no notice of such an audit or
examination has been given or made by any Governmental Authority. No
assertion of any claim, assessment or deficiency for any material federal,
state, local or foreign income, franchise or any other material Taxes has been
given or made by any Governmental Authority that is in excess of any reserves
therefor that have been established on the books of the Parent or any of its Tax
Affiliates in conformity with GAAP and none of the Parent or any of its Tax
Affiliates has any knowledge that any Governmental Authority is considering
making any such assertion in the foreseeable future. Proper and
accurate amounts have been withheld by the Parent and each of its Tax Affiliates
from their respective employees for all periods in compliance in all material
respects with the tax, social security and unemployment withholding provisions
of applicable Requirements of Law and such withholdings have been timely paid to
the respective Governmental Authorities.
(b) None of
the Parent nor any of its Tax Affiliates has (i) incurred any obligation
under any tax sharing agreement or arrangement other than those of which the
Administrative Agent has received a copy prior to the date hereof or
(ii) been a member of an affiliated, combined or unitary group other than
the group of which the Parent or any of its Tax Affiliates is the common
parent.
Section
4.9 Full
Disclosure
The
written, factual information (other than projections, budgets, other estimates
and general market data) concerning any of the Parent and its Subsidiaries
prepared or furnished by or on behalf of the Parent or the Borrower in
connection with this Agreement or the Senior Notes Documents or the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder taken as a whole,
including the information contained in the Disclosure Documents, does not, as of
the date furnished (or as of the date this representation is made when
considered together with all other information furnished thereafter), contain
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements contained therein or herein, taken as a whole,
not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were and are made.
Section
4.10 Margin
Regulations
No Loan
Party is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the
Federal Reserve Board), and no proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or
carry any such margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any such margin stock in contravention of Regulation T, U
or X of the Federal Reserve Board.
Section
4.11 No
Burdensome Restrictions; No Defaults
(a) Neither
the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is a party to any Contractual
Obligation the compliance with one or more of which would have, in the
aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) is subject to one or more
charter or corporate restrictions that would, in the aggregate, have a Material
Adverse Effect.
(b) Neither
the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to
any Contractual Obligation owed by it, and, to the knowledge of the Parent and
the Borrower, no other party is in default under or with respect to any
Contractual Obligation owed to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, other
than, in either case, those defaults that, in the aggregate, would not have a
Material Adverse Effect.
(c) No
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
(d) To the
knowledge of the Parent and the Borrower, there are no Requirements of Law
applicable to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries the compliance with which by
the Parent or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, would, in the aggregate, have
a Material Adverse Effect.
Section
4.12 Investment
Company Act
None of
the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or an
“affiliated person” of,
or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for,
an “investment
company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended.
Section
4.13 Use
of Proceeds
The
proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit are being used by the Borrower
(and, to the extent distributed to them by the Borrower, each other Loan Party)
solely (a) to refinance all Indebtedness and other obligations (other than
indemnification and other obligations that survive repayment of the Indebtedness
by their terms) outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and the Existing
Senior Subordinated Notes, (b) for the payment of transaction costs, fees
and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the other
Transactions and (c) for working capital and general corporate purposes
(including to make Permitted Acquisitions).
Section
4.14 Insurance
All
policies of insurance of any kind or nature of the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries, including policies of life, fire, theft, product liability, public
liability, property damage, other casualty, employee fidelity, workers’
compensation and employee health and welfare insurance, are in full force and
effect and are of a nature and provide such coverage as, in the reasonable
business judgment of a Responsible Officer of the Parent, is sufficient,
appropriate and prudent for a business of the size and character of that of such
Person.
Section
4.15 Labor
Matters
(a) There are
no strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns or lockouts pending or threatened against
or involving the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, other than those that, in
the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) There are
no unfair labor practices, grievances, complaints or arbitrations pending, or,
to the Borrower’s and Parent’s knowledge, threatened, against or involving the
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, nor are there any arbitrations or grievances
threatened involving the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, other than those
that, in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Except as
set forth on Schedule 4.15 (Labor
Matters), as of the Closing Date, there is no collective bargaining
agreement covering any employee of the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries.
(d) Schedule 4.15 (Labor
Matters) sets forth, as of the date hereof, all material consulting
agreements, executive employment agreements, executive compensation plans,
deferred compensation agreements, employee stock purchase and stock option plans
and severance plans of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.
Section
4.16 ERISA
(a) Schedule 4.16 (List of
Plans) separately identifies as of the date hereof all Title IV
Plans, all Multiemployer Plans and all of the employee benefit plans within the
meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA to which the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries has any obligation or liability, contingent or
otherwise.
(b) Each
employee benefit plan of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries intended to
qualify under Section 401 of the Code does so qualify, and any trust
created thereunder is exempt from tax under the provisions of Section 501
of the Code, except where such failures, in the aggregate, would not have a
Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Each
Title IV Plan is in compliance in all material respects with applicable
provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Requirements of Law except for
non-compliances that, in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(d) There has
been no, nor is there reasonably expected to occur, any ERISA Event other than
those that, in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(e) Except to
the extent set forth on Schedule 4.16 (List of
Plans), none of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
Affiliate would have any Withdrawal Liability as a result of a complete
withdrawal as of the date hereof from any Multiemployer Plan.
Section
4.17 Environmental
Matters
Except as
disclosed on Schedule 4.17 (Environmental
Matters),
(a) (i) the
Parent and each of its Subsidiaries and their respective operations, Real
Property and other assets, and (ii) to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers
of the Parent and the Borrower (after reasonable inquiry by the Responsible
Officers for such matters), the operations, Real Property and other assets of
the persons providing manufacturing, warehousing and/or distribution services to
the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries (in each case solely to the extent
related to the performance of such services) (the “Service Contractors”) have
been and are in compliance with all Environmental Laws, including obtaining and
complying with all required environmental, health and safety Permits, other than
non-compliances that, in the aggregate, would not have a reasonable likelihood
of the Parent and its Subsidiaries incurring Environmental Liabilities and Costs
after the date hereof whose Dollar Equivalent would exceed
$5,000,000;
(b) none of
the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any Real Property or other assets
currently or, to the knowledge of the Parent and the Borrower, previously owned,
operated, leased, distributed or sold by or for the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries is subject to any pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent and
the Borrower, threatened, claim, order, agreement, notice of violation, notice
of potential liability or is the subject of any pending or threatened proceeding
or governmental investigation under or pursuant to Environmental Laws other than
those that, in the aggregate, are not reasonably likely to result in the Parent
and its Subsidiaries incurring Environmental Liabilities and Costs whose Dollar
Equivalent would exceed $5,000,000;
(c) none of
the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, any of their Real Property or other
assets is a treatment, storage or disposal facility requiring a Permit under the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq., the regulations
thereunder or any state analog;
(d) there are
no facts, circumstances or conditions arising out of or relating to the
operations of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the
Responsible Officers of the Parent and the Borrower (after reasonable inquiry by
the Responsible Officers of other appropriate officers of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries), of the Service Contractors, or of Real Property or other assets
owned, operated, leased, distributed or sold by the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers of the Parent and
the Borrower (after reasonably inquiry by the Responsible Officers of other
appropriate officers of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries), by the Service
Contractors that are not specifically included in the financial information
furnished to the Lenders other than those that, in the aggregate, would not have
a reasonable likelihood of the Parent and its Subsidiaries incurring
Environmental Liabilities and Costs whose Dollar Equivalent would exceed
$5,000,000;
(e) as of the
date hereof, no Environmental Lien has attached to any property of the Parent or
any of its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Parent and the Borrower, no
facts, circumstances or conditions exist that could reasonably be expected to
result in any such Lien attaching to any such property; and
(f) as of the
Closing Date, the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries has provided the Lenders
with copies of all environmental, health or safety audits, studies, assessments,
inspections, investigations or other environmental health and safety reports
relating to the operations of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any Real
Property or other assets of any of them or of the Service Contractors that are
in the possession, custody or control of the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries.
Section
4.18 Intellectual
Property
Except as
disclosed on Schedule 4.18 (Intellectual
Property), (a) the Parent and its Subsidiaries own or license or
otherwise have the right to use all licenses, permits, patents, patent
applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade names,
copyrights, copyright applications, Internet domain names, franchises,
authorizations and other intellectual property rights (including all
Intellectual Property) that are necessary for the operations of their respective
businesses, including all trade names associated with any private label brands
of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) the Parent and its Subsidiaries
take reasonable measures to protect all licenses, permits, patents, patent
applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade names,
copyrights and copyright applications, internet domain names, franchises,
authorizations and other intellectual property rights (including all
Intellectual Property) that are necessary for the operations of their respective
businesses, and to their knowledge, no third party is infringing, violating or
misappropriating such licenses, permits, patents, patent applications,
trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade names, copyrights and
copyright applications, Internet domain names, franchises, authorizations and
other intellectual property rights (including all Intellectual Property) that
are necessary for the operations of their respective businesses; and (c) to
the Borrower’s and the Parent’s and the Subsidiaries’ knowledge, no license,
permit, patent, patent application, trademark, trademark application, service
mark, trade name, copyright, copyright application, Internet domain name,
franchise, authorization, other intellectual property right (including all
Intellectual Property), slogan or other advertising device, product, process,
method, substance, part or component, or other material now employed, or now
contemplated to be employed, by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries infringes
upon or conflicts with any rights owned by any other Person, and no claim or
litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or threatened, except, in
each of clauses (a),
(b) and (c), as would not have a
Material Adverse Effect.
Section
4.19 Title;
Real Property
(a) Each of
the Parent and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid
leasehold interests in, all Real Property and good title to all personal
property, in each case that is purported to be owned or leased by it, including
those reflected on the most recent Financial Statements delivered by the Parent,
and none of such properties and assets is subject to any Lien, except Liens
permitted under Section 8.2
(Liens, Etc.). The Parent and its Subsidiaries have received
all deeds, assignments, waivers, consents, non-disturbance and recognition or
similar agreements, bills of sale and other documents in respect of, and have
duly effected all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish,
protect and perfect, the Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and
interest in and to all such property.
(b) Set forth
on Schedule 4.19 (Real
Property) is a complete and accurate list of all Real Property of each
Loan Party and its Subsidiaries and showing, as of the Closing Date, the current
street address (including, where applicable, county, state and other relevant
jurisdictions), record owner and, where applicable, lessee thereof.
(c) All
Permits required to have been issued or appropriate to enable all Real Property
of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to be lawfully occupied and used for
all of the purposes for which they are currently occupied and used have been
lawfully issued and are in full force and effect, other than those that, in the
aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) None of
the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice, or has any
knowledge, of any pending, threatened or contemplated condemnation proceeding
affecting any Real Property of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any part
thereof, except those that, in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse
Effect.
Section
4.20 Related
Documents
(a) As of the
Closing Date, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Senior
Notes Documents by each Loan Party:
(i) is within
such Loan Party’s respective corporate, limited liability company, partnership
or other powers;
(ii) has been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, including the
consent of stockholders where required;
(iii) does not
and will not (A) contravene or violate any Loan Party’s or any of its
Subsidiaries’ respective Constituent Documents, (B) violate any other
Requirement of Law applicable to any Loan Party, (C) conflict with or
result in the breach of, constitute a default under, or result in or permit the
termination or acceleration of, any Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or
any of its Subsidiaries, except for those that, in the aggregate, would not have
a Material Adverse Effect, or (D) result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien upon any property of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries other
than a Lien permitted under Section 8.2 (Liens, Etc.);
and
(iv) does not
require the consent of, authorization by, approval of, notice to, or filing or
registration with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, other than
those that (A) will have been obtained at the Closing Date, each of which
will be in full force and effect on the Closing Date, none of which will on the
Closing Date impose materially adverse conditions
upon the
exercise of control by the Parent over the Borrower or by the Borrower over any
of its Subsidiaries and (B) in the aggregate, if not obtained, would not
have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Each of
the Senior Notes Documents has been or at the Closing Date will have been duly
executed and delivered by each Loan Party party thereto and at the Closing Date
will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party
thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms,
except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity and
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.
(c) As of the
Closing Date, none of the Senior Notes Documents has been amended or modified in
any respect and no provision therein has been waived.
ARTICLE
V
Financial
Covenants
Each of
Parent and the Borrower agrees with the Lenders, the Issuers and the
Administrative Agent to each of the following, until all Secured Obligations are
paid in full and, in each case, unless the Requisite Lenders otherwise consent
in writing:
Section
5.1 Maximum
Leverage Ratio
The
Parent agrees with each of the Administrative Agent and each Revolving Credit
Lender, Term Loan Lender, Swing Loan Lender and Issuer that it shall maintain,
on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter set forth below, a Leverage Ratio of not
more than the maximum ratio set forth below opposite such Fiscal
Quarter:
Each
Fiscal Quarter Ending During the Period
|
Maximum
Leverage Ratio
|
From
April 1, 2010 through March 31, 2011
|
4.30
to 1
|
From
April 1, 2011 through December 31, 2012
|
4.00
to 1
|
From
January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013
|
3.75
to 1
|
January
1, 2014 and thereafter
|
3.50
to 1
|
Section
5.2 Minimum
Interest Coverage Ratio
The
Parent agrees with each of the Administrative Agent and each Revolving Credit
Lender, Term Loan Lender, Swing Loan Lender and Issuer that it shall maintain an
Interest Coverage Ratio, as determined as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter
set forth below, for the four Fiscal Quarters ending on such day, of at least
the minimum ratio set forth below opposite such Fiscal Quarter:
Each
Fiscal Quarter Ending During the Period
|
Minimum
Interest
Coverage
Ratio
|
From
April 1, 2010 through March 31, 2011
|
2.75
to 1
|
From
April 1, 2011 through December 31, 2012
|
3.00
to 1
|
January
1, 2013 and thereafter
|
3.25
to 1
|
Section
5.3 [Reserved.]
Section
5.4 Capital
Expenditures
The
Parent shall not make or incur, or permit to be made or incurred, Capital
Expenditures during any Fiscal Year to exceed $3,000,000 in the aggregate; provided, however, that to the extent
that actual Capital Expenditures for any Fiscal Year shall be less than
$3,000,000 (without giving effect to the carryover permitted by this proviso),
the difference between said stated maximum amount and such actual Capital
Expenditures shall, in addition, be available for Capital Expenditures in the
next succeeding Fiscal Year.
ARTICLE
VI
Reporting
Covenants
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower agrees with the Lenders, the Issuers and the
Administrative Agent to each of the following, until all Secured Obligations are
paid in full and, in each case, unless the Requisite Lenders otherwise consent
in writing:
Section
6.1 Financial
Statements
The
Parent shall furnish to the Administrative Agent each of the
following:
(a) [Reserved].
(b) Quarterly
Reports. Within 45 days after the end of each of the first
three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, financial information regarding the
Parent and its Subsidiaries consisting of Consolidated unaudited balance sheets
as of the close of such quarter and the related statements of income and cash
flow for such quarter and that portion of the Fiscal Year ending as of the close
of such quarter, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the
corresponding period in the prior year, in each case certified by a Responsible
Officer of the Parent as fairly presenting in all material respects the
Consolidated financial position of the Parent as at the dates indicated and the
results of their operations and cash flow for the periods indicated in
accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of footnote disclosure and normal
year-end audit adjustments).
(c) Annual
Reports. Not later than the earlier of (x) 100 days after the
end of each Fiscal Year and (y) 10 days after the Parent’s or the Borrower’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
financial information regarding the Parent consisting of Consolidated balance
sheets of the Parent as of the end of such year and related statements of income
and cash flows of the Parent for such Fiscal Year, all prepared in
confor-
mity with
GAAP and certified, in the case of such Consolidated Financial Statements,
without qualification as to the scope of the audit or as to the Parent or the
Borrower being a going concern by the Parent’s and the Borrower’s Accountants,
together with the report of such accounting firm stating that (i) such
Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the Consolidated
financial position of the Parent as at the dates indicated and the results of
their operations and cash flow for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP
applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except for changes with which
the Parent’s and the Borrower’s Accountants shall concur and that shall have
been disclosed in the notes to the Financial Statements) and (ii) the
examination by the Parent’s and the Borrower’s Accountants in connection with
such Consolidated Financial Statements has been made in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards.
(d) Compliance
Certificate. Within 10 days after delivery of any Financial
Statements pursuant to clause
(b) or (c) above
but in any event no later than the last day for which Financial Statements must
be delivered pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above, the Parent shall
deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent in a form
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (a “Compliance Certificate”)
(i) showing in reasonable detail the calculations used in determining the
Leverage Ratio (for purposes of determining the Applicable Margin) and
demonstrating compliance with each of the financial covenants contained in Article V (Financial
Covenants) that is tested on a quarterly basis, (ii) in the case of
delivery of Financial Statements pursuant to clause (c) above, showing in
reasonable detail the calculations used in determining Excess Cash Flow and
demonstrating compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 5.4 (Capital
Expenditures) and (iii) stating that no Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing or, if a Default or an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, stating the nature thereof and the action that the
Parent proposes to take with respect thereto.
(e) Corporate Chart and Other Collateral
Updates. Within 10 days after delivery of any Financial
Statements pursuant to clause
(b) or (c) above
but in any event no later than the last day for which Financial Statements must
be delivered pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above, the Parent shall
deliver (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent certifying
that the Corporate Chart attached thereto (or the last Corporate Chart delivered
pursuant to this clause (e)) is true,
correct, complete and current as of the date of such Financial Statement and
(ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent in form and
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that all certificates,
statements, updates and other documents (including updated schedules) required
to be delivered pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement by any Loan Party
in the preceding Fiscal Quarter have been delivered thereunder (or such delivery
requirement was otherwise duly waived or extended). The reporting
requirements set forth in this clause (e) are in
addition to, and are not intended to and shall not replace or otherwise modify,
any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document (including other notice
or reporting requirements). Compliance with the reporting obligations
in this clause (e)
shall only provide notice to the Administrative Agent and shall not, by itself,
modify any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, update any
Schedule to this Agreement or any schedule to any other Loan Document or cure,
or otherwise modify in any way, any failure to comply with any covenant, or any
breach of any representation or warranty, contained in any Loan Document or any
other Default or Event of Default.
(f) Business Plan. Not
later than 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, and containing
substantially the types of financial information contained in the Projections,
(i) the annual business plan of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the
Fiscal Year next succeeding such Fiscal Year approved by the board of directors
of the Parent and (ii) forecasts prepared by management of the Parent for
each of the two Fiscal Years next succeeding such Fiscal Year (but in any event
not
beyond the Fiscal Year in which the then Latest Maturity Date is scheduled to
occur), including, in each instance described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, (x) a
projected year-end Consolidated balance sheet and income statement and statement
of cash flows and (y) a statement of all of the material assumptions on
which such forecasts are based.
(g) Management Letters,
Etc. Within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any
Loan Party, copies of each management letter, exception report or similar letter
or report received by such Loan Party from its independent certified public
accountants (including the Borrower’s Accountants).
(h) Intercompany Loan
Balances. Together with each delivery of any Financial
Statement pursuant to clause (b) above, a
summary of the outstanding balance of all intercompany Indebtedness as of the
last day of the fiscal month covered by such Financial Statement, certified by a
Responsible Officer of the Parent.
Documents
required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or (c) (Financial
Statements) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials
otherwise filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) shall be deemed to
be delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent posts such documents, or
provides a link thereto on the Parent’s website on the Internet at the website
address listed on Schedule II
(Applicable Lending Offices and Addresses for Notices); or (ii) on which
such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet
website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access
(whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the
Administrative Agent); provided that the Borrower
shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the
posting of any such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no
obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents
referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor
compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender
shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its
copies of such documents.
The
Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the
Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the Issuers materials and/or
information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively,
“Borrower Materials”)
by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic
system (the “Platform”)
and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have
personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with
respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any
of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related
activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower
hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to
Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a
minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first
page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be
deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuers
and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material
non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for
purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent
such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set
forth in Section 11.18
(Confidentiality)); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are
permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated
“Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers
shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC”
as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated
“Public Side Information.”
Section
6.2 Default
Notices
As soon
as practicable, and in any event within five Business Days after a Responsible
Officer of any Loan Party has actual knowledge of the existence of any Default,
Event of Default or other event having had a Material Adverse Effect, the Parent
shall give the Administrative Agent notice specifying the nature of such Default
or Event of Default or other event, which notice, if given by telephone, shall
be promptly confirmed in writing on the next Business Day.
Section
6.3 Litigation
Promptly
after the commencement thereof, the Parent shall give the Administrative Agent
written notice of the commencement of all actions, suits and proceedings before
any domestic or foreign Governmental Authority or arbitrator affecting the
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that, in the reasonable judgment of the
Borrower or the Parent, expose the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to
liability in an aggregate amount the Dollar Equivalent of which would equal or
exceed $10,000,000 or that would have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section
6.4 Asset
Sales
Prior to
any Asset Sale whose Net Cash Proceeds (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) are
anticipated to exceed $15,000,000, the Parent shall send the Administrative
Agent a notice (a) describing such Asset Sale or the nature and material
terms and conditions of such transaction and (b) stating the estimated Net
Cash Proceeds anticipated to be received by the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries.
Section
6.5 Notices
under Related Documents
Promptly
after the sending or filing thereof, the Parent shall send the Administrative
Agent copies of all material notices, certificates or reports delivered pursuant
to, or in connection with, any Senior Notes Document.
Section
6.6 [Reserved.]
Section
6.7 Labor
Relations
Promptly
after becoming aware of the same, the Parent shall give the Administrative Agent
written notice of (a) any material labor dispute to which the Parent or any
of its Subsidiaries is a party, including any strikes, lockouts or other
material disputes relating to any of such Person’s plants and other facilities,
and (b) any Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or related
liability incurred with respect to the closing of any plant or other facility of
any such Person.
Section
6.8 Tax
Returns
Upon the
request of any Lender, through the Administrative Agent, the Parent shall
provide copies of all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns and reports
filed by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes measured by
income (excluding sales, use and like taxes).
Section
6.9 Insurance
As soon
as is practicable and in any event within 100 days after the end of each Fiscal
Year, the Parent shall furnish the Administrative Agent with (a) a report
in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent outlining all
material insurance coverage maintained as of the date of
such
report by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and the duration of such
coverage and (b) an insurance broker’s statement that all premiums then due
and payable with respect to such coverage have been paid and confirming that,
with respect to all such insurance coverage maintained by the Parent or any Loan
Party, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, has been
named as loss payee or additional insured, as applicable.
Section
6.10 ERISA
Matters
The
Parent shall furnish the Administrative Agent (with sufficient copies for each
of the Lenders) each of the following:
(a) promptly
and in any event within 30 days after the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any
ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event has occurred,
written notice describing such event;
(b) promptly
and in any event within 10 days after the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any
ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that a request for a minimum funding
waiver under Section 412 of the Code has been filed with respect to any
Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a written statement of a Responsible
Officer of the Parent describing such ERISA Event or waiver request and the
action, if any, the Parent, its Subsidiaries and ERISA Affiliates propose to
take with respect thereto and a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the
IRS pertaining thereto; and
(c) simultaneously
with the date that the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate
files a notice of intent to terminate any Title IV Plan, if such
termination would require material additional contributions in order to be
considered a standard termination within the meaning of Section 4041(b) of
ERISA, a copy of each notice.
Section
6.11 Environmental
Matters
The
Parent shall provide the Administrative Agent promptly and in any event within
10 days after the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries learns of any of the
following, written notice of each of the following:
(a) that any
Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party is or may be liable to any Person
as a result of a Release or threatened Release that could reasonably be expected
to subject such Loan Party or such Subsidiary to Environmental Liabilities and
Costs whose Dollar Equivalent shall exceed $5,000,000;
(b) the
receipt by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party of notification
that any real or personal property of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary is or
is reasonably likely to be subject to any Environmental Lien;
(c) the
receipt by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party of any notice of
violation of or potential liability under, or knowledge by such Loan Party or
such Subsidiary that there exists a condition that could reasonably be expected
to result in a violation of or liability under, any Environmental Law, except
for violations and liabilities the consequence of which, in the aggregate, would
not be reasonably likely to subject the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries
collectively to Environmental Liabilities and Costs whose Dollar Equivalent
shall exceed $5,000,000;
(d) the
commencement of any judicial or administrative proceeding or investigation
alleging a violation of or liability under any Environmental Law, that, in the
aggregate, if adversely determined, would have a reasonable likelihood of
subjecting the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries collectively to Environmental
Liabilities and Costs whose Dollar Equivalent shall exceed
$5,000,000;
(e) any
proposed acquisition of stock, assets or real estate, any proposed leasing of
property or any other action by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries other
than those the consequences of which, in the aggregate, have reasonable
likelihood of subjecting the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries collectively to
Environmental Liabilities and Costs whose Dollar Equivalent shall exceed
$5,000,000;
(f) any
proposed action by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any proposed
change in Environmental Laws that, in the aggregate, have a reasonable
likelihood of requiring the Loan Parties to obtain additional environmental,
health or safety Permits or make additional capital improvements to obtain
compliance with Environmental Laws that, in the aggregate, would have cost
$5,000,000 or more or that shall subject the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries
to additional Environmental Liabilities and Costs whose Dollar Equivalent shall
exceed $5,000,000; and
(g) upon
written request by any Lender through the Administrative Agent, a report
providing an update of the status of any environmental, health or safety
compliance, hazard or liability issue identified in any notice or report
delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
Section
6.12 Material
Contracts
Promptly
after any Responsible Officer becoming aware of the same, the Parent shall give
the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date written notice of any
cancellation, termination, loss of, or material adverse change to, any material
Contractual Obligation (including any Intellectual Property license agreement,
manufacturing agreement or other customer arrangement).
Section
6.13 Other
Information
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent or any Lender
with such other information respecting the business, properties, condition,
financial or otherwise, or operations of the Parent, any Subsidiary of the
Parent or any Joint Venture of any of them as the Administrative Agent or such
Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably
request.
ARTICLE
VII
Affirmative
Covenants
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower agrees with the Lenders, the Issuers and the
Administrative Agent to each of the following, until all Secured Obligations are
paid in full and, in each case, unless the Requisite Lenders otherwise consent
in writing:
Section
7.1 Preservation
of Corporate Existence, Etc.
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective
Subsidiaries to, preserve and maintain its legal existence, except as permitted
by Section 8.4 (Sale of
Assets) and 8.7
(Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Permitted
Acquisitions).
Section
7.2 Compliance
with Laws, Etc.
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective
Subsidiaries to, comply with all applicable Requirements of Law, Contractual
Obligations and Permits, except where the failure so to comply would not, in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section
7.3 Conduct
of Business
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective
Subsidiaries to, (a) conduct its business in the ordinary course and
(b) use its reasonable efforts, in the ordinary course, to preserve its
business and the goodwill and business of the customers, advertisers, suppliers
and others having business relations with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries,
except in each case where the failure to comply with the covenants in each of
clauses (a) and
(b) above would not, in
the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section
7.4 Payment
of Taxes, Etc.
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective
Subsidiaries to, timely pay and discharge, all lawful material governmental
claims and all material federal, state, local and foreign income, franchise and
other Taxes, except where contested in good faith, by proper proceedings and
adequate reserves therefor have been established on the books of the Parent, the
Borrower or the appropriate Subsidiary in conformity with GAAP. Each
of the Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective
Subsidiaries to, timely file all material federal, state, local and foreign
income, franchise and other Tax Returns required to be filed.
Section
7.5 Maintenance
of Insurance
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall (a) maintain for, itself, and each of the
Parent and the Borrower shall cause to be maintained for each of their
respective Subsidiaries, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance
companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks that, as
determined in the good faith judgment of a Responsible Officer of Parent to be
sufficient, appropriate and prudent in the conduct of the business of the kind
conducted by Parent and its Subsidiaries, and, in any event, all insurance
required by any Collateral Documents and (b) cause all such insurance
relating to the Parent or any Loan Party to name the Administrative Agent, on
behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured or loss payee, as
appropriate, and to provide that no cancellation or material change in coverage
shall be effective until after 10 days’ written notice thereof to the
Administrative Agent.
If any
portion of any Real Property that is subject to a Mortgage is at any time
located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any
successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood
insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968
(as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrower
shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to, (i) maintain, or cause to be
maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in
an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and
regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to
the Adminis-
trative
Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to
the Administrative Agent.
Section
7.6 Access
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective
Subsidiaries to, from time to time (but, if no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, not more often than once per Fiscal Year at the
Borrower’s expense) permit the Administrative Agent, or any agents or
representatives thereof, within two Business Days after written notification of
the same (except that during the continuance of an Event of Default, no such
notice shall be required) to, during the normal business hours of the Parent,
the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, (a) examine and make copies
of and abstracts from the records and books of account of the Parent and each
Subsidiary of the Parent, (b) visit the properties of the Parent and each
of its Subsidiaries, (c) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the
Parent and each of its Subsidiaries with any of their respective officers or
directors, as long as the Borrower is offered an opportunity to be present
during such discussions, and (d) communicate directly with any of its
certified public accountants (including the Borrower’s
Accountants). Each of the Parent and the Borrower shall authorize its
certified public accountants (including the Borrower’s Accountants), and shall
use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the certified public
accountants of any of their respective Subsidiaries, if any, to disclose to the
Administrative Agent any and all financial statements and other information as
the Administrative Agent reasonably requests and that such accountants may have
with respect to the business, financial condition, results of operations or
other affairs of the Parent or its Subsidiaries.
Section
7.7 Keeping
of Books
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective
Subsidiaries to, keep, proper books of record and account, in which full and
correct entries shall be made in conformity with GAAP of all financial
transactions and the assets and business of the Parent, the Borrower and each
such Subsidiary.
Section
7.8 Maintenance
of Properties, Etc.
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective
Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve (a) in good working order and
condition all of its material properties necessary in the conduct of its
business, (b) all rights, permits, licenses, approvals and privileges
(including all Permits) used or useful or necessary in the conduct of its
business and (c) all licenses, permits, patents, patent applications,
trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade names, copyrights and
copyright applications, Internet domain names, franchises, authorizations and
other intellectual property rights (including all Intellectual Property) that
are necessary for the operations of their respective businesses, except where
failure to so maintain and preserve the items set forth in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above would not, in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section
7.9 Use
of Proceeds
The
Borrower (and, to the extent distributed to them by the Borrower, each Loan
Party) shall use the entire amount of the proceeds of the Loans as provided in
Section 4.13 (Use of
Proceeds).
Section
7.10 Environmental
Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective
Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with Environmental Laws and,
without limiting the foregoing,
the
Borrower shall, at its sole cost and expense, upon receipt of any notification
or otherwise obtaining knowledge of any Release or other event that has any
reasonable likelihood of any of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries incurring
Environmental Liabilities and Costs whose Dollar Equivalent shall exceed
$2,500,000 in the aggregate, (a) conduct, or pay for consultants to
conduct, tests or assessments of environmental conditions at such operations or
properties, including the investigation and testing of subsurface conditions and
(b) take such Remedial Action and undertake such investigation or other
action as required by Environmental Laws or as any Governmental Authority
requires or as is appropriate and consistent with good business practice to
address the Release or event and otherwise ensure compliance with Environmental
Laws.
Section
7.11 Additional
Collateral and Guaranties
To the
extent not delivered to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date
(including in respect of after-acquired property and Persons that become
Subsidiaries of any Loan Party after the Closing Date), each of the Parent and
the Borrower agrees promptly (and in any event within 30 days of acquisition or
formation of such new Subsidiary or such later date agreed to by the
Administrative Agent) to do, or to cause each of their respective Subsidiaries
to do, each of the following, unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative
Agent:
(a) deliver
to the Administrative Agent such duly executed supplements and amendments to the
Guaranty (or, in the case of any Subsidiary of any Loan Party that is not a
Domestic Subsidiary or that holds shares in any Person that is not a Domestic
Subsidiary, foreign guarantees and related documents), in each case in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and as the
Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable in order to ensure that each
Subsidiary of each Loan Party (and each other Person having entered into
Guaranty Obligations or otherwise became liable in respect of any Subordinated
Debt) guaranties, as primary obligor and not as surety, the full and punctual
payment when due of the Obligations or any part thereof; provided, however, in no event shall
any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary be required to guaranty the payment of the
Obligations unless the Parent and the Administrative Agent otherwise
agree;
(b) deliver
to the Administrative Agent such duly-executed joinder and amendments to the
Pledge and Security Agreement and, if applicable, other Collateral Documents
(or, in the case of any such Subsidiary of any Loan Party that is not a Domestic
Subsidiary or that holds shares in any Person that is not a Domestic Subsidiary,
foreign charges, pledges, security agreements and other Collateral Documents),
in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent and as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable in order to
(i) effectively grant the Requisite Priority Liens in the Stock and Stock
Equivalents and other debt Securities owned by any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of
any Loan Party or any other Person having entered into Guaranty Obligations or
otherwise became liable in respect of any Subordinated Debt and
(ii) effectively grant the Requisite Priority Liens in all property
interests and other assets of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party
or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or the Parent having entered into Guaranty
Obligations or otherwise became liable in respect of any Subordinated Debt or
any other Person planning to enter, having entered or having agreed to enter
into any such Guaranty Obligations or liability; provided, however, in no event shall
(x) any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, individually or
collectively, be required to pledge in excess of 65% of the outstanding Voting
Stock of any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary unless the Parent and the
Administrative Agent otherwise agree or (y) any assets of any Excluded Foreign
Subsidiary be required to be pledged, unless the Parent and the Administrative
Agent otherwise agree;
(c) deliver
to the Administrative Agent all certificates, instruments and other documents
representing all Pledged Stock, Pledged Debt Instruments and all other Stock,
Stock Equivalents and other debt Securities being pledged pursuant to the
joinders, amendments and foreign agreements executed pursuant to clause (b) above, together
with (i) in the case of certificated Pledged Stock and other certificated
Stock and Stock Equivalents, undated stock powers endorsed in blank and
(ii) in the case of Pledged Debt Instruments and other certificated debt
Securities, endorsed in blank, in each case executed and delivered by a
Responsible Officer of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary thereof, as the case
may be;
(d) to take
such other actions necessary or advisable to ensure the validity or continuing
validity of the guaranties required to be given pursuant to clause (a) above and to
create, maintain and perfect the security interest required to be granted
pursuant to clause (b) above,
including the filing of UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be
required by the Collateral Documents or by law or as may be reasonably requested
by the Administrative Agent;
(e) if
requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal
opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in
form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent.
Section
7.12 Control
Accounts; Approved Deposit Accounts
(a) Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective
Subsidiaries, with the exception of any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, to
(i) deposit in an Approved Deposit Account all cash they receive,
(ii) not establish or maintain any Securities Account that is not a Control
Account and (iii) not establish or maintain any Deposit Account other than
an Approved Deposit Account; provided, however, that each of the
Parent and the Borrower and each of their respective Subsidiaries may
(x) deposit cash in and maintain payroll, withholding tax and flexible
spending or other fiduciary accounts, in each case that are not Approved Deposit
Accounts and (y) deposit cash in and maintain other accounts that are not
Approved Deposit Accounts as long as the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate
balance in all such accounts does not exceed $5,000,000 at any
time.
(b) The
Administrative Agent may establish one or more Cash Collateral Accounts with
such depositaries and securities intermediaries as it in its sole discretion
shall determine; provided, however, that no Cash
Collateral Account shall be established with respect to the assets of any
Excluded Foreign Subsidiary. Without limiting the foregoing, funds on
deposit in any Cash Collateral Account may be invested (but the Administrative
Agent shall be under no obligation to make any such investment) in Cash
Equivalents at the direction of the Administrative Agent and, except during the
continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent agrees with the
Parent to issue Entitlement Orders for such investments in Cash Equivalents as
requested by the Parent; provided, however, that the
Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for, or bear any risk of
loss of, any such investment or income thereon. None of the Parent,
the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any other Loan Party or
Person claiming on behalf of or through the Parent, the Borrower, any of their
respective Subsidiaries or any other Loan Party shall have any right to demand
payment of any funds held in any Cash Collateral Account at any time prior to
the termination of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the payment in full of
all then outstanding and payable monetary Obligations.
Section
7.13 Real
Property
(a) Each of
the Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective
Subsidiaries to, (i) comply in all material respects with all of their
respective obligations under all of their respective material Leases now or
hereafter held respectively by them, including the Leases set forth
on Schedule 4.19 (Real
Property) (to the extent such Lease is indicated thereon to be material),
(ii) not modify, amend, cancel, extend or otherwise change in any
materially adverse manner any term, covenant or condition of any such Lease,
(iii) not assign or sublet any other Lease if such assignment or sublet
would have a Material Adverse Effect and (iv) provide the Administrative
Agent with a copy of each notice of default under any material Lease received by
the Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries promptly upon
receipt thereof and deliver to the Administrative Agent a copy of each notice of
default sent by the Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries
under any material Lease simultaneously with its delivery of such notice under
such Lease.
(b) At least
15 Business Days prior to (i) entering into any Lease (other than a renewal
of an existing Lease) or, if earlier, entering into possession of any leased
premise, in each case for the principal place of business and chief executive
office of the Parent, the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any other Lease
(including any renewal) in which the Dollar Equivalent of the annual rental
payments are anticipated to equal or exceed $1,000,000 or (ii) acquiring
any material owned Real Property, the Parent shall, and each of the Parent and
the Borrower shall cause each Guarantor to, provide the Administrative Agent
written notice thereof.
(c) To the
extent requested by the Administrative Agent, not previously delivered to the
Administrative Agent and not prohibited pursuant to the Contractual Obligation
granting a Lien permitted hereunder on such Real Property or Lease, upon written
request of the Administrative Agent, each of the Parent and the Borrower shall,
and shall cause each other Loan Party to, execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, promptly and in
any event not later than 45 days after receipt of such notice (or, if such
notice is given by the Administrative Agent prior to the acquisition of such
Real Property or Lease, immediately upon such acquisition), a Mortgage on any
owned Real Property or Lease of such Loan Party, together with (i) if
requested by the Administrative Agent and such Real Property is located in the
United States or is a Lease of Real Property located in the United States, all
Mortgage Supporting Documents relating thereto or (ii) otherwise, documents
similar to Mortgage Supporting Documents deemed by the Administrative Agent to
be appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction to obtain the equivalent in such
jurisdiction of mortgages on such Real Property or Lease constituting the
Requisite Priority Liens; provided, however, that the Parent and
the Borrower shall not have to deliver any Mortgage to the Administrative Agent
on any (x) owned Real Property unless the Fair Market Value of such Real
Property exceeds $1,500,000, (y) Lease with respect to office space to the
extent such Lease is in effect on the date hereof (and reviewed by the
Administrative Agent prior to the date hereof), together with all replacements
for such Lease on terms and conditions (including financial terms) not
materially worse for the Borrower, or (z) Lease in which the annual rental
payments are anticipated to be less than $2,000,000.
Section
7.14 Post-Closing
Deliveries
On or
prior to the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Redemption Date, the Borrower
shall deposit, or shall cause to be deposited, the redemption price for the
Existing Senior Subordinated Notes not tendered in the Tender Offer with the
Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Trustee and cause the indenture for the
Existing Senior Subordinated Notes to be discharged.
ARTICLE
VIII
Negative
Covenants
Each of
the Borrower and the Parent agrees with the Lenders, the Issuers and the
Administrative Agent to each of the following, until all Secured Obligations are
paid in full and, in each case, unless the Requisite Lenders otherwise consent
in writing:
Section
8.1 Indebtedness
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or otherwise
become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness
except for the following:
(a) the
Secured Obligations (other than in respect of Hedging Contracts not permitted to
be incurred pursuant to clause (i) below) and
Guaranty Obligations in respect thereto;
(b) (i) until
the date on which the Existing Subordinated Notes are required to be discharged
pursuant to Section 7.14
(Post-Closing Deliveries), the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and
(ii) other Indebtedness existing on the date of this Agreement and
disclosed on Schedule 8.1
(Existing Indebtedness);
(c) Guaranty
Obligations incurred (i) by the Borrower or any Guarantor in respect of
Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor that is otherwise permitted by
this Section 8.1 (other
than clause (a)
above and clause (j) below) or
(ii) in respect of Indebtedness of any Permitted Joint Venture or any
Subsidiary of the Parent that is not the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, to
the extent such Guaranty Obligation, together with all other such Guaranty
Obligations and all other Investments permitted thereunder, is permitted as an
Investment pursuant to Section
8.3(h)(iii) (Investments);
(d) Capital
Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness incurred to finance the
acquisition or improvement (together with, in each case, related costs) of fixed
assets; provided, however, that (i) the
Capital Expenditure related thereto is otherwise permitted by Section 5.4 (Capital
Expenditures) and (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of all such Capital Lease Obligations and purchase
money Indebtedness (including renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings
of any such Capital Lease Obligations or purchase money Indebtedness permitted
pursuant to clause (e) below) shall
not exceed $25,000,000 at any time;
(e) renewals,
extensions, refinancings and refundings of Indebtedness permitted by clause (b) (other than
the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and intercompany loans set forth on Schedule 8.1 (Existing
Indebtedness)) or (d) above or this clause (e); provided, however, that any such
renewal, extension, refinancing or refunding is in an aggregate principal amount
not greater than the principal amount of, and is on terms taken as a whole not
materially less favorable to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries obligated
thereunder than the Indebtedness being renewed, extended, refinanced or
refunded;
(f) a sale
and leaseback transaction permitted pursuant to Section 8.16 (Sale and Leaseback
Transactions), to the extent such transaction would constitute
Indebtedness;
(g) Indebtedness
arising from intercompany loans (i) from the Borrower to any Subsidiary
Guarantor, (ii) from any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Borrower or any
Subsidiary Guarantor, (iii) from the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor
to any Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Non-Guarantor; provided, however, that, in the case of
this clause (iii),
the Investment by such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor in such intercompany
loan to such Subsidiary is permitted under Section 8.3 (Investments) or
(iv) from any Subsidiary of the Parent to the Parent;
(h) Indebtedness
arising under any performance or surety bond entered into in the ordinary course
of business;
(i) Obligations
under Hedging Contracts permitted under Section 8.17 (No Speculative
Transactions);
(j) Indebtedness
(but not Guaranty Obligations thereof) owing to the issuer of any insurance
policy by the Person purchasing such policy for the benefit of the Parent and
its Subsidiaries for the purpose of financing the purchase of such policy by the
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount
not to exceed the premiums owed under such policy;
(k) (i)
Indebtedness of the Borrower owing under the Senior Notes in an aggregate
principal amount which does not exceed $150,000,000 at any time, (ii) Additional
Permitted Debt (provided that at the time of
the incurrence of such Indebtedness the Borrower is in compliance with Article V (Financial
Covenants) on a pro
forma basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Additional
Permitted Debt (recomputed as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal
Quarter for which Financial Statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or (c) (Financial Statements))) and
(iii) any refinancings (including by legal defeasance), refundings, renewals or
extensions of such Indebtedness pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii); provided that with respect to
such Indebtedness (w) the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the
time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount
equal to a reasonable premium paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred,
in connection with such refinancing, (x) such Indebtedness bears interest
and provides for the payment of fees on terms and conditions not significantly
less favorable to any Loan Party from those offered to similarly situated
borrowers in the marketplace for similar facilities, (y) such Indebtedness
has a maturity not earlier and an average life to maturity not less than that of
the Senior Notes (calculated at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness) and
(z) such Indebtedness is otherwise on terms and conditions that, taken as a
whole, are materially not less favorable to the Loan Parties and the interests
of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent or any of the Lenders,
Issuers or other Secured Parties under the Loan Documents than those of the
Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Documents.
(l) Indebtedness
assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or owing by a Person that
becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent in any Permitted Acquisition (and existing
prior thereto), together with renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings
thereof, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount the Dollar Equivalent of
which does not exceed $30,000,000 at any time; provided, however, that such
Indebtedness (i) exists at the time of such Permitted Acquisition at least
in the amounts assumed in connection therewith and (ii) is not drawn down,
created or increased in contemplation of or in connection with such Permitted
Acquisition or on or after the consummation thereof and does not provide any
credit support therefor; and provided, further, that any renewal,
extension, refinancing or refunding thereof is in an aggregate principal amount
not greater than the principal amount of, and is on terms taken as a whole not
materially less favorable to the Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective
Subsidiaries obligated thereunder than the Indebtedness being renewed, extended,
refinanced or refunded;
(m) unsecured
Indebtedness (other than any loans or advances that would be in violation of
Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) owing to any then existing or former
director, officer or employee of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or their
respective assigns, estates, heirs or their current or former spouses for the
repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any of
the Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent held by them; provided, however, that such
Indebtedness shall provide that no cash payment (whether through optional
prepayments, mandatory prepayments, scheduled repayments, acceleration or
otherwise) shall be made
thereunder
to the extent the Available Employee Basket is (or would be after such payment)
less than zero;
(n) unsecured
Indebtedness owing to any seller as payment of the purchase price of a Permitted
Acquisition on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
(including subordination provisions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and
which has a maturity date and prohibits any cash payment (other than, subject to
appropriate subordination provisions, regularly scheduled interest payments)
earlier than the first anniversary of the then Latest Maturity
Date);
(o) contingent
indemnification obligations to financial institutions, in each case to the
extent in the ordinary course of business and on terms and conditions which are
within the general parameters customary in the banking industry, entered into to
obtain cash management services or deposit account overdraft protection services
(in amount similar to those offered for comparable services in the financial
industry) or other services in connection with the management or opening of
deposit accounts or incurred as a result of endorsement of negotiable
instruments for deposit or collection purposes and other customary, contingent
loss indemnification obligations of Parent and its Subsidiaries incurred in the
ordinary course of business;
(p) contingent
liabilities in respect of any purchase price adjustment, earn-out provision or
any non-competition or consulting agreement or deferred compensation agreement,
in each case owing to the seller in connection with any Permitted
Acquisition;
(q) Indebtedness
of Subsidiaries of Parent that are Non-Guarantors (not owing to any Loan Party
or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party) for working capital purposes in an
aggregate outstanding principal amount the Dollar Equivalent of which does not
exceed $10,000,000 at any time;
(r) [Reserved];
(s) Indebtedness
not otherwise permitted under this Section 8.1 having an
aggregate outstanding principal amount whose Dollar Equivalent shall not exceed
$50,000,000 at any time; and
(t) accretion
or amortization of original issue discount and accretion of interest paid in
kind, in each case in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted under this
Section
8.1.
Section
8.2 Liens,
Etc.
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, create or suffer to exist, any Lien upon or with respect to any
of their respective properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, or assign, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to assign, any right to
receive income, except for the following:
(a) Liens
created pursuant to the Loan Documents;
(b) Liens
existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed on Schedule 8.2 (Existing
Liens);
(c) Customary
Permitted Liens on the assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries;
(d) purchase
money Liens granted by any Subsidiary of Parent (including the interest of a
lessor under a Capital Lease and purchase money Liens to which any property is
subject at the time, on or after the date hereof, of such Subsidiary’s
acquisition thereof) securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(d) (Indebtedness)
and limited in each case to the property purchased with the proceeds of such
purchase money Indebtedness or subject to such Capital Lease;
(e) any Lien
granted by any Subsidiary of Parent and securing the renewal, extension,
refinancing or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by
clause (b) or
(d) above or this clause (e) without any
change in the assets subject to such Lien and to the extent such renewal,
extension, refinancing or refunding is permitted by Section 8.1(e)
(Indebtedness);
(f) Liens in
favor of lessors, sublessors, lessees or sublessees securing operating leases
or, to the extent such transactions create a Lien hereunder, sale and leaseback
transactions, to the extent such sale and leaseback transactions are permitted
hereunder;
(g) any Lien
securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.1(l)
(Indebtedness); provided, however, that (i) such
Lien exists at the time of the Permitted Acquisition relating to such
Indebtedness and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such
Permitted Acquisition and (ii) such Lien secures solely fixed or capital
assets acquired (or fixed or capital assets of Persons acquired) as part of such
Permitted Acquisition, and no assets constituting Collateral immediately prior
to such Permitted Acquisition are subject to such Lien;
(h) Liens on
an insurance policy of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and the identifiable cash
proceeds thereof in favor of the issuer of such policy and securing Indebtedness
incurred for the purpose of financing such policy and permitted under Section 8.1(j)
(Indebtedness);
(i) Liens for
the benefit of the seller deemed to attach solely because of the existence of
cash deposits and attaching solely to cash deposits made in connection with any
letter of intent or acquisition agreement with respect to a Permitted
Acquisition;
(j) Liens on
any of the assets of a Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Non-Guarantor to
secure Indebtedness of such Subsidiary permitted pursuant to Section 8.1(q)
(Indebtedness);
(k) licenses
and sublicenses in the ordinary course of business of Intellectual Property
(i) registered outside of the United States or (ii) having an
aggregate Fair Market Value the Dollar Equivalent of which does not exceed
$20,000,000; and
(l) Liens not
otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section 8.2 securing
obligations or other liabilities of any Loan Party; provided, however, that the Dollar
Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of all such obligations and
liabilities shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time.
Section
8.3 Investments
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, make or maintain, directly or indirectly, any Investment except
for the following:
(a) Investments
existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed on Schedule 8.3 (Existing
Investments);
(b) Investments
in cash (including cash held in bank deposit accounts) and Cash Equivalents in
the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that the Dollar
Equivalent of Investments of Foreign Non-Guarantors in Cash Equivalents in which
Loan Parties would not be permitted to make Investments pursuant to this clause (b) shall not
exceed $15,000,000;
(c) Investments
in payment intangibles, chattel paper (each as defined in the UCC) and accounts,
notes receivable, prepaid accounts and similar items arising or acquired in the
ordinary course of business;
(d) Investments
received in settlement of amounts due to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
effected in the ordinary course of business;
(e) cash
deposits permitted pursuant to clause (c) or (f) of the definition of
“Customary Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 8.2(i) or (l) (Liens, Etc.);
(f) Investments
consisting of Securities of account debtors received by Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries in any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings of such
account debtors;
(g) (i) Investments
consisting of Permitted Acquisitions and any Foreign IP Transfer; provided, however, that this clause (g) shall not
permit Investments to be made after the consummation of such Permitted
Acquisition or such Foreign IP Transfer if such Investments are not otherwise
permitted under this Section
8.3, and (ii) Investments consisting of mergers, liquidations and
dissolutions permitted pursuant to clause (y) or (z) of Section 8.7 (Restriction on
Fundamental Changes; Permitted Acquisitions);
(h) Investments
by (i) the Borrower or any Guarantor in the Borrower or any Guarantor,
(ii) any Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Non-Guarantor in any other
Subsidiary of Parent or (iii) the Borrower or any Guarantor in any
Subsidiary of the Parent or any Permitted Joint Venture, in each case that is a
Non-Guarantor; provided, however, that Investments
(including any Guaranty Obligations permitted pursuant to Section 8.1(c)(ii)
(Indebtedness) and loans permitted pursuant to Section 8.1(g)(iii)
(Indebtedness) shall be permitted pursuant to this clause (iii) only to the
extent that, after giving effect to such Investment (and any Investment or Asset
Sale to be made to any Non-Guarantor on or prior to the date of such
Investment), the Dollar Equivalent of the Non-Guarantor Investment Amount shall
not exceed $15,000,000 at any time; provided, further, that any loan or
advance after the Closing Date by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary of the Parent
that is not a Loan Party or to any Permitted Joint Venture, or any loan or
advance after the Closing Date by any Subsidiary of Parent that is not a Loan
Party or by any Permitted Joint Venture to a Loan Party, shall, in each case, be
evidenced by an intercompany note in the form of Exhibit E (Form of Intercompany
Notes) and, in the case of a loan or advance by a Loan Party, pledged by
such Loan Party as Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents;
(i) [Reserved];
(j) loans or
advances to employees of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business as presently conducted other than any loans or advances that
would be in violation of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; provided, however, that the Dollar
Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all loans and advances permitted
pursuant to this clause (j) shall not
exceed $2,000,000 at any time;
(k) loans and
advances to any existing director, officer or employee of Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than any loans or advances that would be in violation of
Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) the proceeds of which shall be used
for the sole purpose of acquisition by such director, officer or employee of any
of the Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent; provided, however, that the Dollar
Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all loans and advances permitted
pursuant to this clause (k) shall not
exceed $5,000,000 at any time;
(l) Guaranty
Obligations permitted by Section 8.1
(Indebtedness);
(m) Investments
(other than in Proposed Acquisitions) made with the Net Cash Proceeds of an
Equity Issuance (but only to the extent of that portion of the Net Cash Proceeds
of which have not previously been (and are not simultaneously being) applied to
make Capital Expenditures within the meaning of clause (b) of the definition of
“Unfinanced Capital Expenditures”, to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 8.5(c)(iii) (Restricted Payments) or to
make other Investments pursuant to this Section 8.3(m)) identified in
an Equity Issuance Notice as being invested pursuant to this clause (m) in
(i) Joint Ventures that are Permitted Joint Ventures or (ii) in any
other assets (other than Stock or Stock Equivalents of Subsidiaries or interests
in Joint Ventures); provided
that such Investment is made within 270 days of such Equity Issuance and
no Event of Default shall be continuing at the time of such Investment;
and
(n) Investments
not otherwise permitted hereby; provided, however, that the Dollar
Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of all such Investments shall not
exceed $25,000,000 at any time; and
(o) Investment
(other than in a Permitted Acquisition) of (i) the excess of the Net Cash
Proceeds from any Asset Sale (other than to the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries) of any Investment made pursuant to clause (h), (m) or (n) above over the amount of
such Investment (as determined in accordance with the definition of “Investment”
set forth herein) at the time of such Asset Sale or (ii) the Net Cash
Proceeds of any Asset Sale of any Investment made pursuant to this clause (o).
Section
8.4 Sale
of Assets
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, any of
their respective assets or any interest therein (including the sale or factoring
at maturity or collection of any accounts) to any Person, or permit or suffer
any other Person to acquire any interest in any of their respective assets or,
except in the case of the Parent, issue or sell any shares of their Stock or any
Stock Equivalents (any such disposition being an “Asset Sale”), except for the
following:
(a) the
liquidation, sale or disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or inventory, in each
case in the ordinary course of business;
(b) the sale
or disposition of Equipment that has become surplus, worn-out, obsolete, is
replaced in the ordinary course of business or is no longer used or useful in
the business;
(c) the
discount or write-off of accounts receivable overdue by more than 90 days or the
sale of any such account receivables for the purpose of collection to any
collection agency, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(d) (i) licenses
and sublicenses in the ordinary course of business of Intellectual Property
(A) registered outside of the United States or (B) having an aggregate
Fair Market Value whose Dollar Equivalent does not exceed $20,000,000 during the
term of this Agreement or (ii) any Foreign IP Transfer;
(e) the
cancellation of any Indebtedness permitted to be cancelled under Section 8.6(a) (Prepayment and
Cancellation of Indebtedness);
(f) the
issuance of Nominal Shares;
(g) (i) a
true lease or sublease of any property not constituting Indebtedness and not
constituting a sale and leaseback transaction and (ii) a sale of assets
pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction, in each case as permitted under
Section 8.16 (Sale and
Leaseback Transactions);
(h) (i) any
Asset Sale to the Borrower or any Guarantor as long as the consideration given
by the Loan Parties to any Non-Guarantor does not exceed the Fair Market Value
of the assets transferred to any Loan Parties, (ii) any Asset Sale to any
Non-Guarantor to the extent, after giving effect to such Asset Sale (and any
other Asset Sale or Investment in Non-Guarantors to be made on or prior to the
date of such Asset Sale), the Dollar Equivalent of the Non-Guarantor Investment
Amount does not exceed $20,000,000 and (iii) any Asset Sale by any
Non-Guarantor to any Non-Guarantor;
(i) (A) the
liquidation or merger of any Subsidiary of the Parent, to the extent such
liquidation or merger is permitted pursuant to clause (x) of Section 8.7 (Restriction on
Fundamental Changes; Permitted Acquisitions) and (B)(x) any
disposition of the Stock or Stock Equivalents or other interests in any
Permitted Joint Venture for not less than Fair Market Value and all of the
consideration for which is payable in cash or (y) any pro rata disposition
of the assets of a Permitted Joint Venture to investors, participants or holders
of Stock and Stock Equivalents in such Permitted Joint Venture in connection
with the dissolution or termination of such Permitted Joint Venture, pursuant to
and in accordance with the Contractual Obligations relating to such Permitted
Joint Venture; provided, however, that, with respect
to any such Asset Sale pursuant to this clause (i)(B)(x), the
Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate consideration received by Parent or any of
its Subsidiaries during any Fiscal Year for all such Asset Sales shall not
exceed $25,000,000; and provided, further, that, with respect
to any such Asset Sale pursuant to this clause (i)(B), an amount
equal to all Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale are applied to the payment of
the Obligations as set forth in, and to the extent required by, Section 2.9 (Mandatory
Prepayments);
(j) as long
as no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result therefrom, any
Asset Sale for not less than Fair Market Value, all of the consideration for
which shall be payable in cash upon such sale, within 360 days of the
consummation of a Permitted Acquisition, of non-core assets acquired as part of
such Permitted Acquisition and subject to a Permitted Acquisition Notice with
respect to such Permitted Acquisition; provided, however, that, with respect
to any such Asset Sale permitted pursuant to this clause (j), an amount
equal to all Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale are applied to the payment of
the Obligations as set forth in, and to the extent required by, Section 2.9 (Mandatory
Prepayments); and
(k) as long
as no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result therefrom, any
other Asset Sale for not less than Fair Market Value, 75% of the consideration
for which shall be payable in cash upon such sale; provided, however, that with respect to
any such Asset Sale
pursuant
to this clause (k), the Dollar
Equivalent of the aggregate consideration received during any Fiscal Year for
all such Asset Sales shall not exceed $50,000,000 and (ii) an amount equal to
all Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale are applied to the payment of the
Obligations as set forth in, and to the extent required by, Section 2.9 (Mandatory
Prepayments).
Section
8.5 Restricted
Payments
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, pay, make or set apart
any sum for any Restricted Payment except for the following:
(a) Restricted
Payments by any Subsidiary of the Parent to the Parent or any Subsidiary of the
Parent (and, if such Subsidiary is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to the other
shareholders of such Subsidiary on a pro rata basis or on a basis
that results in the receipt by the Parent or a Subsidiary of dividends or
distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis);
(b) dividends
and distributions declared and paid on the common Stock of the Parent and
payable only in common Stock of the Parent; and
(c) the
repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any of
the Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Parent held by any then existing or former
director, officer or employee of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or their
respective assigns, estates, heirs or their current or former spouses; provided, however, that (i) such
Restricted Payment is made in the amount of the proceeds of key-man life
insurance received by any Subsidiary of the Parent by reason of the death of any
director, officer or employee and for the purpose of financing the repurchase,
redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any of the Stock or
Stock Equivalents of the Parent held by such director, officer or employee or
its assigns, estates, heirs or current or former spouses, (ii) such
Restricted Payment is made only to the extent the Available Employee Basket is
not (and would not be after giving effect to such Restricted Payment) less than
zero or (iii) such Restricted Payment is made using the Net Cash Proceeds
of any Equity Issuance (but only to the extent of that portion of the Net Cash
Proceeds of which have not previously been (and are not simultaneously being)
applied to make Capital Expenditures within the meaning of clause (b) of the
definition of “Unfinanced Capital Expenditures”, to make Investments pursuant to
Section 8.3(m) (Investments)
or to make other Restricted Payments pursuant to this Section 8.5(c)(iii) (Restricted
Payments)); or
(d) any other
Restricted Payment to the extent that at the time of such Restricted Payment the
sum of (i) the amount of such Restricted Payment and (ii) the
aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made in reliance upon this
clause (d) and
declared or paid after January 1, 2010 and prior to such time would not
exceed the Restricted Payment Allowance in effect at such time;
provided, however, that no Restricted
Payment described in clause (c) or (d) shall be permitted if
(x) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at
the date of declaration or payment thereof or would result therefrom or
(y) in the case of clause (d) only, the
Leverage Ratio of the Parent calculated both before giving effect to such
Restricted Payment and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro
forma basis (recomputed as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal
Quarter for which Financial Statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or (c) (Financial Statements))
is higher than 4.0 to 1.0.
Section
8.6 Prepayment
and Cancellation of Indebtedness
(a) Cancellation. Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, cancel any Indebtedness owed to any of them except (i) in
the ordinary course of business (including loans to any existing or former
director, officer or employee of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or their
respective assigns, estates, heirs or their current or former spouses) and
(ii) in respect of intercompany Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or any
Guarantor by any Non-Guarantor.
(b) Prepayment of
Indebtedness. As long as the Leverage Ratio of the Parent as
of the date thereof shall equal or exceed 4.0 to 1.0 (after giving effect to
such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or satisfaction), neither the
Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to
the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner, or make any payment in violation
of any subordination terms of, any Indebtedness (including the Senior Notes and
any Subordinated Debt); provided, however, that the Parent and
each Subsidiary of the Parent may (A) prepay the Obligations in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement, (B) make regularly scheduled or otherwise
required repayments or redemptions of Indebtedness, (C) prepay Indebtedness
under the Existing Credit Agreement and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes
with the proceeds of the initial Borrowings hereunder, (D) prepay any
Indebtedness payable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Parent or any
of its Subsidiaries, (E) prepay any Indebtedness secured by a Lien
permitted under this Agreement and (F) prepay, renew, extend, refinance and
refund Indebtedness, as long as such renewal, extension, refinancing or
refunding is permitted under Section 8.1(e)
(Indebtedness).
Section
8.7 Restriction
on Fundamental Changes; Permitted Acquisitions
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, do any of the following:
(a) except in
connection with a Permitted Acquisition or an Asset Sale otherwise permitted by
Section 8.4 (Sale of
Assets) (other than under Section 8.4(i)(A) (Sale of
Assets)), (i) merge or consolidate with any Person,
(ii) acquire all or substantially all of the Stock or Stock Equivalents of
any Person or (iii) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any
Person or all or substantially all of the assets constituting the business of a
division, branch or other unit operation of any Person;
(b) enter
into any joint venture (including any Joint Venture) or partnership with any
Person that is not a Loan Party or a Subsidiary of a Loan Party, in each case
except for Permitted Joint Ventures; or
(c) except as
part of any Foreign IP Transfer, create any Subsidiary unless, after giving
effect to such creation, such Subsidiary is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the
Parent and the Investment in such Subsidiary is permitted under Section 8.3(h)
(Investments);
provided, however, that:
(x) (1) any
Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Borrower) may be merged, liquidated or
dissolved into the Borrower or a Guarantor and (2) any Non-Guarantor may be
merged, liquidated or dissolved into any other Non-Guarantor;
(y) any
Permitted Joint Venture may be liquidated or dissolved to the extent permitted
pursuant to Section 8.4(i)(B)
(Sale of Assets); and
(z) any
Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Borrower) may be acquired by any Loan
Party or, if such Subsidiary is a Non-Guarantor, by any Non-Guarantor (in each
case, as long as the resulting Asset Sale and Investment are otherwise permitted
hereunder);
provided, further, however,
that (A) in the case of any merger or consolidation to which the Parent or the
Borrower is a party, the Parent or the Borrower (as the case may be) shall
survive such merger or consolidation, (B) subject to the preceding clause (A), in the case of
any merger or consolidation to which any Guarantor is a party, such Guarantor
shall survive such merger or consolidation and (C) subject to the preceding
clauses (A) and (B), other than in an Asset Sale permitted by Section 8.4 (Sale of Assets)
(other than Section
8.4(i)(A)), in the case of any merger or consolidation to which any
Subsidiary of the Parent is a party, such Subsidiary shall survive such merger
or consolidation.
Section
8.8 Change
in Nature of Business
(a) The
Borrower shall not, nor shall the Parent or the Borrower permit any of their
respective Subsidiaries to, make any material change in the nature or conduct of
its business as carried on at the date hereof, whether in connection with a
Permitted Acquisition or otherwise, except for businesses reasonably related to
the business as carried on at the date hereof, or ancillary or complementary
thereto (or a reasonable extension or expansion thereof), or otherwise part of
the consumer products business.
(b) The
Parent shall not engage in any business or activity other than (i) holding
shares in the Stock of Subsidiaries, (ii) holding the Indebtedness,
granting the Liens and making the Investments and Restricted Payments such
Person is otherwise permitted to make hereunder, (iii) filing tax reports
and paying taxes and other expenses in the ordinary course, (iv) preparing
reports to Governmental Authorities and to its stockholders, (v) holding
directors and stockholders meetings, preparing corporate records and other
corporate activities required to maintain its separate corporate structure or to
comply with applicable Requirements of Law, (vi) ordinary course activities of a
public company and (vii) activities reasonably related to the
foregoing.
Section
8.9 Transactions
with Joint Ventures and Affiliates
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, conduct any business or enter into or
suffer to exist any transaction or series of transactions (including any
Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence of Indebtedness or any transaction in respect
thereof, the purchase, sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or exchange
of any property or the rendering of any service) with any of their Affiliates
(other than Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor) except for each of
the following:
(a) Restricted
Payments;
(b) Investments
in loans and advances to officers and directors permitted pursuant to clause (j) or (k) of Section 8.3
(Investments);
(c) Indebtedness
of Non-Guarantors, Investments in or by Non-Guarantors and Restricted Payments
by Non-Guarantors to Loan Parties, in each case as otherwise permitted
hereunder;
(d) [Reserved];
(e) expense
reimbursement, indemnities, salaries and other director or employee compensation
(including expense reimbursement and indemnities) to officers or directors of
the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; and
(f) transactions
set forth in writing, in the ordinary course of business and on a basis not
materially less favorable to the Parent, the Borrower or, as the case may be,
such Subsidiary of either of them as would be obtained in a comparable arm’s
length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate thereof.
Section
8.10 Limitations
on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions; No New Negative Pledge
Except
pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Senior Notes Documents, neither the
Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, (a) agree to enter into or suffer to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability
of such Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distribution with
respect to its Stock or Stock Equivalents, (ii) transfer any of its
properties or assets or (iii) make loans or advances to or other
Investments in, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Parent or any other
Subsidiary of the Parent or (b) enter into or suffer to exist or become
effective any agreement prohibiting or limiting the ability of the Parent or any
Subsidiary of the Parent to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien
upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, to secure the Obligations; provided, however, that the foregoing
shall not apply to (w) customary restrictions contained in any Hedging
Contract constituting a Secured Obligation, (x) restrictions on Restricted
Payments to any Loan Party for the benefit of holders of Indebtedness of
Non-Guarantors (and agents under the resulting facilities) otherwise permitted
hereunder, (y) encumbrances on assets acquired by the Parent, the Borrower
or any Subsidiary of either of them, as long as such encumbrances related to the
assets so acquired and were not created in connection with or in anticipation of
such acquisition and (z) encumbrances contained in any agreement for the
sale or other disposition of any Subsidiary or Permitted Joint Venture of the
Parent in accordance with the terms herewith that restricts distributions by
that Subsidiary or Permitted Joint Venture pending such sale or other
distribution; and provided, further, that the foregoing
clause (a)(ii)
shall not apply to (A) restrictions in the Indebtedness secured by a Lien
permitted hereunder on any asset on the transfer of such asset,
(B) customary provisions entered into in the ordinary course of business
restricting assignment (including, in the case of leases, subletting, and, in
the case of licenses, sublicensing) of any Contractual Obligation,
(C) customary restrictions entered into in the ordinary course of business
in asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and
other similar agreements limiting the transfer of the assets subject thereto
pending the consummation of the sale provided therein, (D) customary
restrictions in agreements relating to Permitted Joint Ventures or
(E) restrictions on cash or other deposit or net worth imposed by customers
or contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.
Section
8.11 Modification
of Constituent Documents
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, change its capital structure (including in the terms of its
outstanding Stock) or otherwise amend its Constituent Documents, except for
changes and amendments that do not materially and adversely affect the rights
and privileges of the Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective
Subsidiaries and do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the
Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and the Issuers under
the Loan Documents or in the Collateral.
Section
8.12 [Reserved.]
Section
8.13 Modification
of Certain Documents
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, change or amend the terms of any Senior Notes (or any Senior
Notes Document) or any Subordinated Debt (or any Subordinated Debt Document) if
the effect of such amendment is to (i) increase the cash pay portion of the
interest rate (or decrease the portion thereof that is not required to be paid
in cash) on such Senior Notes or such Subordinated Debt, (ii) change the
dates upon which payments of principal or interest are due on such Senior Notes
or such Subordinated Debt other than to extend such dates, (iii) change any
default of event of default other than to delete or make less restrictive any
default provision therein, or change any covenant with respect to such Senior
Notes or such Subordinated Debt in any manner materially adverse to the Parent,
the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Agent, Lender, Issuer
or other Secured Party, (iv) change the subordination provisions of such
Subordinated Debt, (v) change the redemption or prepayment provisions of
such Senior Notes or such Subordinated Debt other than to extend the dates
thereof or to reduce the premiums payable in connection therewith or
(vi) change or amend any other term if such change or amendment would
materially increase the obligations of the obligor or confer additional material
rights on the holder of such Senior Notes or such Subordinated Debt in a manner
adverse to the Parent, the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or the
Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent or any Lender, Issuer or other
Secured Party.
Section
8.14 Accounting
Changes; Fiscal Year
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, change its (a) accounting treatment and reporting
practices or tax reporting treatment, except as required by GAAP or any
Requirement of Law and disclosed to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent or
(b) fiscal year.
Section
8.15 Margin
Regulations
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, use all or any portion of the proceeds of any credit extended
hereunder to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board) in contravention of
Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board.
Section
8.16 Sale
and Leaseback Transactions
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction if, after giving
effect to such sale and leaseback transaction, the Dollar Equivalent of the
aggregate Fair Market Value of all properties covered by sale and leaseback
transactions would exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.
Section
8.17 No
Speculative Transactions
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, engage in any speculative transaction or in any transaction
involving Hedging Contracts except for the sole purpose of hedging in the normal
course of business.
Section
8.18 Compliance
with ERISA
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate to, cause or permit to occur, (a) an
event that would reasonably be
expected
to result in the imposition of a Lien under Section 412 of the Code or
Section 302 or 4068 of ERISA or (b) ERISA Events that would have a
Material Adverse Effect in the aggregate.
Section
8.19 Environmental
Neither
the Parent nor the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, allow a Release of any Contaminant in violation of any
Environmental Law; provided, however, that neither the
Parent nor the Borrower shall be deemed in violation of this Section 8.19 if the Dollar
Equivalent of all Environmental Liabilities and Costs incurred or reasonably
expected to be incurred by the Loan Parties as the consequence of all such
Releases shall not exceed $7,000,000 in the aggregate.
ARTICLE
IX
Events
of Default
Section
9.1 Events
of Default
Each of
the following events shall be an Event of Default:
(a) the
Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan made hereunder or any
obligation owing by the Borrower under Section 2.2(c) (Borrowing
Procedures) (after giving effect to any grace period set forth therein)
or any Reimbursement Obligation when the same becomes due and payable;
or
(b) any Loan
Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan, any fee under any of the Loan
Documents or any other Secured Obligation (other than one referred to in clause (a) above) and
such non-payment continues for a period of five Business Days after the due date
therefor; or
(c) any
representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party in any Loan
Document or by any Loan Party (or any of its officers) in connection with any
Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when
made or deemed made; or
(d) any Loan
Party shall fail to perform or observe (i) any term, covenant or agreement
contained in Article V
(Financial Covenants), Section 6.2 (Default
Notices), 7.1
(Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc.), 7.6 (Access), 7.9 (Use of Proceeds), 7.11 (Additional Collateral and
Guaranties), 7.13 (Real
Property) or Article
VIII (Negative Covenants), (ii) any term, covenant or agreement
contained in Section 6.1
(Financial Statements) if such failure shall remain unremedied for five
days or (iii) any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this
Agreement or in any other Loan Document if such failure under this clause (iii) shall
remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of (A) the date on which a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure and
(B) the date on which written notice thereof shall have been given to the
Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or
(e) (i) the
Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall fail to make
(after giving effect to any applicable grace period) any payment on any
Indebtedness of the Parent, the Borrower or any such Subsidiary (other than the
Obligations) or any Guaranty Obligation in respect of Indebtedness of any other
Person, and, in each case, such failure relates to Indebtedness having a
principal amount the Dollar Equivalent of which equals or exceeds $5,000,000,
when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required
prepayment,
acceleration, demand or otherwise), (ii) any other event shall occur or
condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any such
Indebtedness, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to
permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Indebtedness or (iii) any
such Indebtedness shall become or be declared to be due and payable, or be
required to be prepaid or repurchased (other than by a regularly scheduled
required prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof;
or
(f) (i) the
Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall generally not
pay its debts as such debts become due, shall admit in writing its inability to
pay its debts generally or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors, (ii) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the
Parent, Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate
it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts,
under any Requirement of Law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief
or the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other similar official
for it or for any substantial part of its property; provided, however, that, in the case of
any such proceedings instituted against the Parent, the Borrower or any of their
respective Subsidiaries (but not instituted by the Parent, the Borrower or any
of their respective Subsidiaries) either such proceedings shall remain
undismissed or unstayed for a period of 45 days or more or any action sought in
such proceedings shall occur or (iii) the Parent, the Borrower or any of
their respective Subsidiaries shall take any corporate action to authorize any
action set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; or
(g) one or
more judgments or orders (or other similar process) involving, in the case of
money judgments, an aggregate amount whose Dollar Equivalent exceeds $5,000,000,
to the extent not covered by insurance, shall be rendered against one or more of
any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof and either (i) enforcement
proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or
order or (ii) there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days during which
a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal
or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or
(h) an ERISA
Event shall occur and the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of all liabilities and
deficiencies resulting therefrom, whether or not assessed, exceeds $5,000,000 in
the aggregate; or
(i) any
provision of any Loan Document after delivery thereof shall for any reason
(other than through a termination executed by the Administrative Agent or
otherwise in accordance with its terms) fail or cease to be valid and binding
on, or enforceable against, any Loan Party party thereto, or any Loan Party
shall so state in writing; or
(j) any
Collateral Document shall for any reason fail or cease to create valid and
enforceable Liens on any Collateral purported to be covered thereby or, except
as permitted by the Loan Documents, such Liens shall fail or cease to constitute
the Requisite Priority Liens, or any Loan Party shall so state in writing and,
if such invalidity relates solely to Collateral the aggregate value of which has
a Dollar Equivalent not exceeding $1,000,000 and such invalidity or
unenforceability is such as to be amenable to cure without materially adversely
affecting the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties under any Loan
Document, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not be cured within 30 days;
or
(k) there
shall occur any Change of Control; or
(l) one or
more of the Parent, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries shall have
entered into one or more consent or settlement decrees or agreements or similar
arrangements with a Governmental Authority or one or more judgments, orders,
decrees or similar actions shall have been entered against one or more of the
Parent, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries based on or arising from
the violation of or pursuant to any Environmental Law, or the generation,
storage, transportation, treatment, disposal or Release of any Contaminant and,
in connection with all the foregoing, the Parent, the Borrower or any of their
respective Subsidiaries is likely to incur Environmental Liabilities and Costs
whose Dollar Equivalent exceeds $7,000,000 in the aggregate that were not
reflected in the Projections or the Financial Statements delivered pursuant to
Section 4.4 (Financial
Statements) prior to the date hereof.
Section
9.2 Remedies
During
the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent (a) at
the request of the Requisite Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrower declare
that all or any portion of the Commitments be terminated, whereupon the
obligation of each Lender to make any Loan and each Issuer to Issue any Letter
of Credit shall immediately terminate and (b) at the request of the
Requisite Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans, all
interest thereon and all other amounts and Obligations payable under this
Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Loans, all such
interest and all such amounts and Obligations shall become and be forthwith due
and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided, however, that upon the
occurrence of the Events of Default specified in Section 9.1(f)(ii) (Events of
Default), (x) the Commitments of each Lender to make Loans and the
commitments of each Lender and Issuer to Issue or participate in Letters of
Credit shall each automatically be terminated and (y) the Loans, all such
interest and all such amounts and Obligations shall automatically become and be
due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower. In addition
to the remedies set forth above, the Administrative Agent may exercise any
remedies provided for by the Collateral Documents in accordance with the terms
thereof or any other remedies provided by applicable law.
Section
9.3 Actions
in Respect of Letters of Credit and Swing Loans
(a) Cash Collateral
Accounts. At any time (a) upon the Revolving Credit
Termination Date, (b) after the Revolving Credit Termination Date when the
aggregate funds on deposit in Cash Collateral Accounts shall be less than 102%
of the Letter of Credit Obligations or (c) as may be required by Sections 2.3 (Swing Loans),
2.4(a)((ii)(B) (Letters of Credit), 2.9(c) or (d) (Mandatory Prepayments),
the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent in immediately available
funds at the Administrative Agent’s office referred to in Section 11.8 (Notices, Etc.),
for deposit in a Cash Collateral Account, (x) in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above, the amount
required such that, after such payment, the aggregate funds on deposit in the
Cash Collateral Accounts equals or exceeds 102% of the sum of all outstanding
Letter of Credit Obligations and (y) in the case of clause (c) above, the
amount required by Sections
2.3 (Swing Loans), 2.4(a)(ii)(B) (Letters of Credit) or 2.9(c) (Mandatory
Prepayments). The Administrative Agent may, from time to time
after funds are deposited in any Cash Collateral Account, apply funds then held
in such Cash Collateral Account to the payment of any amounts, in accordance
with Section 2.13(g) (Payments
and Computations), as shall have become or shall become due and payable
by the Borrower to the Issuers or Lenders in respect of the Letter of Credit
Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give written
notice of any such application; provided, however, that the failure to
give such written notice shall not invalidate any such application.
(b) Grant of Security
Interest. All cash collateral (other than credit support not
constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked,
non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America. The
Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender, such Lender, hereby grants
to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the
Issuers and the Lenders (including the Swing Loan Lender), a security interest
in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other
property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the
foregoing. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that
cash collateral in a Cash Collateral Account is subject to any right or claim of
any Person other than the Administrative Agent as herein provided, or that the
total amount of such cash collateral is less than that required to eliminate the
applicable Fronting Exposure, the Borrower or the relevant Defaulting Lender
will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the
Administrative Agent additional cash collateral in an amount sufficient to
eliminate the applicable Fronting Exposure.
(c) Application. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, cash collateral provided
under any of this Section
9.3 or Sections 2.3
(Swing Loans), 2.4
(Letters of Credit), 2.9 (Mandatory Prepayments) or 9.5 (Application of Proceeds) in
respect of Letters of Credit or Swing Loans shall be held and applied to the
satisfaction of the specific Letter of Credit Obligations, Swing Loans or
obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to cash collateral
deposited in a Cash Collateral Account provided by a Defaulting Lender, interest
accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral Account or other
credit support was so provided, prior to any other application of such property
as may be provided for herein.
(d) Release. Cash
collateral deposited in a Cash Collateral Account pursuant to any of the
Sections referred to in Section 9.3(c) shall be
released (except (i) as may be agreed to among the parties posting and the
Issuers or Swing Loan Lender benefiting from such Cash Collateral Account and
(ii) cash collateral deposited into a Cash Collateral Account provided by or on
behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of a Default
or Event of Default) promptly following the payment, satisfaction or (as to
Letters of Credit) expiration of the obligations giving rise to delivery of such
cash collateral, or, as to cash collateral provided pursuant to Sections 2.3 (Swing Loans) or
2.4 (Letters of
Credit), such earlier date as (A) the status of the applicable Lender as
a Defaulting Lender shall be terminated or (B) the Administrative Agent shall
determine in good faith that there remain outstanding no actual or potential
Defaulting Lender funding obligations as to which a benefited Issuer or Swing
Loan Lender desires to maintain a Cash Collateral Account.
Section
9.4 Rescission
If at any
time after termination of the Commitments or acceleration of the maturity of the
Loans, the Borrower shall pay all arrears of interest and all payments on
account of principal of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations that shall have
become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on principal and, to
the extent permitted by law, on overdue interest, at the rates specified herein)
and all Events of Default and Defaults (other than non-payment of principal of
and accrued interest on the Loans due and payable solely by virtue of
acceleration) shall be remedied or waived pursuant to Section 11.1 (Amendments, Waivers,
Etc.), then upon the written consent of the Requisite Lenders and written
notice to the Borrower, the termination of the Commitments or the acceleration
and their consequences may be rescinded and annulled; provided, however, that such action
shall not affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right
or remedy consequent thereon. The provisions of the preceding
sentence are intended merely to bind the Lenders and the Issuers to a decision
that may be made at the election of the Requisite Lenders, and such provisions
are not intended to benefit the Borrower and do not give the Borrower the right
to require the Lenders to rescind or annul any acceleration hereunder, even if
the conditions set forth herein are met.
Section
9.5 Application
of Proceeds
Proceeds
of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent shall be applied to the
Secured Obligations as follows:
(i) first, to pay interest on and
then principal of any portion of any Loan that the Administrative Agent may have
advanced on behalf of any Lender for which the Administrative Agent has not then
been reimbursed by such Lender or the Borrower;
(ii) second, to pay Secured
Obligations in respect of any expense reimbursements or indemnities then due to
the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
(iii) third, to pay Secured
Obligations in respect of any expense reimbursements or indemnities then due to
the Lenders and the Issuers;
(iv) fourth, to pay Secured
Obligations in respect of any fees then due to the Administrative Agent, the
Lenders and the Issuers;
(v) fifth, to pay interest then
due and payable in respect of all Loans and Reimbursement
Obligations;
(vi) sixth, to pay or prepay
principal payments on all Loans, all Reimbursement Obligations and all Secured
Obligations under Hedging Contracts then due and payable by any Loan Party and
to provide cash collateral for outstanding Letter of Credit Undrawn Amounts in
the manner described in Section 9.3 (Actions in Respect of
Letters of Credit), ratably to the aggregate principal amount of such
Loans, Reimbursement Obligations, obligations under Hedging Contracts, Secured
Cash Management Obligations and Letter of Credit Undrawn Amounts;
and
(vii) seventh, to the ratable
payment of all other Secured Obligations;
provided, however, that if sufficient
funds are not available to fund all payments to be made in respect of any of the
Secured Obligations set forth in any of clauses first through seventh above, the available
funds being applied with respect to any such Secured Obligation (unless
otherwise specified in such clause) shall be allocated to the payment of such
Secured Obligations ratably, based on the proportion of the Administrative
Agent’s, each Lender’s or Issuer’s interest in the aggregate outstanding Secured
Obligations described in such clauses; provided, further, that payments that
would otherwise be allocated to the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be allocated
first to repay Swing Loans until such Loans are paid in full and then to repay
Revolving Loans.
ARTICLE
X
The
Agents
Section
10.1 Appointment
and Authority
(a) Each of
the Lenders and the Issuers hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act
on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its
behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent
by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are
reasonably incidental hereto or thereto. The provisions of this
Article are solely for the benefit
of the
Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuers, and the Borrower shall not
have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such
provisions.
(b) The
Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan
Documents, and each of the Lenders (including with respect to any Secured Cash
Management Obligations or Secured Hedging Contract Obligations to which it or
any of its Affiliates is a party) and the Issuers hereby irrevocably appoints
and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender (or
such Affiliate of such Lender) and such Issuer for purposes of acquiring,
holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan
Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and
discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection,
the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent,” and any co-agents, sub-agents
and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.05 (Delegation of Duties) for
purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion
thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights
and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be
entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article X and Article XI (Miscellaneous) (including
Section 11.4(e)
(Indemnities, Reimbursements, Damage Waiver), as though such co-agents,
sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan
Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
Section
10.2 Rights
as a Lender
The
Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights
and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the
same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or
“Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context
otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent
hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates
may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any
other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with
the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were
not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor
to the Lenders.
Section
10.3 Exculpatory
Provisions
The
Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those
expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
(a) shall not
be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a
Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b) shall not
have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary
powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or
by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to
exercise as directed in writing by the Requisite Lenders (or such other number
or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the
other Loan Documents), provided that the
Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its
opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to
liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable
law;
(c) shall
not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have
any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any
information relat-
ing to
the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the
Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any
capacity;
(d) shall not
be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the
request of the Requisite Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the
Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in
good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.1 (Amendments, Waivers,
Etc.) and 9.2
(Remedies)) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful
misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have
knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is
given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or an Issuer;
and
(e) shall not
be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any
statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate,
report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection
herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the
covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein
or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability,
effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any
other agreement, instrument or document or the creation, perfection or priority
of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value
or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition
set forth in Article
III (Conditions to
Loans and Letters of Credit) or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm
receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative
Agent.
Section
10.4 Reliance
by Administrative Agent
The
Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any
liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent,
statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic
message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by
it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the
proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any
statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made
by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying
thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to
the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms
must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an Issuer, the
Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such
Lender or such Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice
to the contrary from such Lender or such Issuer prior to the making of such Loan
or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent
may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower),
independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be
liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of
any such counsel, accountants or experts.
Section
10.5 Delegation
of Duties
The
Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its
rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any
one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The
Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its
duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective
Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees
and advisors. The exculpatory provisions of this Article X shall apply to any
such sub-agent and to the Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers,
employees, agents, trustees and advisors of the Administrative Agent and any
such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection
with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as
activities as Administrative Agent.
Section
10.6 Resignation
of Administrative Agent
The
Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the
Lenders, the Issuers and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such
notice of resignation, the Requisite Lenders shall have the right, in
consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank
with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an
office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed
by the Requisite Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days
after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then
the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuers,
appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth
above; provided that if
the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no
qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall
nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring
Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any
collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or
the Issuers under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent
shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor
Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and
determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent
shall instead be made by or to each Lender and each Issuer directly, until such
time as the Requisite Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as
provided for above in this Section 10.6. Upon
the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder,
such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights,
powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent,
and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties
and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already
discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 10.6). The
fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the
same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the
Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative
Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions
of this Article X and
Sections 11.3 (Costs and
Expenses) and 11.4
(Amendments, Waivers, Etc.) shall continue in effect for the benefit of
such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective
Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees
and advisors in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of
them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative
Agent.
Any
resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section
shall also constitute its resignation as an Issuer and Swing Loan
Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as
Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become
vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring
Issuer and Swing Loan Lender, (ii) the retiring Issuer and Swing Loan Lender
shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents other than obligations and duties
with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms of
such Letters of Credit, and (iii) the successor Issuer shall issue letters of
credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit if any, outstanding at the time
of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring
Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuer with respect
to such Letters of Credit. If Bank of America resigns as Issuer, it
shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties and obligations of an
Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the
effective date of its resignation as Issuer and all Letter of Credit Obligations
with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base
Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Letter of Credit Obligations pursuant
to Section 2.4(d) (Letters of
Credit)). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Loan Lender, it
shall retain all the rights of the Swing Loan Lender provided for hereunder with
respect to Swing Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of
such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make
Base Rate
Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(e) (Swing
Loans).
Section
10.7 Non-Reliance
on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
Each
Lender and each Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without
reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their
Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees
and advisors and based on such documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this
Agreement. Each Lender and each Issuer also acknowledges that it
will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any
other Lender or any of their Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers,
employees, agents, trustees and advisors and based on such documents and
information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its
own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement,
any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished
hereunder or thereunder.
Section
10.8 [Reserved]
Section
10.9 Administrative
Agent May File Proofs of Claim
In case
of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other
judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent
(irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or Letter of Credit
Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration
or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have
made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by
intervention in such proceeding or otherwise
(a) to file
and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and
unpaid in respect of the Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations and all other
Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be
necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuers
and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuers
and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all
other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuers and the Administrative Agent under
Sections 2.12
(Fees), 11.3 (Costs and
Expenses) and 11.4
(Indemnities, Reimbursement, Damage Waiver)); and
(b) to
collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any
such claims and to distribute the same;
and any
custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other
similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Lender and each Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and if
the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly
to the Lenders and the Issuers, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount
due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Administrative Agent under Sections 2.12 (Fees), 11.3 (Costs and Expenses) and
11.4 (Indemnities,
Reimbursement, Damage Waiver).
Nothing
contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or any Issuer
any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the
Obligations or the rights of any Lender or any Issuer to authorize the
Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or any Issuer
or in any such proceeding.
Section
10.10 Collateral
and Guaranty Matters
Each of
the Lenders (for itself and its Affiliates, including in their respective
capacities under Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Hedging
Contract Obligations) and each of the Issuers irrevocably authorizes the
Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion:
(a) to
release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent
under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment in
full of all Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification
obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management
Obligations and Secured Hedging Contract Obligations as to which arrangements
reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made)
and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters
of Credit as to which cash collateral, or other arrangements, reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuers shall have been made),
(ii) that is sold or to be sold (except for any sale to a Loan Party) as part of
or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan
Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance
with Section 11.1 (Amendments,
Waivers, Etc.);
(b) to
release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person
ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder;
and
(c) to
subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative
Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is
permitted by Section 8.2(d)
(Liens, Etc.).
Upon
request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Requisite Lenders will
confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or
subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release
any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 10.10. In
each case as specified in this Section 10.10, the
Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the
applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request
to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and
security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its
interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under
the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents
and this Section
10.10.
Section
10.11 Secured
Cash Management Obligations and Secured Hedging Contract
Obligations
Except as
otherwise expressly set forth herein or in any Guaranty or any Collateral
Document, no Secured Party that is an obligee under any Secured Cash Management
Obligations or Secured Hedging Contract Obligations that obtains the benefits of
Section 9.5 (Application
of Proceeds), any Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions
hereof or of any Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to
notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder
or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral
(including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its
capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in
the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X to the
contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment
of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to,
Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured
Hedging Contract Obligations unless the Administrative Agent has received
written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation
as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Secured Party, as
the case may be.
Section
10.12 Other
Agents, Arrangers and Managers
None of
the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page of this Agreement as
a “syndication agent,” “joint lead arranger” or “joint book-running manager”
shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under
this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as
such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other
Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship
with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and
will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding
to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action
hereunder.
Section
10.13 Withholding
Tax Indemnity
To the
extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold
from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable
withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other
authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the
Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for
the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because
the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such
Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance
that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective),
such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the
extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the
Borrower pursuant to Section
2.14(c) (Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans) and Section 2.16 (Taxes) and
without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all
amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Taxes or
otherwise, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any
other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such tax was correctly or legally
imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A
certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any
Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest
error. The agreements in this Section 10.13 shall survive
the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment
of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Agreement
and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other
Obligations. For purposes of this Section 10.13, the term
“Lender” shall include any Issuer.
ARTICLE
XI
Miscellaneous
Section
11.1 Amendments,
Waivers, Etc.
(a) No
amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document nor consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and (x) in the case
of any such waiver or consent, signed by the Requisite Lenders (or by the
Administrative Agent with the consent of the Requisite Lenders), (y) in the
case of any amendment necessary to implement the terms of a Facilities Increase
in accordance with the terms hereof, by the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent, and (z) in the case of any other amendment, by the Requisite Lenders
(or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Requisite Lenders) and
the Borrower, and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment,
waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each Lender directly
affected thereby, in addition to the Requisite Lenders (or the Administrative
Agent with the consent thereof), do any of the following:
(i) increase
the Commitment of such Lender or subject such Lender to any additional
obligation;
(ii) extend
the scheduled final maturity of any Loan owing to such Lender, or waive or
postpone any scheduled date fixed for the payment of principal or interest
(other than with respect to the increase in such rate of interest triggered by
any Default or Event of Default) of any such Loan or any fee owing to such
Lender (it being understood that Section 2.9 (Mandatory
Prepayments) does not provide for scheduled dates fixed for payment) or
for the reduction or termination of such Lender’s Commitment);
(iii) reduce,
or release the Borrower from its obligations to repay, the principal amount of
any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation owing to such Lender (other than by the
payment or prepayment thereof);
(iv) reduce
the rate of interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation outstanding and
owing to such Lender or any fee payable hereunder to such Lender, or waive any
such payment;
(v) [Reserved];
(vi) change
the percentage of Lenders required for any or all Lenders to take any action
hereunder or change the definition of “Requisite Lender,” in each case other
than to effect a Facilities Increase;
(vii) release
all or substantially all of the Collateral or release the Borrower from its
payment obligation to such Lender under this Agreement or the Notes owing to
such Lender (if any) or release any Guarantor from its obligations under the
Guaranty except in connection with the sale or other disposition of a Subsidiary
Guarantor (or all or substantially all of the assets thereof) or the dissolution
or liquidation of a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted by this Agreement (or
permitted pursuant to a waiver or consent of a transaction otherwise prohibited
by this Agreement); or
(viii) amend
this Section 11.1
or Section 9.5
(Application of Proceeds) or, following an exercise of remedies pursuant
to Section 9.2
(Remedies), the definition of “Ratable Portion” or Section 2.13(f) (Payments and
Computations) or Section 11.7 (Sharing of Payments,
Etc.) without the written consent of each Lender directly affected
thereby;
and provided, further, that:
(1) (i) any
change to the definition of the term “Requisite Term Loan Lenders” shall require
the consent of the Requisite Term Loan Lenders and (ii) any change to the
definition of “Requisite Revolving Credit Lenders” shall require the consent of
the Requisite Revolving Credit Lenders, in each case other than to effect a
Facilities Increase;
(2) (i) any
modification of the application of payments to the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.9 (Mandatory
Prepayments) shall require the consent of the Requisite Term Loan Lenders
and (ii) any modification of the application of payments to the Revolving
Loans pursuant to Section 2.9
(Mandatory Prepayments) or the reduction of the Revolving Credit
Commitments pursuant to Section 2.5(b) (Termination of the
Commitments) shall require the consent of the Requisite Revolving Credit
Lenders;
(3) no
amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by any Special
Purpose Vehicle that has been granted an option pursuant to Section 11.2(e) (Assignments and
Participations), affect the grant or nature of such option or the right
or duties of such Special Purpose Vehicle hereunder;
(4) no
amendment, waiver or consent shall affect the rights or duties of any Agent or
Issuer under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents unless in writing and
signed by such Agent or Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above to take
such action;
(5) no
amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing
Loan Lender in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action,
affect the rights or duties of the Swing Loan Lender under this Agreement or the
other Loan Documents;
(6) notwithstanding
any of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may, solely with the consent of
the Borrower, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement to cure any
typographical error, defect or inconsistency, as long as such amendment,
modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Lender or
any Issuer in any material respect;
(7) no
amendment, waiver or consent shall impose any greater restriction on the ability
of any Lender under a Facility to assign any of its rights or obligations
hereunder without the written consent of (i) if such Facility is the Term Loan
Facility, the Requisite Term Loan Lenders and (iii) if such Facility is the
Revolving Credit Facility, the Requisite Revolving Credit Lenders;
(8) any
amendment or waiver of any Fee Letter shall require the consent of the parties
thereto and no other Person; and
(9) no
amendment, waiver or consent shall amend or waive any of the conditions
precedent set forth in Section
3.2 (Conditions
Precedent to Each Loan and Letter of Credit) (including by amending or
waiving any representation or warranty set forth in Article IV (Representations and
Warranties) or any existing Default or Event of Default that has the
effect of waiving any condition precedent set forth in Section 3.2 (Conditions Precedent to
Each Loan and Letter of Credit)) without the written consent of the
Requisite Revolving Credit Lenders and the Requisite Lenders (it being
understood that an amendment of any covenant under which no Default or Event of
Default then exists shall not require the separate written consent of the
Requisite Revolving Credit Lenders).
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to
approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any
amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all
Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of all Lenders
other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting
Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender
and (y) any waiver, amendment or the modification requiring the consent of all
Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender
more adversely than other affected Lenders (other than by virtue of the events
and/or circumstances giving rise to such Defaulting Lender being or becoming a
Defaulting Lender) shall require the consent of such Defaulting
Lender.
(b) The
Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the written
concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or
consents on behalf of such Lender. Any waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which
it was given. No notice to or demand on the Borrower in any case
shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar
or other circumstances.
(c) If, in
connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination
requiring the consent of any Revolving Credit Lender or Term Loan Lender in
addition to the consent of the Requisite Lenders, the consent of the Requisite
Lenders is obtained but the consent of such Revolving Credit Lender or Term Loan
Lender whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent
is not obtained as described in this Section 11.1 being referred
to as a “Non-Consenting
Lender”), then, as long as the Lender acting as the Administrative Agent
is not a Non-Consenting Lender, at the Borrower’s request, an Eligible Assignee
acceptable to the Administrative Agent shall have the right with the
Administrative Agent’s consent and in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion
(but shall have no obligation) to purchase from such Non-Consenting Lender, and
such Non-Consenting Lender agrees that it shall, upon the Borrower’s request,
sell and assign to the Lender acting as the Administrative Agent or such
Eligible Assignee, all of the Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit
Outstandings of such Non-Consenting Lender if such Non-Consenting Lender is a
Revolving Credit Lender and all of the Term Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender
if such Non-Consenting Lender is a Term Loan Lender, in each case for an amount
equal to the principal balance of all such Revolving Loans or Term Loans, as
applicable, held by the Non-Consenting Lender and all accrued and unpaid
interest and fees and other amounts with respect thereto through the date of
sale; provided, however, that such purchase
and sale shall be recorded in the Register maintained by the Administrative
Agent and not be effective until (x) the Administrative Agent shall have
received from such Eligible Assignee an agreement in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower whereby such Eligible
Assignee shall agree to be bound by the terms hereof and (y) such
Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payments of all Revolving Loans or
Term Loans, as applicable, held by it and all accrued and unpaid interest and
fees and other amounts with respect thereto through the date of the
sale. Each Lender agrees that, if it becomes a Non-Consenting Lender,
it shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and
Acceptance to evidence such sale and purchase and shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent any Note (if the assigning Lender’s Loans are evidenced by
Notes) subject to such Assignment and Acceptance; provided, however, that the failure of
any Non-Consenting Lender to execute an Assignment and Acceptance shall not
render such sale and purchase (and the corresponding assignment) invalid and
such assignment shall be recorded in the Register. An Eligible
Assignee that becomes a Lender pursuant to this clause (c) shall pay any
applicable recordation or processing fees set forth in Section 11.2(b) (Assignments and
Participations).
(d) Notwithstanding
anything in this Section
11.1 or the definition of “Requisite Lenders” or “Requisite Term Loan
Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Requisite
Lenders or the Requisite Term Loan Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented)
to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to
any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party
therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or
(iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake
any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan
Document, all Term Loans held by any Affiliated Lender shall be deemed to be not
outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Requisite Lenders or
Requisite Term Loan Lenders have taken any actions.
Additionally,
the Loan Parties and each Affiliated Lender hereby agree that if a case under
Title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States is commenced against any
Loan Party, such Loan Party shall seek (and each Affiliated Lender shall
consent) to provide that the vote of any Affiliated Lender (solely in its
capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan
Party shall not be counted except that such Affiliated Lender’s vote (in its
capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of
reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Affiliated Lender
in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Affiliated
Lender than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that
are not Affiliates of the Borrower. Each Affiliated Lender hereby
irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled
with an
interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in
the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated
Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any
action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem
reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this
paragraph.
Section
11.2 Assignments
and Participations
(a) Each
Lender may sell, transfer, negotiate or assign to one or more Eligible Assignees
all or a portion of its rights and obligations hereunder (including all of its
rights and obligations with respect to the Term Loans, the Revolving Loans, the
Swing Loans and the Letters of Credit); provided, however, that:
(i) (A) if
any such assignment shall be of the assigning Lender’s Revolving Credit
Outstandings and Revolving Credit Commitments, such assignment shall cover the
same percentage of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Outstandings and Revolving
Credit Commitment and (B) if any such assignment shall be of the assigning
Lender’s Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments, such assignment shall cover the
same percentage of such Lender’s Term Loans and Term Loan
Commitments;
(ii) each such
assignment shall be, as determined as of the date of the Assignment and
Acceptance with respect to such assignment, (A) an assignment of the
assignor’s entire interest in any Facility, (B) an assignment to a Lender
or an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Lender or (C)(1) an assignment of
Term Loans and Term Loan Commitments in an amount that is an integral multiple
of $1,000,000, (2) any assignment of any Revolving Credit Outstandings and
Revolving Credit Commitments in an amount that is an integral multiple of
$1,000,000 or (3) an assignment of any other amount made with the consent
of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent; and
(iii) if such
Eligible Assignee is not, prior to the date of such assignment, a Lender or an
Affiliate or Approved Fund of a Lender, such assignment shall be subject to the
prior consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (which consents shall
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed);
and provided, further, that,
notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11.2, (x) the
consent of the Borrower shall not be required for any assignment occurring when
any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the
consent of the Borrower shall not be required for any assignment by any
Affiliate or Approved Fund of the Administrative Agent or the Syndication Agent
of the Commitments held on the Closing Date by any such Affiliate or Approved
Fund if such assignment is made within the first 60 days as part of the
syndication of the Term Loan Facility; and provided, further, that the consent of
each Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be
required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to
participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then
outstanding) and the consent of the Swing Loan Lender (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in
respect of the Revolving Credit Facility. Any such assignment need
not be ratable as between the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit
Facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary
set forth herein, any assignment of any Loans or Commitments to an Affiliated
Lender shall also be subject to the requirements set forth in clause (k)
below.
(b) The
parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative
Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and
Acceptance, together with any Note (if the assigning Lender’s Loans are
evidenced by a Note) subject to such assignment. Upon the
execution,
delivery, acceptance and recording in the Register of any Assignment and
Acceptance, the receipt by the Administrative Agent from the assignee of a
processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500 (which fee may be waived
in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent) from and after the effective
date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance and the receipt, to the extent
required, of the consent from the Borrower and the Administrative Agent,
(i) the assignee thereunder shall become a party hereto and, to the extent
that rights and obligations under the Loan Documents have been assigned to such
assignee pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and
obligations of a Lender, and if such Lender were an Issuer, of such Issuer
hereunder and thereunder, (ii) the Notes (if any) corresponding to the
Loans assigned thereby shall be transferred to such assignee by notation in the
Register and (iii) the assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights
and obligations under this Agreement have been assigned by it pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (except for those surviving the
payment in full of the Obligations) and be released from its obligations under
the Loan Documents, other than those relating to events or circumstances
occurring prior to such assignment (and, in the case of an Assignment and
Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights
and obligations under the Loan Documents, such Lender shall cease to be a party
hereto, but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14(c) and (d) (Special Provisions Governing
Eurodollar Rate Loans),
Section 2.15 (Capital Adequacy), Section 2.16 (Taxes), Section 11.3 (Costs and Expenses)
and Section 11.4
(Indemnities, Reimbursement, Damage Waiver) with respect to facts and
circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such
assignment). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or
obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall
be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a
participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (f)
below.
(c) The
Administrative Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 11.8 (Notices, Etc.)
a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and
shall record in the Register the names and addresses of the Lenders and Issuers
and the principal amount (and related interest amounts) of the Loans and
Reimbursement Obligations owing to each Lender from time to time and the
Commitments of each Lender. Any assignment pursuant to this Section 11.2 shall not be
effective until such assignment is recorded in the Register. In
addition, the Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Register information
regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a
Defaulting Lender.
(d) Upon its
receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an
assignee, the Administrative Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has
been completed, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record
or cause to be recorded the information contained therein in the Register and
(iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower. Within 5
Business Days after its receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at its own
expense, shall, if requested by such assignee, execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent new Notes to the order of such assignee in an amount equal
to the Commitments and Loans assumed by it pursuant to such Assignment and
Acceptance and, if the assigning Lender has surrendered any Note for exchange in
connection with the assignment and has retained Commitments or Loans hereunder,
new Notes to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the
Commitments and Loans retained by it hereunder. Such new Notes shall
be dated the same date as the surrendered Notes and be in substantially the form
of Exhibit B-1 (Form of
Revolving Credit Note) or Exhibit B-2 (Form of Term
Note), as applicable.
(e) In
addition to the other assignment rights provided in this Section 11.2, each Lender may
do each of the following:
(i) grant to
a Special Purpose Vehicle the option to make all or any part of any Loan that
such Lender would otherwise be required to make hereunder and the exercise of
such option
by any
such Special Purpose Vehicle and the making of Loans pursuant thereto shall
satisfy (once and to the extent that such Loans are made) the obligation of such
Lender to make such Loans thereunder, provided, however, that
(x) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment or an offer to commit by
such a Special Purpose Vehicle to make Loans hereunder and no such Special
Purpose Vehicle shall be liable for any indemnity or other Obligation (other
than the making of Loans for which such Special Purpose Vehicle shall have
exercised an option, and then only in accordance with the relevant option
agreement) and (y) such Lender’s obligations under the Loan Documents shall
remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain responsible to the other parties for
the performance of its obligations under the terms of this Agreement, shall
retain all voting rights and shall remain the holder of the Obligations for all
purposes hereunder; and
(ii) assign,
as collateral or otherwise, any of its rights under this Agreement, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired (including rights to payments of principal or
interest on the Loans), to (A) without notice to or consent of the
Administrative Agent or the Borrower, any Federal Reserve Bank (pursuant to
Regulation A of the Federal Reserve Board) and (B) without consent of
the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, (1) any holder of, or trustee for
the benefit of, the holders of such Lender’s Securities and (2) any Special
Purpose Vehicle to which such Lender has granted an option pursuant to clause (i)
above;
provided, however, that no such
assignment or grant shall release such Lender from any of its obligations
hereunder except as expressly provided in clause (i) above and
except, in the case of a subsequent foreclosure pursuant to an assignment as
collateral, if such foreclosure is made in compliance with the other provisions
of this Section 11.2
other than this clause (e) or clause (f)
below. Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that, prior to the
date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding
commercial paper or other senior debt of any such Special Purpose Vehicle, such
party shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting
against, any Special Purpose Vehicle that has been granted an option pursuant to
this clause (e)
any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or liquidation proceeding (such
agreement shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations). The
terms of the designation of, or assignment to, such Special Purpose Vehicle
shall not restrict such Lender’s ability to, or grant such Special Purpose
Vehicle the right to, consent to any amendment or waiver to this Agreement or
any other Loan Document or to the departure by the Borrower or the Parent from
any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document without the consent
of such Special Purpose Vehicle except, as long as the Administrative Agent,
Issuers, Lenders and other Secured Parties shall continue to, and shall be
entitled to continue to, deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection
with such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement, to the extent any such
consent would reduce the principal amount of, or the rate of interest on, any
Obligations, amend this clause (e) or postpone
any scheduled date of payment of such principal or interest. Each
Special Purpose Vehicle shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14(c) and (d) (Special Provisions Governing
Eurodollar Rate Loans), Section 2.15 (Capital
Adequacy) and Section 2.16 (Taxes) as if it were
such Lender (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections,
including the requirement to provide the forms and certifications pursuant to
Section 2.16(f)) (Taxes); provided, however, that anything herein
to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower shall not, at any time, be
obligated to make under Section 2.14(c) or (d) (Special Provisions Governing
Eurodollar Rate Loans), Section 2.15 (Capital
Adequacy) or Section 2.16 (Taxes) to any such
Special Purpose Vehicle or any such Lender any payment in excess of the amount
the Borrower would have been obligated to pay to such Lender in respect of such
interest if such Special Purpose Vehicle had not been assigned the rights of
such Lender hereunder, unless the assignment to such Special Purpose Vehicle is
made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld
or delayed); and provided, further, that such Special
Purpose Vehicle shall have no direct right to enforce any of the terms of this
Agreement against the Borrower, the Parent, the Administrative Agent, the
Issuers, the other Lenders or the other Secured Parties.
(f) Each
Lender may sell participations to one or more Persons (other than a natural
person or a Defaulting Lender) in or to all or a portion of its rights and
obligations under the Loan Documents (including all its rights and obligations
with respect to the Term Loans, Revolving Loans and Letters of
Credit). The terms of such participation shall not, in any event,
require the participant’s consent to any amendments, waivers or other
modifications of any provision of any Loan Documents, the consent to any
departure by any Loan Party therefrom, or to the exercising or refraining from
exercising any powers or rights such Lender may have under or in respect of the
Loan Documents (including the right to enforce the obligations of the Loan
Parties), except if any such amendment, waiver or other modification or consent
would (i) reduce the amount, or postpone any date fixed for, any amount
(whether of principal, interest or fees) payable to such participant under the
Loan Documents, to which such participant would otherwise be entitled under such
participation or (ii) result in the release of all or substantially all of
the Collateral. In the event of the sale of any participation by any
Lender, (w) such Lender’s obligations under the Loan Documents shall remain
unchanged, (x) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other
parties for the performance of such obligations, (y) such Lender shall
remain the holder of such Obligations for all purposes of this Agreement and
(z) the Borrower, the Parent, the Administrative Agent, the Issuers, the
other Lenders and the other Secured Parties shall continue to deal solely and
directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and
obligations under this Agreement. Each participant shall be entitled
to the benefits of Section
2.14(c) and (d)
(Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans), Section 2.15 (Capital
Adequacy) and Section 2.16 (Taxes) as if it were a
Lender (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections, including
the requirement to provide the forms and certifications pursuant to Section 2.16(f)) (Taxes); provided, however, that anything herein
to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower shall not, at any time, be
obligated to make under Section 2.14(c) or (d) (Special Provisions Governing
Eurodollar Rate Loans), Section 2.15 (Capital Adequacy) or Section 2.16 (Taxes) to the
participants in the rights and obligations of any Lender (together with such
Lender) any payment in excess of the amount the Borrower would have been
obligated to pay to such Lender in respect of such interest had such
participation not been sold, unless the sale of the participation to such
participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed), and provided, further, that such
participant in the rights and obligations of such Lender shall have no direct
right to enforce any of the terms of this Agreement against the Borrower, the
Parent, the Administrative Agent, the Issuers, the other Lenders or the other
Secured Parties. The Loan Parties and each Affiliated Lender (solely
by its ownership of a participation in any Lender’s rights and/or obligations
under this Agreement) hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code of the United States is commenced against any Loan Party, to the
extent that any Affiliated Lender would have the right to direct any participant
with respect to any vote with respect to any plan of reorganization with respect
to any Loan Party (or to directly vote on such plan of reorganization) as a
result of any participation taken by such Affiliated Lender pursuant to this
clause (f), such Loan
Party shall seek (and each Affiliated Lender shall consent) to provide that the
vote of any Affiliated Lender (solely in its capacity as a participant) with
respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan Party shall not be counted
except that such Affiliated Lender’s vote (in its capacity as a participant) may
be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the
participation in any Obligations held by such Affiliated Lender in a manner that
is less favorable in any material respect to such Affiliated Lender than the
proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders or participants that
are not Affiliates of the Borrower. Each Affiliated Lender hereby
irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled
with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full
authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of
such Affiliated Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s
discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the
Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions
of this paragraph.
(g) Any
Issuer may at any time assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any other
Lender by an instrument in form and substance satisfactory to the Borrower, the
Administrative
Agent,
such Issuer and such Lender, subject to the provisions of Section 2.7(b) (Evidence of
Debt) relating to notations of transfer in the Register. If
any Issuer ceases to be a Lender hereunder by virtue of any assignment made
pursuant to this Section
11.2, then, as of the effective date of such cessation, such Issuer’s
obligations to Issue Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.4 (Letters of
Credit) shall terminate and such Issuer shall be an Issuer hereunder only
with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit issued prior to such
date.
(h) Each
Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a
non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the
name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and related
interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans and Reimbursement
Obligations or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant
Register”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be
conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose
name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation
for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the
contrary.
(i) In
connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting
Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in
addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the
assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an
aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may
be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or
subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the
consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata
share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to
each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent),
to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such
Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and
interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro
rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Loans
in accordance with its Ratable Portion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender
hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with
the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be
deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such
compliance occurs.
(j) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America
assigns all of its Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Loans pursuant to
Section 11.2(a) (Assignments
and Participations), Bank of America may (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the
Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice
to the Borrower, resign as Swing Loan Lender. In the event of any
such resignation as Issuer or Swing Loan Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled
to appoint from among the Lenders a successor Issuer or Swing Loan Lender
hereunder; provided,
however, that no
failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the
resignation of Bank of America as Issuer or Swing Loan Lender, as the case may
be. If Bank of America resigns as Issuer, it shall retain all the
rights, powers, privileges and duties and obligations of an Issuer hereunder
with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of
its resignation as Issuer and all Letter of Credit Obligations with respect
thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or
fund risk participations in Letter of Credit Obligations pursuant to Section 2.4(d) (Letters of
Credit)). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Loan Lender, it
shall retain all the rights of the Swing Loan Lender provided for hereunder with
respect to Swing Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of
such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate
Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(e) (Swing
Loans). Upon the appointment of a successor Issuer and/or
Swing Loan Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with
all of the rights, powers, privileges and obligations and duties of the retiring
Issuer or Swing Loan Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor Issuer
shall issue letters of credit in substi-
tution
for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or
make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume
the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of
Credit.
(k) (i)
Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any
Lender may assign all or a portion of its Term Loans to any Affiliated Lender in
accordance with clause
(a) above; provided
that:
(A) no
Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result
therefrom;
(B) the
assigning Lender and Affiliated Lender purchasing such Lender’s Term Loans shall
execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement
substantially in the form of Exhibit O hereto (an
“Affiliated Lender Assignment
and Acceptance”) in lieu of an Assignment and Acceptance;
(C) for the
avoidance of doubt, Lenders shall not be permitted to assign Revolving Credit
Commitments or Revolving Loans to any Affiliated Lender; and
(D) no Term
Loan may be assigned to an Affiliated Lender pursuant to this clause (k), if after giving
effect to such assignment, Affiliated Lenders in the aggregate would own in
excess of 10% of all Term Loans then outstanding.
(ii) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender shall have any
right to (i) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or
portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which
representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, and (ii) receive any
information or material prepared by Administrative Agent or any Lender or any
communication by or among Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders,
except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to
any Loan Party or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to
receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of
its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II (the Facilities)),
or (iii) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant
in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a
Lender, against the Administrative Agent or any other Lender with respect to any
duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any
other such Lender under the Loan Documents.
Section
11.3 Costs
and Expenses
(a) The
Borrower agrees upon demand (but within 10 days after delivery of notice for any
such amounts arising after the Closing Date) to pay, or reimburse the
Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent for, all of such Agent’s
reasonable audit, legal, appraisal, valuation, filing, document duplication and
reproduction and investigation expenses and for all other reasonable
out-of-pocket costs and expenses of every type and nature (including the
reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Administrative Agent’s
counsel, Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp, local legal
counsel, auditors, accountants, appraisers, printers, insurance and
environmental advisors, and other consultants and agents) incurred by such Agent
in connection with any of the following: (i) in the case of the
Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent’s audit and investigation of the
Parent and its Subsidiaries in connection with the preparation, negotiation or
execution of any Loan Document or the Administrative Agent’s periodic audits of
the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, (ii) the
preparation, negotiation, execution or interpretation of this Agreement
(including, without limitation, the satisfaction or attempted satisfaction of
any condition set forth in Article III (Conditions to Loans and
Letters of Credit)), any Loan
Document
or any proposal letter or commitment letter issued in connection therewith, or
the making of the Loans hereunder, (iii) the creation, perfection or
protection of the Liens under any Loan Document (including any reasonable fees,
disbursements and expenses for local counsel in various jurisdictions),
(iv) the ongoing administration of this Agreement and the Loans, including
consultation with attorneys in connection therewith and with respect to such
Agent’s rights and responsibilities hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents, (v) the protection, collection or enforcement of any Obligation
or the enforcement of any Loan Document, (vi) the commencement, defense or
intervention in any court proceeding relating in any way to the Obligations, any
Loan Party, any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries, the Transactions, the Senior Notes
Documents, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (vii) the response
to, and preparation for, any subpoena or request for document production with
which such Agent is served or deposition or other proceeding in which such Agent
is called to testify, in each case, relating in any way to the Obligations, any
Loan Party, any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries, the Senior Notes Documents, this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or (viii) any amendment, consent,
waiver, assignment, restatement, or supplement to any Loan Document or the
preparation, negotiation and execution of the same (whether or not it becomes
effective); provided,
however, that,
(x) the Administrative Agent may not be reimbursed hereunder for the
expenses of more than one outside counsel and, any reasonably appropriate local
and special counsels and (y) the Borrower shall not be required to pay for
the fees and expenses of any third party consultant, appraiser or auditor
advising any Agent without the consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld).
(b) The
Borrower further agrees to pay or reimburse each of the Agents, Lenders and
Issuers upon demand for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including
reasonable attorneys’ fees (including costs of settlement), incurred by each
such Agent, Lender or Issuer in connection with any of the following:
(i) in enforcing any Loan Document or Obligation or any security therefor
or exercising or enforcing any other right or remedy available by reason of an
Event of Default, (ii) in connection with any refinancing or restructuring
of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work-out” or in any
insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, (iii) in commencing, defending or
intervening in any litigation or in filing a petition, complaint, answer, motion
or other pleadings in any legal proceeding relating to the Obligations, any Loan
Party, any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries and related to or arising out of the
transactions contemplated hereby (including the Transactions) or by any other
Loan Document or Senior Notes Document or (iv) in taking any other action
in or with respect to any suit or proceeding (bankruptcy or otherwise) described
in clause (i),
(ii) or (iii) above.
Section
11.4 Indemnities,
Reimbursement, Damage Waiver
(a) The
Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Agent, each Arranger, each
Lender and each Issuer (including each Person obligated on a Hedging Contract
the obligations under which are Secured Hedging Contract Obligations if such
Person was a Lender or Issuer at the time it entered into such Hedging Contract)
and each of their respective Affiliates, and each of the directors, officers,
employees, agents, trustees, representatives, attorneys, consultants and
advisors of or to any of the foregoing (including those retained in connection
with the satisfaction or attempted satisfaction of any condition set forth in
Article III (Conditions to
Loans and Letters of Credit) (each such Person being an “Indemnitee”) from and against
any and all claims, damages, liabilities, obligations, losses, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, and reasonable out-of-pocket costs, disbursements and
expenses, joint or several, of any kind or nature (including reasonable fees,
disbursements and expenses of financial and legal advisors to any such
Indemnitee) that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such
Indemnitee whether direct, indirect, or consequential and whether based on any
federal, state or local law or other statutory regulation, securities or
commercial law or regulation, or under common law or in equity, or on contract,
tort or otherwise, in any manner relating to or arising out of this Agreement,
any other Loan Document, any Obligation, any Letter of Credit, any Disclosure
Document, any Senior Notes Document,
the
Transactions or any act, event or transaction, or investigation, litigation or
proceeding, related or attendant to any thereof, or the use or intended use of
the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit or in connection with any
investigation of any potential matter covered hereby (collectively, the “Indemnified Matters”); provided, however, that the Borrower
shall not have any liability under this Section 11.4 to an Indemnitee
with respect to any Indemnified Matter to the extent such Indemnified Matter has
resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of that
Indemnitee, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final
non-appealable judgment or order; and provided, further, that the Borrower
shall not be required to reimburse the Administrative Agent for the expenses of
more than one counsel (and appropriate local and special counsels) or the other
Indemnitees for the expenses of more than one counsel (and appropriate local and
special counsels) for all such other Indemnitees. Without limiting
the foregoing, “Indemnified
Matters” include (i) all Environmental Liabilities and Costs
relating to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any costs or
liabilities incurred in connection with any Remedial Action relating to the
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) any costs or liabilities incurred
in connection with any Environmental Lien and (iv) any costs or liabilities
incurred in connection with any other matter under any Environmental Law,
including CERCLA and FIFRA and applicable state property transfer laws, except
with respect to those matters referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, to the extent
(x) incurred following foreclosure by any Agent, any Lender or any Issuer,
or any Agent, any Lender or any Issuer having become the successor in interest
to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and (y) attributable solely to
acts of such Agent, such Lender or such Issuer or any agent on behalf of such
Agent, such Lender or such Issuer.
(b) The
Borrower shall indemnify each Agent, Lender and Issuer for, and hold each Agent,
Lender and Issuer harmless from and against, any and all claims for brokerage
commissions, fees and other compensation made against the Agents, the Lenders
and the Issuers for any broker, finder or consultant with respect to any
agreement, arrangement or understanding made by or on behalf of any Loan Party
or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement.
(c) Each of
the Borrower and the Parent, at the request of any Indemnitee, shall have the
obligation to defend, and to cause each of their Subsidiaries to defend, against
any investigation, litigation or proceeding or requested Remedial Action, in
each case contemplated in clause (a) above, and
the Borrower, the Parent and each such Subsidiary, in any event, may participate
in the defense thereof with legal counsel of the Borrower’s, the Parent’s or
such Subsidiary’s choice. In the event that such Indemnitee requests
the Borrower, the Parent or any such Subsidiary to defend against such
investigation, litigation or proceeding or requested Remedial Action, the
Borrower, the Parent or such Subsidiary shall promptly do so and such Indemnitee
shall have the right to have legal counsel of its choice participate in such
defense. No action taken by legal counsel chosen by such Indemnitee
in defending against any such investigation, litigation or proceeding or
requested Remedial Action, shall vitiate or in any way impair the Borrower’s
obligation and duty hereunder to indemnify and hold harmless such
Indemnitee.
(d) Each of
the Borrower and the Parent agrees, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries
to agree, that any indemnification or other protection provided to any
Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement (including pursuant to this Section 11.4) or any other
Loan Document shall (i) survive payment in full of the Obligations and
(ii) inure to the benefit of any Person that was at any time an Indemnitee
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
(e) To the
extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount
required under Sections 11.3
(Costs and Expenses) and clause (a) above to be paid
by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Issuers or any
Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees
and advisors of any of the foregoing (and without limiting the Borrower’s
obligation to do so), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative
Agent (or any such
sub-agent),
the Issuers or such Affiliates, the partners, directors, officers, employees,
agents, trustees and advisors, as the case may be, such Lender’s applicable
percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense
or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the
unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related
expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the
Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Issuers in its capacity as
such, or against any Affiliate, partners, director, officer, employee, agent,
trustee and advisor of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent
(or any such sub-agent) or the Issuers in connection with such capacity and
provided further that
the obligation to indemnify the Issuers pursuant to this clause (e) in their
capacity as such shall be limited to Revolving Credit Lenders
only. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (e) are subject
to the provisions of Section 2.2(d) (Borrowing
Procedures).
(f) To the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and
hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for
special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or
actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this
Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated
hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of
Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to
in clause (a) above
shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of
any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by
such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information
transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for
direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable
judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
Section
11.5 Limitation
of Liability
(a) Each of
the Borrower and the Parent agree that no Indemnitee shall have any liability
(whether in contract, tort or otherwise) to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of
any Loan Party or any of their respective equity holders or creditors for or in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (including the
Transactions) or by any other Loan Document or Senior Notes Document, except to
the extent such liability is determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a
court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnitee’s gross
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. In no event, however,
shall any party hereto be liable on any theory of liability for any special,
consequential or punitive damages (including, without limitation, any loss of
profits, business or anticipated savings). Each of the parties hereto
hereby waives, releases and agrees (each for itself and on behalf of its
Subsidiaries) not to sue upon any such claim for any special, consequential or
punitive damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected
to exist in its favor.
(b) In no
event shall any Agent or any of its Affiliates or any of the
directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, representatives, attorneys,
consultants and advisors of or to any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Agent Affiliates”) have any
liability to any Loan Party, Lender, Issuer or any other Person for damages of
any kind, including direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential
damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort or contract or otherwise) arising
out of any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s or any Agent Affiliates’
transmission of electronic communications through the internet or any use of the
Platform, except to the extent such liability of any Agent Affiliate is found in
a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have
resulted form the Administrative Agent’s or such Agent Affiliate’s gross
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
Section
11.6 Right
of Set-off
Upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default each Lender and
each Affiliate of a Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to
time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all
deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time
held and other Indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender or its Affiliates
to or for the credit or the account of the Parent or the Borrower against any
and all of the Obligations now or hereafter existing whether or not such Lender
shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and
even though such Obligations may be unmatured; provided, that in the event
that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all
amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent
for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.18 (Defaulting
Lenders) and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such
Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit
of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall
provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in
reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it
exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify
the Borrower after any such set-off and application made by such Lender or its
Affiliates; provided,
however, that the
failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and
application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 11.6 are in addition
to the other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such
Lender may have.
Section
11.7 Sharing
of Payments, Etc.
(a) If any
Lender (directly or through an Affiliate thereof) obtains any payment (whether
voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off (including
pursuant to Section 11.6
(Right of Set-off) or otherwise) of the Loans owing to it, any interest
thereon, fees in respect thereof or amounts due pursuant to Section 11.3 (Costs and
Expenses) or 11.4
(Indemnities) (other than payments pursuant to Sections 2.14 (Special
Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans), 2.15 (Capital Adequacy) or
2.16 (Taxes) or
otherwise receives any Collateral or any “Proceeds” (as defined in the
Pledge and Security Agreement) of Collateral (other than payments pursuant to
Sections 2.14 (Special
Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans), 2.15 (Capital Adequacy) or
2.16 (Taxes) (in each
case, whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of
set-off or otherwise (including pursuant to Section 11.6 (Right of
Set-off))) in excess of its Ratable Portion of all payments of such
Obligations obtained by all the Lenders (other than as expressly provided in
Section 2.8(c) (Optional
Prepayments), such Lender (a “Purchasing Lender”) shall
forthwith purchase from the other Lenders (each, a “Selling Lender”) such
participations in their Loans or other Obligations as shall be necessary to
cause such Purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of
them.
(b) If all or
any portion of any payment received by a Purchasing Lender is thereafter
recovered from such Purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Selling Lender
shall be rescinded and such Selling Lender shall repay to the Purchasing Lender
the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal
to such Selling Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of
(i) the amount of such Selling Lender’s required repayment in relation to
(ii) the total amount so recovered from the Purchasing Lender) of any
interest or other amount paid or payable by the Purchasing Lender in respect of
the total amount so recovered.
(c) The
provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment
made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the
express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from
the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) the application of cash collateral in
respect of obligations relating to Letters of Credit or Swing Loans
pro-
vided for
in Section 9.3 (Actions in Respect of Letters of
Credit), or (z)
any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale
of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in Letter of Credit
Obligations or Swing Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an
assignment to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (as to which the provisions
of this Section shall apply).
(d) The
Parent and the Borrower agree that any Purchasing Lender so purchasing a
participation from a Selling Lender pursuant to this Section 11.7 may, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including
the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such
Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such
participation.
Section
11.8 Notices,
Etc.
(a) Addresses for
Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents and other
communications provided for in this Agreement shall be given in writing, or by
any telecommunication device capable of creating a written record (including
electronic mail), and addressed to the party to be notified as
follows:
(i) |
if
to the Borrower or the Parent: |
c/o Prestige Brands,
Inc.
90 North
Broadway
Irvington,
New York 10533
Attention:
Peter J.
Anderson
Telecopy
no: (914) 524-6821
E-Mail
Address: panderson@prestigebrandsinc.com
and
Charles
N. Jolly, Esq.
Telecopy
no: (914) 524-7488
E-Mail
Address: cjolly@prestigebrandsinc.com
(ii) if to any
Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office specified opposite its name on Schedule II (Applicable Lending
Offices and Addresses for Notices) or on the signature page of any
applicable Assignment and Acceptance;
(iii) if to any
Issuer, at the address set forth under its name on Schedule II (Applicable Lending
Offices and Addresses for Notices); and
(iv) if to the
Administrative Agent or the Swing Loan Lender, at the address set forth under
its name on Schedule II
(Applicable Lending Offices and Addresses for Notices);
or at
such other address as shall be notified in writing (x) in the case of the
Borrower, the Parent, the Administrative Agent and the Swing Loan Lender, to the
other parties and (y) in the case of all other parties, to the Borrower and
the Administrative Agent.
(b) Effectiveness of
Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents and other
communications described in clause (a) above shall
be effective (i) if delivered by hand, including any overnight courier
service, upon personal delivery, (ii) if delivered by mail, when deposited
in the mails, (iii) if delivered by posting to the Platform (regardless of
whether any such Person must accomplish, and
whether
or not any such Person shall have accomplished, any action prior to obtaining
access to such items, including registration, disclosure of contact information,
compliance with a standard user agreement or undertaking a duty of
confidentiality) and (iv) if delivered by electronic mail or any other
telecommunications device, as set forth in clause (c) below; provided, however, that notices and
communications to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Article II (The Facilities)
or Article X (The
Agents) shall not be effective until received by the Administrative
Agent.
(c) Electronic
Communications. Notices and other communications to the
Lenders and the Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic
communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to
procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing
shall not apply to notices to any Lender or any Issuer pursuant to Article II (the Facilities)
if such Lender or such Issuer, as applicable, has notified the
Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such
Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the
Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other
communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to
procedures approved by it, provided that approval of
such procedures may be limited to particular notices or
communications.
Unless
the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other
communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the
sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by
the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other
written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice
or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the
recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the
opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and
(ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website
shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at
its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification
that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website
address therefor.
(d) Public
Lenders. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at
least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have
selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content
declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its
delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and
applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to
make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the
“Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material
non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for
purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.
Section
11.9 No
Waiver; Remedies
No
failure on the part of any Lender, Issuer or any Agent to exercise, and no delay
in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall
any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies
herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by
law.
Section
11.10 Binding
Effect
This
Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the
Borrower, the Parent, the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent and
when the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender and Issuer
that such Lender or Issuer has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Parent, each Agent and each Lender
and Issuer and, in each case, their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that
nei-
ther the
Borrower nor the Parent shall have the right to assign any of their respective
rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the
Lenders.
Section
11.11 Governing
Law
This
Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed
by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of
New York.
Section
11.12 Submission
to Jurisdiction; Service of Process
(a) Any legal
action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document
may be brought in the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough and
City of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of
New York, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the Borrower
and the Parent hereby accepts for itself and in respect of its property,
generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid
courts. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably waive any objection,
including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, that
any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or
proceeding in such respective jurisdictions.
(b) Each
party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided
for notices in Section 11.8
(Notices, Etc.). Nothing in this Agreement will affect the
right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by
applicable law.
(c) If for
the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum
due hereunder in Dollars into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the
fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used
shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the
Administrative Agent could purchase Dollars with such other currency at the spot
rate of exchange quoted by the Administrative Agent at 11:00 a.m. (New York
time) on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given, for
the purchase of Dollars, for delivery two Business Days thereafter.
Section
11.13 Waiver
of Jury Trial
Each
of the Agents, the Lenders, the Issuers, the Parent and the Borrower irrevocably
waives trial by jury in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement
or any other Loan Document.
Section
11.14 Marshaling;
Payments Set Aside
None of
the Agents, Lenders or Issuers shall be under any obligation to marshal any
assets in favor of the Borrower, the Parent or any other party or against or in
payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that the
Borrower makes a payment or payments to any Agent, Lender or Issuer or any such
Person receives payment from the proceeds of the Collateral or exercises its
rights of set-off, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such
enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared
to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a
trustee, receiver or any other party, then to the extent of such recovery, the
obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens,
right and remedies therefor, shall be revived and continued in full force and
effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had
not occurred.
Section
11.15 Section
Titles
The
section titles contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive
meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement
between the parties hereto, except when used to reference a
section. Any reference to the number of a clause, sub-clause or
subsection hereof immediately followed by a reference in parenthesis to the
title of the Section containing such clause, sub-clause or subsection is a
reference to such clause, sub-clause or subsection and not to the entire
Section; provided,
however, that, in case
of direct conflict between the reference to the title and the reference to the
number of such Section, the reference to the title shall govern absent manifest
error. If any reference to the number of a Section (but not to any
clause, sub-clause or subsection thereof) is followed immediately by a reference
in parenthesis to the title of a Section, the title reference shall govern in
case of direct conflict absent manifest error.
Section
11.16 Execution
in Counterparts
This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties
in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be
an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate
counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages
are attached to the same document. Delivery of an executed signature
page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or by posting on the Platform
shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart
hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all parties
shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
Section
11.17 Entire
Agreement
This
Agreement, together with all of the other Loan Documents and all certificates
and documents delivered hereunder or thereunder, embodies the entire agreement
of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating
to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between
the terms of this Agreement and any other Loan Document, the terms of this
Agreement shall govern.
Section
11.18 Confidentiality
Each
Lender and each Agent agrees to keep information obtained by it pursuant hereto
and the other Loan Documents confidential in accordance with such Lender’s or
such Agent’s, as the case may be, customary practices and agrees that it shall
only use such information in connection with the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement and not disclose any such information other than (a) to such
Lender’s or such Agent’s, as the case may be, Affiliates, employees,
representatives and agents that are or are expected to be involved in the
evaluation of such information in connection with the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement and are advised of the confidential nature of such information
and agree to be bound by the provisions hereof for the benefit of the Borrower,
(b) to the extent such information presently is or hereafter becomes
available to such Lender or such Agent, as the case may be, on a
non-confidential basis from a source other than the Parent, the Borrower or any
other Loan Party and do not reasonably suspect that such information is
disclosed in violation of a confidentiality agreement or is otherwise
unauthorized, (c) to the extent disclosure is required by law, regulation
or judicial order or requested or required by bank regulators or auditors, as
long as, to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law, notice thereof is given
to the Borrower by the applicable Lender or Agent prior to (or, in the case of a
judicial order, promptly after) such disclosure; provided that no such notice
shall be required to the extent such disclosure is required by bank regulators
for customary reviews in the ordinary course of business, or (d) to current
or good faith prospective assignees, participants and Special Purpose Vehicles
grantees
of any option described in Section 11.2(f) (Assignments and
Participations), contractual counterparties in any Hedging Contract
permitted hereunder and to their respective legal or financial advisors, in each
case and to the extent such assignees, participants, grantees or counterparties
agree to be bound by, and to cause their advisors to comply with, the provisions
of this Section
11.18.
For
purposes of this Section, “information” means all
information received from any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof relating to
any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses, other
than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any
Lender or the Issuers on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan
Party or any Subsidiary thereof, provided that, in the case of
information received from a Loan Party or any such Subsidiary after the date
hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as
confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of
information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied
with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of
care to maintain the confidentiality of such information as such Person would
accord to its own confidential information.
Each of
the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuers acknowledges that (a) the
information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower
or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures
regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such
material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including
United States federal and state securities Laws.
Section
11.19 Severability
If any
provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal,
invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the
remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be
affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith
negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with
valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that
of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity
of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without
limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.19, if and to the
extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to
Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good
faith by the Administrative Agent, the Issuers or the Swing Loan Lender, as
applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the
extent not so limited.
Section
11.20 USA
PATRIOT Act
Each
Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the
Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby
notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act
(Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to
obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which
information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other
information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as
applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the
Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the
Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other
information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to
comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and
anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.
Section
11.21 Interest
Rate Limitation
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or
agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of
non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Requirements of Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If
the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that
exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal
of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the
Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for,
charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum
Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of
Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or
premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects
thereof and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal
parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the
Obligations hereunder.
[Signature
Pages Follow]
In Witness Whereof, the
parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective
officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above
written.
|
Prestige
Brands, Inc.,
|
|
|
|
as
Borrower |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Peter J.
Anderson
|
|
|
|
Name:
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Title:
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.,
|
|
|
|
as
the Parent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Peter J.
Anderson
|
|
|
|
Name: Peter
J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Title:
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
[SIGNATURE
PAGE TO PRESTIGE BRANDS, INC. CREDIT AGREEMENT]
|
Bank
of America, N.A.,
|
|
|
|
as
Administrative Agent, |
|
|
|
Swing
Loan Lender, Issuer and Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ J. Casey
Cosgrove
|
|
|
|
Name:
J. Casey Cosgrove |
|
|
|
Title:
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
[SIGNATURE
PAGE TO PRESTIGE BRANDS, INC. CREDIT AGREEMENT]
|
Deutsche
Bank Securities Inc.,
|
|
|
|
as
Syndication Agent, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Scott
Sartorios |
|
|
|
Name:
Scott Sartorios |
|
|
|
Title:
Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Sandeep
Desai
|
|
|
|
Name:
Sandeep Desai |
|
|
|
Title:
Director |
|
[SIGNATURE
PAGE TO PRESTIGE BRANDS, INC. CREDIT AGREEMENT]
|
Deutsche
Bank Trust Company Americas,
|
|
|
|
as
a Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Scottye
Lindsey |
|
|
|
Name:
Scottye Lindsey |
|
|
|
Title:
Director |
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Carin
Keegan
|
|
|
|
Name:
Carin Keegan |
|
|
|
Title:
Director |
|
[SIGNATURE
PAGE TO PRESTIGE BRANDS, INC. CREDIT AGREEMENT]
pledgeandsecurityagreement.htm
Exhibit
10.2
among
Prestige
Brands, Inc.
as
a Grantor
and
Each
Other Grantor
From
Time to Time Party Hereto
and
Bank
of America, N.A.,
as
Administrative Agent
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE
I
DEFINED
TERMS
|
Section
1.1
|
Definitions
|
1
|
|
Section
1.2
|
Certain Other
Terms
|
5
|
ARTICLE
II
GRANT
OF SECURITY INTEREST
|
Section
2.2
|
Grant of Security Interest in
Collateral
|
7
|
|
Section
2.3
|
Cash Collateral
Accounts
|
7
|
ARTICLE
III
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES
|
Section
3.1
|
Title; No Other
Liens
|
7
|
|
Section
3.2
|
Perfection and
Priority
|
8
|
|
Section
3.3
|
Jurisdiction of Organization;
Chief Executive Office
|
8
|
|
Section
3.4
|
Inventory and
Equipment
|
8
|
|
Section
3.5
|
Pledged
Collateral
|
9
|
|
Section
3.6
|
Instruments and Chattel
Paper
|
9
|
|
Section
3.7
|
Intellectual
Property
|
9
|
|
Section
3.8
|
Deposit Accounts; Securities
Accounts
|
10
|
|
Section
3.9
|
Commercial Tort
Claims
|
10
|
ARTICLE
IV
COVENANTS
|
Section
4.2
|
Maintenance of Perfected Security
Interest; Further Documentation
|
11
|
|
Section
4.3
|
Changes in Locations, Name,
Etc.
|
11
|
|
Section
4.4
|
Pledged
Collateral
|
12
|
|
Section
4.6
|
Delivery of Instruments and
Chattel Paper
|
14
|
|
Section
4.7
|
Intellectual
Property
|
14
|
|
Section
4.9
|
Payment of
Obligations
|
16
|
|
Section
4.10
|
Insurance
|
16
|
|
Section
4.11
|
Notice of Commercial Tort
Claims
|
16
|
Page
ARTICLE
V
REMEDIAL
PROVISIONS
|
Section
5.1
|
Code and Other
Remedies
|
17
|
|
Section
5.2
|
Accounts and Payments in Respect
of General Intangibles
|
17
|
|
Section
5.3
|
Pledged
Collateral
|
19
|
|
Section
5.4
|
[Reserved.]
|
19
|
|
Section
5.5
|
Registration
Rights
|
19
|
|
Section
5.6
|
Deficiency
|
20
|
ARTICLE
VI
THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
|
Section
6.1
|
Administrative Agent’s
Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact
|
21
|
|
Section
6.2
|
Duty of Administrative
Agent
|
22
|
|
Section
6.3
|
Authorization of Financing
Statements
|
23
|
|
Section
6.4
|
Authority of Administrative
Agent
|
23
|
ARTICLE
VII
MISCELLANEOUS
|
Section
7.1
|
Amendments in
Writing
|
23
|
|
Section
7.3
|
No Waiver by Course of Conduct;
Cumulative Remedies
|
24
|
|
Section
7.4
|
Successors and
Assigns
|
24
|
|
Section
7.5
|
Counterparts
|
24
|
|
Section
7.6
|
Severability
|
24
|
|
Section
7.7
|
Section
Headings
|
24
|
|
Section
7.8
|
Entire
Agreement
|
24
|
|
Section
7.9
|
Governing
Law
|
25
|
|
Section
7.10
|
Additional
Grantors
|
25
|
|
Section
7.11
|
Release of
Collateral
|
25
|
|
Section
7.12
|
Reinstatement
|
25
|
|
Section
7.13
|
Termination
|
26
|
Annexes
and Schedules
Pledge and
Security Agreement, dated
as of March 24, 2010, by Prestige Brands, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and each of the
other entities listed on the signature pages hereof or that becomes a party
hereto pursuant to Section
7.10 (Additional Grantors) (each, a “Grantor” and, collectively,
the “Grantors”), in
favor of Bank of
America, N.A. (“Bank of
America”), as administrative agent for the Lenders and the Issuers and
collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “Administrative
Agent”).
W
i t n e s s e t h:
Whereas, pursuant to
the Credit Agreement, of even date herewith (as the same may be amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the
Borrower, Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”), the Lenders and
Issuers party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the other parties listed
therein, the Lenders and the Issuers have severally agreed to make extensions of
credit to the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
therein;
Whereas, the Grantors
other than the Borrower are party to the Guaranty pursuant to which they have
guaranteed the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement);
and
Whereas, it is a
condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Issuers to make
their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement
that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the
Administrative Agent.
Now, therefore, in
consideration of the premises and to induce the Lenders, the Issuers, the
Administrative Agent, and the Syndication Agent to enter into the Credit
Agreement and to induce the Lenders and the Issuers to make their respective
extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder, each Grantor hereby agrees with
the Administrative Agent as follows:
ARTICLE
I
Defined
Terms
Section
1.1 Definitions
(a) Unless
otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein
have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
(b) Terms
used herein without definition that are defined in the UCC have the meanings
given to them in the UCC, including the following terms (which are capitalized
herein):
“Account Debtor”
“Account”
“Certificated
Security”
“Chattel Paper”
“Commercial Tort
Claim”
“Control Account”
“Deposit Account”
“Documents”
“Entitlement
Holder”
“Entitlement
Order”
“Equipment”
“Financial Asset”
“General
Intangible”
“Goods”
“Instruments”
“Inventory”
“Investment
Property”
“Letter-of-Credit
Right”
“Proceeds”
“Securities
Account”
“Securities
Intermediary”
“Security”
“Security
Entitlement”
“Supporting
Obligations”
“Tangible Chattel
Paper”
(c) The
following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Additional Pledged
Collateral” means any Pledged Collateral acquired by any Grantor after
the date hereof and in which a security interest is granted pursuant to Section 2.2 (Grant of Security
Interest in Collateral), including, to the extent a security interest is
granted therein pursuant to Section 2.2 (Grant of Security
Interest in Collateral), (i) all Stock and Stock Equivalents of any
Person that are acquired by any Grantor after the date hereof, together with all
certificates, instruments or other documents representing any of the foregoing
and all Security Entitlements of any Grantor in respect of any of the foregoing,
(ii) all additional Indebtedness from time to time owed to any Grantor by
any obligor on the Pledged Debt Instruments and the Instruments evidencing such
Indebtedness and (iii) all interest, cash, Instruments and other property
or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in
respect of or in exchange for any of the foregoing. “Additional Pledged
Collateral” may be General Intangibles, Instruments or Investment
Property.
“Agreement” means this Pledge
and Security Agreement.
“Collateral” has the meaning
specified in Section
2.1 (Collateral).
“Copyright Licenses” means any
written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee granting any right
under any Copyright, including the grant of any right to copy, publicly perform,
create derivative works, manufacture, distribute, exploit or sell materials
derived from any Copyright.
“Copyrights” means
(a) all copyrights arising under the laws of the United States, any other
country or any political subdivision thereof (or any treaty or international
organization or body or political subdivision thereof), whether registered or
unregistered and whether published or unpublished, all registrations and
recordings thereof and all applications in connection therewith, including all
registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office
or in any foreign counterparts thereof, and (b) the right to obtain all
renewals thereof.
“Deposit Account Control
Agreement” means an agreement, in form and substance reasonably
acceptable to the Administrative Agent, executed by the relevant Grantor, the
Administrative Agent and the relevant financial institution and granting
“control” (within the meaning of the UCC) over the Deposit Account, subject to
such agreement, to the Administrative Agent.
“Excluded Equity” means any
Voting Stock in excess of 65% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of any
Excluded Foreign Subsidiary. For the purposes of this definition,
“Voting Stock”
means, as
to any issuer, the issued and outstanding shares of each class of capital stock
or other ownership interests of such issuer entitled to vote (within the meaning
of Treasury Regulations § 1.956-2(c)(2)).
“Excluded Property” means,
collectively, (i) Excluded Equity, (ii) any permit, lease, license, contract,
instrument or other agreement held by any Grantor that prohibits or requires the
consent of any Person other than the Borrower and its Affiliates as a condition
to the creation by such Grantor of a Lien thereon, or any permit, lease, license
contract or other agreement held by any Grantor to the extent that any
Requirement of Law applicable thereto prohibits the creation of a Lien thereon,
but only, in each case, to the extent, and for so long as, such prohibition is
not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the
UCC or any other Requirement of Law, (iii) Equipment owned by any Grantor that
is subject to a purchase money Lien or a Capital Lease permitted by the Credit
Agreement if the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or
in the documentation providing for such Capital Lease) prohibits or requires the
consent of any Person other than the Borrower and its Affiliates as a condition
to the creation of any other Lien on such Equipment, (iv) each U.S. application
to register any Trademark prior to the filing under applicable law of a verified
statement of use (or equivalent) for such Trademark, (v) any assets subject to
the Lien permitted by Section 8.2(g) of the Credit Agreement if the contract or
other agreement in which such Lien is granted prohibits another Lien on such
assets and (vi) cash held in a Deposit Account to the extent they are excluded
from being maintained in an Approved Deposit Account pursuant to clause (x) of
the proviso to Section 7.12(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that “Excluded Property” shall not
include any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of Excluded Property (unless
such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded
Property).
“Intellectual Property” means,
collectively, all rights, priorities and privileges of any Grantor relating to
intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or
foreign laws or otherwise, including Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents,
Patent Licenses, Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, trade secrets and Internet
domain names, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or
other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and
damages therefrom.
“Joinder Agreement” means the
joinder agreement, in substantially the form of Annex 2 (Form of Joinder
Agreement), executed by a Grantor.
“LLC” means each limited
liability company in which a Grantor has an interest, including those set forth
on Schedule 2
(Pledged Collateral,
Instruments and Chattel Paper).
“LLC Agreement” means each
operating agreement with respect to a LLC, as each agreement has heretofore
been, and may hereafter be, amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time.
“Material Intellectual
Property” means Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to a Grantor
and material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business.
“paid in full” and “payment in full” means, with
respect to any Secured Obligation, the occurrence of all of the foregoing,
(a) with respect to such Secured Obligations other than (i) contingent
indemnification obligations, Secured Hedging Contract Obligations and Secured
Cash Management Obligations not then due and payable and (ii) to the extent
covered by clause (b) below,
obligations with respect to undrawn Letters of Credit, payment in full thereof
in cash (or otherwise to the written satisfaction of the Secured Parties owed
such Secured Obligations), (b) with respect to any undrawn Letter of
Credit, the obligations under which are included in such Secured Obligations,
(i) the cancellation thereof and payment in full of all resulting Secured
Obligations pursuant to clause (a) above or
(ii) the receipt of cash
collateral
(or a backstop letter of credit in respect thereof on terms acceptable to the
applicable Issuer of the Letters of Credit and the Administrative Agent) in an
amount at least equal to 102% of the Letter of Credit Obligations for such
Letter of Credit and (c) if such Secured Obligations consist of all the
Secured Obligations in one or more Facilities, termination of all Commitments
and all other obligations of the Secured Parties in respect of such Facilities
under the Loan Documents.
“Partnership” means each
partnership in which a Grantor has an interest, including those set forth on
Schedule 2 (Pledged Collateral, Instruments and
Chattel Paper).
“Partnership Agreement” means
each partnership agreement governing a Partnership, as each such agreement has
heretofore been, and may hereafter be, amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified.
“Patents” means (a) all
letters patent of the United States, any other country or any political
subdivision thereof (or any treaty or international organization or body or
political subdivision thereof) and all reissues and extensions thereof,
(b) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other
country or any political subdivision thereof (or any treaty or international
organization or body or political subdivision thereof) and all divisionals,
continuations and continuations-in-part thereof and (c) all rights to
obtain any reissues or extensions of any of the foregoing.
“Patent License” means all
agreements, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any
Grantor of any right to manufacture, have manufactured, use, import, sell or
offer for sale any invention covered in whole or in part by a
Patent.
“Pledge Amendment” means the
pledge amendment, in substantially the form of Annex 1 (Form of Pledge
Amendment), executed by a Grantor.
“Pledged Certificated Stock”
means all Certificated Securities and any other Stock and Stock Equivalent of a
Person evidenced by a certificate, Instrument or other equivalent document, in
each case owned by any Grantor, including all Stock listed on Schedule 2 (Pledged Collateral,
Instruments and Chattel Paper).
“Pledged Collateral” means,
collectively, the Pledged Stock, Pledged Debt Instruments, any other Investment
Property of any Grantor, all chattel paper, certificates or other Instruments
representing any of the foregoing and all Security Entitlements of any Grantor
in respect of any of the foregoing. Pledged Collateral may, without
limitation, be General Intangibles, Instruments or Investment
Property.
“Pledged Debt Instruments”
means all right, title and interest of any Grantor in Instruments evidencing any
Indebtedness owed to such Grantor, including all Indebtedness described on
Schedule 2 (Pledged Collateral,
Instruments and Chattel Paper), issued by the obligors named
therein.
“Pledged Stock” means all
Pledged Certificated Stock and all Pledged Uncertificated Stock. For
purposes of this Agreement, the term “Pledged Stock” shall not
include any Excluded Equity.
“Pledged Uncertificated Stock”
means any Stock or Stock Equivalent of any Person that is not a Pledged
Certificated Stock, including all right, title and interest of any Grantor as a
limited or general partner in any Partnership or as a member of any LLC and all
right, title and interest of any Grantor in, to and under any Partnership
Agreement or LLC Agreement to which it is a party.
“Securities Account Control
Agreement” means an agreement, in form and substance reasonably
acceptable to the Administrative Agent, executed by the relevant Grantor, the
Administrative Agent and the relevant Securities Intermediary and granting
“control” (within the meaning of the UCC) over the Securities Account, subject
to such agreement, to the Administrative Agent.
“Securities Act” means the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Trademark License” means any
agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any Grantor
of any right to use any Trademark.
“Trademarks” means
(a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business
names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos and other
source or business identifiers, and, in each case, all goodwill associated
therewith, whether now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all
registrations and recordings thereof and all applications in connection
therewith, in each case whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office
or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or
any other country or any political subdivision thereof (or any treaty or
international organization or body or political subdivision thereof), and all
common-law rights related thereto, and (b) the right to obtain all renewals
thereof.
“UCC” means the Uniform
Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided, however, that, in the event
that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any of the attachment,
perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s and any Secured Party’s
security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code
as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the
provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for
purposes of definitions related to such provisions.
“Vehicles” means all vehicles
covered by a certificate of title law of any state.
Section
1.2 Certain
Other Terms
(a) In this
Agreement, in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a
later specified date, the word “from” means “from and
including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but
excluding” and the word “through” means “to and
including.”
(b) The terms
“herein,” “hereof,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and similar terms
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section,
subsection or clause in this Agreement.
(c) References
herein to an Annex, Schedule, Article, Section, subsection or clause refer to
the appropriate Annex or Schedule to, or Article, Section, subsection or clause
in this Agreement.
(d) The
meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the
singular and plural forms of such terms.
(e) Where the
context requires, provisions relating to any Collateral, when used in relation
to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or any relevant part
thereof.
(f) Any
reference in this Agreement to a Loan Document shall include all appendices,
exhibits and schedules thereto, and, unless specifically stated otherwise all
amendments, restate-
ments,
supplements or other modifications thereto, and as the same may be in effect at
any time such reference becomes operative.
(g) The term
“including” means
“including without limitation” except when used in the computation of time
periods.
(h) The terms
“Lender,” “Issuer,” “Administrative Agent” and
“Secured Party” include
their respective successors.
(i) References
in this Agreement to any statute shall be to such statute as amended or modified
and in effect from time to time.
ARTICLE
II
Grant
of Security Interest
Section
2.1 Collateral
For the
purposes of this Agreement, all of the following property now owned or at any
time hereafter acquired by a Grantor or in which a Grantor now has or at any
time in the future may acquire any right, title or interests is collectively
referred to as the “Collateral”:
(a) all
Accounts;
(b) all
Chattel Paper;
(c) all
Deposit Accounts;
(d) all
Documents;
(e) all
Equipment;
(f) all
General Intangibles;
(g) all
Instruments;
(h) all
Inventory;
(i) all
Investment Property;
(j) all
Letter-of-Credit Rights;
(k) all
Vehicles;
(l) the
Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule 7 (Commercial Tort Claims)
and on any supplement thereto received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 4.11 (Notice of
Commercial Tort Claims);
(m) all books
and records pertaining to the other property described in this Section 2.1;
(n) all
property of any Grantor held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured
Party, including all property of every description, in the possession or custody
of or in transit to the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party for any
purpose, including safekeeping, collection or pledge, for the account of such
Grantor or as to which such Grantor may have any right or power;
(o) all other
Goods and personal property of such Grantor, whether tangible or intangible and
wherever located; and
(p) to the
extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and Supporting
Obligations;
provided, however, that “Collateral” shall not include
any Excluded Property; and provided, further, that if and when any
property shall cease to be Excluded Property, such property shall be deemed at
all times from and after the date hereof to constitute Collateral.
Section
2.2 Grant
of Security Interest in Collateral
Each
Grantor, as collateral security for the full, prompt and complete payment and
performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise)
of the Secured Obligations of such Grantor, hereby mortgages, pledges and
hypothecates to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties,
and grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a
lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to
and under the Collateral; provided, however, that, if and when
any property that at any time constituted Excluded Property becomes Collateral,
the Administrative Agent shall have, and at all times from and after the date
hereof be deemed to have had, a lien on and security interest in such
property.
Section
2.3 Cash
Collateral Accounts
The
Administrative Agent may establish a Deposit Account under its sole dominion and
control and designate it as a Cash Collateral Account. Such Deposit
Account shall be a Cash Collateral Account.
ARTICLE
III
Representations
and Warranties
To induce
the Lenders, the Issuers, the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent to
enter into the Credit Agreement, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants
each of the following to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuers and
the other Secured Parties:
Section
3.1 Title;
No Other Liens
Except
for Liens granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the
other Liens permitted to exist on the Collateral under the Credit Agreement,
such Grantor (a) is the record and beneficial owner of the Pledged
Collateral pledged by it hereunder constituting Instruments or Certificated
Securities, (b) is the Entitlement Holder of all such Pledged Collateral
constituting Investment Property held in a Securities Account and (c) has rights
in or the power to transfer each other item of Collateral in which a Lien is
granted by it hereunder, free and clear of any other Lien.
Section
3.2 Perfection
and Priority
The
security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute valid and
continuing perfected security interests in favor of the Administrative Agent in
the Collateral for which perfection is governed by the UCC or filing with the
United States Copyright Office upon (i) in the case of all Collateral in
which a security interest may be perfected by filing a financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction, the timely and
proper completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 3 (Filings)
(which, in the case of all filings and other documents referred to on such
schedule, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent in completed and duly
executed form), (ii) the delivery to the Administrative Agent of all
Collateral consisting of Instruments and Certificated Securities, in each case
properly endorsed for transfer to the Administrative Agent or in blank,
(iii) the execution of Securities Account Control Agreements with respect
to Investment Property not in certificated form, (iv) the execution of
Deposit Account Control Agreements with respect to all Deposit Accounts of a
Grantor and (v) in the case of Collateral in which a security interest may
be perfected by filing with the United States Copyright Office, filing of a
short-form security agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex 3 (Form of Short Form
Intellectual Property Security Agreement) with the United States
Copyright Office. Security interests in collateral that is subject to
foreign jurisdiction Requirements of Law may require additional actions in
accordance with the Requirements of Law of such jurisdictions. The
security interest created hereunder in favor of the Administrative Agent for the
benefit of the Secured Parties shall be prior to all other Liens on the
Collateral except for Customary Permitted Liens having priority over the
Administrative Agent’s Lien by operation of law or otherwise as permitted under
the Credit Agreement.
Section
3.3 Jurisdiction
of Organization; Chief Executive Office
Such
Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization, legal name, organizational
identification number, if any, the location of such Grantor’s chief executive
office or sole place of business, the number of shares of each class of Stock
authorized (if applicable), the number outstanding on the Closing Date and the
number and percentage of the outstanding shares of each such class owned
(directly or indirectly) by any Loan Party, in each case as of the date hereof,
is specified on
Schedule 1 (Parent and Subsidiary Information) and such Schedule 1 (Parent and
Subsidiary Information) also lists all legal names and any other names
used on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service for the five years
preceding the date hereof and all jurisdictions of incorporation for the past
four months.
Schedule
1 includes information about each entity to which any Grantor became the
successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or
jurisdiction of organization or otherwise or from which it acquired any
Collateral with a value in excess of $500,000, in each case for the five years
preceding the date hereof, except for: (i) any acquisitions in the ordinary
course of business or consisting of goods which have been acquired by such
Grantor in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of
selling goods of that kind; or (ii) any corporate restructuring involving the
Subsidiaries of the Parent.
Section
3.4 Inventory
and Equipment
On the
date hereof, such Grantor’s Inventory and Equipment (other than mobile goods and
Inventory or Equipment in transit) are kept at the locations listed on Schedule 4 (Location of
Inventory and Equipment) and such Schedule 4 (Location of
Inventory and Equipment) also list the locations of such Inventory and
Equipment for the five years preceding the date hereof.
Section
3.5 Pledged
Collateral
(a) The
Pledged Stock pledged hereunder by such Grantor is listed on Schedule 2 (Pledged Collateral, Instruments and
Chattel Paper) and constitutes that percentage of the issued and
outstanding equity of all classes of each issuer thereof as set forth on Schedule 2 (Pledged Collateral, Instruments and
Chattel Paper).
(b) All of
the Pledged Stock (other than Pledged Stock in limited liability companies and
partnerships) has been duly authorized, validly issued and is fully paid and
nonassessable.
(c) Each of
the Pledged Stock constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
obligor with respect thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject
to the effects of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance,
reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting
creditors’ rights generally, and general equitable principles (whether
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
(d) All
Pledged Collateral and, if applicable, any Additional Pledged Collateral,
consisting of Certificated Securities or Instruments has been delivered to the
Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.4(a) (Pledged Collateral) hereof
and Section 7.11 (Additional Collateral and
Guaranties) of the Credit Agreement.
(e) All
Pledged Collateral held by a Securities Intermediary in a Securities Account is
in a Control Account.
(f) Other
than Pledged Stock constituting General Intangibles, there is no Pledged
Collateral other than that represented by Certificated Securities or Instruments
in the possession of the Administrative Agent, or that consists of Financial
Assets held in a Control Account.
(g) The
Constituent Documents of any Person governing any Pledged Stock of any limited
liability company, partnership or similar entity do not, upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, prevent the Administrative Agent
from exercising all of the rights of the Grantor granting the security interest
therein, or prevent a transferee or assignee of Stock of such Person from
becoming a member, partner or, as the case may be, other holder of such Pledged
Stock to the same extent as the Grantor in such Person entitled to participate
in the management of such Person or prohibit that upon the transfer of the
entire interest of such Grantor, such Grantor ceases to be a member, partner or,
as the case may be, other holder of such Pledged Stock.
Section
3.6 Instruments
and Chattel Paper
As of the
Closing Date, all of the Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper with a value in
excess of $1,000,000 of such Grantor are listed in Schedule 2 (Pledged Collateral, Instruments and
Chattel Paper).
Section
3.7 Intellectual
Property
(a) Schedule 5(a) (Intellectual Property) lists
all registrations for and applications to register Material Intellectual
Property and material unregistered trademarks owned by such Grantor on the date
hereof. Schedule 5(a) (Intellectual Property) also
lists all license agreements pursuant to which Material Intellectual Property is
licensed to such Grantor.
(b) Except as
set forth on Schedule 5(b)
(Intellectual Property Adjudged Invalid, Abandoned, etc.), all Material
Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor is valid, subsisting, unexpired and
enforceable, has not been adjudged invalid and has not been abandoned and the
use thereof in the business of such Grantor does not infringe, misappropriate,
dilute or violate the intellectual property rights of any other
Person.
(c) Except as
set forth in Schedule 5(c) (Intellectual Property Subject to
Licensing or Franchise Agreements), none of the Material Intellectual
Property owned by such Grantor is the subject of any licensing or franchise
agreement pursuant to which such Grantor is the licensor or
franchisor.
(d) No
holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any Governmental Authority
that would limit, cancel or question the validity of, or such Grantor’s rights
in, any Material Intellectual Property.
(e) Except as
set forth in Schedule 5(d)
(Intellectual Property Actions or Proceedings), no action or proceeding
seeking to limit, cancel or question the validity of any Material Intellectual
Property owned by such Grantor or such Grantor’s ownership interest therein is
pending or, to the knowledge of such Grantor, threatened. There are
no claims, judgments or settlements to be paid by such Grantor relating to the
Material Intellectual Property.
Section
3.8 Deposit
Accounts; Securities Accounts
The only
Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts maintained by any Grantor on the date
hereof are those listed on Schedule 6 (Bank Accounts; Control
Accounts), which sets forth such information separately for each
Grantor. The parties hereto acknowledge that Deposit Accounts listed
on Schedule 6 (Bank Accounts;
Control Accounts) and indicated as Excluded Property are Excluded
Property.
Section
3.9 Commercial
Tort Claims
The only
Commercial Tort Claims of any Grantor existing on the date hereof (regardless of
whether the amount, defendant or other material facts can be determined and
regardless of whether such Commercial Tort Claim has been asserted, threatened
or has otherwise been made known to the obligee thereof or whether litigation
has been commenced for such claims) are those listed on Schedule 7 (Commercial Tort
Claims), which sets forth such information separately for each
Grantor.
ARTICLE
IV
Covenants
Each
Grantor agrees with the Administrative Agent to the following until all Secured
Obligations are paid in full, unless the Requisite Lenders otherwise consent in
writing:
Section
4.1 Generally
Such
Grantor shall (a) not create or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with
respect to any Collateral, except Liens permitted under Section 8.2 (Liens, Etc.) of the Credit
Agreement, (b) not use or permit any Collateral to be used unlawfully or in
violation of any provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any
Requirement of Law or any policy of insurance covering the Collateral,
(c) not enter into any agreement or undertaking restricting the right or
ability of such Grantor or the Administrative Agent to sell, assign or transfer
any Collateral if such restriction would have a Material Adverse Effect and
(d) promptly notify the Administrative Agent of its entry into any
agreement or assumption of under-
taking
that restricts the ability to sell, assign or transfer any Collateral regardless
of whether or not it has a Material Adverse Effect.
Section
4.2 Maintenance
of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation
(a) Such
Grantor shall maintain the security interests created by this Agreement as
security interests having at least the priority described in Section 3.2 (Perfection and Priority) and
Section 2.2 (Grant of Security
Interest in Collateral) and shall defend such security interests and such
priority against the claims and demands of all Persons to the extent adverse to
such Grantor’s ownership rights or otherwise inconsistent with this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that security
interests that relate solely to Collateral the aggregate value of which has a
Dollar Equivalent not exceeding $1,000,000 are deemed invalid or unenforceable,
such invalidity or unenforceability may remain to the extent not constituting an
Event of Default under Section
9.1(j)(Events of Default) of the Credit Agreement for the period
specified therein.
(b) Such
Grantor shall furnish to the Administrative Agent from time to time statements
and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other
reports in connection with the Collateral as the Administrative Agent may
reasonably request, all in reasonable detail and in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(c) Subject
to the limitations on visits set forth in Section 7.6 (Access) of the
Credit Agreement, at any time and from time to time, upon the reasonable written
request of the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor,
such Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded or
authorize the recording of, such further instruments and documents and take such
further action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the
purpose of obtaining or preserving the benefits of this Agreement and of the
rights and powers herein granted, including the filing of any financing or
continuation statement under the UCC (or any other Requirement of Law relating
to registration of Liens over Intellectual Property or other personal property)
in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interests created
hereby and the execution and delivery of Deposit Account Control Agreements and
Securities Account Control Agreements.
Section
4.3 Changes
in Locations, Name, Etc.
(a) Except
upon 15 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and delivery to
the Administrative Agent of (i) all additional financing statements and
other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to maintain the
validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for herein
and (ii) if applicable, a written supplement to Schedule 4 (Location of
Inventory and Equipment) showing (A) any additional locations at
which Inventory or Equipment shall be kept or (B) any changes in any
location where Inventory or Equipment shall be kept that would require the
Administrative Agent to take any action to maintain perfected Requisite Priority
Liens in such Collateral, such Grantor shall not do any of the
following:
(i) permit
any Inventory or Equipment (other than computers and communications equipment
used by, and in the possession of employees) to be kept at a location other than
those listed on
Schedule 4 (Location of Inventory and Equipment), except for
Inventory or Equipment in transit or absent for repair in the ordinary course of
business; provided, however, that Inventory and
Equipment having an aggregate Fair Market Value not to exceed $500,000.00 may be
kept at other locations;
(ii) change
its jurisdiction of organization or its location, in each case from that
referred to in Section 3.3
(Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office); or
(iii) change
its legal name or organizational identification number, if any, or corporation,
limited liability company or other organizational structure to such an extent
that any financing statement filed or other filing or registration made in
connection with this Agreement would become misleading or otherwise
ineffective.
(b) Such
Grantor shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense satisfactory and
complete records of the Collateral, including a record of all payments received
and all credits granted with respect to the Collateral and all other dealings
with the Collateral. If requested by the Administrative Agent, the
security interests of the Administrative Agent shall be noted on the certificate
of title of each Vehicle.
Section
4.4 Pledged
Collateral
(a) Such
Grantor shall, within 30 days of the acquisition of a Subsidiary or creation of
a new Subsidiary, (i) deliver to the Administrative Agent all certificates
and Instruments representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral (including
Additional Pledged Collateral), whether now existing or hereafter acquired, in
suitable form for transfer by delivery or, as applicable, accompanied by such
Grantor’s endorsement, where necessary, or duly executed instruments of transfer
or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, together, in respect of any Additional Pledged Collateral,
with a Pledge Amendment, duly executed by the Grantor, in substantially the form
of Annex 1 (Form of
Pledge Amendment), an acknowledgment and agreement to a Joinder Agreement
duly executed by the Grantor, in substantially the form in the form of Annex 2 (Form of Joinder
Agreement), or such other documentation acceptable to the Administrative
Agent and (ii) maintain all other Pledged Collateral constituting
Investment Property in a Control Account. Such Grantor authorizes the
Administrative Agent to attach each Pledge Amendment to this
Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have the right, at any time
upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, in its
discretion and without notice to the Grantor, to transfer to or to register in
its name or in the name of its nominees any Pledged Collateral. The
Administrative Agent shall have the right at any time upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of any Event of Default, to exchange any certificate or
instrument representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral for certificates or
instruments of smaller or larger denominations.
(b) Except as
provided in Article V
(Remedial Provisions),
such Grantor shall be entitled to receive all cash dividends paid in respect of
the Pledged Collateral with respect to the Pledged Collateral. Any
sums paid upon or in respect of any Pledged Collateral upon the liquidation or
dissolution of any issuer of any Pledged Collateral, any distribution of capital
made on or in respect of any Pledged Collateral or any property distributed upon
or with respect to any Pledged Collateral pursuant to the recapitalization or
reclassification of the capital of any issuer of Pledged Collateral or pursuant
to the reorganization thereof shall, unless otherwise subject to perfected
Requisite Priority Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, be delivered to
the Administrative Agent to be held by it hereunder as additional collateral
security for the Secured Obligations. If any such sum of money or
property so paid or distributed in respect of any Pledged Collateral shall be
received by such Grantor and not otherwise be subject to perfected Requisite
Priority Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall, until
such money or property is paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent, hold
such money or property in trust for the Administrative Agent, segregated from
other funds of such Grantor, as additional security for the Secured
Obligations.
(c) Except as
provided in Article V
(Remedial Provisions), such Grantor shall be entitled to exercise all
voting, consent and corporate, partnership, limited liability company and
similar rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral; provided, however, that no vote shall
be cast, consent given
or right
exercised or other action taken by such Grantor that would materially impair the
Collateral, be inconsistent with or result in any violation of any provision of
the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or, without
prior notice to the Administrative Agent, enable or permit any issuer of Pledged
Collateral to issue any Stock or other equity Securities of any nature or to
issue any other securities convertible into or granting the right to purchase or
exchange for any Stock or other equity Securities of any nature of any issuer of
Pledged Collateral.
(d) Such
Grantor shall not grant “control” (within the meaning of such term under Article
9-106 of the UCC) over any Investment Property of such Grantor to any Person
other than the Administrative Agent.
(e) In the
case of each Grantor that is an issuer of Pledged Collateral, such Grantor
agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Pledged
Collateral issued by it and shall comply with such terms insofar as such terms
are applicable to it. In the case of any Grantor that is a holder of
any Stock or Stock Equivalent in any Person that is an issuer of Pledged
Collateral, such Grantor consents to (i) the exercise of the rights granted
to the Administrative Agent hereunder (including those described in Section 5.3 (Pledged
Collateral)), and (ii) the
pledge by each other Grantor, pursuant to the terms hereof, of the Pledged Stock
in such Person and to the transfer of such Pledged Stock after the occurrence
and during the continuance Event of Default to the Administrative Agent or its
nominee and to the substitution of the Administrative Agent or its nominee as a
holder of such Pledged Stock with all the rights, powers and duties of other
holders of Pledged Stock of the same class and, if the Grantor having pledged
such Pledged Stock hereunder had any right, power or duty at the time of such
pledge or at the time of such substitution beyond that of such other holders,
with all such additional rights, powers and duties. Such Grantor
agrees to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such certificates,
agreements and other documents as may be reasonably necessary to evidence,
formalize or otherwise give effect to the consents given in this clause (e).
(f) Such
Grantor shall not, without the consent of the Administrative Agent (and to the
extent required pursuant to Section 8.11 (Modifications of
Constituent Documents) of the Credit Agreement, any Lender or Agent),
agree to any amendment of any Constituent Document that in any way materially
adversely affects the perfection of the security interests of the Administrative
Agent in any Pledged Collateral pledged by any Grantor hereunder, including any
amendment electing to treat any membership interest or partnership interest that
is part of the Pledged Collateral as a “security” under Section 8-103 of
the UCC, or any election to turn any previously uncertificated Stock that is
part of the Pledged Collateral into certificated Stock.
Section
4.5 Accounts
(a) Such
Grantor shall not, other than as permitted by the Credit Agreement consistent
with its reasonable business judgment, (i) grant any extension of the time
of payment of any Account, (ii) compromise or settle any Account for less
than the full amount thereof, (iii) release, wholly or partially, any
Person liable for the payment of any Account, (iv) allow any credit or
discount on any Account or (v) amend, supplement or modify any Account in
any manner that could materially adversely affect the value
thereof.
(b) Subject
to the limitations in Section
7.6 (Access) of the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have
the right to make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through
any medium that it reasonably considers advisable, and such Grantor shall
furnish all such assistance and information as the Administrative Agent may
reasonably require in connection therewith. At any time and from time
to time, upon the Administrative Agent’s request and at the expense of the
relevant Grantor, such Grantor shall cause independent public accountants or
others satisfactory to the Ad-
ministrative
Agent to furnish to the Administrative Agent reports showing reconciliations,
aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, the Accounts; provided, however, that unless a
Default or Event of Default shall be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall
request no more than one such report during any calendar
year.
Section
4.6 Delivery
of Instruments and Chattel Paper
If any
amount in excess of $1,000,000 payable under or in connection with any
Collateral owned by such Grantor shall be or become evidenced by an Instrument
or Tangible Chattel Paper, such Grantor shall immediately deliver such
Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper to the Administrative Agent, duly endorsed
in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, or, if
consented to by the Administrative Agent, shall mark, or, to the extent
permitted by such Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper and applicable
Requirements of Law, attach a valid allonge to, all such Instruments and
Tangible Chattel Paper with the following legend: “This writing and
the obligations evidenced or secured hereby are subject to the security interest
of Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent” (which legend shall be
modified to reflect successor Administrative Agents).
Section
4.7 Intellectual
Property
(a) Such
Grantor (either itself or through licensees) shall, in accordance with its
reasonable business judgment, (i) continue to use each Trademark that is
Material Intellectual Property in order to maintain such Trademark in full force
and effect with respect to each class of goods for which such Trademark is
currently used, free from any claim of abandonment for non-use,
(ii) maintain as in the past the quality of products and services offered
under such Trademark, (iii) use such Trademark with the appropriate notice
of registration and all other notices and legends required by applicable
Requirements of Law, (iv) not adopt or use any mark that is confusingly
similar or a colorable imitation of such Trademark unless the Administrative
Agent shall obtain perfected Requisite Priority Liens in such mark pursuant to
this Agreement and (v) not (and not permit any licensee or sublicensee
thereof to) intentionally do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby
such Trademark (or any goodwill associated therewith) may become destroyed,
invalidated, impaired or harmed in any material respect.
(b) Such
Grantor (either itself or through licensees) shall, in accordance with its
reasonable business judgment, not intentionally do any act, or knowingly omit to
do any act, whereby any Patent that is Material Intellectual Property may become
forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public (except for Patents expiring at
the end of their statutory terms).
(c) Such
Grantor (either itself or through licensees) shall, in accordance with its
reasonable business judgment, (i) not (and shall not permit any licensee or
sublicensee thereof to) intentionally do any act or knowingly omit to do any act
whereby any portion of the Copyrights that is Material Intellectual Property may
become invalidated or otherwise impaired in any material respect and (ii) not
(either itself or through licensees) intentionally do any act whereby any
portion of the Copyrights that is Material Intellectual Property may fall into
the public domain (except for Copyrights expiring at the end of their statutory
terms).
(d) Such
Grantor (either itself or through licensees) shall not intentionally do any act,
or knowingly omit to do any act, whereby any trade secret that is Material
Intellectual Property may become publicly available or otherwise unprotectable
in any material respect.
(e) Such
Grantor (either itself or through licensees) shall not intentionally do any act
that knowingly uses any Material Intellectual Property to infringe,
misappropriate, or violate the intellectual property rights of any other
Person.
(f) Such
Grantor shall notify the Administrative Agent promptly if it knows, or has
reason to know, that any application or registration relating to any Material
Intellectual Property may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the
public, or of any adverse determination or development (including the
institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in
the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright
Office, or any other Governmental Authority or any international agency or
similar authority), regarding such Grantor’s ownership of, right to use,
interest in, or the validity of, any Material Intellectual Property or such
Grantor’s right to register the same or to own and maintain the
same.
(g) Whenever
such Grantor, either by itself or through any agent, licensee or designee, shall
file an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property with the
United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office,
any similar Governmental Authority within or outside the United States or any
international agency or similar authority or register any Internet domain name,
such Grantor shall report such filing to the Administrative Agent within 10
Business Days after the last day of the fiscal quarter in which such filing
occurs. Upon request of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall
execute and deliver, and have recorded, all agreements, instruments, documents
and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the
Administrative Agent’s security interest in any Copyright, Patent, Trademark
(other than Excluded Property) or Internet domain name and the goodwill and
general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented
thereby.
(h) Such
Grantor shall take all reasonable actions necessary or appropriate (in
accordance with its reasonable business judgment) or requested by the
Administrative Agent, including in any proceeding before the United States
Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, any similar
Governmental Authority within or outside of the United States, any international
agency and similar authority and any Internet domain name registrar, to maintain
and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to
maintain each registration of any Copyright, Trademark, Patent or Internet
domain name that is Material Intellectual Property, including filing of
applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability and
opposition and interference and cancellation proceedings.
(i) In the
event that any Material Intellectual Property is or has been infringed upon or
misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor shall notify the
Administrative Agent promptly after such Grantor learns thereof. Such
Grantor shall take appropriate action in accordance with its reasonable business
judgment in response to such infringement, misappropriation of dilution,
including promptly bringing suit for infringement, misappropriation or dilution
and to recover all damages for such infringement, misappropriation of dilution,
and shall take such other actions may be appropriate in its reasonable judgment
under the circumstances to protect such Material Intellectual
Property.
(j) Unless
otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall execute and
deliver to the Administrative Agent for filing (i) in the United States
Copyright Office, a short-form copyright security agreement in the form attached
hereto as Annex 3 (Form
of Short Form Intellectual Property Security Agreement), (ii) in the
United States Patent and Trademark Office and with the Secretary of State of all
appropriate States of the United States, a short-form patent security agreement
in the form attached hereto as Annex 3 (Form of Short Form
Intellectual Property Security Agreement), (iii) in the United
States Patent and Trademark Office, a short-form trademark security agreement in
form attached hereto as Annex 3 (Form of Short Form
Intellectual Property Security Agreement), and (iv) at the Administrative
Agent’s request, a duly executed form of assignment of such Internet domain name
to the Administrative Agent (together with appropriate supporting documentation
as may be requested by the Administrative Agent) in form and substance
reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. In the case of
clause (iv) above, if
requested by the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall execute such
form
of
assignment in blank and hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent, upon the
occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default, to file such assignment in
such Grantor’s name and to otherwise perform in the name of such Grantor all
other necessary actions to complete such assignment, and each Grantor agrees to
perform all appropriate actions deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent for
the Administrative Agent to ensure such Internet domain name is registered in
the name of the Administrative Agent.
Section
4.8 Vehicles
Upon the
request of the Administrative Agent, within 30 days after the date of such
request and, with respect to Vehicles acquired by such Grantor with an aggregate
Fair Market Value in excess of $500,000 subsequent to the date of any such
request, within 30 days after the date of acquisition thereof, such Grantor
shall file all applications for certificates of title or ownership indicating
the Administrative Agent’s Requisite Priority Liens in the Vehicle covered by
such certificate and any other necessary documentation, in each office in each
jurisdiction that the Administrative Agent shall deem advisable to perfect the
Administrative Agent’s Requisite Priority Liens in the Vehicles.
Section
4.9 Payment
of Obligations
Such
Grantor shall pay and discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or
before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all federal taxes and all
material other taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed
upon the Collateral or in respect of income or profits therefrom, as well as all
claims of any kind (including claims for labor, materials and supplies) against
or with respect to the Collateral, except that no such charge need be paid if
the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto
have been provided on the books of such Grantor and such proceedings could not
reasonably be expected to result in the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material
portion of the Collateral or any interest therein.
Section
4.10 Insurance
Such
Grantor shall maintain, and cause to be maintained for each of its Subsidiaries,
insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations in
such amounts and covering such risks as in the reasonable business judgment of a
Responsible Officer of the Parent is sufficient, appropriate and prudent for a
business of the size and character of that of such Person, and such other
insurance as may be reasonably requested by the Requisite Lenders, and, in any
event, all insurance required by any Collateral Documents.
Section
4.11 Notice
of Commercial Tort Claims
Such
Grantor agrees that, if it shall acquire any interest in any Commercial Tort
Claim (whether from another Person or because such Commercial Tort Claim shall
have come into existence), (i) such Grantor shall, promptly after a
Responsible Officer gains knowledge of such acquisition, deliver to the
Administrative Agent, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent, a notice of the existence and nature of such
Commercial Tort Claim and deliver a supplement to Schedule 7 (Commercial Tort
Claims) containing a specific description of such Commercial Tort Claim,
(ii) the provision of Section 2.1 (Collateral)
shall apply to such Commercial Tort Claim and (iii) such Grantor shall
execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, in each case in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, any certificate,
agreement and other document, and take all other reasonable action, reasonably
deemed by the Administrative Agent to be reasonably necessary or reasonably
appropriate for the Administrative Agent to obtain perfected Requisite Priority
Liens in all such Commercial Tort Claims. Any supplement to Schedule 7 (Commercial Tort
Claims)
delivered
pursuant to this Section 4.11
(Notice of Commercial Tort Claims) shall, after the receipt thereof by
the Administrative Agent, become part of Schedule 7 (Commercial Tort
Claims) for all purposes hereunder other than in respect of
representations and warranties made prior to the date of such
receipt.
ARTICLE
V
Remedial
Provisions
Section
5.1 Code
and Other Remedies
During
the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may exercise,
in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement and
in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the
Secured Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC or
any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other
demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any
notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other
Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are
hereby waived to the fullest extent permitted by law), may in such circumstances
forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon any Collateral, and may
forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise
dispose of and deliver any Collateral (or contract to do any of the foregoing),
in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange,
broker’s board or office of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or elsewhere
upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it
may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption
of any credit risk. The Administrative Agent shall have the right
upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by the UCC and
other applicable law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole
or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption
of any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and
released. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative Agent’s
request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative
Agent at places that the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether
at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. The Administrative Agent
shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 5.1, after deducting
all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith
or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any Collateral or in any way
relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent and any
other applicable Secured Party hereunder, including reasonable attorneys’ fees
and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Secured
Obligations, in such order as the Credit Agreement shall prescribe, and only
after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any
other amount required by any provision of law, need the Administrative Agent
account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor. To the extent
permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands
it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party
arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder. If any
notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required
by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10
days before such sale or other disposition.
Section
5.2 Accounts
and Payments in Respect of General Intangibles
(a) In
addition to, and not in substitution for, any similar requirement in the Credit
Agreement, if required by the Administrative Agent at any time during the
continuance of an Event of Default, any payment of Accounts or payment in
respect of General Intangibles, when collected by any Grantor, shall be
forthwith (and, in any event, within five Business Days) deposited
by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly endorsed by such Grantor to the
Administrative Agent, in an Approved Deposit Account or a Cash Collateral
Account, subject to withdrawal by the Administrative Agent as pro-
vided in
Section 5.4 (Proceeds Turned
Over to the Administrative Agent). Until so turned over or
turned over, such payment shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the
Administrative Agent, segregated from other funds of such
Grantor. Each such deposit of Proceeds of Accounts and payments in
respect of General Intangibles shall be accompanied by a report identifying in
reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the
deposit.
(b) At the
Administrative Agent’s request, during the continuance of an Event of Default,
each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all original and other
documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions that gave
rise to the Accounts or payments in respect of General Intangibles, including
all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.
(c) The
Administrative Agent may, without notice, at any time during the continuance of
an Event of Default, limit or terminate the authority of a Grantor to collect
its Accounts or amounts due under General Intangibles or any
thereof.
(d) The
Administrative Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time
during the continuance of an Event of Default communicate with Account Debtors
to verify with them to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction the existence,
amount and terms of any Account or amounts due under any General Intangible and
the Administrative Agent, to the extent permitted under applicable Requirements
of Law, shall have given written notice to the relevant Grantor on, prior to or
promptly after such exercise of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise
its corresponding rights under this Section 5.2; provided, however, that the failure of
the Administrative Agent to give notice shall not affect the rights of the
Administrative Agent hereunder and shall not otherwise result in any liability
for the Administrative Agent.
(e) Upon the
request of the Administrative Agent at any time during the continuance of an
Event of Default, and, to the extent permitted under applicable Requirements of
Law, the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the relevant
Grantor on, prior to or promptly after such exercise of the Administrative
Agent’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights under this Section 5.2 (provided, however, that the failure to
give notice shall not affect the rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder
and shall not otherwise result in any liability for the Administrative Agent),
each Grantor shall notify Account Debtors that the Accounts or General
Intangibles have been collaterally assigned to the Administrative Agent and that
payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Administrative
Agent. In addition, the Administrative Agent may at any time during
the continuance of an Event of Default enforce such Grantor’s rights against
such Account Debtors and obligors of General Intangibles.
(f) Anything
herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under
each of the Accounts and payments in respect of General Intangibles to observe
and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by
it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise
thereto. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party
shall have any obligation or liability under any agreement giving rise to an
Account or a payment in respect of a General Intangible by reason of or arising
out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Administrative Agent or any other
Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, and neither the Administrative
Agent nor any other Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any
obligation of any Grantor under or pursuant to any agreement giving rise to an
Account or a payment in respect of a General Intangible, to make any payment, to
make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by
it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to
present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to
collect the payment of any amounts that may have been assigned to it or to which
it may be entitled at any time or times.
Section
5.3 Pledged
Collateral
(a) During
the continuance of an Event of Default, upon notice by the Administrative Agent
to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, (i) the Administrative Agent shall
have the right to receive any Proceeds of the Pledged Collateral and to make
application thereof to the Obligations in the order set forth in the Credit
Agreement and (ii) the Administrative Agent or its nominee may exercise
(A) any voting, consent, corporate and other right pertaining to the
Pledged Collateral at any meeting of shareholders, partners or members, as the
case may be, of the relevant issuer or issuers of Pledged Collateral or
otherwise and (B) any right of conversion, exchange and subscription and
any other right, privilege or option pertaining to the Pledged Collateral as if
it were the absolute owner thereof (including the right to exchange at its
discretion any of the Pledged Collateral upon the merger, amalgamation,
consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in
the corporate or equivalent structure of any issuer of Pledged Stock, the right
to deposit and deliver any Pledged Collateral with any committee, depositary,
transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and
conditions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably determine), all without
liability except to account for property actually received by it; provided, however, that the
Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to any Grantor to exercise any such
right, privilege or option and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible
for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.
(b) In order
to permit the Administrative Agent to exercise the voting and other consensual
rights that it may be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto and to receive all
dividends and other distributions that it may be entitled to receive hereunder,
(i) each Grantor shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be
executed and delivered) to Administrative Agent all such proxies, dividend
payment orders and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may from time
to time reasonably request and (ii) without limiting the effect of clause (i) above, such
Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable proxy to vote
all or any part of the Pledged Collateral and to exercise all other rights,
powers, privileges and remedies to which a holder of the Pledged Collateral
would be entitled (including giving or withholding written consents of
shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be, calling special meetings
of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be, and voting at such
meetings), which proxy shall be effective, automatically and without the
necessity of any action (including any transfer of any Pledged Collateral on the
record books of the issuer thereof) by any other person (including the issuer of
such Pledged Collateral or any officer or agent thereof) during the continuance
of an Event of Default and which proxy shall only terminate upon the payment in
full of the Secured Obligations.
(c) Each
Grantor hereby expressly authorizes and instructs each issuer of any Pledged
Collateral pledged hereunder by such Grantor to (i) comply with any
instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that
(A) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
(B) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without
any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees
that such issuer shall be fully protected in so complying and (ii) unless
otherwise expressly provided hereby, pay any dividend or other payment with
respect to the Pledged Collateral directly to the Administrative
Agent.
Section
5.4 [Reserved.]
Section
5.5 Registration
Rights
(a) If the
Administrative Agent shall determine to exercise its rights to sell any the
Pledged Collateral pursuant to Section 5.1 (Code and Other
Remedies), and if in the opinion of the Administrative Agent it is
necessary or advisable to have the Pledged Collateral, or any portion thereof to
be registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, the relevant Grantor
shall cause the issuer thereof to (i) execute and deliver, and cause the
directors and officers of such issuer to execute and deliver, all such
instruments
and documents, and do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be, in the
opinion of the Administrative Agent, necessary or advisable to register the
Pledged Collateral, or that portion thereof to be sold, under the provisions of
the Securities Act, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
registration statement relating thereto to become effective and to remain
effective for a period of one year from the date of the first public offering of
the Pledged Collateral, or that portion thereof to be sold and (iii) make
all amendments thereto or to the related prospectus that, in the opinion of the
Administrative Agent, are necessary or advisable, all in conformity with the
requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission applicable thereto. Each Grantor
agrees to cause such issuer to comply with the provisions of the securities or
“Blue Sky” laws of any jurisdiction that the Administrative Agent shall
designate and to make available to its security holders, as soon as practicable,
an earnings statement (which need not be audited) satisfying the provisions of
Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.
(b) Each
Grantor recognizes that the Administrative Agent may be unable to effect a
public sale of any Pledged Collateral by reason of certain prohibitions
contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or
otherwise or may determine that a public sale is impracticable or not
commercially reasonable and, accordingly, may resort to one or more private
sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers that shall be obliged to
agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for
investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale
thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private
sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were
a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such
private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable
manner. The Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to
delay a sale of any Pledged Collateral for the period of time necessary to
permit the issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under the
Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer
would agree to do so.
(c) Each
Grantor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done
all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any
portion of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Section 5.5 valid and binding
and in compliance with all other applicable Requirements of Law. Each
Grantor further agrees that a breach of any covenant contained in this Section 5.5 will cause
irreparable injury to the Administrative Agent and other Secured Parties, that
the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties have no adequate remedy
at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every
covenant contained in this Section 5.5 shall be
specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives,
to the fullest extent permitted by law, and agrees not to assert any defense
against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a
defense that no Event of Default has occurred under the Credit Agreement or that
the Secured Obligations have been paid in full or that such covenants have been
fully performed.
Section
5.6 Deficiency
Each
Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or
other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay the Secured
Obligations and the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket disbursements of any
attorney employed by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to
collect such deficiency.
ARTICLE
VI
The
Administrative Agent
Section
6.1 Administrative
Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact
(a) Until
such time as all Secured Obligations shall have been paid in full, each Grantor
hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any
officer or agent of the Administrative Agent, with full power of substitution,
as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and
authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor
or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement,
to take any appropriate action and to execute any document or instrument that
may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the
Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without
notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any of the following:
(i) in the
name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and
endorse and collect any check, draft, note, acceptance or other instrument for
the payment of moneys due under any Account or General Intangible or with
respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or
proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the
Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any such moneys due under any
Account or General Intangible or with respect to any other Collateral whenever
payable;
(ii) in the
case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any
agreement, instrument, document or paper as the Administrative Agent may request
to evidence the Administrative Agent’s security interests in such Intellectual
Property and the goodwill and General Intangibles of such Grantor relating
thereto or represented thereby;
(iii) pay or
discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the
Collateral, effect any repair or pay any insurance called for by the terms of
this Agreement (including all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs
thereof);
(iv) execute,
in connection with any sale provided for in Section 5.1 (Code and Other Remedies) or
5.5 (Registration Rights), any
endorsement, assignment or other instrument of conveyance or transfer with
respect to the Collateral; or
(v) (A) direct
any party liable for any payment under any Collateral to make payment of any
moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or
as the Administrative Agent shall direct, (B) ask or demand for, collect,
and receive payment of and receipt for, any moneys, claims and other amounts due
or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral,
(C) sign and endorse any invoice, freight or express bill, bill of lading,
storage or warehouse receipt, draft against debtors, assignment, verification,
notice and other document in connection with any Collateral, (D) commence
and prosecute any suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity in any court of
competent jurisdiction to collect any Collateral and to enforce any other right
in respect of any Collateral, (E) defend any suit, action or proceeding
brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral, (F) settle,
compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection
therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem
appropriate, (G) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the
goodwill of the business to which any such Trademark pertains) throughout the
world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner as the
Administrative
Agent
shall in its sole discretion determine, including the execution and filing of
any document necessary to effectuate or record such assignment and
(H) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect
to or otherwise deal with any Collateral as fully and completely as though the
Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do,
at the Administrative Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or
from time to time, all acts and things that the Administrative Agent deems
necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the
Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ security interests therein
and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such
Grantor might do.
Anything
in this clause (a)
to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent agrees that it shall
not exercise any right under the power of attorney provided for in this clause (a) unless an
Event of Default shall be continuing.
(b) If any
Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein,
the Administrative Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do,
may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such
agreement.
(c) The
expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with actions
undertaken as provided in this Section 6.1, together with
interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum at which
interest would then be payable on past due Revolving Loans that are Base Rate
Loans under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Administrative
Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such
Grantor to the Administrative Agent on demand.
(d) Each
Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies
contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable
until this Agreement is terminated and the security interests created hereby are
released.
Section
6.2 Duty
of Administrative Agent
The
Administrative Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and
physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession shall be to deal with
it in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar property
for its own account. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other
Secured Party, nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or
agents, shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any
Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell
or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any
other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any
Collateral. The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent
hereunder are solely to protect the Administrative Agent’s interest in the
Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent or any
other Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent
and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they
actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers and neither they nor
any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be
responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for
their own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct and the gross
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any of their own officers,
directors, employees or agents.
Section
6.3 Authorization
of Financing Statements
Each
Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, counsel and
other representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file or record
financing statements, amendments to financing statements, and other filing or
recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form
and in such offices as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines
appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Administrative Agent under
this Agreement, and such financing statements and amendments may describe the
Collateral covered thereby as “all assets of the debtor”, “all personal property
of the debtor” or words of similar effect. Each Grantor hereby also
authorizes the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, counsel and other
representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file continuation
statements with respect to previously filed financing statements. A
photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a
financing statement or other filing or recording document or instrument for
filing or recording in any jurisdiction.
Section
6.4 Authority
of Administrative Agent
Each
Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative
Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by it or the
exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting
right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or
resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Administrative
Agent and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by
such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among
them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the
Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for
the other Secured Parties it represents as collateral agent with full and valid
authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any
obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such
authority.
ARTICLE
VII
Miscellaneous
Section
7.1 Amendments
in Writing
None of
the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 11.1
(Amendments,
Waivers, Etc.)
of the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that annexes to this
Agreement may be supplemented (but no existing provisions may be modified and no
Collateral may be released) through Pledge Amendments and Joinder Agreements, in
substantially the form of Annex 1 (Form of Pledge
Amendment) and Annex 2 (Form of Joinder
Agreement), respectively, in each case duly executed by the
Administrative Agent and each Grantor directly affected thereby.
Section
7.2 Notices
All
notices, requests and demands to or upon the Administrative Agent or any Grantor
hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in Section 11.8
(Notices, Etc.)
of the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that any such
notice, request or demand to or upon any Grantor shall be addressed to the
Borrower’s notice address set forth in such Section 11.8.
Section
7.3 No
Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies
Neither
the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall by any act (except by
a written instrument pursuant to Section 7.1 (Amendments in
Writing)), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have
waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or
Event of Default. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in
exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party,
any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or
privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the
Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder
on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that
the Administrative Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any
future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are
cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any
other rights or remedies provided by law.
Section
7.4 Successors
and Assigns
This
Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and
shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and each other Secured
Party and their successors and assigns; provided, however, that no Grantor may
assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this
Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, except
pursuant to mergers, liquidations or dissolutions permitted pursuant to Section 8.7 (Restrictions on
Fundamental Changes,
Permitted Acquisitions) of the Credit Agreement.
Section
7.5 Counterparts
This
Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any
number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), each of which when so
executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same agreement. Signature pages may be
detached from multiple counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that
all signature pages are attached to the same document. Delivery of an
executed counterpart by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually
executed counterpart.
Section
7.6 Severability
Any
provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining
provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any
jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any
other jurisdiction.
Section
7.7 Section
Headings
The
Article and Section titles contained in this Agreement are, and shall be,
without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not part
of the agreement of the parties hereto.
Section
7.8 Entire
Agreement
This
Agreement together with the other Loan Documents represents the entire agreement
of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating
to the subject matter hereof.
Section
7.9 Governing
Law
This
Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed
by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of
New York.
Section
7.10 Additional
Grantors
If,
pursuant to Section 7.11
(Additional Collateral and Guaranties) of the Credit Agreement, the
Borrower or the Parent shall be required to cause any Subsidiary of the Parent
or any other Person that is not a Grantor to become a Grantor hereunder, such
Subsidiary or other Person shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent
a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Annex 2 (Form of Joinder
Agreement) and shall thereafter for all purposes be a party hereto and
have the same rights, benefits and obligations as a Grantor party hereto on the
Closing Date.
Section
7.11 Release
of Collateral
(a) At the
time provided in clause (a)(i) of Section 10.10 (Collateral and
Guaranty Matters) of the Credit Agreement, the Collateral shall be
released from the Lien created hereby and this Agreement and all obligations
(other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the
Administrative Agent and each Grantor hereunder shall terminate, all without
delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all
rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Grantors. In accordance
with Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement, at the request and sole expense of
any Grantor following any such termination, the Administrative Agent shall
deliver to such Grantor any Collateral of such Grantor held by the
Administrative Agent hereunder and execute and deliver to such Grantor such
documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such
termination.
(b) (i) If
any Collateral shall be sold or disposed of by any Grantor in a transaction
permitted by the Credit Agreement (other than to another Grantor), such
Collateral shall be released from the Lien created hereby or (ii) in the event
that all the capital stock of a Grantor shall be so sold or disposed, a Grantor
shall be released from its obligations. In each case, the
Administrative Agent, at the request and sole expense of the Borrower, shall
execute and deliver to the Borrower all releases or other documents, including,
without limitation, UCC termination statements, reasonably necessary or
desirable for the release of the Lien created hereby on such Collateral or the
release of the obligations of the Grantor, as the case may be; provided, however, that the Borrower
shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least ten Business Days (or
such later date as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the
date of the proposed release, a written request for release, together with a
certification by the Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent stating that such transaction is in compliance with the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and including any other
information relating to such transaction as shall be reasonably requested by the
Administrative Agent.
Section
7.12 Reinstatement
Each
Grantor further agrees that, if any payment made by any Loan Party or other
Person and applied to the Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set
aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or
otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the proceeds of Collateral are
required to be returned by any Secured Party to such Loan Party, its estate,
trustee, receiver or any other party, including any Grantor, under any
bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to
the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing
such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such
payment had never been made or, if prior thereto the Lien granted hereby or
other Collateral securing such liability hereunder shall have been released or
terminated by virtue of such cancellation or surrender), such Lien or other
Collateral shall be
reinstated
in full force and effect, and such prior cancellation or surrender shall not
diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect any Lien or other
Collateral securing the obligations of any Grantor in respect of the amount of
such payment.
Section
7.13 Termination
This
Agreement (other than the reinstatement provisions of Section 7.12 (Reinstatement))
shall terminate (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment in full in
cash of all Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification
obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management
Obligations and Secured Hedging Contract Obligations as to which arrangements
satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made) and the
expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit
as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the
Issuers shall have been made).
[Signature Pages
Follow]
In witness whereof,
each of the undersigned has caused this Pledge and Security Agreement to be duly
executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
|
PRESTIGE BRANDS, INC. |
|
|
as Grantor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Name:
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Title:
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRESTIGE BRANDS HOLDINGS,
INC. |
|
|
as Grantor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Name:
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Title:
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medtech
Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
MEDTECH PRODUCTS INC. |
|
|
Prestige
Services Corp. |
|
|
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
Prestige Brands
International, Inc. |
|
|
Prestige
Personal Care, Inc. |
|
|
Prestige
Personal Care Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
THE CUTEX COMPANY |
|
|
THE DENOREX COMPANY |
|
|
THE SPIC AND SPAN
COMPANY |
|
|
as
Grantors |
|
|
By: |
/s/
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Name:
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Title:
Chief Financial Officer |
|
[SIGNATURE
PAGE TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT FOR PRESTIGE'S CREDIT
AGREEMENT]
Accepted
and Agreed
as of the
date first above written:
Bank
of America, N.A.
as Administrative
Agent
By:
|
/s/
Don B. Pinzon |
|
|
Name:
Don. B. Pinzon |
|
|
Title:
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO PLEDGE
AND SECURITY AGREEMENT FOR PRESTIGE'S CREDIT
AGREEMENT]
guaranty.htm
Guaranty
Guaranty,
dated as of March 24, 2010, by Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “Parent”), and each of the
other entities listed on the signature pages hereof or that becomes a party
hereto pursuant to Section 23 (Additional
Guarantors) hereof (collectively, together with the Parent, the “Guarantors” and each,
individually, a “Guarantor” and each Guarantor
other than the Parent and other than any other Person that is the beneficial
owner of all of the Stock of the Borrower (as defined below), a “Subsidiary Guarantor”), in
favor of the Administrative Agent (as defined below), and each other Agent,
Lender, Issuer and each other holder of an Obligation (as each such term is
defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) (each, a “Guarantied Party” and,
collectively, the “Guarantied
Parties”).
W
i t n e s s e t h:
Whereas, pursuant to
the Credit Agreement dated as of March 24, 2010 (together with all appendices,
exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”;
capitalized terms defined therein and used herein having the meanings given to
them in the Credit Agreement) among Prestige Brands, Inc.
(the “Borrower”), the
Parent, the Lenders and Issuers party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as
administrative agent for the Lenders and Issuers and collateral agent for the
Secured Parties (in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”) and
the other parties listed therein, the Lenders and Issuers have severally agreed
to make extensions of credit to the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth therein;
Whereas, the Parent is the
sole stockholder of the Borrower, and each Subsidiary Guarantor is a direct or
indirect Subsidiary of the Parent;
Whereas, each Guarantor
will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the making of the
Loans, the issuance of the Letters of Credit and the granting of the other
financial accommodations to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties under the
Credit Agreement; and
Whereas, a condition
precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Issuers to make their
respective extensions of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement is
that the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty for the
benefit of the Guarantied Parties;
Now, Therefore, in
consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions
contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as
follows:
Section
1 Guaranty
(a) To induce
the Lenders to make the Loans and the Issuers to issue Letters of Credit, each
Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as
primary obligor and not merely as surety, the full and punctual payment when
due, whether at stated maturity or earlier, by reason of acceleration, mandatory
prepayment or otherwise in accordance herewith or any other Loan Document, of
all the Obligations, whether or not from time to time reduced or extinguished or
hereafter increased or incurred, whether or not recovery may be or hereafter may
become barred by any statute of limitations, whether or not enforceable as
against the Borrower, whether now or hereafter existing, and
GUARANTY
PRESTIGE BRANDS,
INC.
whether
due or to become due, including principal, interest (including interest at the
contract rate applicable upon default accrued or accruing after the commencement
of any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, whether or not such interest is an
allowed claim in such proceeding) and fees and costs of
collection. This Guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment and not
of collection.
(b) Each
Guarantor further agrees that, if (i) any payment made by Borrower or any
other person and applied to the Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided,
set aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or
otherwise required to be refunded or repaid or (ii) the proceeds of
Collateral are required to be returned by any Guarantied Party to the Borrower,
its estate, trustee, receiver or any other party, including any Guarantor, under
any bankruptcy law, equitable cause or any other Requirement of Law, then, to
the extent of such payment or repayment, any such Guarantor’s liability
hereunder (and any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability) shall be
and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been
made. If, prior to any of the foregoing, this Guaranty shall have
been cancelled or surrendered (and if any Lien or other Collateral securing such
Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue
of such cancellation or surrender), this Guaranty (and such Lien or other
Collateral) shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior
cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or
otherwise affect the obligations of any such Guarantor in respect of the amount
of such payment (or any Lien or other Collateral securing such
obligation).
Section
2 Limitation
of Guaranty
Any term
or provision of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document to the contrary
notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Obligations for which any
Subsidiary Guarantor shall be liable shall not exceed the maximum amount for
which such Subsidiary Guarantor can be liable without rendering this Guaranty or
any other Loan Document, as it relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, subject to
avoidance under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent
transfer (including Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable
provisions of comparable state law) (collectively, “Fraudulent Transfer Laws”),
in each case after giving effect (a) to all other liabilities of such Subsidiary
Guarantor, contingent or otherwise, that are relevant under such Fraudulent
Transfer Laws (specifically excluding, however, any liabilities of such
Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of intercompany Indebtedness to the Borrower to
the extent that such Indebtedness would be discharged in an amount equal to the
amount paid by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder) and (b) to the value as
assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor (as determined under the applicable
provisions of such Fraudulent Transfer Laws) of any rights to subrogation,
contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar rights held by such Subsidiary
Guarantor pursuant to (i) applicable Requirements of Law, (ii) Section 3 (Contribution) of this
Guaranty or (iii) any other Contractual Obligations providing for an
equitable allocation among such Subsidiary Guarantor and other Subsidiaries or
Affiliates of the Borrower of obligations arising under this Guaranty or other
guaranties of the Obligations by such parties.
Section
3 Contribution
To the
extent that any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required hereunder to pay a
portion of the Obligations exceeding the greater of (a) the amount of the
economic benefit actually received by such Subsidiary Guarantor from the
Revolving Loans and the Term Loans and (b) the amount such Subsidiary
Guarantor would otherwise have paid if such Subsidiary Guarantor had paid the
aggregate amount of the Obligations (excluding the amount thereof repaid by the
Borrower and the Parent) in the same proportion as such Subsidiary Guarantor’s
net worth at the date enforcement is sought hereunder bears to the aggregate net
worth of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the date enforcement is sought
hereunder, then such Guarantor shall be reimbursed by such other Subsidiary
Guarantors for the amount
GUARANTY
PRESTIGE BRANDS,
INC.
of such
excess, pro rata, based on the respective net worths of such other Subsidiary
Guarantors at the date enforcement hereunder is sought.
Section
4 Authorization;
Other Agreements
The
Guarantied Parties are hereby authorized, without notice to, or demand upon, any
Guarantor, which notice and demand requirements each are expressly waived hereby
(to the extent permitted by law), and without discharging or otherwise affecting
the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder (which obligations shall remain
absolute and unconditional notwithstanding any such action or omission to act),
from time to time, to do each of the following:
(a) supplement,
renew, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or other
terms relating to, the Obligations, or any part of them, or otherwise modify,
amend or change the terms of any promissory note or other agreement, document or
instrument (including the other Loan Documents) now or hereafter executed by the
Borrower and delivered to the Guarantied Parties or any of them, including any
increase or decrease of principal or the rate of interest thereon;
(b) waive or
otherwise consent to noncompliance with any provision of any instrument
evidencing the Obligations, or any part thereof, or any other instrument or
agreement in respect of the Obligations (including the other Loan Documents) now
or hereafter executed by the Borrower and delivered to the Guarantied Parties or
any of them;
(c) accept
partial payments on the Obligations;
(d) receive,
take and hold additional security or collateral for the payment of the
Obligations or any part of them and exchange, enforce, waive, substitute,
liquidate, terminate, abandon, fail to perfect, subordinate, transfer, otherwise
alter and release any such additional security or collateral;
(e) settle,
release, compromise, collect or otherwise liquidate the Obligations or accept,
substitute, release, exchange or otherwise alter, affect or impair any security
or collateral for the Obligations or any part of them or any other guaranty
therefor, in any manner;
(f) add,
release or substitute any one or more other guarantors, makers or endorsers of
the Obligations or any part of them and otherwise deal with the Borrower or any
other guarantor, maker or endorser;
(g) apply to
the Obligations any payment or recovery (x) from the Borrower, from any
other guarantor, maker or endorser of the Obligations or any part of them or
(y) from any Guarantor in such order as provided herein, in each case
whether such Obligations are secured or unsecured or guaranteed or not
guaranteed by others;
(h) apply to
the Obligations any payment or recovery from any Guarantor of the Obligations or
any sum realized from security furnished by such Guarantor upon its indebtedness
or obligations to the Guarantied Parties or any of them, in each case whether or
not such indebtedness or obligations relate to the Obligations; and
(i) refund at
any time any payment received by any Guarantied Party in respect of any
Obligation, and payment to such Guarantied Party of the amount so refunded shall
be fully
GUARANTY
PRESTIGE BRANDS,
INC.
guaranteed
hereby even though prior thereto this Guaranty shall have been cancelled or
surrendered (or any release or termination of any Collateral by virtue thereof),
and such prior cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge,
impair or otherwise affect the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder in respect
of the amount so refunded (and any Collateral so released or terminated shall be
reinstated with respect to such obligations);
even if
any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any
Guarantor is extinguished, affected or impaired by any of the foregoing
(including any election of remedies by reason of any judicial, non-judicial or
other proceeding in respect of the Obligations that impairs any subrogation,
reimbursement or other right of such Guarantor).
Section
5 Guaranty
Absolute and Unconditional
Each
Guarantor hereby waives any defense (other than payment in full) of a surety or
guarantor or any other obligor on any obligations arising in connection with or
in respect of any of the following and hereby agrees that its obligations under
this Guaranty are absolute and unconditional and shall not be discharged or
otherwise affected as a result of any of the following:
(a) the
invalidity or unenforceability of any of the Borrower’s obligations under the
Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument
relating thereto, or any security for, or other guaranty of the Obligations or
any part of them, or the lack of perfection or continuing perfection or failure
of priority of any security for the Obligations or any part of
them;
(b) the
absence of any attempt to collect the Obligations or any part of them from the
Borrower or other action to enforce the same;
(c) failure
by any Guarantied Party to take any steps to perfect and maintain any Lien on,
or to preserve any rights to, any Collateral;
(d) any
Guarantied Party’s election, in any proceeding instituted under chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the
Bankruptcy Code;
(e) any
borrowing or grant of a Lien by the Borrower, as debtor-in-possession, or
extension of credit, under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(f) the
disallowance, under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, of all or any
portion of any Guarantied Party’s claim (or claims) for repayment of the
Obligations;
(g) any use
of cash collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(h) any
agreement or stipulation as to the provision of adequate protection in any
bankruptcy proceeding;
(i) the
avoidance of any Lien in favor of the Guarantied Parties or any of them for any
reason;
(j) any
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt,
liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced by or against the Borrower, any
Guarantor or any of the Parent’s other Subsidiaries, including any discharge of,
or bar or stay against collect-
GUARANTY
PRESTIGE BRANDS,
INC.
ing, any
Obligation (or any part of them or interest thereon) in or as a result of any
such proceeding;
(k) failure
by any Guarantied Party to file or enforce a claim against the Borrower or its
estate in any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding;
(l) any
action taken by any Guarantied Party if such action is authorized
hereby;
(m) any
election following the occurrence of an Event of Default by any Guarantied Party
to proceed separately against the personal property Collateral in accordance
with such Guarantied Party’s rights under the UCC or, if the Collateral consists
of both personal and real property, to proceed against such personal and real
property in accordance with such Guarantied Party’s rights with respect to such
real property; or
(n) any other
circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or
defense of a surety or guarantor or any other obligor on any obligations, other
than the payment in full of the Obligations.
Section
6 Waivers
Each
Guarantor hereby waives diligence, promptness, presentment, demand for payment
or performance and protest and notice of protest, notice of acceptance and any
other notice in respect of the Obligations or any part of them, and any defense
arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the
Borrower. Each Guarantor shall not, until the Obligations are
irrevocably paid in full and all Commitments have been terminated, assert any
claim or counterclaim it may have against the Borrower or set off any of its
obligations to the Borrower against any obligations of the Borrower to
it. In connection with the foregoing, each Guarantor covenants that
its obligations hereunder shall not be discharged, except by complete
performance.
Section
7 Reliance
Each
Guarantor hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the
financial condition of the Borrower and any endorser and other guarantor of all
or any part of the Obligations, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the
risk of nonpayment of the Obligations, or any part thereof, that diligent
inquiry would reveal, and each Guarantor hereby agrees that no Guarantied Party
shall have any duty to advise any Guarantor of information known to it regarding
such condition or any such circumstances. In the event any Guarantied
Party, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to
provide any such information to any Guarantor, such Guarantied Party shall be
under no obligation (a) to undertake any investigation not a part of its
regular business routine, (b) to disclose any information that such
Guarantied Party, pursuant to accepted or reasonable commercial finance or
banking practices, wishes to maintain confidential or (c) to make any other
or future disclosures of such information or any other information to any
Guarantor.
Section
8 Non-Enforcement
of Subrogation and Contribution Rights
Until the
Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full and all Commitments have been
terminated, the Guarantors shall not enforce or otherwise exercise any right of
subrogation to any of the rights of the Guarantied Parties or any part of them
against the Borrower or any right of reimbursement or contribution or similar
right against the Borrower by reason of this Agreement or by any payment made by
any Guarantor in respect of the Obligations.
GUARANTY
PRESTIGE
BRANDS, INC.
Section
9 Subordination
Each
Guarantor hereby agrees that any Indebtedness of the Borrower now or hereafter
owing to any Guarantor, whether heretofore, now or hereafter created (the “Guarantor Subordinated
Debt”), is hereby subordinated to all of the Obligations and that, except
as permitted under Section 8.6 (Prepayment and
Cancellation of Indebtedness) of the Credit Agreement, the Guarantor
Subordinated Debt shall not be paid in whole or in part until the Obligations
have been paid in full and this Guaranty is terminated and of no further force
or effect. No Guarantor shall accept any payment of or on account of
any Guarantor Subordinated Debt at any time in contravention of the
foregoing. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event
of Default, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent any payment of
all or any part of the Guarantor Subordinated Debt and any amount so paid to the
Administrative Agent shall be applied to payment of the Obligations as provided
in Section 9.5
(Application of Proceeds) of the Credit Agreement. Each
payment on the Guarantor Subordinated Debt received in violation of any of the
provisions hereof shall be deemed to have been received by such Guarantor as
trustee for the Guarantied Parties and shall be paid over to the Administrative
Agent immediately on account of the Obligations, but without otherwise affecting
in any manner such Guarantor’s liability hereof. Each Guarantor
agrees to file all claims against the Borrower in any bankruptcy or other
proceeding in which the filing of claims is required by law in respect of any
Guarantor Subordinated Debt, and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to
all of such Guarantor’s rights thereunder. If for any reason a
Guarantor fails to file such claim at least ten Business Days prior to the last
date on which such claim should be filed, such Guarantor hereby irrevocably
appoints the Administrative Agent as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact and is
hereby authorized to act as attorney-in-fact in such Guarantor’s name to file
such claim or, in the Administrative Agent’s discretion, to assign such claim to
and cause proof of claim to be filed in the name of the Administrative Agent or
its nominee. In all such cases, whether in administration, bankruptcy
or otherwise, the person or persons authorized to pay such claim shall pay to
the Administrative Agent the full amount payable on the claim in the proceeding,
and, to the full extent necessary for that purpose, each Guarantor hereby
assigns to the Administrative Agent all of such Guarantor’s rights to any
payments or distributions to which such Guarantor otherwise would be
entitled. If the amount so paid is greater than such Guarantor’s
liability hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall pay the excess amount to the
party entitled thereto. In addition, each Guarantor hereby
irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact to
exercise all of such Guarantor’s voting rights in connection with any bankruptcy
proceeding or any plan for the reorganization of the Borrower.
Section
10 Default;
Remedies
The
obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of and separate from the
Obligations. If any Obligation is not paid when due, or upon any
Event of Default hereunder or upon any default by the Borrower as provided in
any other instrument or document evidencing all or any part of the Obligations,
the Administrative Agent may, at its sole election, proceed directly and at
once, without notice, against any Guarantor to collect and recover the full
amount or any portion of the Obligations then due, without first proceeding
against the Borrower or any other guarantor of the Obligations, or against any
Collateral under the Loan Documents or joining the Borrower or any other
guarantor in any proceeding against any Guarantor. At any time after
maturity of the Obligations, the Administrative Agent may (unless the
Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full), without notice to any Guarantor
and regardless of the acceptance of any Collateral for the payment hereof,
appropriate and apply toward the payment of the Obligations (a) any
indebtedness due or to become due from any Guarantied Party to such Guarantor
and (b) any moneys, credits or other property belonging to such Guarantor
at any time held by or coming into the possession of any Guarantied Party or any
of its respective Affiliates.
GUARANTY
PRESTIGE
BRANDS, INC.
Section
11 Irrevocability
This
Guaranty shall be irrevocable as to the Obligations (or any part thereof) until
the Commitments have been terminated and all monetary Obligations then
outstanding have been paid in full, at which time this Guaranty shall
automatically terminate and be cancelled. Upon such termination or
cancellation and at the written request of any Guarantor or its successors or
assigns, and at the cost and expense of such Guarantor or its successors or
assigns, the Administrative Agent shall execute in a timely manner a
satisfaction of this Guaranty and such instruments, documents or agreements as
are necessary or desirable to evidence the termination of this
Guaranty.
Section
12 Setoff
Upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Guarantied
Party and each Affiliate of a Guarantied Party may, without notice to any
Guarantor and regardless of the acceptance of any security or collateral for the
payment hereof, appropriate and apply toward the payment of all or any part of
the Obligations (a) any indebtedness due or to become due from such
Guarantied Party or Affiliate to such Guarantor and (b) any moneys, credits
or other property belonging to such Guarantor, at any time held by, or coming
into, the possession of such Guarantied Party or Affiliate.
Section
13 No
Marshalling
Each
Guarantor consents and agrees that no Guarantied Party or Person acting for or
on behalf of any Guarantied Party shall be under any obligation to marshal any
assets in favor of any Guarantor or against or in payment of any or all of the
Obligations.
Section
14 Enforcement;
Amendments; Waivers
No delay
on the part of any Guarantied Party in the exercise of any right or remedy
arising under this Guaranty, the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or
otherwise with respect to all or any part of the Obligations, the Collateral or
any other guaranty of or security for all or any part of the Obligations shall
operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise by any such
Person of any such right or remedy shall preclude any further exercise
thereof. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty
shall be binding upon any Guarantied Party, except as expressly set forth in a
writing duly signed and delivered by the party making such modification or
waiver. Failure by any Guarantied Party at any time or times
hereafter to require strict performance by the Borrower, any Guarantor, any
other guarantor of all or any part of the Obligations or any other Person of any
provision, warranty, term or condition contained in any Loan Document now or at
any time hereafter executed by any such Persons and delivered to any Guarantied
Party shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of any Guarantied Party at
any time or times hereafter to demand strict performance thereof and such right
shall not be deemed to have been waived by any act or knowledge of any
Guarantied Party, or its respective agents, officers or employees, unless such
waiver is contained in an instrument in writing, directed and delivered to the
Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, specifying such waiver, and is signed
by the party or parties necessary to give such waiver under the Credit
Agreement. No waiver of any Event of Default by any Guarantied Party
shall operate as a waiver of any other Event of Default or the same Event of
Default on a future occasion, and no action by any Guarantied Party permitted
hereunder shall in any way affect or impair any Guarantied Party’s rights and
remedies or the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty. Any
final, non-appealable determination by a court of competent jurisdiction of the
amount of any principal or interest owing by the Borrower to a Guarantied Party
shall be conclusive and binding on each Guarantor irrespective of whether such
Guarantor was a party to the suit or action in which such determination was
made.
GUARANTY
PRESTIGE
BRANDS, INC.
Section
15 Successors
and Assigns
This
Guaranty shall be binding upon each Guarantor and upon the successors and
assigns of such Guarantors and shall inure to the benefit of the Guarantied
Parties and their respective successors and assigns; all references herein to
the Borrower and to the Guarantors shall be deemed to include their respective
successors and assigns. The successors and assigns of the Guarantors
and the Borrower shall include, without limitation, their respective receivers,
trustees and debtors-in-possession. All references to the singular
shall be deemed to include the plural where the context so
requires.
Section
16 Representations
and Warranties; Covenants
Each
Guarantor hereby (a) represents and warrants that the representations and
warranties as to such Guarantor made by the Borrower in Article IV (Representations and
Warranties) of the Credit Agreement are true and correct on each date as
required by Section 3.2(b)(i) (Conditions
Precedent to Each Loan and Letter of Credit) of the Credit Agreement and
(b) agrees to take, or refrain from taking, as the case may be, each action
necessary to be taken or not taken, as the case may be, so that no Default or
Event of Default is caused by the failure to take such action or to refrain from
taking such action by such Guarantor.
Section
17 Governing
Law
This
Guaranty and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed
by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of
New York.
Section
18 Submission
to Jurisdiction; Service of Process
(a) Any legal
action or proceeding with respect to this Guaranty, and any other Loan Document,
may be brought in the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough and
City of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of
New York, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each Guarantor
hereby accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and
unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. The
parties hereto hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection
to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, that any of them
may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in
such respective jurisdictions.
(b) Each
party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided
for notices in Section 11.8
(Notices, Etc.) of the Credit Agreement and, in the case of any
Guarantor, to such Guarantor in care of the Borrower. Nothing in this
Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any
other manner permitted by applicable law.
(c) If for
the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum
due hereunder in Dollars into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the
fullest extent they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall
be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative
Agent could purchase Dollars with such other currency at the spot rate of
exchange quoted by the Administrative Agent at 11:00 a.m. (New York time)
on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given, for the
purchase of Dollars, for delivery two Business Days thereafter.
GUARANTY
PRESTIGE
BRANDS, INC.
Section
19 Certain
Terms
The
following rules of interpretation shall apply to this Guaranty: (a) the
terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and similar terms
refer to this Guaranty as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section,
subsection or clause in this Guaranty, (b) unless otherwise indicated,
references herein to an Exhibit, Article, Section, subsection or clause refer to
the appropriate Exhibit to, or Article, Section, subsection or clause in this
Guaranty and (c) the term “including” means “including without limitation”
except when used in the computation of time periods.
Section
20 Waiver
of Jury Trial
Each
of the Administrative Agent, the other Guarantied Parties and each Guarantor
irrevocably waives trial by jury in any action or proceeding with respect to
this Guaranty and any other Loan Document.
Section
21 Notices
Any
notice or other communication herein required or permitted shall be given as
provided in Section 11.8
(Notices, Etc.) of the Credit Agreement and, in the case of any
Guarantor, to such Guarantor in care of the Borrower.
Section
22 Severability
Wherever
possible, each provision of this Guaranty shall be interpreted in such manner as
to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this
Guaranty shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this
Guaranty.
Section
23 Additional
Guarantors
Each of
the Guarantors agrees that, if, pursuant to Section 7.11 (Additional Collateral
and Guaranties) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall be required
to cause any of their respective Subsidiaries that is not a Guarantor to become
a Guarantor hereunder, or if for any reason the Borrower or the Parent desires
any such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder, such Subsidiary shall
execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Guaranty Supplement in
substantially the form of Exhibit A (Guaranty Supplement)
attached hereto and shall thereafter for all purposes be a party hereto
and have the same rights, benefits and obligations as a Guarantor party hereto
on the Closing Date.
Section
24 Collateral
Each
Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that its obligations under this
Guaranty are secured pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Collateral
Documents executed by it in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit
of the Secured Parties, and covenants that it shall not grant any Lien (other
than Liens permitted under Section 8.2 (Liens, Etc.) of
the Credit Agreement) with respect to its Property in favor, or for the benefit,
of any Person other than the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Secured Parties.
GUARANTY
PRESTIGE
BRANDS, INC.
Section
25 Costs
and Expenses
Each
Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each of the
other Guarantied Parties upon demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (including costs of settlement),
incurred by the Administrative Agent or such other Guarantied Parties in
enforcing this Guaranty or any security therefor or exercising or enforcing any
other right or remedy available in connection herewith or
therewith.
Section
26 Waiver
of Consequential Damages
Each
Guarantor, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any claim, whether
or not accrued and whether or not suspected to exist in its favor, for any
special, consequential or punitive damages (including, without limitation, any
loss or profits, business or anticipated savings) in respect of this Guaranty or
any other Loan Document. Each Guarantor also agrees to be bound by the provision
of Section 11.5 (Limitation of Liability) of the Credit
Agreement.
Section
27 Entire
Agreement
This
Guaranty, taken together with all of the other Loan Documents executed and
delivered by the Guarantors, represents the entire agreement and understanding
of the parties hereto and supersedes all prior understandings, written and oral,
relating to the subject matter hereof.
Section
28 Termination
This
Guaranty (other than the reinstatement provisions of Section 1(b) (Guaranty),
Section 18 (Submission to
Jurisdiction; Service of Process), Section 20 (Waiver of Jury
Trial), Section 25
(Costs and Expenses), and Section 26 (Waiver of Consequential
Damages)) shall terminate upon the “payment in full” (as defined in the
Credit Agreement) of the “Secured Obligations” (as defined in the Credit
Agreement).
[Signature
Pages Follow]
In witness whereof,
this Guaranty has been duly executed by the Guarantors as of the day and year
first set forth above.
|
PRESTIGE BRANDS HOLDINGS,
INC. |
|
|
As Parent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Name:
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Title:
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiary
Guarantors: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medtech
Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
Medtech
Products Inc. |
|
|
PRESTIGE SERVICES CORP. |
|
|
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
Prestige
Brands International, Inc. |
|
|
Prestige
Personal Care, Inc. |
|
|
Prestige
Personal Care Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
THE CUTEX
COMPANY |
|
|
THE DENOREX COMPANY |
|
|
THE SPIC AND SPAN COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Peter J.
Anderson |
|
|
|
Name:
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Title:
Chief Financial Officer |
|
[SIGNATURE
PAGE TO GUARANTY OF PRESTIGE BRANDS, INC.'S CREDIT AGREEMENT]
GUARANTY
PRESTIGE BRANDS,
INC.
Acknowledged
and Agreed
as of the
date first above written:
Bank
of America, N.A.
as
Administrative Agent
By:
/s/ Don B. Pinzon
Name: Don B.
Pinzon
Title: Vice
President
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTY
OF PRESTIGE BRANDS, INC.'S CREDIT AGREEMENT]
purchaseagreement.htm
Exhibit
10.4
March 10,
2010
Banc of America
Securities LLC
Deutsche
Bank Securities Inc.
As
Representatives of the Initial Purchasers
c/o Banc
of America Securities LLC
One
Bryant Park
New York,
New York 10036
Ladies
and Gentlemen:
Introductory. Prestige
Brands, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware
corporation and a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Prestige Brands Holdings,
Inc. (“Parent”),
proposes to issue and sell to the several Initial Purchasers named in Schedule A
(each an “Initial
Purchaser” and together, the “Initial Purchasers”), acting
severally and not jointly, the respective amounts set forth in such Schedule A
of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8.25% Senior Notes
due 2018 (the “Notes”). Banc of
America Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. have agreed to act as
the representatives of the several Initial Purchasers (in such capacity, the
“Representatives”) in
connection with the offering and sale of the Notes.
The
Securities (as defined below) will be issued pursuant to an indenture to be
dated as of March 24, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among the
Company, the Guarantors (as defined below) and U.S. Bank National Association,
as trustee (the “Trustee”). Notes
will be issued only in book-entry form in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee
of The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”) pursuant to a
letter of representations, to be dated on or before the Closing Date (as defined
in Section 2 hereof) (the “DTC
Agreement”), among the Company, the Trustee and the
Depositary.
The
holders of the Notes will be entitled to the benefits of a registration rights
agreement to be dated as of March 24, 2010 (the “Registration Rights
Agreement”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial
Purchasers, pursuant to which the Company and the Guarantors may be required to
file with the Commission (as defined below), under the circumstances set forth
therein, (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act (as defined
below) relating to another series of debt securities of the Company with terms
substantially identical to the Notes (the “Exchange Notes”) to be offered
in exchange for the Notes (the “Exchange Offer”) and (ii) a
shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act relating
to the resale by certain holders of the Notes, and in each case, to use its
commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statements to be
declared effective. All references herein to the Exchange Notes and
the Exchange Offer are only applicable if the Company and the Guarantors are in
fact required to consummate the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of the
Registration Rights Agreement.
The
payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be
fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and
severally by (i) Parent and
the
subsidiary guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof as “Guarantors” and
(ii) any subsidiary of the Company formed or acquired after the Closing Date
that executes an additional guarantee in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns (the entities described
in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the “Guarantors”), pursuant to
their guarantees (the “Guarantees”). The
Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as
the “Securities”; and
the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively
referred to as the “Exchange
Securities.”
In
connection with the issuance of the Securities, the Company (i) has commenced a
cash tender offer (the “Tender
Offer”) for all of the Company’s outstanding 9-1/4% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2012 (the “2012
Notes”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in that
certain Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated as of March
10, 2010 (the “Offer to
Purchase”), (ii) is soliciting consents (the “Consent Solicitation”) of
registered holders of the 2012 Notes to certain proposed amendments to the
indenture dated as of April 6, 2004, among the Company, the guarantors party
thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the
“2012 Trustee”) and the
supplements thereto governing the 2012 Notes (together, the “2012 Indenture”), (iii) will
pay in full all amounts outstanding (including all accrued and deferred
interest) and terminate all commitments under its senior secured credit facility
dated as of April 6, 2004, as amended (the “Existing Credit Facility”) and
(iv) will enter into new senior secured credit facilities, among the Company as
borrower thereunder, Banc of America Securities LLC as Joint-Lead Arranger and
Joint Book-Running Manager, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent,
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as Joint-Lead Arranger, Joint Book-Running Manager
and Syndication Agent, and the lenders and guarantors party thereto, (the “New Credit
Facilities”). The net proceeds from the sale of the
Securities, together with borrowings under the New Credit Facilities and cash on
hand will be used to purchase, redeem or otherwise retire all of the outstanding
2012 Notes and to repay all amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit
Facility and terminate the associated credit agreement.
The
Company understands that the Initial Purchasers propose to make an offering of
the Securities on the terms and in the manner set forth herein and in the
Pricing Disclosure Package (as defined below) and agrees that the Initial
Purchasers may resell, subject to the conditions set forth herein, all or a
portion of the Securities to purchasers (the “Subsequent Purchasers”) on the
terms set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package (the first time at which sales
of the Securities are made is referred to as the “Time of Sale”). The
Securities are to be offered and sold to or through the Initial Purchasers
without being registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the
Securities Act of 1933 (as amended, the “Securities Act,” which term,
as used herein, includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder), in reliance upon exemptions therefrom. Pursuant to the
terms of the Securities and the Indenture, investors who acquire Securities
shall be deemed to have agreed that Securities may only be resold or otherwise
transferred, after the date hereof, if such Securities are registered for sale
under the Securities Act or if an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act is available (including the exemptions afforded by Rule
144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) or Regulation S
under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”).
The
Company has prepared and delivered to each Initial Purchaser copies of a
Preliminary Offering Memorandum, dated March 10, 2010 (the “Preliminary Offering
Memorandum”), and has prepared and delivered to each Initial Purchaser
copies of a Pricing Supplement,
dated
March 10, 2010 (the “Pricing Supplement”),
describing the terms of the Securities, each for use by such Initial Purchaser
in connection with its solicitation of offers to purchase the
Securities. The Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Pricing
Supplement, including those documents incorporated by reference therein, are
herein referred to as the “Pricing Disclosure
Package.” Promptly after this Agreement is executed and
delivered, the Company will prepare and deliver to each Initial Purchaser a
final offering memorandum dated the date hereof (the “Final Offering
Memorandum”).
All
references herein to the terms “Pricing Disclosure Package” and “Final Offering
Memorandum” shall be deemed to mean and include all information filed under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended, the “Exchange Act,” which term, as
used herein, includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder) prior to the Time of Sale and incorporated by reference in the
Pricing Disclosure Package (including the Preliminary Offering Memorandum) or
the Final Offering Memorandum (as the case may be), and all references herein to
the terms “amend,”
“amendment” or “supplement” with respect to
the Final Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to mean and include all
information filed under the Exchange Act after the Time of Sale and incorporated
by reference in the Final Offering Memorandum.
The
Company hereby confirms its agreements with the Initial Purchasers as
follows:
SECTION 1. Representations and
Warranties. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly
and severally, hereby represents, warrants and covenants to each Initial
Purchaser that, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (references in
this Section 1 to the “Offering
Memorandum” are to (x) the Pricing Disclosure Package in the case of
representations and warranties made as of the date hereof and (y) the Final
Offering Memorandum in the case of representations and warranties made as of the
Closing Date):
(a) No Registration Required. Subject to
compliance by the Initial Purchasers with the representations and warranties set
forth in Section 2 hereof and with the procedures set forth in Section 7 hereof,
it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the
Securities to the Initial Purchasers and to each Subsequent Purchaser in the
manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum to register
the Securities under the Securities Act or, until such time as the Exchange
Securities are issued pursuant to an effective registration statement, to
qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Trust Indenture Act,” which
term, as used herein, includes the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder).
(b) No Integration of Offerings or
General Solicitation. None of the
Company, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the
Securities Act, hereinafter an “Affiliate”), or any person
acting on its or any of their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to
whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) has, directly or
indirectly, solicited any offer to buy or offered to sell, or will, directly or
indirectly, solicit any offer to buy or offer to sell, in the United States or
to any United States citizen or resident, any security which is or would be
integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner that would require the
Securities to be registered under the Securities Act. None of the
Company, its Affiliates, or any person acting on its or any of their behalf
(other
than the
Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty)
has engaged or will engage, in connection with the offering of the Securities,
in any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of
Rule 502 under the Securities Act. With respect to those Securities
sold in reliance upon Regulation S, (i) none of the Company, its Affiliates or
any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as
to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) has engaged or will
engage in any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Regulation S and
(ii) each of the Company and its Affiliates and any person acting on its or
their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no
representation or warranty) has complied and will comply with the offering
restrictions set forth in Regulation S.
(c) Eligibility for Resale under Rule
144A. The Securities
are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and will not be, at the Closing
Date, of the same class as securities listed on a national securities exchange
registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted in a U.S. automated
interdealer quotation system.
(d) The Pricing Disclosure Package and
Offering Memorandum.
Neither the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Time of Sale, nor the
Final Offering Memorandum, as of its date or (as amended or supplemented in
accordance with Section 3(a), as applicable) as of the Closing Date, contains or
represents an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material
fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that this
representation, warranty and agreement shall not apply to statements in or
omissions from the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Final Offering Memorandum or
any amendment or supplement thereto made in reliance upon and in conformity with
information furnished to the Company in writing by any Initial Purchaser through
the Representatives expressly for use in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the
Final Offering Memorandum or amendment or supplement thereto, as the case may
be. The Pricing Disclosure Package contains, and the Final Offering
Memorandum will contain, all the information specified in, and meeting the
requirements of, Rule 144A. The Company has not distributed and will
not distribute, prior to the later of the Closing Date and the completion of the
Initial Purchasers’ distribution of the Securities, any offering material in
connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Pricing
Disclosure Package and the Final Offering Memorandum.
(e) Company Additional Written
Communications. The Company has not prepared, made, used,
authorized, approved or distributed and will not prepare, make, use, authorize,
approve or distribute any written communication that constitutes an offer to
sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities other than (i) the
Pricing Disclosure Package, (ii) the Final Offering Memorandum and (iii) any
electronic road show or other written communications, in each case used in
accordance with Section 3(a). Each such communication by the Company
or its agents and representatives pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding
sentence (each, a “Company
Additional Written Communication”), when taken together with the Pricing
Disclosure Package, did not as of the Time of Sale, and at the Closing Date will
not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading; provided that this representation,
warranty and agreement shall not apply to statements in or omissions from each
such Company Additional Written Communication made in reliance upon and in
conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by any Initial
Purchaser through the Representatives expressly for use in any Company
Additional Written Communication.
(f) Incorporated Documents. The documents
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Offering
Memorandum at the time they were or hereafter are filed with the Commission
(collectively, the “Incorporated Documents”)
complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the
Exchange Act. Each such Incorporated Document, when taken together
with the Pricing Disclosure Package, did not as of the Time of Sale, and at the
Closing Date will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading.
(g) The Purchase Agreement. This Agreement
has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each
Guarantor.
(h) The Registration Rights Agreement and
DTC Agreement. The Registration
Rights Agreement has been duly authorized and, on the Closing Date, will have
been duly executed and delivered by, and will constitute a valid and binding
agreement of, the Company and each Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its
terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or
affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable
principles and except as rights to indemnification may be limited by applicable
law. The DTC Agreement has been duly authorized and, on the Closing
Date, will have been duly executed and delivered by, and will constitute a valid
and binding agreement of, the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the
rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable
principles.
(i) Authorization of the Notes, the
Guarantees and the Exchange Notes. The Notes to
be purchased by the Initial Purchasers from the Company will on the Closing Date
be in the form contemplated by the Indenture, have been duly authorized for
issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and the Indenture and, at the
Closing Date, will have been duly executed by the Company and, when
authenticated in the manner provided for in the Indenture and delivered against
payment of the purchase price therefor, will constitute valid and binding
obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except
as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the
rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles and will be
entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. The Exchange Notes have
been duly and validly authorized for issuance by the Company, and when issued
and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
Registration Rights Agreement and the Exchange Offer, will
constitute
valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in
accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to
or affecting enforcement of the rights and remedies of creditors or by general
principles of equity and will be entitled to the benefits of the
Indenture. The Guarantees of the Notes on the Closing Date and the
Guarantees of the Exchange Notes when issued will be in the respective forms
contemplated by the Indenture and have been duly authorized for issuance
pursuant to this Agreement and the Indenture; the Guarantees of the Notes, at
the Closing Date, will have been duly executed by each of the Guarantors and,
when the Notes have been authenticated in the manner provided for in the
Indenture and issued and delivered against payment of the purchase price
therefor, the Guarantees of the Notes will constitute valid and binding
agreements of the Guarantors; and, when the Exchange Notes have been
authenticated in the manner provided for in the Indenture and issued and
delivered in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Guarantees
of the Exchange Notes will constitute valid and binding agreements of the
Guarantors, in each case, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as
the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the
rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles and will be
entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.
(j) Authorization of the
Indenture. The Indenture has
been duly authorized by the Company and each Guarantor and, at the Closing Date,
will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and each Guarantor and
will constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company and each Guarantor,
enforceable against the Company and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms,
except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the
rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable
principles.
(k) Description of the Securities and the
Indenture. The descriptions
of the Securities, the Exchange Securities, the Indenture and the Registration
Rights Agreement contained in the Offering Memorandum conform in all material
respects to the terms of the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the
Indenture.
(l) No Material Adverse Effect. Except as
otherwise disclosed in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or
supplement thereto), subsequent to the respective dates as of which information
is given in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement
thereto): (i) there has been no material adverse effect, or any
development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse
effect, on the condition (financial or otherwise) ,prospects, earnings, business
or properties of Parent and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not
arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse
Effect”); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one
entity, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct
or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business nor entered into any
material transaction or agreement not in the ordinary course of business; and
(iii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or
made by the Company or, except for dividends paid to the
Company
or other subsidiaries, any of its subsidiaries on any class of capital stock or
repurchase or redemption by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any class
of capital stock.
(m) Independent Accountants. PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, which expressed its opinion with respect to certain of the financial
statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes
thereto) and supporting schedules included or incorporated by reference in the
Offering Memorandum, is an independent registered public accounting firm within
the meaning of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board, and any non-audit services provided by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to the Company or any of the Guarantors have been
approved by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the
Parent.
(n) Preparation of the Financial
Statements. The financial
statements, together with the related schedules and notes, included or
incorporated by reference in the Offering Memorandum present fairly in all
material respects the consolidated financial position of the entities to which
they relate as of and at the dates indicated and the results of their operations
and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements
have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
as applied in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the
periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes
thereto. The financial data set forth in the Offering Memorandum
under the caption “Summary–Summary Selected Financial Data” fairly present the
information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited
financial statements contained or incorporated by reference in the Offering
Memorandum. The statistical and market-related data and
forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in the Offering
Memorandum are based on or derived from sources that Parent, the Company and
their subsidiaries believe to be reliable and accurate in all material respects
and represent their good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data
derived from such sources.
(o) Incorporation and Good Standing of
the Company, the Guarantors and each of their Subsidiaries. Each of the
Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries has been duly
incorporated or formed, as applicable, and is validly existing as a corporation,
limited partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation,
as applicable, and has corporate, partnership or limited liability company, as
applicable, power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to
conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum and, in the case of
the Company and the Guarantors, to enter into and perform its obligations under
each of this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the DTC Agreement,
the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Indenture. Each of
the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries is duly qualified
as a foreign corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company, as
applicable, to transact business and is in good standing or equivalent status in
each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of
the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except for such
jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing (i)
would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the
performance of this
Agreement,
the Registration Rights Agreement, the DTC Agreement, the Securities, the
Exchange Securities and the Indenture, or the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or (ii) would not, individually or
in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. All the
outstanding shares of capital stock or limited liability company interests of
each of the Company, the Guarantors and each of their respective subsidiaries
have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
nonassessable and, except as otherwise set forth in the Offering Memorandum, all
outstanding shares of capital stock or limited liability company interests of
each subsidiary are owned by Parent either directly or through wholly owned
subsidiaries free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien,
encumbrance or claim. Parent does not own or control, directly or indirectly,
any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed
in Exhibit 21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 2009.
(p) Non-Contravention of Existing
Instruments; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required. Neither the
Company, the Guarantors nor any of their respective subsidiaries is (i) in
violation of its charter, bylaws or other constitutive document; (ii) in default
(or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in default) (“Default”) under any indenture,
mortgage, loan or credit agreement, note, contract, franchise, lease or other
instrument to which the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective
subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound (including
without limitation, the Existing Credit Facility and the 2012 Indenture or to
which any of the property or assets of the Company, any Guarantor or any of
their respective subsidiaries is subject (each, an “Existing Instrument”); or
(iii) in violation under any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment,
order or decree applicable to the Company, any Guarantor or any of their
respective subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency,
governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the
Company, any Guarantor or any such subsidiary or any of its properties, as
applicable, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above where such
violation or Default, either individually or in the aggregate, would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The
Company’s and each Guarantors execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the DTC Agreement, the Indenture,
the New Credit Facilities, the issuance and delivery of the Securities and the
Exchange Securities, the consummation of any other of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby and by the Offering Memorandum, and the
performance by the Company or any Guarantor of its obligations hereunder or
thereunder (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and
will not result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, bylaws or
other constitutive document of the Company, any Guarantor or any of their
respective subsidiaries, (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a breach of,
or Default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or
result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any
property or assets of the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective
subsidiaries pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to, any
Existing Instrument and (iii) will not result in the violation of any
statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the
Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries of any court,
regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other
authority having
jurisdiction
over the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries or any
of its or their properties, as applicable, except, in the case of clauses (ii)
and (iii) above, where such conflicts, breaches, Defaults, liens, charges or
encumbrances, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval,
authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or
other governmental or regulatory authority or agency is required for the
Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the DTC Agreement or the Indenture, or the
issuance and delivery of the Securities or the Exchange Securities, or
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and by the
Offering Memorandum, except such as have been obtained or made by the Company
and are in full force and effect under the Securities Act, applicable securities
laws of the several states of the United States or provinces of Canada and
except such as may be required by the securities laws of the several states of
the United States or provinces of Canada with respect to the Company’s
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. As used herein,
a “Debt Repayment Triggering
Event” means any event or condition which gives, or with the giving of
notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture or other
evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the
right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of
such indebtedness by the Parent or any of its subsidiaries.
(q) No Material Actions or
Proceedings. No action, suit or proceeding by or before any
court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the
Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries or properties is
pending or, to the knowledge of Parent and the Company, threatened that would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in
or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or
supplement thereto).
(r) Intellectual Property
Rights. Parent and its
subsidiaries own, possess, license or otherwise have the right to use, all
patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, Internet domain
names (in each case including all registrations and applications to register
same), inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual
property necessary for the conduct of Parent’s and its subsidiaries’ business as
now conducted and
as currently proposed to be conducted (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”),
except where the failure to own, possess, license or have the right to so use
would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. Except as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, and except as
would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, (i) Parent or one of its subsidiaries owns, or has
the right to use, all the Intellectual Property free and clear in all material
respects of all adverse claims, liens or other encumbrances; (ii) to the
knowledge of Parent and the Company, there is no material infringement by third
parties of any such Intellectual Property; (iii) there is no pending or, to
the knowledge of Parent and the Company,
threatened
action, suit, proceeding or claim by any third party challenging Parent’s or its
subsidiaries’ rights in or to any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is
unaware of any facts that would form a reasonable basis for any such claim;
(iv) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of Parent and the Company,
threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by any third party challenging the
validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware
of any facts that would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; and
(v) there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by
others that Parent or any subsidiary infringes or otherwise violates any patent,
trademark, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property rights of any
third party, and the Company is unaware of any fact that would form a reasonable
basis for any such claim.
(s) All Necessary Permits, etc. Each of the
Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries possess all licenses,
certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the appropriate U.S.
federal, state or non-U.S. regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their
respective businesses, except where the failure to possess such licenses,
certificates, permits or other authorizations would not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company, the Guarantors nor
any of their respective subsidiaries have received any notice of proceedings
relating to the revocation or modification of any such license, certificate,
authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an
unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, except as discussed in the Offering Memorandum
(exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).
(t) Title to Properties. Each of the
Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries owns or leases all
such properties as are necessary to the conduct of their respective operations
as presently conducted, except where the failure to own or lease a property or
properties would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(u) Tax Law Compliance. Each of the
Company, the Guarantors and each of their subsidiaries has filed all non-U.S.,
U.S. federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or has
requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file
would not have a Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth in or
contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or
supplement thereto)) and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any
other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of
the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or
penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or the non-payment of
which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and
except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of
any amendment or supplement thereto).
(v) Company and Guarantors Not an
“Investment Company”. The Company has
been advised of the rules and requirements under the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act,” which
term, as used herein, includes the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder). Neither the Company nor any Guarantor is, or
after receipt of payment for the Securities will be, an “investment company”
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act and will conduct its business
in a manner so that it will not become subject to the Investment Company
Act.
(w) Insurance. Each of
the Company, the Guarantors and their subsidiaries are insured by insurers of
recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such
amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are
engaged.
(x) No Price Stabilization or
Manipulation. None of the
Company or any of the Guarantors has taken or will take, directly or indirectly,
any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result,
in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to
facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.
(y) Solvency. Each of the
Company and the Guarantors is, and immediately after the Closing Date will be,
Solvent. As used herein, the term “Solvent” means, with respect
to any person on a particular date, that on such date (i) the fair market value
of the assets of such person is greater than the total amount of liabilities
(including contingent liabilities) of such person, (ii) the present fair salable
value of the assets of such person is greater than the amount that will be
required to pay the probable liabilities of such person on its debts as they
become absolute and matured, (iii) such person is able to realize upon its
assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, including contingent
obligations, as they mature and (iv) such person does not have unreasonably
small capital.
(z) Compliance with
Sarbanes-Oxley. Parent and its subsidiaries and their
respective officers and directors are in compliance with the applicable
provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act,” which
term, as used herein, includes the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder).
(aa) Company’s Accounting
System. Parent and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis,
maintain a system of internal controls over financial reporting (as such term is
defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that is in compliance with the
Exchange Act and is designed to provide reasonable assurances
that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s
general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary
to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States and to maintain
accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in
accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the
recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at
reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any
differences. Parent’s independent registered public accounting firm
and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Parent have been advised
of: (i) any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in
the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which could
adversely affect Parent’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report
financial data; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a role in Parent’s internal control over
financial reporting; and since the date of the most recent evaluation of such
internal control, there have been no significant changes in internal control or
in other factors that could significantly affect internal control, including any
corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material
weaknesses.
(bb) Disclosure Controls and
Procedures. Parent has established and maintains disclosure
controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15e and 15d-15
under the Exchange Act) that are designed to ensure that material information
relating to Parent and its subsidiaries is made known to the chief executive
officer and chief financial officer of Parent by others within Parent or any of
its subsidiaries, and such disclosure controls and procedures are reasonably
effective to perform the functions for which they were established subject to
the limitations of any such control system.
(cc) Regulations T, U,
X. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor nor any of their
respective subsidiaries nor any agent thereof acting on their behalf has taken,
and none of them will take, any action that might cause this Agreement or the
issuance or sale of the Securities to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or
Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System.
(dd) Compliance with and Liability under
Environmental Laws. Except as would not, individually or in
the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect: (i) each of Parent and its subsidiaries and their respective
operations and facilities, and to the knowledge of Responsible Officers (defined
below) of the Parent and the Company the operations, real property and other
assets of the persons providing manufacturing, warehousing and/or distribution
services to Parent and each of its Subsidiaries (in each case solely to the
extent related to the performance of such services) (“Service Contractors”), and
their respective operations and facilities, are in compliance with, and not
subject to any known liabilities under, applicable Environmental Laws, which
compliance includes, without limitation, having obtained and being in compliance
with any permits, licenses or other governmental authorizations or approvals,
and having made all filings and provided all financial assurances and notices,
required for the ownership and operation of their respective businesses,
properties and facilities under applicable Environmental Laws, and
compliance with the terms and conditions thereof; (ii) neither Parent nor any of
its subsidiaries has received any written communication, whether from a
governmental authority, citizens group, employee or otherwise, that alleges that
Parent or any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any Environmental Law;
(iii) there is no claim, action or cause of action filed with a court or
governmental authority, no investigation with respect to which Parent has
received written notice, and no written notice by any person or entity alleging
actual or potential liability on the part of Parent or any of its subsidiaries
based on or pursuant to any Environmental Law pending or, to the knowledge of
Parent and the Company, threatened against Parent or any of its subsidiaries or
any person or entity whose liability under or pursuant to any Environmental Law
Parent or any of its subsidiaries has retained or assumed either contractually
or by operation of law; (iv) neither Parent nor any of its subsidiaries is
conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, response or
other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any site or
facility, nor is any of them subject or a party to any order, judgment, decree,
contract or agreement which imposes any obligation or liability under any
Environmental Law; (v) no lien, charge, encumbrance or restriction has been
recorded pursuant to any Environmental Law with respect to any assets, facility
or property owned, operated or leased by Parent or any of its subsidiaries; and
(vi) there are no past or present actions, activities, circumstances, conditions
or occurrences, including, without limitation, the Release or threatened Release
of any Material of Environmental Concern
or
distribution of any product,, that could reasonably be expected to result in a
violation of or liability under any Environmental Law on the part of Parent or
any of its subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers of the
Parent and the Company on the part of any Service Contractor, including without
limitation, any such liability which Parent or any of its subsidiaries has
retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of
law.
For
purposes of this Agreement, “Environment” means ambient
air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, soil, surface and
subsurface strata, and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.
“Environmental Laws”
means the common law and all federal, state, local and foreign laws or
regulations, ordinances, codes, orders, decrees, judgments and injunctions
issued, promulgated or entered thereunder, relating to pollution or protection
of the Environment or human health, including without limitation, those relating
to (i) the Release or threatened Release of Materials of Environmental Concern;
and (ii) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, generation, treatment,
storage, transport, handling or recycling of Materials of Environmental
Concern. “Materials
of Environmental Concern” means any substance, material, pollutant,
contaminant, chemical, waste, compound, or constituent, in any form, including
without limitation, petroleum and petroleum products, and pesticides, subject to
regulation or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental
Law. “Release” means any release,
spill, emission, discharge, deposit, disposal, leaking, pumping, pouring,
dumping, emptying, injection or leaching into the Environment, or into, from or
through any building, structure or facility. For purposes of this
Section 1(dd) only, “Responsible Officer” means,
with respect to any person, any of the principal executive officers, managing
members or general partners of such person but, in any event, with respect to
financial matters, the chief financial officer of such person.
(ee) ERISA Compliance. Parent and its
subsidiaries and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended, “ERISA,” which term, as used
herein, includes the regulations and published interpretations thereunder)
established or maintained by Parent, its subsidiaries or their ERISA Affiliates
(as defined below) are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA and, to
the knowledge of Parent and the Company, each “multiemployer plan” (as defined
in Section 4001 of ERISA) to which Parent, its subsidiaries or an ERISA
Affiliate contributes (a “Multiemployer Plan”) is in
compliance in all material respects with ERISA. “ERISA Affiliate” means, with
respect to Parent or a subsidiary, any member of any group of organizations
described in Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended,
the “Code,” which term,
as used herein, includes the regulations and published interpretations
thereunder) of which Parent or such subsidiary is a member. No
“reportable event” (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably
expected to occur with respect to any “employee benefit plan” established or
maintained by Parent, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA
Affiliates. No “single employer plan” (as defined in Section 4001 of
ERISA) established or maintained by Parent, its subsidiaries or any of their
ERISA Affiliates, if such “employee benefit plan” were terminated, would have
any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (as defined under
ERISA). Neither Parent, its subsidiaries nor any of their ERISA
Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability under (i)
Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal
from, any
“employee benefit plan” or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the
Code. Each “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by
Parent, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be
qualified under Section 401 of the Code is so qualified and nothing has
occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of
such qualification.
(ff) Compliance with Labor
Laws. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate,
result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) there is (A) no unfair labor practice
complaint pending or, to the knowledge of Parent and the Company, threatened
against Parent or any of its subsidiaries before the National Labor Relations
Board, and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under
collective bargaining agreements pending, or to the knowledge of Parent and the
Company, threatened, against Parent or any of its subsidiaries, (B) no strike,
labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending or, to the knowledge of Parent and
the Company, threatened against Parent or any of its subsidiaries and (C) no
union representation question existing with respect to the employees of Parent
or any of its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Parent and the Company, no
union organizing activities taking place and (ii) there has been no violation of
any federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in hiring, promotion
or pay of employees or of any applicable wage or hour laws.
(gg) Related Party
Transactions. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists
between or among any of Parent or any Affiliate of Parent, on the one hand, and
any director, officer, member, stockholder, customer or supplier of Parent or
any Affiliate of Parent, on the other hand, which would be required by Item 404
of the Commission’s Regulation S-K to be disclosed which is not so disclosed in
the Offering Memorandum. There are no outstanding loans, advances
(except advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or
guarantees of indebtedness by Parent or any Affiliate of Parent to or for the
benefit of any of the officers or directors of Parent or any Affiliate of Parent
or any of their respective family members.
(hh) No Unlawful Contributions or Other
Payments. Neither Parent
nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of Parent and the Company, any
director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of Parent or any of its
subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that
would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA (as defined below),
including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or
instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer,
payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other
property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of
value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any
foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign
political office, in contravention of the FCPA and Parent, its subsidiaries and,
to the knowledge of Parent and the Company, its Affiliates have conducted their
businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies
and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue
to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
“FCPA” means Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations
thereunder.
(ii) No Conflict with Money Laundering
Laws. The operations of Parent and its subsidiaries are and
have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial
recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign
Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of
all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any
related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or
enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no
action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency,
authority or body or any arbitrator involving Parent or any of its subsidiaries
with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of
Parent and the Company, threatened.
(jj) No Conflict with OFAC
Laws. Neither Parent nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the
knowledge of Parent and the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or
Affiliate of Parent or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S.
sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S.
Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will
not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute
or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture
partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities
of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by
OFAC.
(kk) Regulation S. The
Company, the Guarantors and their respective Affiliates and all persons acting
on their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company and
the Guarantors make no representation) have complied with and will comply with
the offering restrictions requirements of Regulation S in connection with the
offering of the Securities outside the United States and, in connection
therewith, the Offering Memorandum will contain the disclosure required by Rule
902. The Securities sold in reliance on Regulation S will be
represented upon issuance by a temporary global security that may not be
exchanged for definitive securities until the expiration of the 40-day
restricted period referred to in Rule 903 of the Securities Act and only upon
certification of beneficial ownership of such Securities by non-U.S. persons or
U.S. persons who purchased such Securities in transactions that were exempt from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
Any
certificate signed by an officer of the Company or any Guarantor and delivered
to the Initial Purchasers or to counsel for the Initial Purchasers shall be
deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company or such Guarantor to
each Initial Purchaser as to the matters set forth therein.
SECTION
2. Purchase,
Sale and Delivery of the Securities.
(a) The Securities. Each of the
Company and the Guarantors agrees to issue and sell to the Initial Purchasers,
severally and not jointly, all of the Securities, and the Initial Purchasers
agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the
Guarantors the aggregate principal amount of Securities set forth opposite their
names on Schedule
A, at a purchase price of 96.564% of the principal amount thereof payable
on the Closing Date, in each case, on the basis of the representations,
warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms, subject to the
conditions thereto, herein set forth.
(b) The Closing Date. Delivery of
certificates for the Securities in definitive form to be purchased by the
Initial Purchasers and payment therefor shall be made at the offices of Cahill
Gordon & Reindel llp, 80 Pine Street,
New York, New York 10005 (or such other
place as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives) at 9:00 a.m.
New York City time, on March 24, 2010, or such other time and date as the
Representatives shall designate by notice to the Company (the time and date of
such closing are called the “Closing Date”). The
Company hereby acknowledges that circumstances under which the Representatives
may provide notice to postpone the Closing Date as originally scheduled include,
but are in no way limited to, any determination by the Company or the Initial
Purchasers to recirculate to investors copies of an amended or supplemented
Offering Memorandum or a delay as contemplated by the provisions of Section 17
hereof.
(c) Delivery of the
Securities. The
Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Representatives for the
accounts of the several Initial Purchasers certificates for the Securities at
the Closing Date against the irrevocable release of a wire transfer of
immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price
therefor. The certificates for the Securities shall be in such
denominations and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of the
Depositary, pursuant to the DTC Agreement, and shall be made available for
inspection on the business day preceding the Closing Date at a location in New
York City, as the Representatives may designate. Time shall be of the
essence, and delivery at the time and place specified in this Agreement is a
further condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers.
(d) Initial Purchasers as Qualified
Institutional Buyers. Each Initial
Purchaser severally and not jointly represents and warrants to, and agrees with,
the Company that:
(i) this
Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Initial
Purchaser;
(ii) it will
offer and sell Securities only to (a) persons who it reasonably believes are
“qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A (“Qualified Institutional
Buyers”) in transactions meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (b)
upon the terms and conditions set forth in Annex I to this
Agreement;
(iii) it is an
institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act; and
(iv) it will
not offer or sell Securities by, any form of general solicitation or general
advertising, including but not limited to the methods described in Rule 502(c)
under the Securities Act.
SECTION
3. Additional Covenants. Each of the
Company and the Guarantors further covenants and agrees with each Initial
Purchaser as follows:
(a) Preparation of Final Offering
Memorandum; Initial Purchasers’ Review of Proposed Amendments and
Supplements and Company
Additional Written Communications. As promptly as practicable
following the Time of Sale and in any event not later than the second business
day following the date hereof, the Company shall prepare and deliver to the
Initial Purchasers the Final Offering Memorandum, which shall
consist
of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum as modified only by the information
contained in the Pricing Supplement. The Company shall not amend or
supplement the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Pricing
Supplement. The Company shall not amend or supplement the Final
Offering Memorandum prior to the Closing Date unless the Representatives shall
previously have been furnished a copy of the proposed amendment or supplement at
least two business days prior to the proposed use or filing, and shall not have
objected to such amendment or supplement. Before making, preparing,
using, authorizing, approving or distributing any Company Additional Written
Communication, the Company shall furnish to the Representatives a copy of such
written communication for review and shall not make, prepare, use, authorize,
approve or distribute any such written communication to which the
Representatives reasonably object.
(b) Amendments and Supplements to the
Final Offering Memorandum and Other Securities Act Matters. If at any time
prior to the Closing Date (i) any event shall occur or condition shall exist as
a result of which any of the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or
supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or
(ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement any of the Pricing Disclosure
Package to comply with law, the Company and the Guarantors will immediately
notify the Initial Purchasers thereof and forthwith prepare and (subject to
Section 3(a) hereof) furnish to the Initial Purchasers such amendments or
supplements to any of the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that
the statements in any of the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or
supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, be misleading or so that any of the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply
with all applicable law. If, prior to the completion of the placement
of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers with the Subsequent Purchasers, any
event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to
amend or supplement the Final Offering Memorandum, as then amended or
supplemented, in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances when the Final Offering Memorandum is delivered to a Subsequent
Purchaser, not misleading, or if in the judgment of the Representatives or
counsel for the Initial Purchasers it is otherwise necessary to amend or
supplement the Final Offering Memorandum to comply with law, the Company and the
Guarantors agree to promptly prepare (subject to Section 3 hereof), file with
the Commission and furnish at its own expense to the Initial Purchasers,
amendments or supplements to the Final Offering Memorandum so that the
statements in the Final Offering Memorandum as so amended or supplemented will
not, in the light of the circumstances at the Closing Date and at the time of
sale of Securities, be misleading or so that the Final Offering Memorandum, as
amended or supplemented, will comply with all applicable law.
Following
the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of an applicable
shelf registration statement and for so long as the Securities are outstanding
if, in the judgment of the Representatives, or any of their Affiliates are
required to deliver a prospectus in connection with sales of, or market-making
activities with respect to, the Securities, to periodically amend the applicable
registration statement so that the information contained therein complies with
the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act, to amend the applicable
registration statement or supplement the related prospectus or the
documents
incorporated therein when necessary to reflect any material changes in the
information provided therein so that the registration statement and the
prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances existing as of the date the prospectus is so
delivered, not misleading and to provide the Initial Purchasers with copies of
each amendment or supplement filed and such other documents as the Initial
Purchasers may reasonably request.
The
Company hereby expressly acknowledges that the indemnification and contribution
provisions of Sections 8 and 9 hereof are specifically applicable and
relate to each offering memorandum, registration statement, prospectus,
amendment or supplement referred to in this Section 3.
(c) Copies of the Offering
Memorandum. The Company
agrees to furnish the Initial Purchasers, without charge, as many copies of the
Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Offering Memorandum and any amendments
and supplements thereto as they shall reasonably request.
(d) Blue Sky Compliance. Each of the
Company and the Guarantors shall cooperate with the Representatives and counsel
for the Initial Purchasers to qualify or register (or to obtain exemptions from
qualifying or registering) all or any part of the Securities for offer and sale
under the securities laws of the several states of the United States, the
provinces of Canada or any other jurisdictions designated by the
Representatives, and shall comply with such laws and shall continue such
qualifications, registrations and exemptions in effect so long as required for
the distribution of the Securities. None of the Company or any of the
Guarantors will be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to take any
action that would subject it to general service of process in any such
jurisdiction where it is not presently qualified or where it would be subject to
taxation as a foreign corporation. The Company shall advise the
Representatives promptly of the suspension of the qualification or registration
of (or any such exemption relating to) the Securities for offering, sale or
trading in any jurisdiction or any initiation or threat of any proceeding for
any such purpose, and in the event of the issuance of any order suspending such
qualification, registration or exemption, each of the Company and the Guarantors
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof
at the earliest possible moment.
(e) Use of Proceeds. The Company shall
apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities sold by it in the manner
described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Pricing Disclosure
Package.
(f) The Depositary. The
Company shall cooperate with the Initial Purchasers and use its commercially
reasonable efforts to permit the Securities to be eligible for clearance and
settlement through the facilities of the Depositary.
(g) Additional Issuer
Information. Prior to the
completion of the placement of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers with the
Subsequent Purchasers, Parent shall file, on a timely basis, with the Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange (the
“NYSE”) all reports and
documents required to be filed under Section 13 or 15 of the Exchange
Act. Additionally, at any time when Parent is not subject to Section
13 or 15 of the Exchange Act, for the benefit of holders and beneficial owners
from time to time of the Securities, Parent shall furnish, at its expense, upon
request, to holders and beneficial owners of Securities and prospective
purchasers of Securities information satisfying the requirements of
Rule 144A(d).
(h) Agreement Not To Offer or Sell
Additional Securities. During the period
of 90 days following the date hereof, the Company will not, without the prior
written consent of the Representatives (which consent may be withheld at the
sole discretion of the Representatives), directly or indirectly, sell, offer,
contract or grant any option to sell, pledge, transfer or establish an open “put
equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act, or
otherwise dispose of or transfer, or announce the offering of, or file any
registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of, any debt
securities of the Company or securities exchangeable for or convertible into
debt securities of the Company (other than as contemplated by this Agreement and
to register the Exchange Securities).
(i) Future Reports to the Initial
Purchasers. Whether or not
required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Parent
will furnish to the holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the
Commission’s rules and regulations for a company subject to reporting under
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act:
(1) all
quarterly and annual financial information of the Parent that would be required
to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the
Parent were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect
to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by
the Parent’s certified independent accountants; and
(2) all
current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form
8-K if the Parent were required to file such reports.
In
addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Parent will file a copy
of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2)
above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods
specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations for a company subject to
reporting under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (unless the
Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to
securities analysts and prospective investors upon
request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Parent
files the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with
the Commission and such information is publicly available on the Internet, the
Parent shall be deemed to be in compliance with its obligations to furnish such
information to the holders of the Notes and to make such information available
to securities analysts and prospective investors.
(j) No Integration. The Company
agrees that it will not and will cause its Affiliates not to make any offer or
sale of securities of the Company of any class if, as a result of the doctrine
of “integration” referred to in Rule 502 under the Securities Act, such offer or
sale would render invalid (for the purpose of (i) the sale of the Securities by
the Company to the Initial Purchasers, (ii) the resale of the Securities by the
Initial Purchasers to Subsequent Purchasers or (iii) the resale of the
Securities by such Subsequent Purchasers to others) the exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof
or by Rule 144A or by Regulation S thereunder or otherwise.
(k) No General Solicitation or Directed
Selling Efforts. The Company agrees that it will not and will
not permit any of its Affiliates or any other person acting on its or their
behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which no covenant is given) to
(i) solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Securities by means of any
form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule
502(c) of Regulation D or in any manner involving a public offering within the
meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or (ii) engage in any directed
selling efforts with respect to the Securities within the meaning of Regulation
S, and the Company will and will cause all such persons to comply with the
offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S with respect to the
Securities.
(l) No Restricted
Resales. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Affiliates to resell any of the Notes that have been reacquired by any of
them.
(m) Legended Securities. Each certificate
for a Security will bear the legend contained in “Transfer Restrictions” in the
Preliminary Offering Memorandum for the time period and upon the other terms
stated in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum.
The
Representatives on behalf of the several Initial Purchasers, may, in their sole
discretion, waive in writing the performance by the Company or any Guarantor of
any one or more of the foregoing covenants or extend the time for their
performance.
SECTION
4. Payment of Expenses. Each of the
Company and the Guarantors agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses incurred
in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder and in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without
limitation, (i) all expenses incident to the issuance and delivery of the
Securities (including all printing and engraving costs), (ii) all necessary
issue, transfer and other stamp taxes in connection with the issuance and sale
of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers, (iii) all fees and expenses of the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ counsel, independent public or certified public
accountants and other advisors, (iv) all costs and expenses incurred in
connection with the preparation, printing, filing, shipping and distribution of
the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Offering Memorandum (including
financial statements and exhibits), and all amendments and supplements thereto,
this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, the DTC
Agreement and the Notes and Guarantees, (v) all filing fees, attorneys’ fees and
expenses incurred by the Company, the Guarantors or the Initial Purchasers in
connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the
qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Securities for offer
and sale under the securities laws of the several states of the United
States,
the provinces of Canada or other jurisdictions designated by the Initial
Purchasers (including, without limitation, the cost of preparing, printing and
mailing preliminary and final blue sky or legal investment memoranda and any
related supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Final Offering
Memorandum), (vi) the fees and expenses of the Trustee, including the fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, the
Securities and the Exchange Securities, (vii) any fees payable in connection
with the rating of the Securities or the Exchange Securities with the ratings
agencies, (viii) any filing fees incident to, and any reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel to the Initial Purchasers in connection with the review
by FINRA, if any, of the terms of the sale of the Securities or the Exchange
Securities, (ix) all fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses
of counsel) of the Company and the Guarantors in connection with approval of the
Securities by the Depositary for “book-entry” transfer, and the performance by
the Company and the Guarantors of their respective other obligations under this
Agreement and (x) all expenses incident to the “road show” for the offering
of the Securities, including the cost of any chartered airplane or other
transportation. Except as provided in this Section 4 and
Sections 6, 8 and 9 hereof, the Initial Purchasers shall pay their own
expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their
counsel.
SECTION
5. Conditions of the Obligations of the
Initial Purchasers. The obligations
of the several Initial Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Securities as
provided herein on the Closing Date shall be subject to the accuracy of the
representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Guarantors set
forth in Section 1 hereof as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as
though then made and to the timely performance by the Company of its covenants
and other obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional
conditions:
(a) Accountants’ Comfort
Letter. On the date
hereof, the Initial Purchasers shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company, a
“comfort letter” dated the date hereof addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, covering the financial
information in the Pricing Disclosure Package and other customary
matters. In addition, on the Closing Date, the Initial Purchasers
shall have received from such accountants a “bring-down comfort letter” dated
the Closing Date addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Representatives, in the form of the “comfort letter”
delivered on the date hereof, except that (i) it shall cover the financial
information in the Final Offering Memorandum and any amendment or supplement
thereto and (ii) procedures shall be brought down to a date no more than 5 days
prior to the Closing Date.
(b) No Material Adverse Effect or Ratings
Agency Change. For the period
from and after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing
Date:
(i) in the
judgment of the Representatives there shall not have occurred any Material
Adverse Effect; and
(ii) there
shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of
any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change
that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating
accorded the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their
securi-
ties or
indebtedness by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as
such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436 under the Securities
Act.
(c) Opinion of Counsel for the
Company. On the Closing
Date the Initial Purchasers shall have received the favorable opinion of Alston
& Bird LLP, counsel for the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, the form
of which is attached as Exhibit A.
(d) Opinion of Counsel for the Initial
Purchasers. On the Closing
Date the Initial Purchasers shall have received the favorable opinion of Cahill
Gordon & Reindel llp, counsel for the
Initial Purchasers, dated as of the Closing Date, with respect to such matters
as may be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers.
(e) Officers’ Certificate. On the Closing
Date the Initial Purchasers shall have received a written certificate executed
by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President of the
Company and each Guarantor and the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting
Officer of the Company and each Guarantor, dated as of the Closing Date, to the
effect set forth in Section 5(b)(ii) hereof, and further to the effect
that:
(i) for the
period from and after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date
there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect;
(ii) the
representations, warranties and covenants of the Company and the Guarantors set
forth in Section 1 hereof were true and correct as of the date hereof and
are true and correct as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as
though expressly made on and as of the Closing Date; and
(iii) the
Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on
its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing
Date.
(f) Indenture; Registration Rights
Agreement. The
Company and the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered the Indenture, in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, and the
Initial Purchasers shall have received executed copies thereof. The
Company and the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered the Registration
Rights Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial
Purchasers, and the Initial Purchasers shall have received such executed
counterparts.
(g) Tender Offer, Consent Solicitation
and Redemption of 2012 Notes. On the Closing Date, the Initial
Payment Date (as defined in the Offer to Purchase) shall have occurred with
respect to the Tender Offer, and the requisite consents from the holders of the
2012 Notes necessary to consummate the Consent Solicitation and execute a
supplemental indenture to the 2012 Indenture with respect to the proposed
amendments to the 2012 Indenture (such proposed amendments as set forth in the
Offer to Purchase) shall have been received, and such supplemental indenture
shall have been executed by the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the
2012 Trustee, and shall be in full force and effect. On the Closing
Date, the Company shall have delivered irrevocable instruc-
tions to
the trustee of the 2012 Notes to redeem all 2012 Notes not tendered in
connection with the Tender Offer on or before the Expiration Date (as defined in
the Offer to Purchase) on April 15, 2010, and the Representatives shall have
received a copy of such notice.
(h) New Credit Facilities; Release of
Collateral; Use of Proceeds. On the Closing Date, (1) the New
Credit Facilities shall be in full force and effect, (2) the Company shall have
received not less than $150,000,000 gross proceeds from the term loans
thereunder and (3) the Company shall have not less than $30,000,000 in
availability under the revolving credit facility thereunder. The
Company shall have applied the net proceeds from such term loans and from the
sale of the Securities, and cash on hand, to purchase, redeem or otherwise
retire the 2012 Notes tendered in connection with the Tender Offer and to repay
all amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility, which shall be
terminated, and all security interests in collateral securing amounts
outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility shall have been released pursuant
to documentation satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers (or arrangements for
such release satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers shall
have been made).
(i) Additional Documents. On or before the
Closing Date, the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers
shall have received such information, documents and opinions as they may
reasonably require for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance
and sale of the Securities as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the
accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of
any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained.
If any
condition specified in this Section 5 is not satisfied when and as required
to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by
notice to the Company at any time on or prior to the Closing Date, which
termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other
party, except that Sections 4, 6, 8 and 9 hereof shall at all times be
effective and shall survive such termination.
SECTION
6. Reimbursement of Initial Purchasers’
Expenses. If this Agreement
is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Section 5 or
clauses (i) or (iv) of Section 10 hereof, including if the sale to the
Initial Purchasers of the Securities on the Closing Date is not consummated
because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to
perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof, the Company
agrees to reimburse the Initial Purchasers, severally, upon demand for all
out-of-pocket expenses that shall have been reasonably incurred by the Initial
Purchasers in connection with the proposed purchase and the offering and sale of
the Securities, including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of
counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone
charges.
SECTION
7. Offer, Sale and Resale
Procedures. Each of the Initial Purchasers, on the one hand,
and the Company and each of the Guarantors, on the other hand, hereby agree to
observe the following procedures in connection with the offer and sale of the
Securities:
(a) Offers
and sales of the Securities will be made only by the Initial Purchasers or
Affiliates thereof qualified to do so in the jurisdictions in which such offers
or sales
are
made. Each such offer or sale shall only be made to persons whom the
offeror or seller reasonably believes to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or
non-U.S. persons outside the United States to whom the offeror or seller
reasonably believes offers and sales of the Securities may be made in reliance
upon Regulation S upon the terms and conditions set forth in Annex I hereto,
which Annex I is hereby expressly made a part hereof.
(b) The
Securities will be offered by approaching prospective Subsequent Purchasers on
an individual basis. No general solicitation or general advertising
(within the meaning of Rule 502 under the Securities Act) will be used in the
United States in connection with the offering of the Securities.
(c) Upon
original issuance by the Company, and until such time as the same is no longer
required under the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Securities
(and all securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof,
other than the Exchange Securities) shall bear the following
legend:
“THE
SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE
SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN
THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION
THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY
NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE
HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY
THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY
(1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES
IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A
TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY
IF THE COMPANY
SO
REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS
OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B)
THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER
OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE
(A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF
THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
HEREBY.”
Following
the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers to Subsequent Purchasers
pursuant to the terms hereof, the Initial Purchasers shall not be liable or
responsible to the Company for any losses, damages or liabilities suffered or
incurred by the Company, including any losses, damages or liabilities under the
Securities Act, arising from or relating to any resale or transfer of any
Security.
SECTION
8. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification of the Initial
Purchasers. Each of the
Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless each Initial Purchaser, its Affiliates, directors, officers and
employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser within
the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act against any loss, claim,
damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Initial Purchaser,
Affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person may become subject,
under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory
law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any
litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the
Company), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions
in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is
based: (i) upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in the Preliminary
Offering Memorandum, the Pricing Supplement, any Company Additional Written
Communication or the Final Offering Memorandum (or any amendment or supplement
thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (ii) in whole
or in part upon any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the
Company contained herein; or (iii) in whole or in part upon any failure of
the Company to perform its obligations hereunder or under law; or (iv) any
act or failure to act or any alleged act or failure to act by any Initial
Purchaser in connection with, or relating in any manner to, the offering
contemplated hereby, and which is included as part of or referred to in any
loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising out of or based upon any matter
covered by clause (i) above, provided that the Company shall not be liable under
this clause (iv) to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall have
determined by a final judgment that such loss, claim, damage, liability or
action resulted directly from any such acts or failures to act undertaken or
omitted to be taken by such Initial Purchaser through its gross negligence or
willful misconduct; and to reimburse each Initial Purchaser and each such
Affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person for any and all
expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the
Representatives) as such ex-
penses
are reasonably incurred by such Initial Purchaser or such Affiliate, director,
officer, employee or controlling person in connection with investigating,
defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage,
liability, expense or action; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity
agreement shall not apply, with respect to an Initial Purchaser, to any loss,
claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the extent,
arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by such Initial Purchaser through
the Representatives expressly for use in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum,
the Pricing Supplement, any Company Additional Written Communication or the
Final Offering Memorandum (or any amendment or supplement
thereto). The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 8(a)
shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise
have.
(b) Indemnification of the
Company and the
Guarantors. Each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not
jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Guarantor, each of
their respective directors and each person, if any, who controls the Company or
any Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act,
against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which the
Company, any Guarantor or any such director or controlling person may become
subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state
statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in
settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written
consent of such Initial Purchaser), insofar as such loss, claim, damage,
liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below)
arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in the Preliminary
Offering Memorandum, the Pricing Supplement, any Company Additional Written
Communication or the Final Offering Memorandum (or any amendment or supplement
thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Preliminary Offering
Memorandum, the Pricing Supplement, any Company Additional Written Communication
or the Final Offering Memorandum (or any amendment or supplement thereto), in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by such Initial Purchaser through the Representatives expressly for use
therein; and to reimburse the Company, any Guarantor and each such director or
controlling person for any and all expenses (including the fees and
disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by the
Company, any Guarantor or such director or controlling person in connection with
investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim,
damage, liability, expense or action. Each of the Company and the
Guarantors hereby acknowledges that the only information that the Initial
Purchasers through the Representatives have furnished to the Company expressly
for use in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Pricing Supplement, any
Company Additional Written Communication or the Final Offering Memorandum (or
any amendment or supplement thereto) are the statements set forth in the second
sentence of the fifth paragraph and the sixth paragraph under the caption “Plan
of Distribution” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Final Offering
Memorandum. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 8(b)
shall be in addition to any liabilities that each Initial Purchaser may
otherwise have.
(c) Notifications and Other
Indemnification Procedures. Promptly after
receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the
commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect
thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify
the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission
so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which
it may have to any indemnified party hereunder for contribution or otherwise
than under the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8 or to the extent
it is not prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights and defenses)
as a result of such failure and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from
any liability that the indemnifying party may have to an indemnified party
otherwise than under the provisions of this Section 8 and Section
9. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party
and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an
indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in
and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying
parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the indemnified party
promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to
assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such
indemnified party; provided, however, if the defendants in any such action
include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise
between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in
conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses
available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or
additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party
or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal
defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of
such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the
indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party’s
election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified
party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified
party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred
by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the
indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the
proviso to the immediately preceding sentence (it being understood, however,
that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than
one separate counsel (together with local counsel (in each jurisdiction)),
approved by the indemnifying party (the Representatives in the case of
Sections 8(b) and 9 hereof), representing the indemnified parties who are
parties to such action) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed
counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party
within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, in each of
which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the
indemnifying party.
(d) Settlements. The indemnifying
party under this Section 8 shall not be liable for any settlement of any
proceeding effected without its written consent, which will not be unreasonably
withheld, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for
the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party
against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such
settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at
any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to
reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated
by this Section 8, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable
for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i)
such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such
indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party
shall
not have
reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request or disputed in
good faith the indemnified party’s entitlement to such reimbursement prior to
the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the
prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement,
compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened
action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could
have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such
indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an
unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims
that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (ii) does not
include any statements as to or any findings of fault, culpability or failure to
act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
SECTION
9. Contribution. If
the indemnification provided for in Section 8 hereof is for any reason held
to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified
party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses
referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the
aggregate amount paid or payable by such indemnified party, as incurred, as a
result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to
therein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the
Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities
pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i)
above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but
also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and
the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or
omissions or inaccuracies in the representations and warranties herein which
resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as
any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits
received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial
Purchasers, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities
pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective
proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities
pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company,
and the total discount received by the Initial Purchasers bear to the aggregate
initial offering price of the Securities. The relative fault of the
Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the
other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any
such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact or any such inaccurate or alleged
inaccurate representation or warranty relates to information supplied by the
Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Initial Purchasers, on the
other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information
and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or
inaccuracy.
The
amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages,
liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject
to the limitations set forth in Section 8 hereof, any legal or other fees
or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating
or defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in
Section 8 hereof with respect to notice of commencement of any action shall
apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this Section 9;
provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to
any action for which notice has been given under Section 8 hereof for
purposes of indemnification.
The
Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be
just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by
pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity
for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take
account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section
9.
Notwithstanding
the provisions of this Section 9, no Initial Purchaser shall be required to
contribute any amount in excess of the discount received by such Initial
Purchaser in connection with the Securities distributed by it. No
person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11
of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was
not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Initial
Purchasers’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several,
and not joint, in proportion to their respective commitments as set forth
opposite their names in Schedule A. For purposes of this Section 9,
each director, officer and employee of an Initial Purchaser and each person, if
any, who controls an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of the Securities Act
and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial
Purchaser, and each director of the Company or any Guarantor, and each person,
if any, who controls the Company or any Guarantor with the meaning of the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution
as the Company and the Guarantors.
SECTION
10. Termination of this
Agreement. Prior to the
Closing Date, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by notice
given to the Company if at any time: (i) trading or quotation in any
of the Company’s securities shall have been suspended or limited by the
Commission or by the NYSE or trading in securities generally on either the
Nasdaq Stock Market or the NYSE shall have been suspended or limited, or minimum
or maximum prices shall have been generally established on any of such quotation
system or stock exchange by the Commission or FINRA; (ii) a general banking
moratorium shall have been declared by any of federal, New York or Delaware
authorities; (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of
national or international hostilities or any crisis or calamity, or any change
in the United States or international financial markets, or any substantial
change or development involving a prospective substantial change in United
States’ or international political, financial or economic conditions, as in the
judgment of the Representatives is material and adverse and makes it
impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering sale or delivery of
the Securities in the manner and on the terms described in the Pricing
Disclosure Package or to enforce contracts for the sale of securities; or (iv)
in the judgment of the Representatives there shall have occurred any Material
Adverse Effect. Any termination pursuant to this Section 10 shall be
without liability on the part of (i) the Company or any Guarantor to any Initial
Purchaser, except that the Company and the Guarantors shall be obligated to
reimburse the expenses of the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Sections 4 and
6 hereof, (ii) any Initial Purchaser to the Company or any Guarantor, or (iii)
other than as provided in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), any party hereto
to any other party except that the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 hereof
shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.
SECTION
11. Representations and Indemnities to
Survive Delivery. The respective
indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the
Company, the Guarantors, their respective officers and the several Initial
Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full
force and effect, regardless of any investigation
made by
or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser, the Company, any Guarantor or any of
their partners, officers or directors or any controlling person, as the case may
be, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities sold hereunder
and any termination of this Agreement.
SECTION
12. Notices. All
communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand
delivered, couriered or facsimiled and confirmed to the parties hereto as
follows:
|
If
to the Initial Purchasers:
|
|
Banc
of America Securities LLC
|
|
Facsimile:
(212) 901-7897
|
|
Attention:
Legal Department
|
|
with
copies to (which shall not constitute
notice):
|
|
Cahill
Gordon & Reindel llp
|
|
Facsimile: (212)
269-5420
|
|
Attention: James
J. Clark
|
|
If
to the Company or the Guarantors:
|
90 North
Broadway
Irvington,
NY 10533
Facsimile: (914)
524-6821
Attention: Peter
J. Anderson
|
with
copies to (which shall not constitute
notice):
|
90 North
Broadway
Irvington,
NY 10533
Facsimile: (914)
524-7488
Attention: Legal
Department
and
Alston
& Bird LLP
90 Park
Avenue
New York,
New York 10016
Facsimile: (212)
210-9494
Attention: Mark
F. McElreath
Any party
hereto may change the address or facsimile number for receipt of communications
by giving written notice to the others.
SECTION
13. Successors. This Agreement
will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and to the
benefit of the indemnified parties referred to in Sections 8 and 9 hereof,
and in each case their respective successors, and no other person will have any
right or obligation hereunder. The term “successors” shall not
include any Subsequent Purchaser or other purchaser of the Securities as such
from any of the Initial Purchasers merely by reason of such
purchase.
SECTION
14. Authority of the
Representatives. Any action by the Initial Purchasers
hereunder may be taken by the Representatives on behalf of the Initial
Purchasers, and any such action taken by the Representatives shall be binding
upon the Initial Purchasers.
SECTION
15. Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or
unenforceability of any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall
not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph or
provision hereof. If any section, paragraph or provision of this
Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there
shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as
are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.
SECTION
16. Governing Law Provisions. THIS AGREEMENT
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN SUCH
STATE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.
Any legal
suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) may be
instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the
City and County of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case
located in the City and County of New York (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each
party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for suits,
actions, or proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of
any Specified Court in a Related Proceeding, as to which such jurisdiction is
non-exclusive) of the Specified Courts in any Related
Proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by
mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of
process for any Related Proceeding brought in any Specified
Court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any
objection to the laying of venue of any Specified Proceeding in the Specified
Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim
in any Specified Court that any Related Proceeding brought in any Specified
Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
SECTION
17. Default of One or More of the Several
Initial Purchasers. If any one or
more of the several Initial Purchasers shall fail or refuse to purchase
Securities that it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on the Closing
Date, and the aggregate number of Securities which such defaulting Initial
Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed or refused to purchase does
not exceed 10% of the aggregate number of the Securities to be purchased on such
date, the
other Initial Purchasers shall be obligated, severally, in the proportions that
the number of Securities set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A
bears to the aggregate number of Securities set forth opposite the names of all
such non-defaulting Initial Purchasers, or in such other proportions as may be
specified by the Initial Purchasers with the consent of the non-defaulting
Initial Purchasers, to purchase the Securities which such defaulting Initial
Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed or refused to purchase on the
Closing Date. If any one or more of the Initial Purchasers shall fail
or refuse to purchase Securities and the aggregate number of Securities with
respect to which such default occurs exceeds 10% of the aggregate number of
Securities to be purchased on the Closing Date, and arrangements satisfactory to
the Initial Purchasers and the Company for the purchase of such Securities are
not made within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate
without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of
Sections 4, 6, 8 and 9 hereof shall at all times be effective and shall
survive such termination. In any such case either the Initial
Purchasers or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, as
the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days in order that the
required changes, if any, to the Final Offering Memorandum or any other
documents or arrangements may be effected.
As used
in this Agreement, the term “Initial Purchaser” shall be
deemed to include any person substituted for a defaulting Initial Purchaser
under this Section 17. Any action taken under this Section 17
shall not relieve any defaulting Initial Purchaser from liability in respect of
any default of such Initial Purchaser under this Agreement.
SECTION
18. No Advisory or Fiduciary
Responsibility. Each of the Company and each
Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the purchase and sale of
the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the
offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is
an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Guarantors,
on the one hand, and the several Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and the
Company and the Guarantors are capable of evaluating and understanding and
understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) in connection with each transaction
contemplated hereby and the process leading to such transaction, each Initial
Purchaser is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or
fiduciary of the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates,
stockholders, creditors or employees or any other party; (iii) no Initial
Purchaser has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in
favor of the Company or any Guarantor with respect to any of the transactions
contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such
Initial Purchaser has advised or is currently advising the Company or any
Guarantor on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or any
Guarantor except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement; (iv) the
several Initial Purchasers and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a
broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the
Company and the Guarantors, and the several Initial Purchasers have no
obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any fiduciary or
advisory relationship; and (v) the Initial Purchasers have not provided any
legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering
contemplated hereby, and the Company and the Guarantors have consulted their own
legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they deemed
appropriate.
This
Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or
oral) between the Company, the Guarantors and the several Initial Purchasers, or
any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof. The Company
and the Guarantors hereby waive and release, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, any claims that the Company and the Guarantors may have against the several
Initial Purchasers with respect to any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary
duty.
SECTION
19. General Provisions. This Agreement
constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes
all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements,
understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter
hereof. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
each one of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the
signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Delivery
of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier,
facsimile or other electronic transmission (i.e., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be
effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart
thereof. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in
writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or
implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition
is meant to benefit. The section headings herein are for the
convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or
interpretation of this Agreement.
If the
foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign
and return to the Company the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon this instrument,
along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in
accordance with its terms.
|
Very
truly yours, |
|
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Charles
N. Jolly |
|
|
|
Name: Charles
N. Jolly
|
|
|
|
Title: Secretary
and General Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
PERSONAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
PERSONAL CARE, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
SERVICES CORP. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS INTERNATIONAL, INC. |
|
|
MEDTECH
HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
MEDTECH
PRODUCTS INC. |
|
|
THE
CUTEX COMPANY |
|
|
THE
DENOREX COMPANY |
|
|
THE
SPIC AND SPAN COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
as
Guarantors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Charles N. Jolly |
|
|
|
Name: Charles
N. Jolly
|
|
|
|
Title: Secretary
and General Counsel
|
|
The
foregoing Purchase Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Initial
Purchasers as of the date first above written.
Banc
of America Securities LLC
Deutsche
Bank Securities Inc.
Acting on
behalf of itself
and as
the Representatives of
the
several Initial Purchasers
By: Banc
of America Securities LLC
By: Deutsche
Bank Securities Inc.
SCHEDULE
A
|
|
Aggregate
Principal
Amount
of Securities
to
be Purchased
|
|
Banc
of America Securities LLC
|
|
$ |
90,000,000 |
|
Deutsche
Bank Securities Inc.
|
|
|
60,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
150,000,000 |
|
Sched.
A-1
registrationrightsagreement.htm
Exhibit
10.5
EXECUTION
VERSION
by and
among
Prestige
Brands, Inc.
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
Prestige
Personal Care Holdings, Inc.
Prestige
Personal Care, Inc.
Prestige
Services Corp.
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
Prestige
Brands International, Inc.
Medtech
Holdings, Inc.
Medtech
Products Inc.
The
Cutex Company
The
Denorex Company
The
Spic and Span Company
and
Banc
of America Securities LLC
Deutsche
Bank Securities Inc.
Dated as
of March 24, 2010
REGISTRATION
RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Registration Rights Agreement
(this “Agreement”) is made
and entered into as of March 24, 2010, by and among Prestige Brands, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc., Prestige Personal Care Holdings, Inc., Prestige Personal
Care, Inc., Prestige Services Corp., Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc., Prestige
Brands International, Inc., Medtech Holdings, Inc., Medtech Products Inc., The
Cutex Company, The Denorex Company and The Spic and Span Company (collectively,
the “Guarantors”), and
Banc of America Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (each an “Initial Purchaser”
and collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”),
each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company’s 8.25% Senior Notes due 2018
(the “Initial
Notes”), which are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors
(the “Guarantees”),
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). The Initial
Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as
the “Initial
Securities.”
This
Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated March 10, 2010 (the
“Purchase
Agreement”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers
(i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the
holders from time to time of the Initial Securities, including the Initial
Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the
Initial Securities, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights
set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this
Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth
in Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement.
The
parties hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions. As
used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following
meanings:
Additional Interest Payment
Date: With respect to the Initial Securities, each Interest
Payment Date.
Advice: As defined in Section
6(c) hereof.
Broker-Dealer: Any
broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.
Business Day: Any
day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which
banking institutions or trust companies located in New York, New York are
authorized or obligated to be closed.
Closing Date: The
date of this Agreement.
Commission: The
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Consummate: A
registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for
purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and
effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange
Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously
effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than
the minimum pe-
riod
required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company
to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same
aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial
Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange
Offer.
Effectiveness Target
Date: As defined in Section 5 hereof.
Exchange Act: The
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Date: As defined in
Section 3 hereof.
Exchange
Offer: The registration by the Company under the Securities
Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to
which the Company offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted
Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted
Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer
Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such
Holders.
Exchange Offer Registration
Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange
Offer, including the related Prospectus.
Exempt
Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers
propose to sell the Initial Securities to certain “qualified institutional
buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act
and to certain non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities
Act.
Exchange
Securities: The 8.25% Senior Notes due 2018, of the same
series under the Indenture as the Initial Notes and the Guarantees attached
thereto, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities
pursuant to this Agreement.
FINRA: Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority.
Holders: As
defined in Section 2(b) hereof.
Indemnified
Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.
Indenture: The
Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2010, by and among the Company, the Guarantors
and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant
to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
thereof.
Initial
Purchaser: As defined in the preamble hereto.
Initial Notes: As
defined in the preamble hereto.
Initial
Placement: The issuance and sale by the Company of the Initial
Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement.
Initial
Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto.
Interest Payment
Date: As defined in the Indenture and the
Securities.
Person: An
individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization,
limited liability company or a government or agency or political subdivision
thereof.
Prospectus: The
prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by
any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including
post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such
Prospectus.
Registration
Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.
Registration
Statement: Any registration statement of the Company relating
to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b)
the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the
Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this
Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all
amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all
exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.
Securities: As
defined in the Purchase Agreement.
Securities
Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Shelf Registration
Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.
Transfer Restricted
Securities: Each Initial Security, until the earliest to occur
of (a) the date on which such Initial Security is exchanged in the Exchange
Offer for an Exchange Security entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder
thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively
registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf
Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Initial Security is
distributed to the public by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of
Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
(including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein).
Trust Indenture
Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
Underwritten Registration or
Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of
the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the
public.
SECTION
2. Securities Subject to this
Agreement.
(a) Transfer Restricted
Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this
Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.
(b) Holders of Transfer Restricted
Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever
such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.
SECTION
3. Registered Exchange
Offer.
(a) Unless
the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission
policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied
with), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts (i) to file with the Commission a Registration Statement
under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange
Offer, (ii) to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (iii) in
connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such
Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration
Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, file a post-effective
amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the
Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the
registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the
state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to
permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of
such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. Each of the
Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to
Consummate the Exchange Offer not later than 366 days following the Closing Date
(or if such 366th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day)
(the “Exchange
Date”). The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting
registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the
Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Initial Securities held
by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof.
(b) The
Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period
of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state
securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no
event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days after the date notice of
the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company shall cause
the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities
laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be
included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
(c) The
Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the
Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any
Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted
Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer
Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such
Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer
may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act
and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities
received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery
requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all
other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the
Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but
such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose
the amount of Initial Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the
extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the
date of this Agreement.
Each of
the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to
keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective,
supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to
the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial
Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it
conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the
policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to
time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the
date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in
connection with market-making or other trading activities.
The
Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus
to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or
shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate
such resales.
SECTION
4. Shelf
Registration.
(a) Shelf
Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer
because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission
policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied
with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated by the Exchange
Date, or (iii) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (A)
such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from
participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the
Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without
delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such
Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Securities
acquired directly from the Company or one of its affiliates, then, upon such
Holder’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall
(x) cause
to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration
Statement”) as promptly as practicable, which Shelf Registration
Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the
Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to
Section 4(b) hereof; and
(y) use
their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement
to be declared effective by the Commission.
Each of
the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to
keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and
amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the
extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial
Securities by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the
benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the
requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and
regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at
least two years following the Closing Date (or
shorter
period that will terminate when all the Initial Securities covered by such Shelf
Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration
Statement).
(b) Provision by Holders of Certain
Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may
include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration
Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to
the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request
therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in
connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary
Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf
Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the
Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the
information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially
misleading.
SECTION
5. Additional
Interest. If (i) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated
by the Exchange Date, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby,
has not been declared effective by the Commission prior to the Exchange Date
(or, if required pursuant to Section 4(a)(C), has not been declared effective by
the Commission prior to the later of the Exchange Date and the date that is 90
days after such Holder makes such request pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof) or
(iii) any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been
declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which it is
required to be effective under this Agreement (each such event referred to in
clauses (i) through (iii), a “Registration
Default”), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the
Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the
90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default
and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day
period, but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per
annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to
any particular Transfer Restricted Securities, the interest rate borne by the
relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest
rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if
after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default
occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities
shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.
All
obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding
paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security
at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall
survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security
shall have been satisfied in full.
SECTION
6. Registration
Procedures.
(a) Exchange Offer Registration
Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company
and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c)
hereof, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange
to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance
with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply
with all of the following provisions:
(i) If in the
reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company there is a question as to whether
the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, each of the Company
and the
Guarantors hereby agrees to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision
from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate an
Exchange Offer for such Initial Securities. Each of the Company and
the Guarantors hereby agrees to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the
Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially
unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy. Each of
the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees, however, to (A) participate in
telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff
an analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if
any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be
permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission
staff of such submission.
(ii) As a
condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish,
upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written
representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of
transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the
effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in,
and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with
any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be
issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in
its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of
Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s
preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges
and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer
to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the
Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of
this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co.,
Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s
letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action
letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i)
above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale
transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an
effective registration statement containing the selling security holder
information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the
resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for
Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the
Company.
(b) Shelf Registration
Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the
provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its commercially reasonable
efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer
Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or
methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto each of the Company and
the Guarantors will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the
Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any
appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the
sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended
method or methods of distribution thereof.
(c) General
Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and
any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of
Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration
Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Initial
Securities by Broker-Dealers), each of the Company and the Guarantors
shall:
(i) use its
commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously
effective and provide all requisite financial statements (including, if required
by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the
Guarantors for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable);
upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration
Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material
misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of
Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the
Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration
Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or
omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its commercially
reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such
Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their
intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;
(ii) prepare
and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to
the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the
Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section
3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all
Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been
sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus
supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the
Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424
and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the
provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all
securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period
in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers
thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the
Prospectus;
(iii) advise
the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by
such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any
Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with
respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto,
when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for
amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the
Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance
by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any
state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted
Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any
proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact
or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made
in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement
thereto, or any document incorporated by
reference
therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in
the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements
therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any
stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any
state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order
suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer
Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the
Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to
obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible
time;
(iv) furnish
without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in
any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before
filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any
Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such
Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by
reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which
documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders and
underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least
five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration
Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration
Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference)
to which an Initial Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such
Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in
writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to
be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such
period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if
any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment,
Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a
material misstatement or omission;
(v) make
available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the
managing underwriter(s), if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to
such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such
Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), financial and other records,
pertinent corporate documents and properties reasonably requested of each of the
Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers,
directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any
such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such
Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the
filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings
with investors to the extent requested by the managing underwriter(s), if
any;
(vi) if
requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly
incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a
supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such
selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have
included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the
“Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with
respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to
such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms
of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such
offer-
ing; and
make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective
amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to
be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective
amendment;
(vii) cause the
Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated
with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby or the
underwriter(s), if any;
(viii) furnish
to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s),
if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as
first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including
financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference
therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by
reference);
(ix) deliver
to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge,
as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any
amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of
the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and
any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of
the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the
Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or
supplement thereto;
(x) enter
into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make such
representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection
therewith as are reasonable and customary in order to expedite or facilitate the
disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration
Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be requested
by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or
underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration
Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting
agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten
Registration, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall:
(A) furnish
to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in
such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by
issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the date of the
Consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of the
Shelf Registration Statement:
(1) a
certificate, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, signed by
(y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or
accounting officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors, confirming, as of
the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of
Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties
may reasonably request;
(2) an
opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of
counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, covering the matters set forth in
Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matter as such parties may
reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the effect that
such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other
representatives of the Company and the Guarantors, representatives of the
independent public accountants for the Company and the Guarantors,
representatives of the underwriter(s), if any, and counsel to the
underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the preparation of such Registration
Statement and the related Prospectus and have considered the matters required to
be stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel
has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such
statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing,
no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe
that the applicable Registration Statement, at the time such Registration
Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, and, in the
case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as of the date of
Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such
Registration Statement as of its date and, in the case of the opinion dated the
date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, as of the date of Consummation,
contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material
fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not
misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state
further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not
independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial
statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in any
Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus;
and
(3) a
customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement, from the Company’s independent accountants, in the
customary form and covering matters of the type customarily requested to be
covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary
underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the matters set forth in the
comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Purchase Agreement,
without exception;
(B) set forth
in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the
indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to
all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and
(C) deliver
such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such
parties to evidence compliance with Section 6(c)(x)(A) hereof and with any
customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement
entered into by the Company or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this Section
6(c)(x), if any.
If at any
time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors
contemplated in Section 6(c)(x)(A)(1) hereof cease to be true and correct, the
Company or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the
underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by
such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;
(xi) prior to
any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the
selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in
connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted
Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as
the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may request and do any and all
other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such
jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf
Registration Statement; provided, however, that none
of the Company or the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a
foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that
would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than
as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any
jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
(xii) shall
issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities covered by the Shelf
Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount
equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities surrendered to the
Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such
Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name
of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the
Initial Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for
cancellation;
(xiii) cooperate
with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the
timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted
Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such
Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in
such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least
two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by
such Holders or underwriter(s);
(xiv) use its
commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities
covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such
other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the
seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the
disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso
contained in Section 6(c)(xi) hereof;
(xv) if any
fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have
occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration
Statement
or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file
any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers
of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in
order to make the statements therein not misleading;
(xvi) provide a
CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the
Registration Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under
the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form
eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action
necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with the
Depository Trust Company;
(xvii) cooperate
and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and in the
performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any
“qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA;
(xviii) otherwise
use its best commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules
and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security
holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the
requirements of Rule 158 of the Securities Act (which need not be audited) for
the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which
Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or
best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an
offering, beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter
commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement;
(xix) cause the
Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the
effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement,
and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of
Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such
Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture
Act; and to execute and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes
and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to
enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;
(xx) cause all
Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities
exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the
Company are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of Initial Securities or the managing underwriter(s), if any;
and
(xxi) provide
promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with the Commission
pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange
Act.
Each
Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon
receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind
described in Section
6(c)(iii)(D)
hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer
Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until
such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus
contemplated by Section 6(c)(xv) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the
“Advice”) by
the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received
copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by
reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each
Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other
than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus
covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of
receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such
notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration
Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended
by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the
giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including
the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall
have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated
by Section 6(c)(xv) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no
such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional
Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional
Interest, it being agreed that the Company’s option to suspend use of a
Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a
Registration Default for purposes of Section 5 hereof.
SECTION
7. Registration
Expenses.
(a) All
expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or
compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company and the Guarantors,
jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes
effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees
and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with the
FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent
underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations
of the FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities
and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including
printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange
Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and
telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the
Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer
Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with
listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation
system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements
of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors
(including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or
incident to such performance).
Each of
the Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal expenses
(including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and
employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual
audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts,
retained by the Company or the Guarantors.
(b) In
connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement
(including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and
the Shelf Registra-
tion
Statement), the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will
reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted
Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the
“Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or
registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the
reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be
Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP or such other counsel as may
be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer
Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being
prepared.
SECTION
8. Indemnification.
(a) The
Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold
harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act)
any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter
referred to as a “controlling person”)
and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees,
representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person
referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an
“Indemnified
Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all
losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses
(including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable
costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or
defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any
governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable
fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several,
directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in
connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged
untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the
Company by any of the Holders expressly for use therein. This
indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or
any of the Guarantors may otherwise have.
In case
any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation
or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified
Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or the
Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by
such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company and the Guarantors in
writing; provided,
however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any of
the Company or the Guarantors of its obligations pursuant to this
Agreement. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its
own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall
be paid, as incurred, by the Company and the Guarantors (regardless of whether
it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to
indemnification hereunder). The Company and the Guarantors shall not,
in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but
substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction
arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the
reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of at-
torneys
(in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders,
which firm shall be designated by the Holders.
The
Company and the Guarantors shall be liable for any settlement of any such action
or proceeding effected with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ prior written
consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and each of the
Company and the Guarantors agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified
Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason
of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Company
and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, without
the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or
consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending
or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which
indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any
Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise,
consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified
Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or
proceeding.
(b) Each
Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and their
respective directors, officers of the Company and the Guarantors who sign a
Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company
or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners,
employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as
the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each of the
Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on
information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder
expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action
or proceeding shall be brought against the Company, the Guarantors or their
respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of
which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Company and
the Guarantors, and the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors and
officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to
each Holder by the preceding paragraph.
(c) If the
indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified
party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions
provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages,
liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each
applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party,
shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a
result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand,
from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Company and the Guarantors
shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds to the Company and the
Guarantors from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which
did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement
resulting in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments actions or
expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not
permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Company and the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection
with the statements or omis-
sions
which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well
as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of
the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state
a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or any of the
Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and
the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity
to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or
payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and
expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the
limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal
or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with
investigating or defending any action or claim.
The
Company, the Guarantors and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree
that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section
8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as
one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not
take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified
party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses
referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include,
subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating
or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions
of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders)
shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total discount received by such Holder with respect to the
Initial Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has
otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations
to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the
respective principal amount of Initial Securities held by each of the Holders
hereunder and not joint.
SECTION
9. Rule 144A. Each of
the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as
any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any
Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with
any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted
Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by
Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities
Act.
SECTION
10. Participation in Underwritten
Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten
Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s
Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting
arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such
arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires,
powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and
other documents required under the terms of such underwriting
arrangements.
SECTION
11. Selection of
Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities
covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such
Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any
such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s)
that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in
such offering; provided,
however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must
be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
SECTION
12. Miscellaneous.
(a) Remedies. Each of
the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be
adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the
provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action
for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.
(b) No Inconsistent
Agreements. Each of the Company and the Guarantors will not on
or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its
securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this
Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither
the Company nor any of the Guarantors has previously entered into any agreement
granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any
Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way
conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of
the Company’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect
on the date hereof.
(c) Adjustments Affecting the
Securities. The Company will not take any action, or permit
any change to occur, with respect to the Securities that would materially and
adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange
Offer.
(d) Amendments and
Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended,
modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the
provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has (i) in the case of
Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of
Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case
of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a
majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities
(excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its
Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to
departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of
Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and
that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose
securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given
by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer
Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with
respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any
Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of
each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification,
supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.
(e) Notices. All
notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be
made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified,
return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing
overnight delivery:
(i) |
if to a Holder, at
the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture,
with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and |
|
|
(ii) |
if
to the Company or the Guarantors: |
90 North
Broadway
Irvington,
NY 10533
Telecopier
No.: (914) 524-6821
Attention: Peter
J. Anderson
With a
copy to:
Alston & Bird LLP
90 Park
Avenue
New York,
NY
Telecopier
No.: (212) 922-3995
Attention: Mark
F. McElreath
All such
notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five
Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed;
when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on
the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing
overnight delivery.
Copies of
all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently
delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified
in the Indenture.
(f) Successors and
Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including,
without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent
Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that this
Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or
assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired
Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder.
(g) Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties
hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
same agreement.
(h) Headings. The
headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not
limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(i) Governing
Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THEREOF.
(j) Severability. In
the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the
application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision
in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall
not be affected or impaired thereby.
(k) Entire
Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a
final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive
statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of
the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions,
promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to
herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with
respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with
respect to such subject matter.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first
written above.
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
PERSONAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
PERSONAL CARE, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
SERVICES CORP. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS INTERNATIONAL, INC. |
|
|
MEDTECH
HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
MEDTECH
PRODUCTS INC. |
|
|
THE
CUTEX COMPANY |
|
|
THE
DENOREX COMPANY |
|
|
THE
SPIC AND SPAN COMPANY |
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Peter J. Anderson |
|
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written:
BANC OF
AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
DEUTSCHE
BANK SECURITIES INC.
By:
|
Banc
of America Securities LLC |
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Aaron Peyton |
|
|
Managing
Director |
|
By: Deutsche
Bank Securities Inc.
-22-
davidtalbertempagreement.htm
Exhibit 10.13
Executive Employment
Agreement
1.
|
Employment.
Employer agrees to employ Executive and Executive accepts such employment
for the period beginning as of October 1st 2007 and ending upon his
separation pursuant to Section 1(c)
hereof (the “Employment
Period”).
|
(a) Position and
Duties.
(i)
During
the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as the Senior Vice President, Sales
of Employer and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities and authority
implied by such position, subject to the power of the Chief Executive Officer of
Employer and the Board to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities and
authority and to override such actions.
(ii)
Executive
shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of Employer, and Executive shall
devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention to the business
and affairs of Employer and its Subsidiaries (as defined below).
(b) Salary, Bonus and
Benefits. During the Employment Period, Employer will pay
Executive a base salary of $201,000 per annum (the “Annual Base Salary”).
In addition, the Executive shall be eligible for and participate in the Annual
Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Annual Bonus”) under which the Executive shall
be eligible for an annual Target Bonus payment of 45% of Annual Base Salary.
Executive is eligible for the Long Term Incentive Plan of company. During the
Employment Period, Executive will be entitled to such other benefits approved by
the Board and made available to the senior management of the Company, Employer
and their Subsidiaries, which shall include vacation time (four weeks per year)
and medical, dental, life and disability insurance. The Board, on a
basis consistent with past practice, shall review the Annual Base Salary of
Executive and may increase the Annual Base Salary by such amount as the Board,
in its sole discretion, shall deem appropriate. The term “Annual Base
Salary” as used in this Agreement shall refer to the Annual Base Salary as it
may be so increased.
(c) Separation. The
Employment Period will continue until (i) Executive’s death, disability or
resignation from employment with the Company, Employer and their respective
Subsidiaries or (ii) the Company, Employer and their respective Subsidiaries
decide to terminate Executive’s employment with or without Cause (as defined
below). If (A) Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause
pursuant to clause (ii) above or (B) Executive resigns from employment with the
Company, Employer and or any of their respective Subsidiaries for
Good Reason, then during the period commencing on the date of termination of the
Employment Period and ending on the first anniversary of the date of termination
(the “Severance
Period”), Employer shall pay to Executive, in equal installments on the
Employer’s regular salary payment dates, an aggregate amount equal to (I) his
Annual Base Salary, plus (II) an amount equal to the
Annual
Bonus, if any, paid or payable to Executive by Employer for the last fiscal year
ended prior to the date of termination. In addition, if Executive is entitled on
the date of termination to coverage under the medical and prescription portions
of the Welfare Plans, such coverage shall continue for Executive and Executive’s
covered dependents for a period ending on the first anniversary of the date of
termination at the active employee cost payable by Executive with respect to
those costs paid by Executive prior to the date of termination; provided, that this
coverage will count towards the depletion of any continued health care coverage
rights that Executive and Executive’s dependents may have pursuant to the
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”); provided further,
that Executive’s or Executive’s covered dependents’ rights to continued health
care coverage pursuant to this Section 1(c) shall terminate at the time Executive or Executive’s
covered dependents become covered, as described in COBRA, under another group
health plan, and shall also terminate as of the date Employer ceases to provide
coverage to its senior executives generally under any such Welfare
Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) Executive shall not be
entitled to receive any payments or benefits pursuant to this Section 1(c) unless Executive has executed and delivered to
Employer a general release in form and substance satisfactory to Employer and
(II) Executive shall be entitled to receive such payments and benefits only so
long as Executive has not breached the provisions of Section 2 or Section 3
hereof. The release described in the foregoing sentence shall not
require Executive to release any claims for any vested employee benefits,
workers compensation benefits covered by insurance or self-insurance, claims to
indemnification to which Executive may be entitled under Employer’s or its
Subsidiaries’ certificate(s) of incorporation, by-laws or under any of
Employer’s or its Subsidiaries’ directors or officers insurance policy(ies) or
applicable law, or equity claims to contribution from Employer or its
Subsidiaries or any other Person to which Executive is entitled as a matter of
law in respect of any claim made against Executive for an alleged act or
omission in Executive’s official capacity and within the scope of Executive’s
duties as an officer, director or employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries. Not
later than eighteen (18) months following the termination of Executive’s
employment, Employer and its Subsidiaries for which the Executive has acted in
the capacity of a senior manager, shall sign and deliver to Executive a release
of claims that Employer and its Subsidiaries have against Executive;
provided that,
such release shall not release any claims that Employer and/or its Subsidiaries
commenced prior to the date of the release(s), any claims relating to matters
actively concealed by Executive, any claims to contribution from Executive to
which Employer or its Subsidiaries are entitled as a matter of law or any claims
arising out of mistaken indemnification by Employer and/or any of its
Subsidiaries. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 1(c) or in
the Employer’s employee benefit plans or as otherwise required by applicable
law, Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or
benefits after termination of Executive’s employment with Employer.
2.
Confidential
Information.
(a) Obligation to Maintain
Confidentiality. Executive acknowledges that the information,
observations and data (including trade secrets) obtained by him during the
course of his performance under this Agreement concerning the business or
affairs of Employer, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (“Confidential
Information”) are the property of Employer, its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates, as applicable, including information concerning acquisition
opportunities in or reasonably related to Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and/or
Affiliates’ business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the
Employment Period. Therefore, Executive agrees that he will not disclose to any
unauthorized Person or use for his own account (for his commercial advantage or
otherwise) any Confidential Information without the Board’s written consent,
unless and to the extent that the Confidential Information, (i) becomes
generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of
Executive’s acts or omissions to act, (ii) was known to Executive prior to
Executive’s employment with Employer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or
(iii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law, court order or
other governmental decree. Executive shall deliver to Employer at a
Separation, or at any other time Employer may request, all memoranda, notes,
plans, records, reports, computer tapes, printouts and software and other
documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to the Confidential
Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Employer,
its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (including, without limitation, all acquisition
prospects, lists and contact information) which he may then possess or have
under his control.
(b) Ownership of
Property. Executive acknowledges that all discoveries,
concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods,
processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications,
copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any Confidential
Information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other
proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not
patentable) that relate to Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and/or Affiliates’
actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future
products or services and that are conceived, developed, contributed to, made, or
reduced to practice by Executive (either solely or jointly with others) while
employed by the Employer, its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates (including any of
the foregoing that constitutes any proprietary information or records) (“Work Product”) belong
to the Employer or such Subsidiary or Affiliate and Executive hereby assigns,
and agrees to assign, all of the above Work Product to Employer or to such
Subsidiary or Affiliate. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or
in part by Executive in the course of his work for any of the foregoing entities
shall be deemed a “work made for hire” under the copyright laws, and Employer or
such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall own all rights therein. To the
extent that any such copyrightable work is not a “work made for hire,” Executive
hereby assigns and agrees to assign to Employer or such Subsidiary or Affiliate
all right, title, and interest, including without limitation, copyright in and
to such copyrightable work. Executive shall
promptly
disclose such Work Product and copyrightable work to the Board and perform all
actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the
Employment Period) to establish and confirm the Employer’s or such Subsidiary’s
or Affiliate’s ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents,
powers of attorney, and other instruments).
(c) Third Party Information.
Executive understands that Employer, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will
receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party
Information”), subject to a duty on Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and
Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use
it only for certain limited purposes. During the Employment Period
and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 2(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information
in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than
personnel and consultants of Employer, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need
to know such information in connection with their work for Employer or any of
its Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with his work for
Employer or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information
unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board (other than himself if
Executive is on the Board) in writing.
(d) Use of Information of Prior
Employers. During the Employment Period and thereafter,
Executive will not improperly use or disclose any confidential information or
trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or any other Person to whom
Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and will not bring onto the
premises of Employer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates any unpublished
documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other Person
to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in
writing by the former employer or Person. Executive will use in the
performance of his duties only information which is (i) generally known and used
by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s and which is
(x) common knowledge in the industry or (y) otherwise legally in the public
domain, (ii) otherwise provided or developed by Employer or any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in the case of materials, property or
information belonging to any former employer or other Person to whom Executive
has an obligation of confidentiality, approved for such use in writing by such
former employer or Person.
3. Non-competition and No
Solicitation. Executive
acknowledges that (i) the course of his employment with Employer he will become
familiar with Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ trade secrets and
with other confidential information concerning the Employer, its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates; and (ii) his services will be of special, unique and
extraordinary value to Employer and such Subsidiaries. Therefore,
Executive agrees that:
(a) Non-competition. During
the Employment Period and also during the period commencing on the date of
termination of the Employment Period and
ending on
the first anniversary of the date of termination, he shall not without the
express written consent of Employer, anywhere in the United States, directly or
indirectly, own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services
for, or in any manner engage in any business (i) which competes with (a) OTC
wart treatment products (including, without limitation, cryogen-based products),
(b) devices for treatment or management of bruxism, (c) OTC sore throat
treatment products (including, without limitation, liquids, lozenges and
strips), (d) inter-proximal devices, (e) copper scrubbers, (f) powdered and
liquid cleansers, (g) pediatric OTC medicinal products, or (h) any other
business acquired by Employer and its Subsidiaries after the date hereof which
represents 5% or more of the consolidated revenues or EBITDA of Employer and its
Subsidiaries for the trailing 12 months ending on the last day of the last
completed calendar month immediately preceding the date of termination of the
Employment Period, or (ii) in which Employer and/or its Subsidiaries have
conducted discussions or have requested and received information relating to the
acquisition of such business by such Person (x) within one year prior to the
Separation and (y) during the Severance Period, if any. Nothing
herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2%
of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation that is publicly traded,
so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such
corporation
(b) No
solicitation. During the Employment Period and also
during the period commencing on the date of termination of the Employment Period
and ending on the first anniversary of the date of termination, Executive shall
not directly or indirectly through another entity (i) induce or attempt to
induce any employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries to leave the employ of
Employer or its Subsidiaries, or in any way interfere with the relationship
between Employer or its Subsidiaries and any employee thereof, (ii) hire any
person who was an employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries within 180 days after
such person ceased to be an employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries (provided, however, that such restriction
shall not apply for a particular employee if Employer or its Subsidiaries have
provided written consent to such hire, which consent, in the case of any person
who was not a key employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries shall not
be unreasonably withheld), (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer,
supplier, licensee or other business relation of Employer or its Subsidiaries to
cease doing business with Employer or its Subsidiaries or in any way interfere
with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business
relation and Employer or its Subsidiaries or (iv) directly or indirectly acquire
or attempt to acquire an interest in any business relating to the business of
Employer or its Subsidiaries and with which Employer or its Subsidiaries have
conducted discussions or have requested and received information relating to the
acquisition of such business by Employer or its Subsidiaries in the two year
period immediately preceding a Separation.
(c) Enforcement. If,
at the time of enforcement of Section 2 or this
Section 3, a
court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under
circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration,
scope or
geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for
the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise
the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum duration, scope and area
permitted by law. Because Executive’s services are unique and because
Executive has access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that
money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this
Agreement. Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach
of this Agreement, Employer, its Subsidiaries or their successors or assigns
may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to
any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive
or other relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the
provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security).
(d) Additional
Acknowledgments. Executive acknowledges that the provisions of
this Section 3
are in consideration of: (i) employment with the Employer, (ii) the
prospective issuance of securities by Employer pursuant to the Long-Term Equity
Incentive Plan and (iii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth
in this Agreement. In addition, Executive agrees and acknowledges
that the restrictions contained in Section 2 and this
Section 3 do
not preclude Executive from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably
impose limitations on Executive’s ability to earn a living. In
addition, Executive acknowledges (i) that the business of Employer and its
Subsidiaries will be conducted throughout the United States, (ii)
notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of Employer or
any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective executives or employees
(including the Executive), it is expected that Employer and its Subsidiaries
will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within
its industry throughout the United States and (iii) as part of his
responsibilities, Executive will be traveling throughout the United States in
furtherance of Employer’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ business and their
relationships. Executive agrees and acknowledges that the potential
harm to Employer and its Subsidiaries of the non-enforcement of Section 2 and this
Section 3
outweighs any potential harm to Executive of their enforcement by injunction or
otherwise. Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read this
Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon
Executive by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the
reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of
Employer and its Subsidiaries now existing or to be developed in the
future. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and
every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject
matter, time period and geographical area.
4.
Miscellaneous.
(a) Survival. The
provisions of Sections 1(c), 2, 3 and 4 shall survive the termination of this
Agreement.
(b) Entire
Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding
of the parties and merges and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous
agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties pertaining to the
subject matter hereof.
(c) Modification. This
Agreement may not be modified or terminated orally, and no modification or
waiver of any of the provisions hereof shall be binding unless in writing and
signed by the party against whom the same is sought to be enforced.
(d) Waiver. Failure
of a party to enforce one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or to
require at any time performance of any of the obligations hereof shall not be
construed to be a waiver of such provisions by such party nor to in any way
affect the validity of this Agreement or such party's right thereafter to
enforce any provision of this Agreement, nor to preclude such party from taking
any other action at any time which it would legally be entitled to
take.
(e) Successors and
Assigns. Neither party shall have the right to assign this
Agreement, or any rights or obligations hereunder, without the consent of the
other party; provided, however, that upon the sale of all or substantially all
of the assets, business and goodwill of Employer to another company, or upon the
merger or consolidation of Employer with another company, this Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, both Executive and the company
purchasing such assets, business and goodwill, or surviving such merger or
consolidation, as the case may be, in the same manner and to the same extent as
though such other company were Employer; and provided, further, that Employer
shall have the right to assign this Agreement to any Affiliate or Subsidiary of
Employer. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their legal
representatives, heirs, successors and permitted assigns.
(f) Communications. All
notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder will be in
writing and will be deemed given or delivered when delivered personally, by
registered or certified mail or by overnight courier (fare prepaid) addressed as
follows:
|
(i) |
To
Employer: |
Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
|
90 North
Broadway |
|
|
|
Irvington, New
York 10533 |
|
|
|
Attention: Chief
Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
With a copy
to: |
Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
|
90 North
Broadway |
|
|
|
Irvington, New
York 10533 |
|
|
|
Attention: Legal
Department |
|
|
|
|
|
(iii) |
To the
Employee: |
David
Talbert |
|
|
|
7 Farm
Road |
|
|
|
Randolph,
New Jersey 07869
|
or to
such address as a party hereto may indicate by a notice delivered to the other
party. Notice will be deemed received the same day when delivered
personally, five (5) days after mailing when sent by registered or certified
mail, and the next business day when delivered by overnight
courier. Any party hereto may change its address to which all
communications and notices may be sent by addressing notices of such change in
the manner provided.
(g) Severability. If
any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a
court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not
affect the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement
and the provision held to be invalid or unenforceable shall be enforced as
nearly as possible according to its original terms and intent to eliminate such
invalidity or unenforceability.
(h) Governing
Law. This Agreement will be governed by, construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving
effect to its conflicts of law provisions.
(i) Jurisdiction;
Venue. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE EXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION OF THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NEW
YORK. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY AND EXPRESSLY AGREE
TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK OR COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN WESTCHESTER
COUNTY, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF RESOLVING ANY DISPUTES AMONG THE PARTIES
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY JUDGMENT ENTERED BY ANY COURT IN RESPECT
HEREOF, BROUGHT IN WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NEW YORK, AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE
ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NEW
YORK HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. THE PARTIES HERETO
AGREE TO SERVICE OF PROCESS BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED UNITED STATES MAIL,
POSTAGE PREPAID, ADDRESSED TO THE PARTY IN QUESTION.
(j) Waiver of Jury
Trial. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN
RESPECT OF
ANY
ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT.
(k) No Third-Party
Beneficiaries. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is for
the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and shall not be deemed for
the benefit of any other person or entity.
(l) Code Section
409A. The parties to this Agreement intend that the Agreement
complies with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, where applicable, and
this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with that
intention. To the extent not otherwise provided by this Agreement, and
solely to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code, no payment or other
distribution required to be made to the Executive hereunder (including any
payment of cash, any transfer of property and any provision of taxable benefits)
as a result of his termination of employment with Employer shall be made earlier
than the date that is six (6) months and one day following the date on which the
Executive separates from service with Employer any and its affiliates (within
the meaning of Section 409A of the Code).
(m) Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same
instrument.
[Remainder
of page intentionally left blank]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date
first written above.
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Mark
Pettie |
|
|
|
Name:
Mark Pettie |
|
|
|
Title:
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
David Talbert |
|
|
David
Talbert |
|
DEFINITIONS
“Affiliate”
means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly,
through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under
common control with, such Person. The term “control” means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms
“controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Cause”
is defined as (i) your willful and continued failure to substantially
perform your duties with Employer (other than any such failure resulting from
your incapacity due to physical or mental illness) that has not been cured
within 10 days after a written demand for substantial performance is
delivered to you by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner
in which the Board believes that you have not substantially performed your
duties, (ii) the willful engaging by you in conduct which is demonstrably and
materially injurious to Employer or its Affiliates, monetarily or otherwise,
(iii) your conviction (or plea of nolo contendere) for any felony or any other
crime involving dishonesty, fraud or moral turpitude, (iv) your breach of
fiduciary duty to Employer or its Affiliates, (v) any violation of Employer's
policies relating to compliance with applicable laws which have a material
adverse effect on Employer or its Affiliates or (vi) your breach of any
restrictive covenant. For purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) of this
definition, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be deemed "willful"
unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without
reasonable belief that your act, or failure to act, was in the best interest
of Employer.
“Good
Reason” is defined as, without your consent, (i) the assignment to you of any
duties inconsistent with your status as the Senior Vice President, Sales or a
substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of the your
responsibilities, unless Employer has cured such events within 10 business days
after the receipt of written notice thereof from you, (ii) a reduction in your
annual base salary or target annual bonus percentage, except for
across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all senior executives of
Employer, or (iii) the relocation of Employer's headquarters by more than 30
miles.
“Person”
means any person or entity, whether an individual, trustee, corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, business
association, firm, joint venture, governmental authority or similar
entity.
“Subsidiary”
of any specified Person shall mean any corporation fifty percent (50%) or more
of the outstanding capital stock of which, or any partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company or other entity fifty percent (50%) or more of the
ownership interests of which, is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by
such
specified
Person, or any such corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability
company, or other entity which may otherwise be controlled, directly or
indirectly, by such Person.
lievennuyttensempagreement.htm
Exhibit 10.14
Executive Employment
Agreement
1.
|
Employment.
Employer
agrees to employ Executive and Executive accepts such employment for the
period beginning as of October 1st
2007 and ending upon his separation pursuant to Section 1(c)
hereof (the “Employment
Period”).
|
(a) Position and
Duties.
(i)
During
the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as the Senior Vice President,
Operations of Employer and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities and
authority implied by such position, subject to the power of the Chief Executive
Officer of Employer and the Board to expand or limit such duties,
responsibilities and authority and to override such actions.
(ii)
Executive
shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of Employer, and Executive shall
devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention to the business
and affairs of Employer and its Subsidiaries (as defined below).
(b) Salary, Bonus and
Benefits. During the Employment Period, Employer will pay
Executive a base salary of $196,000 per annum (the “Annual Base Salary”).
In addition, the Executive shall be eligible for and participate in the Annual
Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Annual Bonus”) under which the Executive shall
be eligible for an annual Target Bonus payment of 39% of Annual Base Salary
through Fiscal Year 2008 and a Target Bonus payment of 45% for Fiscal Year 2009.
Executive is eligible for the Long Term Incentive Plan of company. During the
Employment Period, Executive will be entitled to such other benefits approved by
the Board and made available to the senior management of the Company, Employer
and their Subsidiaries, which shall include vacation time (four weeks per year)
and medical, dental, life and disability insurance. The Board, on a
basis consistent with past practice, shall review the Annual Base Salary of
Executive and may increase the Annual Base Salary by such amount as the Board,
in its sole discretion, shall deem appropriate. The term “Annual Base
Salary” as used in this Agreement shall refer to the Annual Base Salary as it
may be so increased.
(c) Separation. The
Employment Period will continue until (i) Executive’s death, disability or
resignation from employment with the Company, Employer and their respective
Subsidiaries or (ii) the Company, Employer and their respective Subsidiaries
decide to terminate Executive’s employment with or without Cause (as defined
below). If (A) Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause
pursuant to clause (ii) above or (B) Executive resigns from employment with the
Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries for Good Reason, then
during the period commencing on the date of termination of the Employment Period
and ending on the first anniversary of the date of termination (the “Severance Period”),
Employer shall pay to Executive, in equal installments on the Employer’s regular
salary payment dates, an aggregate
amount
equal to (I) his Annual Base Salary, plus (II) an amount equal to the Annual
Bonus, if any, paid or payable to Executive by Employer for the last fiscal year
ended prior to the date of termination. In addition, if Executive is entitled on
the date of termination to coverage under the medical and prescription portions
of the Welfare Plans, such coverage shall continue for Executive and Executive’s
covered dependents for a period ending on the first anniversary of the date of
termination at the active employee cost payable by Executive with respect to
those costs paid by Executive prior to the date of termination; provided, that this
coverage will count towards the depletion of any continued health care coverage
rights that Executive and Executive’s dependents may have pursuant to the
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”); provided further,
that Executive’s or Executive’s covered dependents’ rights to continued health
care coverage pursuant to this Section 1(c) shall terminate at the time Executive or Executive’s
covered dependents become covered, as described in COBRA, under another group
health plan, and shall also terminate as of the date Employer ceases to provide
coverage to its senior executives generally under any such Welfare
Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) Executive shall not be
entitled to receive any payments or benefits pursuant to this Section 1(c) unless Executive has executed and delivered to
Employer a general release in form and substance satisfactory to Employer and
(II) Executive shall be entitled to receive such payments and benefits only so
long as Executive has not breached the provisions of Section 2 or Section 3
hereof. The release described in the foregoing sentence shall not
require Executive to release any claims for any vested employee benefits,
workers compensation benefits covered by insurance or self-insurance, claims to
indemnification to which Executive may be entitled under Employer’s or its
Subsidiaries’ certificate(s) of incorporation, by-laws or under any of
Employer’s or its Subsidiaries’ directors or officers insurance policy(ies) or
applicable law, or equity claims to contribution from Employer or its
Subsidiaries or any other Person to which Executive is entitled as a matter of
law in respect of any claim made against Executive for an alleged act or
omission in Executive’s official capacity and within the scope of Executive’s
duties as an officer, director or employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries. Not
later than eighteen (18) months following the termination of Executive’s
employment, Employer and its Subsidiaries for which the Executive has acted in
the capacity of a senior manager, shall sign and deliver to Executive a release
of claims that Employer and its Subsidiaries have against Executive;
provided that,
such release shall not release any claims that Employer and/or its Subsidiaries
commenced prior to the date of the release(s), any claims relating to matters
actively concealed by Executive, any claims to contribution from Executive to
which Employer or its Subsidiaries are entitled as a matter of law or any claims
arising out of mistaken indemnification by Employer and/or any of its
Subsidiaries. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 1(c) or in
the Employer’s employee benefit plans or as otherwise required by applicable
law, Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or
benefits after termination of Executive’s employment with Employer.
2.
Confidential
Information.
(a) Obligation to Maintain
Confidentiality. Executive acknowledges that the information,
observations and data (including trade secrets) obtained by him during the
course of his performance under this Agreement concerning the business or
affairs of Employer, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (“Confidential
Information”) are the property of Employer, its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates, as applicable, including information concerning acquisition
opportunities in or reasonably related to Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and/or
Affiliates’ business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the
Employment Period. Therefore, Executive agrees that he will not disclose to any
unauthorized Person or use for his own account (for his commercial advantage or
otherwise) any Confidential Information without the Board’s written consent,
unless and to the extent that the Confidential Information, (i) becomes
generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of
Executive’s acts or omissions to act, (ii) was known to Executive prior to
Executive’s employment with Employer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or
(iii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law, court order or
other governmental decree. Executive shall deliver to Employer at a
Separation, or at any other time Employer may request, all memoranda, notes,
plans, records, reports, computer tapes, printouts and software and other
documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to the Confidential
Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Employer,
its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (including, without limitation, all acquisition
prospects, lists and contact information) which he may then possess or have
under his control.
(b) Ownership of
Property. Executive acknowledges that all discoveries,
concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods,
processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications,
copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any Confidential
Information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other
proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not
patentable) that relate to Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and/or Affiliates’
actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future
products or services and that are conceived, developed, contributed to, made, or
reduced to practice by Executive (either solely or jointly with others) while
employed by the Employer, its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates (including any of
the foregoing that constitutes any proprietary information or records) (“Work Product”) belong
to the Employer or such Subsidiary or Affiliate and Executive hereby assigns,
and agrees to assign, all of the above Work Product to Employer or to such
Subsidiary or Affiliate. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or
in part by Executive in the course of his work for any of the foregoing entities
shall be deemed a “work made for hire” under the copyright laws, and Employer or
such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall own all rights therein. To the
extent that any such copyrightable work is not a “work made for hire,” Executive
hereby assigns and agrees to assign to Employer or such Subsidiary or Affiliate
all right, title, and interest, including without limitation, copyright in and
to such copyrightable work. Executive shall
promptly
disclose such Work Product and copyrightable work to the Board and perform all
actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the
Employment Period) to establish and confirm the Employer’s or such Subsidiary’s
or Affiliate’s ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents,
powers of attorney, and other instruments).
(c) Third Party
Information. Executive understands that Employer, its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary
information (“Third
Party Information”), subject to a duty on Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’
and Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to
use it only for certain limited purposes. During the Employment
Period and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 2(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information
in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than
personnel and consultants of Employer, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need
to know such information in connection with their work for Employer or any of
its Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with his work for
Employer or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information
unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board (other than himself if
Executive is on the Board) in writing.
(d) Use of Information of Prior
Employers. During the Employment Period and thereafter,
Executive will not improperly use or disclose any confidential information or
trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or any other Person to whom
Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and will not bring onto the
premises of Employer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates any unpublished
documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other Person
to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in
writing by the former employer or Person. Executive will use in the
performance of his duties only information which is (i) generally known and used
by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s and which is
(x) common knowledge in the industry or (y) otherwise legally in the public
domain, (ii) otherwise provided or developed by Employer or any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in the case of materials, property or
information belonging to any former employer or other Person to whom Executive
has an obligation of confidentiality, approved for such use in writing by such
former employer or Person.
3. Non-competition and No
Solicitation. Executive
acknowledges that (i) the course of his employment with Employer he will become
familiar with Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ trade secrets and
with other confidential information concerning the Employer, its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates; and (ii) his services will be of special, unique and
extraordinary value to Employer and such Subsidiaries. Therefore,
Executive agrees that:
(a) Non-competition. During
the Employment Period and also during the period commencing on the date of
termination of the Employment Period and
ending on
the first anniversary of the date of termination, he shall not without the
express written consent of Employer, anywhere in the United States, directly or
indirectly, own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services
for, or in any manner engage in any business (i) which competes with (a) OTC
wart treatment products (including, without limitation, cryogen-based products),
(b) devices for treatment or management of bruxism, (c) OTC sore throat
treatment products (including, without limitation, liquids, lozenges and
strips), (d) inter-proximal devices, (e) copper scrubbers, (f) powdered and
liquid cleansers, (g) pediatric OTC medicinal products, or (h) any other
business acquired by Employer and its Subsidiaries after the date hereof which
represents 5% or more of the consolidated revenues or EBITDA of Employer and its
Subsidiaries for the trailing 12 months ending on the last day of the last
completed calendar month immediately preceding the date of termination of the
Employment Period, or (ii) in which Employer and/or its Subsidiaries have
conducted discussions or have requested and received information relating to the
acquisition of such business by such Person (x) within one year prior to the
Separation and (y) during the Severance Period, if any. Nothing
herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2%
of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation that is publicly traded,
so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such
corporation
(b) No
solicitation. During the Employment Period and also
during the period commencing on the date of termination of the Employment Period
and ending on the first anniversary of the date of termination, Executive shall
not directly or indirectly through another entity (i) induce or attempt to
induce any employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries to leave the employ of
Employer or its Subsidiaries, or in any way interfere with the relationship
between Employer or its Subsidiaries and any employee thereof, (ii) hire any
person who was an employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries within 180 days after
such person ceased to be an employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries (provided, however, that such restriction
shall not apply for a particular employee if Employer or its Subsidiaries have
provided written consent to such hire, which consent, in the case of any person
who was not a key employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries shall not
be unreasonably withheld), (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer,
supplier, licensee or other business relation of Employer or its Subsidiaries to
cease doing business with Employer or its Subsidiaries or in any way interfere
with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business
relation and Employer or its Subsidiaries or (iv) directly or indirectly acquire
or attempt to acquire an interest in any business relating to the business of
Employer or its Subsidiaries and with which Employer or its Subsidiaries have
conducted discussions or have requested and received information relating to the
acquisition of such business by Employer or its Subsidiaries in the two year
period immediately preceding a Separation.
(c) Enforcement. If,
at the time of enforcement of Section 2 or this
Section 3, a
court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under
circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration,
scope or
geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for
the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise
the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum duration, scope and area
permitted by law. Because Executive’s services are unique and because
Executive has access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that
money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this
Agreement. Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach
of this Agreement, Employer, its Subsidiaries or their successors or assigns
may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to
any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive
or other relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the
provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security).
(d) Additional
Acknowledgments. Executive acknowledges that the provisions of
this Section 3
are in consideration of: (i) employment with the Employer, (ii) the
prospective issuance of securities by Employer pursuant to the Long-Term Equity
Incentive Plan and (iii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth
in this Agreement. In addition, Executive agrees and acknowledges
that the restrictions contained in Section 2 and this
Section 3 do
not preclude Executive from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably
impose limitations on Executive’s ability to earn a living. In
addition, Executive acknowledges (i) that the business of Employer and its
Subsidiaries will be conducted throughout the United States, (ii)
notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of Employer or
any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective executives or employees
(including the Executive), it is expected that Employer and its Subsidiaries
will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within
its industry throughout the United States and (iii) as part of his
responsibilities, Executive will be traveling throughout the United States in
furtherance of Employer’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ business and their
relationships. Executive agrees and acknowledges that the potential
harm to Employer and its Subsidiaries of the non-enforcement of Section 2 and this
Section 3
outweighs any potential harm to Executive of their enforcement by injunction or
otherwise. Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read this
Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon
Executive by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the
reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of
Employer and its Subsidiaries now existing or to be developed in the
future. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and
every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject
matter, time period and geographical area.
4.
Miscellaneous.
(a) Survival. The
provisions of Sections 1(c), 2, 3 and 4 shall survive the termination of this
Agreement.
(b) Entire
Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding
of the parties and merges and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous
agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties pertaining to the
subject matter hereof.
(c) Modification. This
Agreement may not be modified or terminated orally, and no modification or
waiver of any of the provisions hereof shall be binding unless in writing and
signed by the party against whom the same is sought to be enforced.
(d) Waiver. Failure
of a party to enforce one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or to
require at any time performance of any of the obligations hereof shall not be
construed to be a waiver of such provisions by such party nor to in any way
affect the validity of this Agreement or such party's right thereafter to
enforce any provision of this Agreement, nor to preclude such party from taking
any other action at any time which it would legally be entitled to
take.
(e) Successors and
Assigns. Neither party shall have the right to assign this
Agreement, or any rights or obligations hereunder, without the consent of the
other party; provided, however, that upon the sale of all or substantially all
of the assets, business and goodwill of Employer to another company, or upon the
merger or consolidation of Employer with another company, this Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, both Executive and the company
purchasing such assets, business and goodwill, or surviving such merger or
consolidation, as the case may be, in the same manner and to the same extent as
though such other company were Employer; and provided, further, that Employer
shall have the right to assign this Agreement to any Affiliate or Subsidiary of
Employer. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their legal
representatives, heirs, successors and permitted assigns.
(f) Communications. All
notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder will be in
writing and will be deemed given or delivered when delivered personally, by
registered or certified mail or by overnight courier (fare prepaid) addressed as
follows:
(i) To
Employer: Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
90 North Broadway
Irvington, New
York 10533
Attention: Chief Executive
Officer
(ii) With
a copy
to: Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc.
90 North Broadway
Irvington, New
York 10533
Attention: Legal
Department
(iii) To
the
Employee: Lieven
Nuyttens
157 W. 80th
Street, Apt. 2A
New York,
New York 10024
or to
such address as a party hereto may indicate by a notice delivered to the other
party. Notice will be deemed received the same day when delivered
personally, five (5) days after mailing when sent by registered or certified
mail, and the next business day when delivered by overnight
courier. Any party hereto may change its address to which all
communications and notices may be sent by addressing notices of such change in
the manner provided.
(g) Severability. If
any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a
court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not
affect the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement
and the provision held to be invalid or unenforceable shall be enforced as
nearly as possible according to its original terms and intent to eliminate such
invalidity or unenforceability.
(h) Governing
Law. This Agreement will be governed by, construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving
effect to its conflicts of law provisions.
(i) Jurisdiction;
Venue. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE EXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION OF THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NEW
YORK. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY AND EXPRESSLY AGREE
TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK OR COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN WESTCHESTER
COUNTY, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF RESOLVING ANY DISPUTES AMONG THE PARTIES
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY JUDGMENT ENTERED BY ANY COURT IN RESPECT
HEREOF, BROUGHT IN WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NEW YORK, AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE
ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN WESTCHESTER COUNTY, NEW
YORK HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. THE PARTIES HERETO
AGREE TO SERVICE OF PROCESS BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED UNITED STATES MAIL,
POSTAGE PREPAID, ADDRESSED TO THE PARTY IN QUESTION.
(j) Waiver of Jury
Trial. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW, ANY
RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
(k) No Third-Party
Beneficiaries. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is for
the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and shall not be deemed for
the benefit of any other person or entity.
(l) Code Section
409A. The parties to this Agreement intend that the Agreement
complies with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, where applicable, and
this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with that
intention. To the extent not otherwise provided by this Agreement, and
solely to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code, no payment or other
distribution required to be made to the Executive hereunder (including any
payment of cash, any transfer of property and any provision of taxable benefits)
as a result of his termination of employment with Employer shall be made earlier
than the date that is six (6) months and one day following the date on which the
Executive separates from service with Employer any and its affiliates (within
the meaning of Section 409A of the Code).
(m) Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same
instrument.
[Remainder
of page intentionally left blank]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date
first written above.
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/Mark
Pettie |
|
|
|
Name:
Mark Pettie |
|
|
|
Title:
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Lieven Nuyttens |
|
|
Lieven
Nuyttens |
|
DEFINITIONS
“Affiliate”
means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly,
through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under
common control with, such Person. The term “control” means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms
“controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Cause”
is defined as (i) your willful and continued failure to substantially
perform your duties with Employer (other than any such failure resulting from
your incapacity due to physical or mental illness) that has not been cured
within 10 days after a written demand for substantial performance is
delivered to you by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner
in which the Board believes that you have not substantially performed your
duties, (ii) the willful engaging by you in conduct which is demonstrably and
materially injurious to Employer or its Affiliates, monetarily or otherwise,
(iii) your conviction (or plea of nolo contendere) for any felony or any other
crime involving dishonesty, fraud or moral turpitude, (iv) your breach of
fiduciary duty to Employer or its Affiliates, (v) any violation of Employer's
policies relating to compliance with applicable laws which have a material
adverse effect on Employer or its Affiliates or (vi) your breach of any
restrictive covenant. For purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) of this
definition, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be deemed "willful"
unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without
reasonable belief that your act, or failure to act, was in the best interest
of Employer.
“Good
Reason” is defined as, without your consent, (i) the assignment to you of any
duties inconsistent with your status as the Senior Vice President, Operations or
a substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of the your
responsibilities, unless Employer has cured such events within 10 business days
after the receipt of written notice thereof from you, (ii) a reduction in your
annual base salary or target annual bonus percentage, except for
across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all senior executives of
Employer, or (iii) the relocation of Employer's headquarters by more than 30
miles.
“Person”
means any person or entity, whether an individual, trustee, corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, business
association, firm, joint venture, governmental authority or similar
entity.
“Subsidiary”
of any specified Person shall mean any corporation fifty percent (50%) or more
of the outstanding capital stock of which, or any partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company or other entity fifty percent (50%) or more of the
ownership interests of which, is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by
such
specified
Person, or any such corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability
company, or other entity which may otherwise be controlled, directly or
indirectly, by such Person.
ericskleeempagreement.htm
Exhibit 10.15
Executive Employment
Agreement
1.
Employment. Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc. (“Employer”) agrees to employ Eric S. Klee (“Executive”)
and Executive accepts such employment for the period beginning as of March 31,
2010 and ending upon his termination pursuant to Section 1(c) hereof
(the “Employment
Period”) subject only to the approval of the Prestige Brands Holdings,
Inc. Board of Directors (the “Board”).
(a) Position and
Duties.
(i)
During
the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as General Counsel and Secretary of
Employer and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities and authority
implied by such position, subject to the power of the Chief Executive Officer of
Employer and the Board to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities and
authority and to override such actions.
(ii)
Executive
shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of Employer, and Executive shall
devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention to the business
and affairs of Employer and its Subsidiaries (as defined below).
(b) Salary, Bonus and
Benefits. During the Employment Period, Employer will pay
Executive a base salary of $250,000 per annum (the “Annual Base Salary”),
paid twice monthly, in accordance with Employer’s normal payroll cycle and
procedures. In addition, in fiscal years 2011 and beyond, the Executive shall be
eligible for and participate in the Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (the
“Annual Bonus”) under which the Executive shall be eligible for an annual Target
Bonus payment of 40% of Annual Base Salary. Executive shall be
eligible to participate in the Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan of Employer (the
“Plan”) and all equity grants thereunder shall automatically vest upon a Change
in Control (as defined in the Plan). During the Employment Period, Executive
will be entitled to such other benefits approved by the Board and made available
to the senior management of Employer and its Subsidiaries, which shall include
vacation time (four weeks per year), flexible spending account, 401(k) Plan
(currently 65% match of up to 6% of salary, subject to IRS cap and periodic
potential adjustment by the Board) as well as medical, dental, vision, life,
long term care and disability insurance. The Board, on a basis
consistent with past practice, shall review the Annual Base Salary of Executive
and may increase the Annual Base Salary by such amount as the Board, in its sole
discretion, shall deem appropriate. The term “Annual Base Salary” as
used in this Agreement shall refer to the Annual Base Salary as it may be so
increased.
(c) Termination. The
Employment Period will continue until (i) Executive’s death, disability or
resignation from employment with Employer and its Subsidiaries or (ii) Employer
and its Subsidiaries decide to terminate Executive’s employment with or without
Cause (as defined below). If (A) Executive’s employment is terminated
without Cause pursuant to clause (ii) above
or (B)
Executive resigns from employment with Employer and its Subsidiaries for Good
Reason, then, subject to Executive’s execution and delivery of a Release,
starting on the sixtieth (60th) day
following Executive’s termination of employment, Employer shall pay to
Executive, in equal installments ratably over twelve (12) months in accordance
with the Employer’s normal payroll cycle and procedures, an aggregate amount
equal to (I) his Annual Base Salary, plus (II) an amount equal to the average
Annual Bonus paid or payable to Executive by Employer for the last three
completed fiscal years prior to the date of termination. In addition, if
Executive is entitled on the date of termination to coverage under the medical
and prescription portions of the Welfare Plans, such coverage shall continue for
Executive and Executive’s covered dependents for a period ending on the first
anniversary of the date of termination at the active employee cost payable by
Executive with respect to those costs paid by Executive prior to the date of
termination; provided, that this
coverage will count towards the depletion of any continued health care coverage
rights that Executive and Executive’s dependents may have pursuant to the
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”); provided further,
that Executive’s or Executive’s covered dependents’ rights to continued health
care coverage pursuant to this Section 1(c) shall terminate at the time Executive or Executive’s
covered dependents become covered, as described in COBRA, under another group
health plan, and shall also terminate as of the date Employer ceases to provide
coverage to its senior executives generally under any such Welfare
Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) Executive shall not be
entitled to receive any payments or benefits pursuant to this Section 1(c) unless Executive has executed and delivered to
Employer a general release in form and substance satisfactory to Employer and
(II) Executive shall be entitled to receive such payments and benefits only so
long as Executive has not breached the provisions of Section 2 or Section 3
hereof. The release described in the foregoing sentence shall not
require Executive to release any claims for any vested employee benefits,
workers compensation benefits covered by insurance or self-insurance, claims to
indemnification to which Executive may be entitled under Employer’s or its
Subsidiaries’ certificate(s) of incorporation, by-laws, any indemnification
agreement or under any of Employer’s or its Subsidiaries’ directors or officers
insurance policy(ies) or applicable law, or equity claims to contribution from
Employer or its Subsidiaries or any other Person to which Executive is entitled
as a matter of law in respect of any claim made against Executive for an alleged
act or omission in Executive’s official capacity and within the scope of
Executive’s duties as an officer, director or employee of Employer or its
Subsidiaries. Not later than eighteen (18) months following the termination of
Executive’s employment, Employer and its Subsidiaries for which the Executive
has acted in the capacity of a senior manager, shall sign and deliver to
Executive a release of claims that Employer and its Subsidiaries have
against Executive; provided that, such
release shall not release any claims that Employer and/or its Subsidiaries
commenced prior to the date of the release(s), any claims relating to matters
actively concealed by Executive, any claims to contribution from Executive to
which Employer or its Subsidiaries are entitled as a matter of law or any claims
arising
out of mistaken indemnification by Employer and/or any of its
Subsidiaries. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 1(c) or in
the Employer’s employee benefit plans or as otherwise required by applicable
law, Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or
benefits after termination of Executive’s employment with Employer.
2.
Confidential
Information.
(a) Obligation to Maintain
Confidentiality. Executive acknowledges that the information,
observations and data (including trade secrets) obtained by him during the
course of his performance under this Agreement concerning the business or
affairs of Employer, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (“Confidential
Information”) are the property of Employer, its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates, as applicable, including information concerning acquisition
opportunities in or reasonably related to Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and/or
Affiliates’ business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the
Employment Period. Therefore, Executive agrees that he will not disclose to any
unauthorized Person or use for his own account (for his commercial advantage or
otherwise) any Confidential Information without the Board’s written consent,
unless and to the extent that the Confidential Information, (i) becomes
generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of
Executive’s acts or omissions to act, (ii) was known to Executive prior to
Executive’s employment with Employer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or
(iii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law, court order or
other governmental decree. Executive shall deliver to Employer on the
date of termination, or at any other time Employer may request, all memoranda,
notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes, printouts and software and other
documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to the Confidential
Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Employer,
its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (including, without limitation, all acquisition
prospects, lists and contact information) which he may then possess or have
under his control.
(b) Ownership of
Property. Executive acknowledges that all discoveries,
concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods,
processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications,
copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any Confidential
Information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other
proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not
patentable) that relate to Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and/or Affiliates’
actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future
products or services and that are conceived, developed, contributed to, made, or
reduced to practice by Executive (either solely or jointly with others) while
employed by the Employer, its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates (including any of
the foregoing that constitutes any proprietary information or records) (“Work Product”) belong
to the Employer or such Subsidiary or Affiliate and Executive hereby assigns,
and agrees to assign, all of the above Work Product to Employer or to such
Subsidiary or Affiliate. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or
in part by Executive in
the
course of his work for any of the foregoing entities shall be deemed a “work
made for hire” under the copyright laws, and Employer or such Subsidiary or
Affiliate shall own all rights therein. To the extent that any such
copyrightable work is not a “work made for hire,” Executive hereby assigns and
agrees to assign to Employer or such Subsidiary or Affiliate all right, title,
and interest, including without limitation, copyright in and to such
copyrightable work. Executive shall promptly disclose such Work
Product and copyrightable work to the Board and perform all actions reasonably
requested by the Board (whether during or after the Employment Period) to
establish and confirm the Employer’s or such Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s
ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of
attorney, and other instruments).
(c) Third Party
Information. Executive understands that Employer, its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary
information (“Third
Party Information”), subject to a duty on Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’
and Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to
use it only for certain limited purposes. During the Employment
Period and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 2(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information
in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than
personnel and consultants of Employer, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need
to know such information in connection with their work for Employer or any of
its Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with his work for
Employer or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information
unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board (other than himself if
Executive is on the Board) in writing.
(d) Use of Information of Prior
Employers. During the Employment Period and thereafter,
Executive will not improperly use or disclose any confidential information or
trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or any other Person to whom
Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and will not bring onto the
premises of Employer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates any unpublished
documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other Person
to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in
writing by the former employer or Person. Executive will use in the
performance of his duties only information which is (i) generally known and used
by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s and which is
(x) common knowledge in the industry or (y) otherwise legally in the public
domain, (ii) otherwise provided or developed by Employer or any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in the case of materials, property or
information belonging to any former employer or other Person to whom Executive
has an obligation of confidentiality, approved for such use in writing by such
former employer or Person.
3.
Non-competition
and No Solicitation. Executive
acknowledges that (i) the course of his employment with Employer he will become
familiar with Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ trade secrets and
with other confidential information
concerning
the Employer, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates; and (ii) his services will be of
special, unique and extraordinary value to Employer and such
Subsidiaries. Therefore, Executive agrees that:
(a) Non-competition. During
the Employment Period and also during the period commencing on the date of
termination of the Employment Period and ending on the first anniversary of the
date of termination (the “Severance Period”), he shall not without the express
written consent of Employer, anywhere in the United States, directly or
indirectly, own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services
for, or in any manner engage in any business (i) which competes with (a) OTC
wart or skin tag treatment products (including, without limitation, salicylic
acid or cryogen-based products), (b) dental devices for treatment or management
of bruxism, (c) OTC sore throat treatment products (including, without
limitation, liquids, lozenges and strips), (d) inter-proximal devices, (e)
powdered and liquid cleansers, (f) pediatric OTC medicinal and non-medicinal
products, (g) OTC eye care products, or (h) any other business acquired by
Employer and its Subsidiaries after the date hereof which represents 5% or more
of the consolidated revenues or EBITDA of Employer and its Subsidiaries for the
trailing 12 months ending on the last day of the last completed calendar month
immediately preceding the date of termination of the Employment Period, or (ii)
in which Employer and/or its Subsidiaries have conducted discussions or have
requested and received information relating to the acquisition of such business
by such Person (x) within one year prior to the date of termination and (y)
during the Severance Period, if any. Nothing herein shall prohibit
Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding
stock of any class of a corporation that is publicly traded, so long as
Executive has no active participation in the business of such
corporation
(b) No
solicitation. During the Employment Period and also
during the Severance Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through
another entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of Employer or its
Subsidiaries to leave the employ of Employer or its Subsidiaries, or in any way
interfere with the relationship between Employer or its Subsidiaries and any
employee thereof, (ii) hire any person who was an employee of Employer or its
Subsidiaries within 180 days after such person ceased to be an employee of
Employer or its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such
restriction shall not apply for a particular employee if Employer or its
Subsidiaries have provided written consent to such hire, which consent, in the
case of any person who was not a key employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries
shall not be unreasonably withheld, (iii) induce or attempt to induce any
customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of Employer or its
Subsidiaries to cease doing business with Employer or its Subsidiaries or in any
way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier,
licensee or business relation and Employer or its Subsidiaries or (iv) directly
or indirectly acquire or attempt to acquire an interest in any business relating
to the business of Employer or its Subsidiaries and with which Employer or its
Subsidiaries have conducted discussions or have requested and received
information relating to the
acquisition
of such business by Employer or its Subsidiaries in the two year period
immediately preceding the date of termination.
(c) Enforcement. If,
at the time of enforcement of Section 2 or this
Section 3, a
court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under
circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration,
scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be
substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be
allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum
duration, scope and area permitted by law. Because Executive’s
services are unique and because Executive has access to Confidential
Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages would be an inadequate
remedy for any breach of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event of a
breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, Employer, its Subsidiaries or
their successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies
existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for
specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce, or
prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or
other security).
(d) Additional
Acknowledgments. Executive acknowledges that the provisions of
this Section 3
are in consideration of: (i) employment with the Employer, (ii) the
prospective issuance of securities by Employer pursuant to the Plan and (iii)
additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this
Agreement. In addition, Executive agrees and acknowledges that the
restrictions contained in Section 2 and this
Section 3 do
not preclude Executive from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably
impose limitations on Executive’s ability to earn a living. In
addition, Executive acknowledges (i) that the business of Employer and its
Subsidiaries will be conducted throughout the United States, (ii)
notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of Employer or
any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective executives or employees
(including the Executive), it is expected that Employer and its Subsidiaries
will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within
its industry throughout the United States and (iii) as part of his
responsibilities, Executive will be traveling throughout the United States in
furtherance of Employer’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ business and their
relationships. Executive agrees and acknowledges that the potential
harm to Employer and its Subsidiaries of the non-enforcement of Section 2 and this
Section 3
outweighs any potential harm to Executive of their enforcement by injunction or
otherwise. Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read this
Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon
Executive by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the
reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of
Employer and its Subsidiaries now existing or to be developed in the
future. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and
every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject
matter, time period and geographical area.
4.
Miscellaneous.
(a)
Survival. The
provisions of Sections 1(c), 2, 3 and 4 shall survive the termination of this
Agreement.
(b)
Entire Agreement and
Merger. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of
the parties and merges and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements,
whether written or oral, between the parties pertaining to the subject matter
hereof.
(c)
Modification. This
Agreement may not be modified or terminated orally, and no modification or
waiver of any of the provisions hereof shall be binding unless in writing and
signed by the party against whom the same is sought to be enforced.
(d)
Waiver. Failure
of a party to enforce one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or to
require at any time performance of any of the obligations hereof shall not be
construed to be a waiver of such provisions by such party nor to in any way
affect the validity of this Agreement or such party's right thereafter to
enforce any provision of this Agreement, nor to preclude such party from taking
any other action at any time which it would legally be entitled to
take.
(e)
Successors and
Assigns. Neither party shall have the right to assign this
Agreement, or any rights or obligations hereunder, without the consent of the
other party; provided, however, that upon the sale of all or substantially all
of the assets, business and goodwill of Employer to another company, or upon the
merger or consolidation of Employer with another company, this Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, both Executive and the company
purchasing such assets, business and goodwill, or surviving such merger or
consolidation, as the case may be, in the same manner and to the same extent as
though such other company were Employer; and provided, further, that Employer
shall have the right to assign this Agreement to any Affiliate or Subsidiary of
Employer. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their legal
representatives, heirs, successors and permitted assigns.
(f)
Communications. All
notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder will be in
writing and will be deemed given or delivered when delivered personally, by
registered or certified mail or by overnight courier (fare prepaid) addressed as
follows:
(i) |
|
To
Employer: |
Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
90 North
Broadway |
|
|
|
|
Irvington,
New York 10533 |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief
Executive Officer |
|
(ii) |
|
With a copy
to: |
Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
90 North
Broadway |
|
|
|
|
Irvington,
New York 10533 |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Legal
Department |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii) |
|
To the
Employee: |
Eric S.
Klee |
|
|
|
|
44 Travis
Road |
|
|
|
|
Baldwin
Place, New York 10505 |
|
or to
such address as a party hereto may indicate by a notice delivered to the other
party. Notice will be deemed received the same day when delivered
personally, five (5) days after mailing when sent by registered or certified
mail, and the next business day when delivered by overnight
courier. Any party hereto may change its address to which all
communications and notices may be sent by addressing notices of such change in
the manner provided.
(g)
Severability. If
any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a
court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not
affect the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement
and the provision held to be invalid or unenforceable shall be enforced as
nearly as possible according to its original terms and intent to eliminate such
invalidity or unenforceability.
(h)
Governing
Law. This Agreement will be governed by, construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving
effect to its conflicts of law provisions.
(i)
Arbitration. (a)
Except as provided in subsection (b) of this Section 4(i), the following
provisions shall apply to disputes between Employer and Executive arising out of
or related to either: (i) this Agreement (including any claim that any part of
this Agreement is invalid, illegal or otherwise void or voidable), or (ii) the
employment relationship that exists between Employer and Executive:
|
(i)
|
The
parties shall first use their reasonable best efforts to discuss and
negotiate a resolution of the
dispute.
|
|
(ii)
|
If
efforts to negotiate a resolution do not succeed within 5 business days
after a written request for negotiation has been made, the dispute shall
be resolved timely and exclusively by final and binding arbitration in New
York County or Westchester County, New York pursuant to the American
Arbitration Association (“AAA”) National Rules for the Resolution of
Employment Disputes (the “AAA Rules”). Arbitration must be
demanded within ten (10) calendar days after the expiration of the five
(5) day period referred to above. The arbitration opinion and
award shall
|
|
be final and binding
on the Employer and the Executive and shall be enforceable by any court
sitting within New York County or Westchester County, New
York. Employer and Executive shall share equally all costs of
arbitration excepting their own attorney’s fees unless and to the extent
ordered by the arbitrator(s) to pay the attorneys’ fees of the prevailing
party. |
|
(iii)
|
The
parties recognize that this Section 4(i) means that certain claims will be
reviewed and decided only before an impartial arbitrator or panel of
arbitrators instead of before a court of law and/or a jury, but desire the
many benefits of the arbitration process over court proceedings, including
speed of resolution, lower costs and fees, and more flexible rules of
evidence. The arbitration or arbitrators duly selected pursuant
to the AAA’s Rules shall have the same power and authority to order any
remedy for violation of a statute, regulation, or ordinance as a court
would have; and shall have the same power to order discovery as a federal
district court has under the Federal Rules of Civil
Procedure.
|
|
(b)
|
The
provisions of this Section 4(i) shall not apply to any action by the
Employer seeking to enforce its rights arising out of or related to the
provisions of Sections 2 and 3 of this
Agreement.
|
|
(c)
|
This
Section 4(i) is intended by the Employer and the Executive to be
enforceable under the Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”). Should
it be determined by any court that the FAA does not apply, then this
Section 4(i) shall be enforceable under the applicable arbitration
statutes of the State of Delaware.
|
(j) No Third-Party
Beneficiaries. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is for
the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and shall not be deemed for
the benefit of any other person or entity.
(k) Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code. (a) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement
to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Executive (as
defined below) at termination of employment other than on account of death or
Disability, under such procedures as established by the Employer in accordance
with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”),
benefit distributions, other than those that are deemed “separation pay” under
the Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9), that are made upon termination of employment
may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of
termination. Therefore, in the event this provision is applicable to
the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive
within the first six months following termination shall be accumulated and paid
to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following
termination. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner
specified.
“Specified
Executive” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code
without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Employer if any stock of the
Employer is publicly traded on an established securities market or
otherwise.
(b) With
respect to the payment of all benefits under the Agreement, including separation
pay and deferred compensation, whether a “termination of employment” takes place
is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination
of the Executive’s employment and whether the Employer and the Executive
intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Employer
following such termination. A change in the Executive’s employment
status will not be considered a termination of employment if:
|
(i)
|
the
Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Employer at
an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services
rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar
years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser
period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent
(20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final
three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period),
or
|
|
(ii)
|
the
Executive continues to provide services to the Employer in a capacity
other than as an employee of the Employer at an annual rate that is fifty
percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the
immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if
employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual
remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the
average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar
years of employment (or if less, such lesser
period).
|
For
purposes of applying the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, a reference to
the Employer shall also be deemed a reference to any affiliate thereof within
the contemplation of Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code. For
purposes of this Agreement, the definition of “termination of employment” shall
apply to all uses of such term, whether capitalized or not.
(l) Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same
instrument.
[Remainder
of page intentionally left blank]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date
first written above.
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Matthew
M. Mannelly |
|
|
|
Name:
Matthew M. Mannelly |
|
|
|
Title:
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Eric S. Klee |
|
|
|
Name:
Eric S. Klee |
|
|
|
|
|
DEFINITIONS
“Affiliate”
means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly,
through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under
common control with, such Person. The term “control” means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms
“controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Cause”
is defined as (i) your willful and continued failure to substantially
perform your duties with Employer (other than any such failure resulting from
your incapacity due to physical or mental illness) that has not been cured
within 10 days after a written demand for substantial performance is
delivered to you by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner
in which the Board believes that you have not substantially performed your
duties, (ii) the willful engaging by you in conduct which is demonstrably and
materially injurious to Employer or its Affiliates, monetarily or otherwise,
(iii) your conviction (or plea of nolo contendere) for any felony or any other
crime involving dishonesty, fraud or moral turpitude, (iv) your breach of
fiduciary duty to Employer or its Affiliates, (v) any violation of Employer's
policies relating to compliance with applicable laws which have a material
adverse effect on Employer or its Affiliates or (vi) your breach of any
restrictive covenant. For purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) of this
definition, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be deemed "willful"
unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without
reasonable belief that your act, or failure to act, was in the best interest
of Employer.
“Disability”
means the Executive: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity
by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can
be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous
period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any
medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to
result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less
than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of
not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering
employees or directors of the Employer. Medical determination of
Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the
provider of an accident or health plan covering employees or directors of the
Employer provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such
disability insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding
sentence. Upon the request of the plan administrator, the Executive
must submit proof to the plan administrator of the Social Security
Administration’s or the provider’s determination. For purposes of
this Agreement the definition of “Disability” shall apply to all uses of such
term, whether capitalized or not.
“Good
Reason” means that the Executive terminated his employment with the Employer
because, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the Executive’s
termination, one or more of the following conditions arose and the Executive
notified the Employer of such condition within 90 days of its occurrence and the
Employer did not remedy such condition within 30 days:
|
(i)
|
a
material diminution in the Executive’s base salary as in effect on the
date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to
time;
|
|
(ii)
|
a
material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties, or
responsibilities;
|
|
(iii)
|
the
relocation of the Employer’s headquarters outside a thirty-mile radius of
Irvington, New York or the Employer’s requiring the Executive to be based
at any place other than a location within a thirty-mile radius of
Irvington, New York, except for reasonably required travel on the
Employer’s business; or
|
|
(iv)
|
any
other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the
Employer of this Agreement.
|
“Person”
means any person or entity, whether an individual, trustee, corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, business
association, firm, joint venture, governmental authority or similar
entity.
“Subsidiary”
of any specified Person shall mean any corporation fifty percent (50%) or more
of the outstanding capital stock of which, or any partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company or other entity fifty percent (50%) or more of the
ownership interests of which, is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by
such specified Person, or any such corporation, partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company, or other entity which may otherwise be controlled,
directly or indirectly, by such Person.
timothyconnorsempagreement.htm
Exhibit 10.16
Executive Employment
Agreement
1.
Employment.
Prestige
Brands Holdings, Inc. (“Employer”) agrees to employ Timothy Connors
(“Executive”) and Executive accepts such employment for the period beginning as
of April 19, 2010 and ending upon his separation pursuant to Section 1(c) hereof
(the “Employment
Period”) subject only to the approval of the Prestige Brands Holdings,
Inc. Board of Directors.
(a) Position and
Duties.
(i)
During
the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as Chief Marketing Officer of
Employer and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities and authority
implied by such position, subject to the power of the Chief Executive Officer of
Employer and the Board to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities and
authority and to override such actions.
(ii)
Executive
shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of Employer, and Executive shall
devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention to the business
and affairs of Employer and its Subsidiaries (as defined below).
(b) Salary, Bonus and
Benefits. During the Employment Period, Employer will pay
Executive a base salary of $300,000 per annum (the “Annual Base Salary”),
paid twice monthly, in accordance with Employer’s normal payroll cycle and
procedures. In addition, in fiscal years 2012 and beyond, the Executive shall be
eligible for and participate in the Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (the
“Annual Bonus”) under which the Executive shall be eligible for an annual Target
Bonus payment of 50% of Annual Base Salary. During FY 2011 only, Executive shall
receive as a “Guaranteed Bonus” a one time payment of $142,500 ($150,000
adjusted as 95% pro rata) upon the earlier of (i) the purchase or sale of
Executive’s permanent residence, or (ii) May 10, 2011. Also, during FY2011, if
corporate performance exceeds 100% of Target, and if employed by Employer on
March 31, 2011, Executive shall receive an additional pro rata payment
representing Executive’s participation in that upside (only), such payment to be
made when and to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors of Employer
(the “Board”). Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Long-Term
Equity Incentive Plan of Employer (the “Plan”) and all equity grants thereunder
shall automatically vest upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan). On
the first day of your employment Executive will receive options to purchase
100,000 shares of Common Stock of Employer at the closing price of such Common
Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date. This option, which shall have
a term of ten (10) years from the date of grant, shall vest in three equal
installments over a three year period. During the Employment Period, Executive
will be entitled to such other benefits approved by the Board and made available
to the senior management of Employer and its Subsidiaries, which shall include
vacation time (four weeks per year), flexible spending account, 401(k) Plan
(currently 65% match of up to 6% of salary, subject to IRS cap and periodic
potential
adjustment by the Board) as well as medical, dental, vision, life, long term
care and disability insurance. The Board, on a basis consistent with
past practice, shall review the Annual Base Salary of Executive and may increase
the Annual Base Salary by such amount as the Board, in its sole discretion,
shall deem appropriate. The term “Annual Base Salary” as used in this
Agreement shall refer to the Annual Base Salary as it may be so
increased.
(c) Separation. The
Employment Period will continue until (i) Executive’s death, disability or
resignation from employment with Employer and its Subsidiaries or (ii) Employer
and its Subsidiaries decide to terminate Executive’s employment with or without
Cause (as defined below). If (A) Executive’s employment is terminated
without Cause pursuant to clause (ii) above or (B) Executive resigns from
employment with Employer and its Subsidiaries for Good Reason, then, subject to
Executive’s execution and delivery of a Release, starting on the sixtieth
(60th) day
following Executive’s termination of employment, Employer shall pay to
Executive, in equal installments ratably over twelve (12) months in accordance
with the Company’s normal payroll cycle and procedures, an aggregate amount
equal to (I) his Annual Base Salary, plus (II) an amount equal to the average
Annual Bonus paid or payable to Executive by Employer for the last three
completed fiscal years prior to the date of termination. In the event that
Executive shall have been employed less than three years, the average shall be
calculated for the number of years actually employed. In addition, if Executive
is entitled on the date of termination to coverage under the medical and
prescription portions of the Welfare Plans, such coverage shall continue for
Executive and Executive’s covered dependents for a period ending on the first
anniversary of the date of termination at the active employee cost payable by
Executive with respect to those costs paid by Executive prior to the date of
termination; provided, that this
coverage will count towards the depletion of any continued health care coverage
rights that Executive and Executive’s dependents may have pursuant to the
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”); provided further,
that Executive’s or Executive’s covered dependents’ rights to continued health
care coverage pursuant to this Section 1(c) shall terminate at the time Executive or Executive’s
covered dependents become covered, as described in COBRA, under another group
health plan, and shall also terminate as of the date Employer ceases to provide
coverage to its senior executives generally under any such Welfare
Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) Executive shall not be
entitled to receive any payments or benefits pursuant to this Section 1(c) unless Executive has executed and delivered to
Employer a general release in form and substance satisfactory to Employer and
(II) Executive shall be entitled to receive such payments and benefits only so
long as Executive has not breached the provisions of Section 2 or Section 3
hereof. The release described in the foregoing sentence shall not
require Executive to release any claims for any vested employee benefits,
workers compensation benefits covered by insurance or self-insurance, claims to
indemnification to which Executive may be entitled under Employer’s or its
Subsidiaries’ certificate(s) of incorporation, by-laws, any indemnification
agreement or under any of Employer’s or its Subsidiaries’ directors or officers
insurance
policy(ies) or applicable law, or equity claims to contribution from Employer or
its Subsidiaries or any other Person to which Executive is entitled as a matter
of law in respect of any claim made against Executive for an alleged act or
omission in Executive’s official capacity and within the scope of Executive’s
duties as an officer, director or employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries. Not
later than eighteen (18) months following the termination of Executive’s
employment, Employer and its Subsidiaries for which the Executive has acted in
the capacity of a senior manager, shall sign and deliver to Executive a release
of claims that Employer and its Subsidiaries have against Executive;
provided that,
such release shall not release any claims that Employer and/or its Subsidiaries
commenced prior to the date of the release(s), any claims relating to matters
actively concealed by Executive, any claims to contribution from Executive to
which Employer or its Subsidiaries are entitled as a matter of law or any claims
arising out of mistaken indemnification by Employer and/or any of its
Subsidiaries. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 1(c) or in
the Employer’s employee benefit plans or as otherwise required by applicable
law, Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or
benefits after termination of Executive’s employment with
Employer.
(d) Relocation Expense.
You will be paid $125,000 in a lump sum as a moving allowance and in lieu of any
and all other moving expense reimbursement. In addition, you will be reimbursed
for up to three months of reasonable temporary or interim housing. Relocation
expense shall be subject to 100% recoupment by the Employer in the event of a
voluntary separation by Executive during the first 12 months of employment.
Relocation expense shall be subject to 50% recoupment by the Employer in the
event of a voluntary separation by Executive after the first 12 months but
during the first 24 months of employment.
(e) Recoupment of FY2011
Guaranteed Bonus. In the event of a voluntary separation by Executive
during the first 12 months of employment, the Guaranteed Bonus shall be subject
to recoupment by the Employer where the recoupment shall be 1/12 of the
Guaranteed Bonus for each month less than 12 full months of employment from
April 19, 2010.
2.
Confidential
Information.
(a) Obligation to Maintain
Confidentiality. Executive acknowledges that the information,
observations and data (including trade secrets) obtained by him during the
course of his performance under this Agreement concerning the business or
affairs of Employer, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (“Confidential
Information”) are the property of Employer, its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates, as applicable, including information concerning acquisition
opportunities in or reasonably related to Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and/or
Affiliates’ business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the
Employment Period. Therefore, Executive agrees that he will not disclose to any
unauthorized Person or use for his own account (for his commercial advantage or
otherwise) any
Confidential
Information without the Board’s written consent, unless and to the extent that
the Confidential Information, (i) becomes generally known to and available for
use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions to
act, (ii) was known to Executive prior to Executive’s employment with Employer
or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) is required to be disclosed
pursuant to any applicable law, court order or other governmental
decree. Executive shall deliver to Employer on the date of
termination, or at any other time Employer may request, all memoranda, notes,
plans, records, reports, computer tapes, printouts and software and other
documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to the Confidential
Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Employer,
its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (including, without limitation, all acquisition
prospects, lists and contact information) which he may then possess or have
under his control.
(b) Ownership of
Property. Executive acknowledges that all discoveries,
concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods,
processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications,
copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any Confidential
Information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other
proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not
patentable) that relate to Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and/or Affiliates’
actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future
products or services and that are conceived, developed, contributed to, made, or
reduced to practice by Executive (either solely or jointly with others) while
employed by the Employer, its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates (including any of
the foregoing that constitutes any proprietary information or records) (“Work Product”) belong
to the Employer or such Subsidiary or Affiliate and Executive hereby assigns,
and agrees to assign, all of the above Work Product to Employer or to such
Subsidiary or Affiliate. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or
in part by Executive in the course of his work for any of the foregoing entities
shall be deemed a “work made for hire” under the copyright laws, and Employer or
such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall own all rights therein. To the
extent that any such copyrightable work is not a “work made for hire,” Executive
hereby assigns and agrees to assign to Employer or such Subsidiary or Affiliate
all right, title, and interest, including without limitation, copyright in and
to such copyrightable work. Executive shall promptly disclose such
Work Product and copyrightable work to the Board and perform all actions
reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Employment
Period) to establish and confirm the Employer’s or such Subsidiary’s or
Affiliate’s ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents,
powers of attorney, and other instruments).
(c) Third Party Information.
Executive understands that Employer, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will
receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party
Information”), subject to a duty on Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and
Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use
it only for certain limited purposes. During the Employment Period
and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions
of Section 2(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information
in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than
personnel and consultants of Employer, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need
to know such information in connection with their work for Employer or any of
its Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with his work for
Employer or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information
unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board (other than himself if
Executive is on the Board) in writing.
(d) Use of
Information of Prior Employers. During the Employment
Period and thereafter, Executive will not improperly use or disclose any
confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or
any other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and
will not bring onto the premises of Employer or any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former
employer or any other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of
confidentiality unless consented to in writing by the former employer or
Person. Executive will use in the performance of his duties only
information which is (i) generally known and used by persons with training and
experience comparable to Executive’s and which is (x) common knowledge in the
industry or (y) otherwise legally in the public domain, (ii) otherwise provided
or developed by Employer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in
the case of materials, property or information belonging to any former employer
or other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, approved
for such use in writing by such former employer or Person.
3. Non-competition and No
Solicitation. Executive
acknowledges that (i) the course of his employment with Employer he will become
familiar with Employer’s, its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ trade secrets and
with other confidential information concerning the Employer, its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates; and (ii) his services will be of special, unique and
extraordinary value to Employer and such Subsidiaries. Therefore,
Executive agrees that:
(a) Non-competition. During
the Employment Period and also during the period commencing on the date of
termination of the Employment Period and ending on the first anniversary of the
date of termination (the “Severance Period”), he shall not without the express
written consent of Employer, anywhere in the United States, directly or
indirectly, own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services
for, or in any manner engage in any business (i) which competes with (a) OTC
wart or skin tag treatment products (including, without limitation, salicylic
acid or cryogen-based products), (b) dental devices for treatment or management
of bruxism, (c) OTC sore throat treatment products (including, without
limitation, liquids, lozenges and strips), (d) inter-proximal devices, (e)
powdered and liquid cleansers, (f) pediatric OTC medicinal and non-medicinal
products, (g) OTC eye care products, or (h) any other business acquired by
Employer and its Subsidiaries after the date hereof which represents 5% or more
of the consolidated revenues or EBITDA of Employer and its Subsidiaries
for the
trailing 12 months ending on the last day of the last completed calendar month
immediately preceding the date of termination of the Employment Period, or (ii)
in which Employer and/or its Subsidiaries have conducted discussions or have
requested and received information relating to the acquisition of such business
by such Person (x) within one year prior to the date of termination and (y)
during the Severance Period, if any. Nothing herein shall prohibit
Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding
stock of any class of a corporation that is publicly traded, so long as
Executive has no active participation in the business of such
corporation
(b) No
solicitation. During the Employment Period and also
during the Severance Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through
another entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of Employer or its
Subsidiaries to leave the employ of Employer or its Subsidiaries, or in any way
interfere with the relationship between Employer or its Subsidiaries and any
employee thereof, (ii) hire any person who was an employee of Employer or its
Subsidiaries within 180 days after such person ceased to be an employee of
Employer or its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such
restriction shall not apply for a particular employee if Employer or its
Subsidiaries have provided written consent to such hire, which consent, in the
case of any person who was not a key employee of Employer or its Subsidiaries
shall not be unreasonably withheld, (iii) induce or attempt to induce any
customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of Employer or its
Subsidiaries to cease doing business with Employer or its Subsidiaries or in any
way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier,
licensee or business relation and Employer or its Subsidiaries or (iv) directly
or indirectly acquire or attempt to acquire an interest in any business relating
to the business of Employer or its Subsidiaries and with which Employer or its
Subsidiaries have conducted discussions or have requested and received
information relating to the acquisition of such business by Employer or its
Subsidiaries in the two year period immediately preceding the date of
termination.
(c) Enforcement. If,
at the time of enforcement of Section 2 or this
Section 3, a
court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under
circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration,
scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be
substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be
allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum
duration, scope and area permitted by law. Because Executive’s
services are unique and because Executive has access to Confidential
Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages would be an inadequate
remedy for any breach of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event of a
breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, Employer, its Subsidiaries or
their successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies
existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for
specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce, or
prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or
other security).
(d) Additional
Acknowledgments. Executive acknowledges that the provisions of
this Section 3
are in consideration of: (i) employment with the Employer, (ii) the
prospective issuance of securities by Employer pursuant to the Plan and (iii)
additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this
Agreement. In addition, Executive agrees and acknowledges that the
restrictions contained in Section 2 and this
Section 3 do
not preclude Executive from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably
impose limitations on Executive’s ability to earn a living. In
addition, Executive acknowledges (i) that the business of Employer and its
Subsidiaries will be conducted throughout the United States, (ii)
notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of Employer or
any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective executives or employees
(including the Executive), it is expected that Employer and its Subsidiaries
will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within
its industry throughout the United States and (iii) as part of his
responsibilities, Executive will be traveling throughout the United States in
furtherance of Employer’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ business and their
relationships. Executive agrees and acknowledges that the potential
harm to Employer and its Subsidiaries of the non-enforcement of Section 2 and this
Section 3
outweighs any potential harm to Executive of their enforcement by injunction or
otherwise. Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read this
Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon
Executive by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the
reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of
Employer and its Subsidiaries now existing or to be developed in the
future. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and
every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject
matter, time period and geographical area.
4.
Miscellaneous.
(a) Survival. The
provisions of Sections 1(c), 2, 3 and 4 shall survive the termination of this
Agreement.
(b) Entire Agreement and
Merger. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of
the parties and merges and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements,
whether written or oral, between the parties pertaining to the subject matter
hereof.
(c) Modification. This
Agreement may not be modified or terminated orally, and no modification or
waiver of any of the provisions hereof shall be binding unless in writing and
signed by the party against whom the same is sought to be enforced.
(d) Waiver. Failure
of a party to enforce one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or to
require at any time performance of any of the obligations hereof shall not be
construed to be a waiver of such provisions by such party nor to in any way
affect the validity of this Agreement or such party's right thereafter
to
enforce any provision of this Agreement, nor to preclude such party from taking
any other action at any time which it would legally be entitled to
take.
(e) Successors and
Assigns. Neither party shall have the right to assign this
Agreement, or any rights or obligations hereunder, without the consent of the
other party; provided, however, that upon the sale of all or substantially all
of the assets, business and goodwill of Employer to another company, or upon the
merger or consolidation of Employer with another company, this Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, both Executive and the company
purchasing such assets, business and goodwill, or surviving such merger or
consolidation, as the case may be, in the same manner and to the same extent as
though such other company were Employer; and provided, further, that Employer
shall have the right to assign this Agreement to any Affiliate or Subsidiary of
Employer. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their legal
representatives, heirs, successors and permitted assigns.
(f) Communications. All
notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder will be in
writing and will be deemed given or delivered when delivered personally, by
registered or certified mail or by overnight courier (fare prepaid) addressed as
follows:
(i) |
|
To
Employer: |
Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
90
North Broadway |
|
|
|
|
Irvington,
New York 10533 |
|
|
|
|
Attention:
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
|
With a copy
to: |
Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
90 North
Broadway |
|
|
|
|
Irvington, New
York 10533 |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Legal
Department |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii) |
|
To the
Employee: |
Timothy
Connors |
|
|
|
|
40611 N. Shadow
Creek Way |
|
|
|
|
Anthem
AZ 85086 |
|
or to
such address as a party hereto may indicate by a notice delivered to the other
party. Notice will be deemed received the same day when delivered
personally, five (5) days after mailing when sent by registered or certified
mail, and the next business day when delivered by overnight
courier. Any party hereto may change its address to which all
communications and notices may be sent by addressing notices of such change in
the manner provided.
(g) Severability. If
any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a
court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or
unenforceability
shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this
Agreement and the provision held to be invalid or unenforceable shall be
enforced as nearly as possible according to its original terms and intent to
eliminate such invalidity or unenforceability.
(h) Governing
Law. This Agreement will be governed by, construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving
effect to its conflicts of law provisions.
(i) Arbitration. (a)
Except as provided in subsection (b) of this Section 4(i), the following
provisions shall apply to disputes between Employer and Executive arising out of
or related to either: (i) this Agreement (including any claim that any part of
this Agreement is invalid, illegal or otherwise void or voidable), or (ii) the
employment relationship that exists between Employer and Executive:
|
(i)
|
The
parties shall first use their reasonable best efforts to discuss and
negotiate a resolution of the
dispute.
|
|
(ii)
|
If
efforts to negotiate a resolution do not succeed within 5 business days
after a written request for negotiation has been made, the dispute shall
be resolved timely and exclusively by final and binding arbitration in New
York County or Westchester County, New York pursuant to the American
Arbitration Association (“AAA”) National Rules for the Resolution of
Employment Disputes (the “AAA Rules”). Arbitration must be
demanded within ten (10) calendar days after the expiration of the five
(5) day period referred to above. The arbitration opinion and
award shall be final and binding on the Employer and the Executive and
shall be enforceable by any court sitting within New York County or
Westchester County, New York. Employer and Executive shall
share equally all costs of arbitration excepting their own attorney’s fees
unless and to the extent ordered by the arbitrator(s) to pay the
attorneys’ fees of the prevailing
party.
|
|
(iii)
|
The
parties recognize that this Section 4(i) means that certain claims will be
reviewed and decided only before an impartial arbitrator or panel of
arbitrators instead of before a court of law and/or a jury, but desire the
many benefits of the arbitration process over court proceedings, including
speed of resolution, lower costs and fees, and more flexible rules of
evidence. The arbitration or arbitrators duly selected pursuant
to the AAA’s Rules shall have the same power and authority to order any
remedy for violation of a statute, regulation, or ordinance as a court
would have; and shall have the same power to order discovery as a federal
district court has under the Federal Rules of Civil
Procedure.
|
(b)
The
provisions of this Section 4(i) shall not apply to any action by the Employer
seeking to enforce its rights arising out of or related to the provisions of
Sections 2 and 3 of this Agreement.
(c)
This
Section 4(i) is intended by the Employer and the Executive to be enforceable
under the Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”). Should it be determined by
any court that the FAA does not apply, then this Section 4(i) shall be
enforceable under the applicable arbitration statutes of the State of
Delaware.
(j) No Third-Party
Beneficiaries. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is for
the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and shall not be deemed for
the benefit of any other person or entity.
(k) Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code. (a) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement
to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Executive (as
defined below) at termination of employment other than on account of death or
Disability, under such procedures as established by the Employer in accordance
with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”),
benefit distributions, other than those that are deemed “separation pay” under
the Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(9), that are made upon termination of employment
may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of
termination. Therefore, in the event this provision is applicable to
the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive
within the first six months following termination shall be accumulated and paid
to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following
termination. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner
specified. “Specified Executive” means a key employee (as defined in
Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the
Employer if any stock of the Employer is publicly traded on an established
securities market or otherwise.
(b) With
respect to the payment of all benefits under the Agreement, including separation
pay and deferred compensation, whether a “termination of employment” takes place
is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination
of the Executive’s employment and whether the Employer and the Executive
intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Employer
following such termination. A change in the Executive’s employment
status will not be considered a termination of employment if:
|
(i)
|
the
Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Employer at
an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services
rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar
years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such
|
|
|
lesser period) and
the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more
of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full
calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period),
or |
|
(ii)
|
the
Executive continues to provide services to the Employer in a capacity
other than as an employee of the Employer at an annual rate that is fifty
percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the
immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if
employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual
remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the
average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar
years of employment (or if less, such lesser
period).
|
For
purposes of applying the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, a reference to
the Employer shall also be deemed a reference to any affiliate thereof within
the contemplation of Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code. For
purposes of this Agreement, the definition of “termination of employment” shall
apply to all uses of such term, whether capitalized or not.
(l) Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same
instrument.
[Remainder
of page intentionally left blank]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date
first written above.
|
PRESTIGE
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Matthew
M. Mannelly |
|
|
|
Name:
Matthew M. Mannelly |
|
|
|
Title:
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Timothy Connors |
|
|
|
Name:
Timothy Connors |
|
|
|
|
|
DEFINITIONS
“Affiliate”
means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly,
through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under
common control with, such Person. The term “control” means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms
“controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Cause”
is defined as (i) your willful and continued failure to substantially
perform your duties with Employer (other than any such failure resulting from
your incapacity due to physical or mental illness) that has not been cured
within 10 days after a written demand for substantial performance is
delivered to you by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner
in which the Board believes that you have not substantially performed your
duties, (ii) the willful engaging by you in conduct which is demonstrably and
materially injurious to Employer or its Affiliates, monetarily or otherwise,
(iii) your conviction (or plea of nolo contendere) for any felony or any other
crime involving dishonesty, fraud or moral turpitude, (iv) your breach of
fiduciary duty to Employer or its Affiliates, (v) any violation of Employer's
policies relating to compliance with applicable laws which have a material
adverse effect on Employer or its Affiliates or (vi) your breach of any
restrictive covenant. For purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) of this
definition, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be deemed "willful"
unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without
reasonable belief that your act, or failure to act, was in the best interest
of Employer.
“Disability”
means the Executive: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity
by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can
be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous
period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any
medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to
result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less
than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of
not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering
employees or directors of the Employer. Medical determination of
Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the
provider of an accident or health plan covering employees or directors of the
Employer provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such
disability insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding
sentence. Upon the request of the plan administrator, the Executive
must submit proof to the plan administrator of the Social Security
Administration’s or the provider’s determination. For purposes of
this Agreement the definition of “Disability” shall apply to all uses of such
term, whether capitalized or not.
“Good
Reason” means that the Executive terminated his employment with the Employer
because, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the Executive’s
termination, one or more of the following conditions arose and the Executive
notified the Employer of such condition within 90 days of its occurrence and the
Employer did not remedy such condition within 30 days:
|
(i)
|
a
material diminution in the Executive’s base salary as in effect on the
date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to
time;
|
|
(ii)
|
a
material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties, or
responsibilities;
|
|
(iii)
|
the
relocation of the Employer’s headquarters outside a thirty-mile radius of
Irvington, New York or the Employer’s requiring the Executive to be based
at any place other than a location within a thirty-mile radius of
Irvington, New York, except for reasonably required travel on the
Employer’s business; or
|
|
(iv)
|
any
other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the
Employer of this Agreement.
|
“Person”
means any person or entity, whether an individual, trustee, corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, business
association, firm, joint venture, governmental authority or similar
entity.
“Subsidiary”
of any specified Person shall mean any corporation fifty percent (50%) or more
of the outstanding capital stock of which, or any partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company or other entity fifty percent (50%) or more of the
ownership interests of which, is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by
such specified Person, or any such corporation, partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company, or other entity which may otherwise be controlled,
directly or indirectly, by such Person.
subsidiariesofregistrant.htm
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES
LIST
Direct
and Indirect Subsidiaries
of
Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.
Name |
|
Jurisdiction of
Incorporated/Organization |
|
|
|
|
Medtech Holdings,
Inc. |
|
|
Delaware |
|
Medtech Products
Inc. |
|
|
Delaware |
|
Prestige Brands
Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
Virginia |
|
Prestige Brands,
Inc. |
|
|
Delaware |
|
Prestige Brands
International, Inc. |
|
|
Virginia |
|
Prestige Brands (UK)
Limited |
|
|
England and
Wales |
|
Prestige Personal
Care Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
Delaware |
|
Prestige Personal
Care, Inc. |
|
|
Delaware |
|
Prestige Services
Corp. |
|
|
Delaware |
|
The Cutex
Company |
|
|
Delaware |
|
The Denorex
Company |
|
|
Delaware |
|
The Spic and Span
Company |
|
|
Delaware |
|
Wartner USA
B.V. |
|
|
Netherlands |
consentpricewthcoopers.htm
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby
consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form
S-8 (No. 333-123487) of Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. of our report dated June
11, 2010 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
/s/
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Salt Lake
City, Utah
June
11,
2010
certificationexecofficer.htm
Exhibit
31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I,
Matthew M. Mannelly, certify that:
1.
|
I
have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Prestige Brands Holdings,
Inc.;
|
2.
|
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
|
3.
|
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;
|
4.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
|
|
(a)
|
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared;
|
|
(b)
|
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
|
(c)
|
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and
|
|
(d)
|
Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and
|
5.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on
our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
|
|
(a)
|
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
|
(b)
|
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date:
June 11,
2010
|
/s/
MATTHEW M. MANNELLY
|
|
Matthew
M. Mannelly
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
certificationfinofficer.htm
Exhibit
31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Peter
J. Anderson, certify that:
1.
|
I
have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Prestige Brands Holdings,
Inc.;
|
2.
|
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
|
3.
|
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;
|
4.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
|
|
(a)
|
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared;
|
|
(b)
|
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
|
(c)
|
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and
|
|
(d)
|
Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and
|
5.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on
our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
|
|
(a)
|
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
|
(b)
|
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date:
June 11, 2010
|
/s/
PETER J. ANDERSON
|
|
Peter
J. Anderson
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
certexecofficer13a14b.htm
EXHIBIT
32.1
CERTIFICATION
OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT
TO
18
U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I,
Matthew M. Mannelly, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual
Report of Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended March
31, 2010, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as applicable, and that information contained
in such Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of Prestige Brands Holdings,
Inc.
|
|
/s/ MATTHEW M.
MANNELLY
|
|
|
|
Name:
Matthew M. Mannelly
|
|
|
|
Title:
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
Date: June 11,
2010
|
|
certfinofficer13a14b.htm
EXHIBIT
32.2
CERTIFICATION
OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT
TO
18
U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Peter
J. Anderson, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of
Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2010,
fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as applicable, and that information contained in such
Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition
and results of operations of Prestige Brands Holdings, Inc.
|
|
/s/ PETER J.
ANDERSON
|
|
|
|
Name:
Peter J. Anderson
|
|
|
|
Title: Chief Financial
Officer
|
|
|
|
Date: June
11,
2010
|
|